Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 1-11130

 

 

 

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of France

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

3 avenue Octave Gréard

75007 Paris, France

(Address of principal executive offices)

Frank MACCARY

Telephone Number 33 (1) 40 76 10 10

Facsimile Number 33 (1) 40 76 14 05

3 avenue Octave Gréard

75007 Paris, France

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share, nominal value 2 per share*

  New York Stock Exchange

 

* Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

2,325,383,328 ordinary shares, nominal value 2 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

    Yes  ¨    No  x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note — checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    x   Accelerated filer    ¨    Non-accelerated filer    ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

 

Item 17    ¨

  Item 18    ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA      1   
  1.1    Condensed consolidated income statement and statement of financial position data      2   
  1.2    Exchange rate information      3   
2   ACTIVITY OVERVIEW      5   
  2.1    Networks Segment      5   
  2.2    Software, services and solutions
(S3) Segment
     6   
  2.3    Enterprise Segment      7   
3   RISK FACTORS      9   
  3.1    Risks relating to the business      9   
  3.2    Legal risks      15   
  3.3    Risks relating to ownership of our ADSs      16   
4   INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP      17   
  4.1    General      17   
  4.2    History and development      18   
  4.3    Structure of the main consolidated companies as of December 31, 2011      23   
  4.4    Real estate and equipment      24   
  4.5    Material contracts      26   
5   DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES      27   
  5.1    Business organization      27   
  5.2    Networks Segment      28   
  5.3    Software, solutions and services (S3) Segment      33   
  5.4    Enterprise Segment      34   
  5.5    Marketing and distribution of our products      35   
  5.6    Competition      35   
  5.7    Technology, research and development      36   
  5.8    Intellectual property      37   
  5.9    Sources and availability of materials      37   
  5.10    Seasonality      38   
  5.11    Our activities in certain countries      38   
  5.12    Environmental matters      38   
  5.13    Human resources      39   
6   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS      43   
  6.1    Overview of 2011      51   
  6.2    Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010      53   
  6.3   Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010      57   
  6.4   Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009      59   
  6.5   Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009      64   
  6.6   Liquidity and capital resources      66   
  6.7   Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments      69   
  6.8   Outlook for 2012      73   
  6.9   Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risks      73   
  6.10   Legal matters      74   
  6.11   Research and development – expenditures      78   
7   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      81   
  7.1   Chairman’s corporate governance report      81   
  7.2  

Compensation and long-term incentives

     106   
  7.3   Regulated agreements commitments and related party transactions      129   
  7.4   Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct      131   
  7.5   Major differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE requirements       131   
8   INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL      133   
  8.1   Share capital and diluted capital      133   
  8.2   Authorizations related to the capital      134   
  8.3   Use of authorizations      136   
  8.4   Changes in our capital over the last five years      136   
  8.5   Purchase of Alcatel Lucent shares by the company      137   
  8.6   Outstanding instruments giving right to shares      138   
9   STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING      141   
  9.1   Listing      141   
  9.2   Trading over the last five years      141   
  9.3   Shareholder profile      142   
  9.4   Breakdown of capital and voting rights      144   
  9.5   Employees and management’s shareholding      148   
  9.6   Other information on the share capital      150   
  9.7   Trend of dividend per share over five years      151   
  9.8   General Shareholders’ Meeting      151   
 

 


Table of Contents
10   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION      153   
  10.1   Legal information      153   
  10.2   Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law      153   
  10.3   American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters      158   
  10.4   Documents on display      165   
11   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS      167   
  11.1   Controls and procedures      167   
  11.2   Report of independent registered public accounting firms      168   
  11.3   Statutory auditors      169   
  11.4   Statutory auditors’ fees      169   
  11.5   Audit committee financial expert      170   
  11.6   Code of ethics      170   
  11.7   Financial statements      170   
  11.8   Exhibits      171   
  11.9   Cross-reference table between Form 20-F and this document      171   
12   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ALCATEL-LUCENT AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES      175   
 

 


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

1     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, differs in certain respects from the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. However, our consolidated financial statements presented in this document in accordance with IFRS would be no different if we had applied International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. As permitted by U.S. securities laws, we no longer provide a reconciliation of our net income and shareholders’ equity as reflected in our consolidated financial statements to U.S. GAAP.

On November 30, 2006, historical Alcatel and Lucent Technologies Inc., since renamed Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (“Lucent”), completed a business combination pursuant to which Lucent became a wholly owned subsidiary of Alcatel.

As a result of the purchase accounting treatment of the Lucent business combination required by IFRS, our results for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included several negative, non-cash impacts of purchase accounting entries.

On October 19, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent announced that it had received a binding offer of U.S. $ 1.5 billion from a company owned by the Permira funds for the acquisition of its Genesys business. The closing of the deal was completed on February 1, 2012. As a result of this transaction, our 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 financial results pertaining to the Genesys business are treated as discontinued operations.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

1

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.1 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT AND STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

 

1.1     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT AND STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)    2011  (1)      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Income Statement Data

                                                     
Revenues      U.S.$19,884         15,327         15,658         14,841         16,636         17,470   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      326         251         (70)         (384)         (112)         (764)   
Restructuring costs      (263)         (203)         (371)         (598)         (561)         (856)   
Income (loss) from operating activities      152         117         (377)         (744)         (5,358)         (4,306)   
Income (loss) from continuing operations      947         730         (325)         (666)         (5,247)         (4,128)   
Net income (loss)      1,484         1,144         (292)         (504)         (5,173)         (3,477)   
Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent      1,421         1,095         (334)         (524)         (5,215)         (3,518)   
Earnings per ordinary share                                                      
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of the parent per share                                                      
• basic (2)      U.S.$0.39         0.30         (0.16)         (0.30)         (2.34)         (1.85)   
• diluted (3)      U.S.$0.36         0.28         (0.16)         (0.30)         (2.34)         (1.85)   
Dividend per ordinary share (4)      -         -         -         -         -         -   
Dividend per ADS (4)      -         -         -         -         -         -   
     At December 31,  
(In millions)    2011  (1)      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
Statement of Financial Position Data                                                      
Total assets      U.S.$31,398         24,203         24,876         23,896         27,373         33,794   
Marketable securities and cash and cash equivalents      5,803         4,473         5,689         5,570         4,593         5,271   
Bonds, notes issued and other debt - Long-term part      5,565         4,290         4,112         4,179         3,998         4,565   
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt      427         329         1,266         576         1,097         483   
Capital stock      6,034         4,651         4,637         4,636         4,636         4,635   
Equity attributable to the equity owners of the parent after appropriation (5)      5,000         3,854         3,545         3,740         4,633         11,187   
Non controlling interests      969         747         660         569         591         515   

 

(1) Translated solely for convenience into dollars at the noon buying rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2973 on December 30, 2011.
(2) Based on the weighted average number of shares issued after deduction of the weighted average number of shares owned by our consolidated subsidiaries at December 31, without adjustment for any share equivalent:
  – ordinary shares: 2,265,024,193 in 2011, 2,259,877,263 in 2010, 2,259,696,863 in 2009, 2,259,174,970 in 2008 and 2,255,890,753 in 2007.
(3) Diluted earnings per share takes into account share equivalents having a dilutive effect after deduction of the weighted average number of share equivalents owned by our consolidated subsidiaries. Net income is adjusted for after-tax interest expense related to our convertible bonds. The dilutive effect of stock option plans is calculated using the treasury stock method. The number of shares taken into account is as follows:
  – ordinary shares: 2,865,930,999 in 2011, 2,259,877,263 in 2010, 2,259,696,863 in 2009, 2,259,174,970 in 2008 and 2,255,890,753 in 2007.
(4) Under French company law, payment of annual dividends must be made within nine months following the end of the fiscal year to which they relate. Our Board of Directors has announced that it will propose not to pay a dividend for 2011 at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012.
(5) Amounts presented are net of dividends distributed. Equity attributable to equity owners of the parent before appropriation was 3,854, 3,545 million, 3,740 million, 4,633 million and 11,187 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively and dividends proposed or distributed amounted to 0 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

2


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.2 EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

1.2     EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

The table below shows the average noon buying rate of euro for each year from 2007 to 2011. As used in this document, the term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for the euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

 

Year    Average rate  (1)
2011    U.S.$ 1.4002
2010    U.S.$ 1.3209
2009    U.S.$ 1.3955
2008    U.S.$ 1.4695
2007    U.S.$ 1.3797

 

(1) The average of the noon buying rate for euro on the last business day of each month during the year.

The table below shows the high and low noon buying rates expressed in U.S. dollars per euro for the previous six months.

 

Period    High      Low  
March 2012 (through March 16)      U.S.$ 1.3320         U.S.$ 1.3025   
February 2012      U.S.$ 1.3463         U.S.$ 1.3087   
January 2012      U.S.$ 1.3192         U.S.$ 1.2682   
December 2011      U.S.$ 1.3463         U.S.$ 1.2926   
November 2011      U.S.$ 1.3803         U.S.$ 1.3244   
October 2011      U.S.$ 1.4164         U.S.$ 1.3281   
September 2011      U.S.$ 1.4283         U.S.$ 1.3449   

On March 16, 2012, the noon buying rate was 1.00 = U.S.$1.3171.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

1

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.2 EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.1 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

2    ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

 

Effective July 20, 2011, we reorganized our Group activities. Please refer to Section 5.1 “Business organization” of the document for details about the changes.

The charts below set forth the three operating segments that comprised our organization in 2011: Networks, S3 (Software, Services and Solutions) and Enterprise. In 2011, our Networks segment was organized into four businesses: IP, Optics, Wireless and Wireline. According to independent industry analysis, in 2011, we were able to maintain or grow our market position in key next-generation technologies, such as IP/MPLS, LTE and WDM. We were also able to maintain our leadership position in areas such as CDMA, submarine optics, VDSL2 and mobile backhaul.

2.1    NETWORKS SEGMENT

IP

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
A world leader and privileged partner of service providers, enterprises and governments in transforming their networks to an all-IP (Internet Protocol) architecture.    Central focus is on the IP intelligent router market. Our technology allows service providers to enrich the end-user experience which creates sustainable value.   

·   #2 in IP/MPLS service provider edge routers with 23% market share in 2011 (1)

 

·   #1 in mobile backhaul with 25% market share in the first half of 2011 (1)

 

(1) Infonetics

OPTICS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
As a leader in optical networking, we help more than 1,000 service providers and large strategic industries to transform their transmission infrastructures in the framework of a High Leverage Network™, ensuring reliable transport of data at the lowest cost per bit and enabling new revenue generating services and applications.    By leveraging Bell Labs innovations, we design, manufacture and market optical networking equipment to transport information over fiber optic connections over long distances on land (terrestrial) or under sea (submarine), as well as for short distances in metropolitan and regional areas. The portfolio also includes microwave wireless transmission equipment.   

·   #2 in terrestrial optical networking with 16% market share based on revenues in 2011 (1)

 

·   #2 in WDM long haul with 17% market share based on revenues in 2011 (1)

 

·   #1 in submarine optical networking with estimated 35-40% market share (revenues) 2011 (2)

 

·   #1 in packet microwave transmission with 53% market share for 12 months ending October 31, 2011 (1)

 

(1) Dell’Oro

 

(2) Alcatel-Lucent estimate

WIRELESS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
One of the world’s leading suppliers of wireless communications infrastructure across a variety of technologies.   

Activities focus on wireless product offerings for 2G (GSM/GPRS/EDGE, CDMA), 3G (UMTS/HSPA/EV-DO) and 4G networks (LTE).

 

As a key element to our portfolio, lightRadio™ was launched as a platform that provides operators a converged Radio Access Network (RAN) that enables capacity upgrades more quickly and cost effectively.

  

·   #1 in CDMA with 37% market share in 2011 (1)

 

·   #5 in GSM/GPRS/EDGE Radio Access Networks with 7% market share based on revenues in 2011 (1)

 

·   #4 in W-CDMA Radio Access Networks with 10% market share based on revenues in 2011 (1)

 

·   #2 in LTE with 24% market share in 2011 (1)

 

(1) Dell’Oro

 

5


Table of Contents

2

 

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.1 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

WIRELINE

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
We are one of the worldwide leaders in the fixed broadband access market, supporting the largest deployments of video, voice and data services over broadband. We are the largest global supplier of digital subscriber line (or DSL) technology and the second largest GPON supplier(1). We are also a leading supplier of communications products that deliver innovative voice and multimedia services with quality, reliability, scalability, and security across a variety of devices and fixed, mobile, and converged networks.    Our family of IP-based fixed access products provides support for both DSL and fiber, allowing service providers to extend fiber- and copper-based broadband access to the customer’s premise or to use them in highly optimized combinations. Our IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) activities are focused on the delivery of session control, media gateway control, media gateway, and session border control, integrated into meaningful solutions for service providers.   

·   #1 in broadband access with 37% DSL market share based on revenues in 2011(1)

 

·   #1 in VDSL2 with 44% market share revenues in 2011(1)

 

·   #2 in GPON based on revenue with 24% market share in 2011(1)

 

·   #4 in IMS Core (session control) revenue, with 15% market share in 2011 (2)

 

(1) Dell’Oro

 

(2) Infonetics

2.2    SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS (S3) SEGMENT

SERVICES

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
A world leader in supplying services for telecommunications service providers and strategic industries (transportation, energy and public sector), with expertise in consulting, design integration, operations management and maintenance of complex, multi-vendor end-to-end telecommunications networks; includes services to transform networks to next-generation Wireless and converged, all IP platforms, that are efficient, intelligent and optimized to deliver new services, content and applications.    Activities focus on supplying complete offerings for networks’ entire life cycle: consultation, integration, migration and transformation, deployment, outsourcing and maintenance.   

   #3 in overall Services market, over the rolling four quarters ending Q3’11(1)(2)

 

   Managed Services deals in 100+ networks covering 250 million subscribers(3)

 

   #2 in OSS/BSS integration over the rolling four quarters ending Q3’11(1)

 

(1) Analysys Mason

 

(2) IDC

 

(3) Alcatel-Lucent estimates

 

6


Table of Contents

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.2 SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS (S3) SEGMENT

 

NETWORK APPLICATIONS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
Our Network Applications combine software, services and network hardware to address key customer challenges and opportunities. Solutions includes Advanced Communications, Mobile Commerce, Payment and Charging, Customer Experience and Application Enablement.    Activities focus on the development and sale of solutions that combine software, services and partnerships to address key service provider market opportunities.    ·     Customer Experience solutions for
over 150 of the world’s leading service
providers (1)

 

·    98 IMS customer projects including 8
of the top 10 global operators based
on 2011 rankings (1)

 

·    200+ Subscriber Data Management
deployments with over one billion
subscribers (1)

 

·    190+ Payment customers including
8 of the top 10 global mobile operators
based on 2011 rankings (1)

 

·    Motive’s Customer Experience
Management solutions are deployed by
almost 200 customers around the
world (1)

 

(1) Alcatel-Lucent

2.3     ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

Position    Activities    Market positions

A world leader in communications and network solutions for businesses of all sizes, serving more than 250,000 customers worldwide.

   Supply end to end products, solutions and services for small, medium, large and extra-large companies to improve conversations and collaboration across employees, customers and partners.    ·     #2 in Europe Middle East and Africa
(EMEA) in enterprise telephony in
2011 (1)

 

·    #3 in EMEA in managed LAN Switches
for the twelve months ended
October 31, 2011 based on
revenues (2)

 

·    2011 leader in Unified
Communications & Collaboration Magic
Quadrant (3)

 

   2011 leader in Corporate Telephony
Magic Quadrant (3)

 

(1) Dell’Oro

 

(2) Infonetics

 

(3) Gartner

 

7


Table of Contents

2

 

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.3 ENTERPRISE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

3    RISK FACTORS

 

 

Our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer material adverse effects due to any of the following risks. We have described the specific risks that we consider material to our business but the risks described below are not the only ones we face. We do not discuss risks that would

generally be equally applicable to companies in other industries, due to the general state of the economy or the markets, or other factors. Additional risks not known to us or that we now consider immaterial may also impair our business operations.

 

 

3.1    RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

We adopted a new strategic focus in 2009, shifting our resources to support that focus. If our strategic plan is not aligned with the direction our customers take as they invest in the evolution of their networks, customers may not buy our products or use our services.

We adopted a new strategic plan as of January 1, 2009, when we initiated a strategic transformation and realignment of our operations in support of that plan. The transformation includes a change in the composition of our spending on research and development as we accelerate the shift in our investments from mature technologies that previously generated significant revenue for us toward certain next-generation technologies. Our choices of specific technologies to pursue and those to de-emphasize may prove to be inconsistent with our customers’ investment spending.

The telecommunications industry fluctuates and is affected by many factors, including the economic environment, decisions by service providers and other customers that buy our products and services regarding their deployment of technology and their timing of purchases and roll-out, as well as demand and spending for communications services by businesses and consumers.

Spending trends in the global telecommunications industry were mixed in 2011 where the surge in smartphone penetration, mobile data and all-IP network transformation led to increased spending in wireless and IP while the macroeconomic environment and political unrest in some regions, negatively impacted spending. Overall uncertain economic conditions should prevail in 2012. Actual market conditions could be very different from what we expect and are planning for due to the uncertainty that exists about the strength of the recovery in the global economy. Moreover, market conditions could vary geographically and across different technologies, and are subject to substantial fluctuations. Conditions in the specific industry segments in which we participate may be weaker than in other segments. In that case, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.

If capital investment by service providers and other customers that buy our products and services is weaker than we anticipate, our revenues and profitability may be adversely affected. The level of demand by service providers and other customers that buy our products and services can change quickly and can vary over short periods of time, including

from month to month. As a result of the uncertainty and variations in the telecommunications industry, accurately forecasting revenues, results and cash flow remains difficult.

In addition, our sales volume as well as product and geographic mix will affect our gross margin. Therefore, if reduced demand for our products results in lower than expected sales volume, or if we have an unfavorable product or geographic mix, we may not achieve the expected gross margin rate, resulting in lower than expected profitability. These factors may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Our business requires a significant amount of cash, and we may require additional sources of funds if our sources of liquidity are unavailable or insufficient to fund our operations.

Our working capital requirements and cash flows have historically been, and they are expected to continue to be, subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Factors which could lead us to suffer cash flow fluctuations include:

 

 

the level of sales and profitability;

 

 

the effectiveness of inventory management;

 

 

the collection of receivables;

 

 

the timing and size of capital expenditures;

 

 

costs associated with potential restructuring actions; and

 

 

customer credit risk.

We derive our capital resources from a variety of sources, including the generation of positive cash flow from on-going operations, the issuance of debt and equity in various forms, and banking facilities, including our revolving credit facility of 1.4 billion maturing in April 2012 (with an extension until April 5, 2013 for an amount of 837 million) and on which we have not drawn. Our ability to draw upon these resources is dependent upon a variety of factors, including our customers’ ability to make payments on outstanding accounts receivable; the perception of our credit quality by lenders and investors; our ability to meet the financial covenant for our revolving credit facility; and debt and equity market conditions generally. Given current conditions, access to the debt and equity markets may not be relied upon at any time. Based on our current view of our business and capital resources and the overall market environment, we believe we have sufficient

 

 

9


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

resources to fund our operations. If, however, the business environment were to materially worsen, or the credit markets were to limit our access to bid and performance bonds, or our customers were to dramatically pull back on their spending plans, our liquidity situation could deteriorate. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet cash requirements in excess of our current expectations, we might be required to obtain supplemental funds through additional operating improvements or through external sources, such as capital market proceeds, asset sales or financing from third parties. We cannot provide any assurance that such funding will be available on terms satisfactory to us. If we were to incur high levels of debt, this would require a larger portion of our operating cash flow to be used to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness. The increased use of cash to pay indebtedness could leave us with insufficient funds to finance our operating activities, such as Research and Development expenses and capital expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to have access to the capital markets and our financing costs will be, in part, dependent on Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or similar agencies’ ratings with respect to our debt and corporate credit and their outlook with respect to our business. Our current short-term and long-term credit ratings, as well as any possible future lowering of our ratings, may result in higher financing costs and reduced access to the capital markets. We cannot provide any assurance that our credit ratings will be sufficient to give us access to the capital markets on acceptable terms, or that once obtained, such credit ratings will not be reduced by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or similar rating agencies.

Credit and commercial risks and exposures could increase if the financial condition of our customers declines.

A substantial portion of our sales are to customers in the telecommunications industry. Some of these customers require their suppliers to provide extended payment terms, direct loans or other forms of financial support as a condition to obtaining commercial contracts. We have provided and in the future we expect that we will provide or commit to financing where appropriate for our business. Our ability to arrange or provide financing for our customers will depend on a number of factors, including our credit rating; our level of available credit; and our ability to sell off commitments on acceptable terms. More generally, we expect to routinely enter into long-term contracts involving significant amounts to be paid by our customers over time. Pursuant to these contracts, we may deliver products and services representing an important portion of the contract price before receiving any significant payment from the customer. As a result of the financing that may be provided to customers and our commercial risk exposure under long-term contracts, our business could be adversely affected if the financial condition of our customers erodes. Over the past few years, certain of our customers have sought protection under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of the applicable jurisdiction, or have experienced financial difficulties. Similar to 2010, in 2011 there appeared to be fewer instances where our customers experienced such difficulties. We cannot predict how that situation may evolve in 2012, when we expect uncertain economic conditions to continue. Upon the financial failure of a customer, we may experience losses on credit extended and

loans made to such customer, losses relating to our commercial risk exposure, and the loss of the customer’s ongoing business. If customers fail to meet their obligations to us, we may experience reduced cash flows and losses in excess of reserves, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.

The Group’s U.S. pension and post-retirement benefit plans are large and have funding requirements that fluctuate based on how their assets are invested, the performance of financial markets worldwide, interest rates, medical price increases, and changes in legal requirements. These plans are costly, and our efforts to fund or control these costs may be ineffective.

Many former and current employees and retirees of the Group in the U.S. participate in one or more of our major defined benefit plans that provide post-retirement pension, healthcare, and group life benefits.

Volatility in discount rates and asset values will affect the funded status of our pension plans.

For purposes of calculating our funding requirements for our U.S. pension plans, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service provides a number of methods to use for measuring plan assets and for determining the discount rate to be applied. For measuring plan assets, we can choose between the fair market value at the valuation date or a smoothed fair value of assets (based on a prior period of time not to exceed two years, with the valuation date as the last date in the prior period). For determining the discount rate, we can opt for the spot discount rate at the valuation date (effectively, the average yield curve of the daily rates for the month preceding the valuation date) or a 24-month average of the rates for each time segment (any 24-month period as long as the 24-month period ends no later than five months before the valuation date). To measure the 2010 funding valuation, we selected the 2-year asset fair value smoothing method for the U.S. Management and U.S. Occupational Pension plans, and the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ended September 30, 2009 for the U.S. Management Pension plan and the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ending December 31, 2009 for the U.S. Occupational Pension plans. As a result of these choices, we will not have to make any funding contributions for both the 2010 and 2011 funding valuations (i.e. no contribution contemplated through at least 2013). With a few exceptions, we will be required to use these same methods for future funding valuations. We cannot assure you that the asset valuation and discount rate methodologies selected for the 2011 funding valuation will not result in required contributions after 2013.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

Pension and post-retirement health plan participants may live longer than has been assumed, which would result in an increase in our benefit obligation.

For pension funding purposes, we use the mortality table issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) which includes fifteen years of projected improvements in life span for active and former employees not yet receiving pension payments, and seven years for retirees receiving payments. This table determines the period of time over which we assume that benefit payments will be made. The longer the period, the larger the benefit obligation and the amount of assets required to cover that obligation. To estimate our future U.S. retiree healthcare plan obligations and for accounting purposes, we use the RP2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. As with pension benefits, longer lives of our participants would likely increase our retiree healthcare benefit obligation. We cannot be certain that the longevity of our participants in our retiree healthcare plans or pension plans will not exceed that indicated by the mortality table we currently use, or that future updates to these tables will not reflect materially longer life expectancies.

We may not be able to fund the healthcare costs of our formerly represented retirees with excess pension assets in accordance with Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

We expect to fund our current healthcare costs for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers with transfers of excess pension assets from our Occupational – inactive pension plan in which these retirees are participants. Excess assets are defined by Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) as being those assets in excess of either 120% or 125% of the plan’s funding obligation, depending on the type of transfer selected. Excess assets are a function of the funded status of the specific plan involved. The provisions of Section 420 of the Code expire on December 31, 2013; however, Section 420 has been extended by Congress three times in the past. We can make no assurances that the Section 420 of the Code will be extended beyond December 31, 2013. Further, we can make no assurances that sufficient excess assets will be available for future transfers to cover all future healthcare costs beyond 2013 for these specific retirees.

Healthcare cost increases and an increase in the use of services may significantly increase our retiree healthcare costs.

Our current healthcare plans cap the subsidy we provide to those persons who retired after February 1990 and all future retirees, representing almost half of the retiree healthcare obligation, on a per capita basis. We may take steps in the future to reduce the overall cost of our current retiree healthcare plans, and the share of the cost borne by us, consistent with legal requirements and any collective bargaining obligations. However, cost increases may exceed our ability to reduce these costs. In addition, the reduction or elimination of U.S. retiree healthcare benefits by us has led to lawsuits against us. Any initiatives we undertake to control these costs may lead to additional claims against us.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed if we do not successfully reduce market risks through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Since we conduct operations throughout the world, a substantial portion of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in various currencies other than the euro and the U.S. dollar. Because our financial statements are denominated in euros, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, especially the U.S. dollar, or currencies linked to the U.S. dollar, against the euro, could have a material impact on our reported results.

We also experience other market risks, including changes in interest rates and in prices of marketable equity securities that we own. We may use derivative financial instruments to reduce certain of these risks. If our strategies to reduce market risks are not successful, our financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

An impairment of other intangible assets or goodwill would adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets, including acquired intangibles, development costs for software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed and internal use software development costs as of December 31, 2011. In connection with the combination between Alcatel and Lucent, a significant amount of additional goodwill and acquired intangible assets were recorded as a result of the purchase price allocation.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more often, if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuances, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be wholly recoverable.

Historically, we have recognized significant impairment charges due to various reasons, including some of those noted above as well as potential restructuring actions or adverse market conditions that are either specific to us or the broader telecommunications industry or more general in nature. For instance, we accounted for an impairment loss of 4.7 billion in 2008 related to a re-assessment of our near-term outlook, our decision to streamline our portfolio and our weaker than expected CDMA business.

Additional impairment charges may be incurred in the future that could be significant and that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. For example, in 2011 we performed an additional impairment test as of December 31, 2011, and the difference between the recoverable value and the carrying value of the net assets as of that date of our Wireline Networks Product Division was only slightly positive. Any material unfavorable change in any of the key assumptions used to determine the recoverable value of this Product Division could therefore cause us to have to account for an impairment charge in the future.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

 

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry with many participants. Our failure to compete effectively would harm our business.

We operate in a highly competitive environment in each of our businesses, competing on the basis of product offerings, technical capabilities, quality, service and pricing. Competition for new service provider and enterprise customers as well as for new infrastructure deployments is particularly intense and increasingly focused on price. We offer customers and prospective customers many benefits in addition to competitive pricing, including strong support and integrated services for quality, technologically-advanced products; however, in some situations, we may not be able to compete effectively if purchasing decisions are based solely on the lowest price.

We have a number of competitors, many of which currently compete with us and some of which are very large, with substantial technological and financial resources and established relationships with global service providers. Some of these competitors have very low cost structures. In addition, new competitors may enter the industry as a result of acquisitions or shifts in technology. These new competitors, as well as existing competitors, may include entrants from the telecommunications, computer software, computer services and data networking industries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with these companies. Competitors may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or a more attractive mix of products or services, or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new or emerging technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to customers, prospective customers, employees and strategic partners.

Technology drives our products and services. If we fail to keep pace with technological advances in the industry, or if we pursue technologies that do not become commercially accepted, customers may not buy our products or use our services.

The telecommunications industry uses numerous and varied technologies and large service providers often invest in several and, sometimes, incompatible technologies. The industry also demands frequent and, at times, significant technology upgrades. Furthermore, enhancing our services revenues requires that we develop and maintain leading tools. We will not have the resources to invest in all of these existing and potential technologies. As a result, we concentrate our resources on those technologies that we believe have or will achieve substantial customer acceptance and in which we will have appropriate technical expertise. However, existing products often have short product life cycles characterized by declining prices over their lives. In addition, our choices for developing technologies may prove incorrect if customers do not adopt the products that we develop or if those technologies ultimately prove to be unviable. Our revenues and operating results will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to maintain a product portfolio and service capability that is attractive to our customers; to enhance our existing products; to continue to introduce new products successfully and on a timely basis and to develop new or enhance existing tools for our services offerings.

The development of new technologies remains a significant risk to us, due to the efforts that we still need to make to achieve

technological feasibility; due – as mentioned above – to rapidly changing customer markets; and due to significant competitive threats.

Our failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner could result in a loss of market share or a lost opportunity to capitalize on new markets for emerging technologies, and could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

We depend on a limited number of internal and external manufacturing organizations, distribution centers and suppliers. Their failure to deliver or to perform according to our requirements may adversely affect our ability to deliver our products, services and solutions on time and in sufficient volume, while meeting our quality, safety or security standards.

Our manufacturing strategy is built upon two primary sources of production: internal manufacturing locations and external manufacturing suppliers. The manufacturing equipment and common and custom-made test equipment in our internal manufacturing locations are owned by us. When we resort to external manufacturing, the primary owner of inventory, standard manufacturing equipment and common test equipment is the external manufacturer, but in the vast majority of cases we own the custom-made test equipment, which would allow us to change manufacturing locations more easily if this became necessary.

Our business continuity plans also involve the implementation of a regional sourcing strategy where economically feasible, to ensure there is a supply chain to support and optimize our supply and delivery within the given region. For both our internal and external manufacturing locations such plans include the capability to move to alternate locations for production in case of a disruption at a given facility. In addition, we perform audits in all facilities, internal and external, to identify the actions required to reduce our overall business disruption risk.

However, despite the above measures, we may not be able to mitigate entirely the disruption risks for all of our products and, depending on the nature of the disruptive event, we may be required to prioritize our manufacturing and as a result, the supply of some of our products may be more affected than that of others.

Sourcing strategies are developed and updated annually to identify primary technologies and supply sources used in the selection of purchased components, finished goods, services and solutions. We multisource a large number of component and material families that are standard for the industry to the largest extent possible. For a number of components and finished goods families, we use multiple, predefined sources which allow us to have access to additional inventories in case of a disruptive event or to satisfy increased end customer demand. On the other hand, supply chain risks may arise with respect to components that are single-sourced or that have a long lead-time for a variety of reasons, such as non-forecasted upside demand, discontinuance by the supplier, quality problems, etc, that may have an adverse impact on our ability to deliver our products. In addition, for certain specific parts, an alternative source may not be technologically feasible.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

Despite the steps we have taken with respect to our manufacturing and sourcing strategies, our business continuity plans and our logistics network, we can provide no assurance that such steps will be sufficient to avoid any disruption in the various stages of our supply chain. A disruption in any of those stages may materially adversely affect our ability to deliver our products, services and solutions on time and in sufficient volume, while meeting our quality, safety or security standards.

Information system risks, data protection breaches, cyber-attacks and industrial espionage may result in unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of our intellectual property and confidential information that we own or that has been entrusted to us, as well as interruptions to the availability of our systems or the systems that we manage for third parties.

Valuable intellectual property essential to our business operations and competitiveness, as well as other confidential and proprietary information (our own and that of customers, suppliers and other third parties including our customers’ end customers) are stored in or accessible through our information systems, a large part of which is managed by a third party to whom we have outsourced a significant portion of our IT operations, as well as the network and information systems that we manage for or sell to third parties or for whose security and reliability we may otherwise be accountable. Unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of such information could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Unauthorized third parties have targeted our information systems, using sophisticated attempts, referred to as advanced persistent threats, “phishing” and other attacks. We believe that such attempts to access our information systems have on one or more occasions been successful. We are taking corrective actions that we believe will substantially mitigate the risk that such attacks will materially impact our business or operations. We cannot rule out that there may have been other cyber attacks that have been successful and/or that have not been detected. Our business is also vulnerable to theft, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by third parties as well as employees.

We have procedures in place for responding to known or suspected data breaches. In addition, we conduct periodic assessments of our system vulnerabilities and the effectiveness of our security protections and have undertaken and will continue to undertake information security improvement programs internally for our systems and with our suppliers and business partners. However, there is no guarantee that our existing procedures or the improvement programs will be sufficient to prevent future security breaches or cyber attacks. In addition, as we have outsourced a significant portion of our information technology operations, we are also subject to vulnerabilities attributable to such third parties. Information technology is rapidly evolving, the

techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and the parties behind cyber attacks and other industrial espionage are believed to be sophisticated and well funded, and it is not commercially or technically feasible to mitigate all known vulnerabilities in a timely manner or to eliminate all risk of cyber attacks and data breaches. Unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of our intellectual property and confidential information could result in litigation and potential liability to customers, suppliers and other third parties, harm our competitive position, reduce the value of our investment in research and development and other strategic initiatives or damage our brand and reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further information system protection measures could be significant. We may not be successful in implementing such measures, which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time consuming and resource-intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our business.

We have outsourced a significant portion of our information technology (IT) systems and infrastructure, increasing our dependence on the reliability of external companies. Interruptions in the availability of the IT systems and infrastructure we rely upon could have material adverse effects on our operations.

Our business operations rely on complex IT systems, networks and other related infrastructure. We have outsourced a significant portion of our IT operations, increasing our reliance on the precautions taken by external companies to insure the reliability of those operations. Despite these precautions, IT operations, including those we have outsourced as well as those we manage ourselves, are susceptible to disruption from equipment failure, vandalism, natural disasters, power outages and other events. Although we have selected reputable companies to provide outsourced IT services, and have worked closely with them to identify risks and implement countermeasures and controls, we cannot be sure that interruptions will not occur in the availability of the IT services upon which we rely, with material adverse effects on our operations.

Many of our current and planned products are highly complex and may contain defects or errors that are detected only after deployment in telecommunications networks. If that occurs, our reputation may be harmed.

Our products are highly complex, and we cannot assure you that our extensive product development, manufacturing and integration testing is, or will be, adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could affect customer satisfaction or result in claims against us. As a result, we might have to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects in products that have been shipped.

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by customers or customers’ end users and other losses to us or to our customers or end users. These occurrences could also result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and loss of sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Rapid changes to existing regulations or technical standards or the implementation of new regulations or technical standards for products and services not previously regulated could be disruptive, time-consuming and costly to us.

We develop many of our products and services based on existing regulations and technical standards, our interpretation of unfinished technical standards or the lack of such regulations and standards. Changes to existing regulations and technical standards, or the implementation of new regulations and technical standards relating to products and services not previously regulated, could adversely affect our development efforts by increasing compliance costs and causing delay. Demand for those products and services could also decline.

Our ten largest customers accounted for 43% of our revenues in 2011 (among which Verizon and AT&T represented 12% and 10% of our revenues, respectively), and most of our revenues come from telecommunications service providers. The loss of one or more key customers or reduced spending by these service providers could significantly reduce our revenues, profitability and cash flow.

Our ten largest customers accounted for 43% of our revenues in 2011 (among which Verizon and AT&T represented 12% and 10% of our revenues, respectively). As service providers increase in size, it is possible that an even greater portion of our revenues will be attributable to a smaller number of large service providers going forward. Our existing customers are typically not obligated to purchase a fixed amount of products or services over any period of time from us and may have the right to reduce, delay or even cancel previous orders. We, therefore, have difficulty projecting future revenues from existing customers with certainty. Although historically our customers have not made sudden supplier changes, our customers could vary their purchases from period to period, even significantly. Combined with our reliance on a small number of large customers, this could have an adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flow. In addition, our concentration of business in the telecommunications service provider industry makes us extremely vulnerable to a downturn in spending in that industry.

We have long-term sales agreements with a number of our customers. Some of these agreements may prove unprofitable as our costs and product mix shift over the lives of the agreements.

We have entered into long-term sales agreements with a number of our large customers, and we expect that we will continue to enter into long-term sales agreements in the future. Some of these existing sales agreements require us to

sell products and services at fixed prices over the lives of the agreements, and some require, or may in the future require us to sell products and services that we would otherwise discontinue, thereby diverting our resources from developing more profitable or strategically important products. Since our strategic plan entails a streamlined set of product offerings, it may increase the likelihood that we may have to sell products that we would otherwise discontinue. The costs incurred in fulfilling some of these sales agreements may vary substantially from our initial cost estimates. Any cost overruns that cannot be passed on to customers could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have significant international operations and a significant amount of our revenues is earned in emerging markets and regions.

In addition to the currency risks described elsewhere in this section, our international operations are subject to a variety of risks arising out of the economy, the political outlook and the language and cultural barriers in countries where we have operations or do business. We expect to continue to focus on expanding business in emerging markets in Asia, Africa, Latin America and Eastern Europe. In many of these emerging markets, we may be faced with several risks that are more significant than in other countries. These risks include economies that may be dependent on only a few products and are therefore subject to significant fluctuations, weak legal systems which may affect our ability to enforce contractual rights, possible exchange controls, unstable governments, privatization actions or other government actions affecting the flow of goods and currency. Also, it is possible that political developments in certain countries, similar to those in the Middle East and North Africa in 2011, may have, at least temporarily, a negative impact on our operations in those countries.

The activities of our Optics division include the installation and maintenance of undersea telecommunications cable networks, and in the course of this activity we may cause damage to existing undersea infrastructure, for which we may ultimately be held responsible.

Our subsidiary Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks is an industry leader in the supply of submarine optical fiber cable networks linking mainland to islands, island to island or several points along a coast, with activities now expanding to the supply of broadband infrastructure to oil and gas platforms, sea wind-farms and other offshore installations. Although thorough surveys, permit processes and safety procedures are implemented during the planning and deployment phases of all of these activities, there is a risk that previously-laid infrastructure, such as electric cables or oil pipelines, may go undetected despite such precautions, and be damaged during the process of laying the telecommunications cable, potentially causing business interruption to third parties operating in the same area and/or accidental pollution. While we have in place contractual limitations and maintain insurance coverage to limit our exposure, we can provide no assurance that these protections will be sufficient to cover fully such exposure.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.2 LEGAL RISKS

 

3.2    LEGAL RISKS

 

We are involved in lawsuits and investigations which, if determined against us, could require us to pay substantial damages, fines and/or penalties.

We are defendants in various lawsuits. These lawsuits against us include such matters as commercial disputes, claims regarding intellectual property, customer financing, product discontinuance, asbestos claims, labor, employment and benefit claims and others. We are also involved in certain investigations by government authorities. For a discussion of some of these legal proceedings and investigations, you should read “Legal Matters” in Section 6.10 of this annual report and Note 35 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document. We cannot predict the extent to which any of the pending or future actions will be resolved in our favor, or whether significant monetary judgments will be rendered against us. Any material damages resulting from these lawsuits and investigations could adversely affect our profitability and cash flow.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and prospects may be harmed.

Intellectual property rights, such as patents, are vital to our business and developing new products and technologies that are unique is critical to our success. We have numerous French, U.S. and foreign patents and numerous pending patents. However, we cannot predict whether any patents, issued or pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or whether such patents will be challenged by third parties. Moreover, our competitors may already have applied for patents that, once issued, could prevail over our patent rights or otherwise limit our ability to sell our products. Our competitors also may attempt to design around our patents or copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology. In addition, patent applications currently pending may not be granted. If we do not receive the patents that we seek or if other problems arise with our intellectual property, our competitiveness could be significantly impaired, which would limit our future revenues and harm our prospects.

We are subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling certain products.

From time to time, we receive notices or claims from third parties of potential infringement in connection with products or software. We also may receive such notices or claims when we attempt to license our intellectual property to others.

Intellectual property litigation can be costly and time-consuming and can divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. A successful claim by a third party of patent or other intellectual property infringement by us could compel us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements or force us to pay significant damages and could even require us to stop selling certain products. Further, if one of our important patents or other intellectual property rights is invalidated, we may suffer losses of licensing revenues and be prevented from attempting to block others, including competitors, from using the related technology.

We are involved in significant joint ventures and are exposed to problems inherent to companies under joint management.

We are involved in significant joint venture companies. The related joint venture agreements may require unanimous consent or the affirmative vote of a qualified majority of the shareholders to take certain actions, thereby possibly slowing down the decision-making process. Our largest joint venture, Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd, has this type of requirement. We own 50% plus one share of Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd, the remainder being owned by the Chinese government.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws that restrict our operations.

Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the use, disposal and clean up of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances. In the United States, these laws often require parties to fund remedial action regardless of fault. Although we believe our aggregate reserves are adequate to cover our environmental liabilities, factors such as the discovery of additional contaminants, the extent of required remediation and the imposition of additional cleanup obligations could cause our capital expenditures and other expenses relating to remediation activities to exceed the amount reflected in our environmental reserves and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future liabilities, cause the suspension of production, restrict our ability to utilize facilities or require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment or incur other significant expenses.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.3 RISKS RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR ADSs

 

 

3.3    RISKS RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR ADSS

 

The trading price of our ADSs may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate for converting euro into U.S. dollars.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate for converting euro into U.S. dollars may affect the market price of our ADSs.

If a holder of our ADSs fails to comply with the legal notification requirements upon reaching certain ownership thresholds under French law or our governing documents, the holder could be deprived of some or all of the holder’s voting rights and be subject to a fine.

French law and our governing documents require any person who owns our outstanding shares or voting rights in excess of certain amounts specified in the law or our governing documents to file a report with us upon crossing this threshold percentage and, in certain circumstances, with the French stock exchange regulator (Autorité des Marchés Financiers).

If any shareholder fails to comply with the notification requirements:

 

 

the shares or voting rights in excess of the relevant notification threshold may be deprived of voting power on the demand of any shareholder;

 

 

all or part of the shareholder’s voting rights may be suspended for up to five years by the relevant French commercial court; and

 

 

the shareholder may be subject to a fine.

Holders of our ADSs will have limited recourse if we or the depositary fail to meet obligations under the deposit agreement between us and the depositary.

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and liability and the obligations and liability of the depositary.

Neither we nor the depositary will be liable despite the fact that an ADS holder may have incurred losses if the depositary:

 

 

is prevented or hindered in performing any obligation by circumstances beyond our control;

 

 

exercises or fails to exercise its discretionary rights under the deposit agreement;

 

 

performs its obligations without negligence or bad faith;

 

 

takes any action based upon advice from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting our ordinary shares for deposit, any holder or any other qualified person; or

 

 

relies on any documents it believes in good faith to be genuine and properly executed.

This means that there could be instances where holders of an ADS would not be able to recover losses that you may have suffered by reason of our actions or inactions or the actions or inactions of the depositary pursuant to the deposit agreement.

In addition, the depositary has no obligation to participate in any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of our ADSs unless we provide the depositary with indemnification that it determines to be satisfactory.

We are subject to different corporate disclosure standards that may limit the information available to holders of our ADSs.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with the notice and disclosure requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the solicitation of proxies for shareholder meetings. Although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of non-U.S. issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of U.S. issuers. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about most other public companies in the United States.

Judgments of U.S. courts, including those predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States in French courts, may not be enforceable against us.

An investor located in the United States may find it difficult to:

 

 

effect service of process within the United States against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers;

 

 

enforce U.S. court judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers in both the United States and France; and

 

 

bring an original action in a French court to enforce liabilities based upon the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers.

Preemptive rights may not be available for U.S. persons.

Under French law, shareholders have preemptive rights to subscribe for cash issuances of new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional shares on a pro rata basis. U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for their shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements imposed by the Securities Act is available.

We may, from time to time, issue new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional shares at a time when no registration statement is in effect and no Securities Act exemption is available. If so, U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares will be unable to exercise their preemptive rights.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.1 GENERAL

 

4    INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.1    GENERAL

 

The long-trusted partner of service providers, enterprises and governments around the world, we are a leading innovator in the field of networking and communications technology, products and services. The Group is home to Bell Labs, one of the world’s foremost research centers, responsible for breakthroughs that have shaped the networking and communications industry. We are committed to making communications more sustainable, more affordable and more accessible as we pursue our mission - Realizing the Potential of a Connected World. With operations in more than 130 countries and one of the most experienced global services organizations in the industry, we are a local partner with global reach.

Alcatel-Lucent is a French société anonyme, established in 1898, originally as a listed company named Compagnie

Générale d’Électricité. Our corporate existence will continue until June 30, 2086, which date may be extended by shareholder vote. We are subject to all laws governing business corporations in France, specifically the provisions of the commercial code and the financial and monetary code.

Our registered office and principal place of business is 3, avenue Octave Gréard, 75007 Paris, France, our telephone number is +33 (0)1 40 76 10 10 and our website address is www.alcatel-lucent.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this document.

The address for Stephen R. Reynolds, our authorized representative in the United States, is Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., 600 Mountain Avenue, Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

4.2    HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

Set forth below is an outline of certain significant events of Alcatel-Lucent from formation until 2008:

 

May 31,

1898

   French engineer Pierre Azaria forms the Compagnie Générale d’Électricité (CGE) with the aim of taking on the likes of AEG, Siemens and General Electric
1925    Acquisition by CGE of Compagnie Générale des Câbles de Lyon
1928    Formation of Alsthom by Société Alsacienne de Constructions Mécaniques and Compagnie Française Thomson-Houston
1946    Formation of Compagnie Industrielle des Téléphones (CIT)
1966    Acquisition by CGE of the Société Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques, de Télécommunications et d’Électronique (Alcatel)
1970    Ambroise Roux becomes CGE’s Chairman. At the end of his term (1982), he remains Honorary Chairman until his death in 1999
1982    Jean-Pierre Brunet becomes CGE’s Chairman
1984   

Georges Pebereau becomes CGE’s Chairman

 

Thomson CSF’s public telecommunication and business communication operations are merged into a holding company Thomson Télécommunications, which is acquired by the CGE group

1985   

Alsthom Atlantique changes its name to Alsthom

Merger between CIT-Alcatel and Thomson Télécommunications. The new entity adopts the name Alcatel

1986   

Formation of Alcatel NV following an agreement with ITT Corporation, which sells its European telecommunications activities to CGE

 

Pierre Suard becomes CGE’s Chairman. CGE acquires an interest in Framatome (40%). Câbles de Lyon becomes a subsidiary of Alcatel NV

1987   

Privatization of CGE

 

Alsthom wins an order to supply equipment for the TGV Atlantique network and leads the consortium of French, Belgian and British companies involved in the building of the northern TGV network

1988   

Alliance of Alsthom and General Electric Company (UK)

 

Merger of Alsthom’s activities and GEC’s Power Systems division into a joint venture

1989   

Agreement between CGE and General Electric Company and setting up of GEC Alsthom

 

GEC acquires an equity interest in CGEE Alsthom (a company of CGE)

 

CGEE-Alsthom changes its name to Cegelec

1990   

CGE-Fiat agreement. Alcatel acquires Telettra (transmission systems activity) and Fiat acquires a majority stake in CEAC

 

Acquisition by Câbles de Lyon of Câbleries de Dour (Belgium) and Ericsson’s U.S. cable operations

 

Agreement on Framatome’s capital structure, with CGE holding a 44.12% stake

1991   

Compagnie Générale d’Électricité changes its name to Alcatel Alsthom

 

Purchase of the transmission systems division of the American group Rockwell Technologies

 

Câbles de Lyon becomes Alcatel Cable and takes over AEG Kabel

1993    Acquisition by Alcatel Alsthom of STC Submarine Systems, a division of Northern Telecom Europe (today Nortel Networks)
1995    Serge Tchuruk becomes chairman and CEO of Alcatel Alsthom. He restructures the company focusing on telecommunications
1998   

Alcatel Alsthom is renamed Alcatel

 

Acquisition of 16.36% in Thomson-CSF (now Thales)

 

Acquisition of DSC, a U.S. company, which has a solid position in the U.S. access market

 

Initial public offering of GEC ALSTHOM which becomes Alstom. Alcatel retains 24% in the newly-formed company

 

Alcatel sells Cegelec to Alstom

1999   

Acquisition of the American companies Xylan, Packet Engines, Assured Access and Internet Devices, specializing in Internet network and solutions

 

Alcatel raises its ownership in Thomson-CSF (now Thales) to 25.3% and reduces its ownership in Framatome to 8.6%

2000   

Acquisition of Newbridge Networks, a Canadian company and worldwide leader in ATM technology networks

 

Acquisition of the American company Genesys, worldwide leader in contact centers

 

The Cable and Components activities are spun off into a subsidiary and renamed Nexans

 

18


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

2001   

Sale of its 24% share in Alstom

 

IPO of a significant part of Cables & Components business (Nexans activity). Alcatel retains 20% of Nexans shares

 

Acquisition of the remaining 48.83% stake held in Alcatel Space by Thales, bringing Alcatel’s ownership of Alcatel Space to 100%. After this transaction, Alcatel’s stake in Thales decreases to 20%

 

Sale of DSL modems activity to Thomson Multimedia (TMM)

2002   

Sale of its remaining interest in Thomson (formerly TMM)

 

Alcatel acquires control of Alcatel Shanghai Bell

 

Sale of 10.3 million Thales shares (Alcatel’s shareholding in Thales decreases from 15.83% to 9.7%)

2003   

Acquisition of TiMetra Inc., a privately held, U.S.-based company that produces routers

 

Sale of Alcatel’s optical components business to Avanex

 

Sale of SAFT Batteries subsidiary to Doughty Hanson

2004   

Alcatel and TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited form a joint venture mobile handset company. The joint venture company is 55% owned by TCL and 45% owned by Alcatel

 

Alcatel and Draka Holding NV (“Draka”) combine their respective global optical fiber and communication cable businesses. Draka owns 50.1% and Alcatel owns 49.9% of the new company, Draka Comteq BV

 

Acquisition of privately held, U.S.-based eDial Inc., a leading provider of conferencing and collaboration services for businesses and telephone companies

 

Acquisition of privately held, U.S.-based Spatial Communications (known as Spatial Wireless), a leading provider of software-based and multi-standard distributed mobile switching products

2005   

Acquisition of Native Networks, a UK-based company providing of optical Ethernet goods and services

 

Sale of shareholding in Nexans, representing 15.1% of Nexans’ share capital, through a private placement

 

Merger of Alcatel space activities with those of Finmeccanica, S.p.A completed through the creation of Alcatel Alenia Space (Alcatel owned 67%, and Alenia Spazio, a unit of Finmeccanica, owned 33%) and Telespazio Holding (Finmeccanica owned 67%, and Alcatel owned 33%).

 

Exchange of Alcatel 45% interest in joint venture with TCL Communication for TCL Communication Shares (TCL owning all of the joint venture company and Alcatel owning 141,375,000 shares of TCL).

2006   

Acquisition of UMTS radio access business from Nortel

 

Business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent Technologies Inc., completed on November 30, 2006

 

Acquisition of VoiceGenie, a leader in voice self-service solutions development by both enterprises and carriers

 

Acquisition of a 27.5% interest in 2Wire, a pioneer in home broadband network product offerings

 

Buy-out of Fujitsu’s interest in Evolium 3G our wireless infrastructure joint venture

2007   

Acquisition of Informiam, pioneer in software that optimizes customer service operations through real-time business performance management (now a business unit within Genesys)

 

Acquisition of NetDevices (enterprise networking technology designed to facilitate the management of branch office networks)

 

Acquisition of Tropic Networks (regional and metro-area optical networking equipment for use in telephony, data, and cable applications)

 

Sale of our 49.9 % interest in Draka Comteq to Draka Holding NV, our joint venture partner in this company

 

Sale of our 12.4 % interest in Avanex to Pirelli, and supply agreements with both Pirelli and Avanex for related components

 

Sale of our 67% interest in the capital of Alcatel Alenia Space and our 33% interest in the capital of Telespazio (a worldwide leader in satellite services) to Thales. Completion of the contribution to Thales of our railway signaling business and our integration and services activities for mission-critical systems not dedicated to operators or suppliers of telecommunications services

2008   

Acquisition of Motive Networks, a U.S-based company developing and selling remote management software solutions for automating the deployment, configuration and support of advanced home networking devices called residential gateways

 

Agreement with Dassault Aviation regarding the sale of our 20.8% interest in Thales.

 

19


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

RECENT EVENTS

DISPOSITIONS

Disposal of Genesys. On February 1, 2012, we concluded the sale of our Genesys business to a company owned by the Permira funds (Permira is a European private equity firm) and Technology Crossover Ventures (a venture capital firm), for cash proceeds of U.S.$ 1.5 billion, pursuant to a binding offer that we had received on October 19, 2011.

OTHER MATTERS

2011 dividend. Our Board has determined that it is not prudent to pay a dividend on our ordinary shares and ADSs based on 2011 results. Our Board will present this proposal at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012.

Repurchases of convertible bonds. In February 2012, we repurchased and cancelled a portion of the outstanding Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. 2.875% Series B convertible bonds due June 2025 for U.S.$ 110 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$ 116 million. This represents 13% of the total U.S.$881 million nominal value of such bonds outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Repayment of notes. In February 2012, we repaid the notes that we had issued in July 2010 with maturity in February 2011 (then extended to February 2012) and in October 2010 with maturity in February 2012, for an aggregate €50 million in nominal value. There remain outstanding €50 million in nominal value of notes issued in July 2010 with maturity in May 2011 then extended to May 2012.

Change in credit ratings. On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. which are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently the ratings for the legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust Inc., which are not guaranteed by us, were withdrawn. The Negative outlooks have been affirmed.

Agreement with RPX concerning our patents. On February 9, 2012 we entered into an agreement with RPX Corporation (“RPX”), a company active in the patent risk solutions business, pursuant to which, for a finite period, RPX will offer access to our worldwide patent portfolio (which includes more than 29,000 issued patents) through non-exclusive patent licenses to be entered into between members of the RPX client network and Alcatel-Lucent. License fees will vary depending upon company size, portfolio applicability, technology areas and other relevant factors.

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS DURING 2011

New business group. On July 20, 2011, we announced the formation of a new business group, the Software, Services & Solutions group, which combines the Networks Applications division of our former Applications segment with the four divisions – Network & Systems Integration, Managed & Outsourcing Solutions, Multivendor Maintenance, and Product Attached Services – of our former Services segment which were in place within our business organization at June 30, 2011.

Changes in credit ratings. On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook from Stable to Negative. Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent as well as of its ratings of Alcatel Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Negative to Stable. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

Extension and repayment of notes issued in 2010. Regarding the notes we issued in October 2010 and July 2010 for an aggregate of 200 million in nominal value, the maturity dates of the notes due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million and for notes due in May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million were extended until February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million and until May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. The notes due in August and November 2011 for a nominal amount of 100 million were not extended and were repaid. After the extensions and after the repayments, the new maturity dates became February 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million and May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million.

Repayment of convertible bonds. On January 3, 2011 we repaid our 4.75% convertible/exchangeable bonds (which we refer to as OCEANE) issued in June 2003 and due January 2011 that remained outstanding at that date, for their nominal value of 818 million.

Developments in Microsoft case. This matter initiated in 2003 (along with a number of other patent infringement matters involving Microsoft as well as other parties and long since settled) resulted in a District Court finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent owned by us. This decision was followed by numerous appeals. The last jury award, in 2011, amounted to US$ 70 million in damages. In November 2011, the judge lowered the award to US$ 26.3 million. This judgment was appealed by Alcatel-Lucent. On December 29, 2011, we and Microsoft settled this dispute and dismissed the Day Patent litigation.

FCPA investigations. In December 2010 we entered into final settlement agreements with the SEC and the DOJ with regards to alleged violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) in several countries, including but not limited to Costa Rica, Taiwan, and Kenya. Both agreements were approved in 2011 by the U.S. Federal Court, which resulted during that year in the payment of U.S.$45.4 million in disgorgement of profits and prejudgment interest to the SEC, the payment, for an amount of U.S.$25 million, of the first of the three installments of the criminal fine of U.S.$92 million imposed on us by the DOJ and our appointment of a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years. In addition, three of our subsidiaries – Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica – each pleaded guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s antibribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS DURING 2010

DISPOSITIONS

Sale of 2Wire stake. On October 20, 2010 we concluded the sale of our 26.7% shareholding in 2Wire, a U.S.-based provider of advanced residential gateways for the broadband service provider market, to Pace plc, a technology developer for the global pay-TV market, for cash proceeds of 75 million. This transaction was part of the acquisition by Pace of the stock of 2Wire owned by a consortium that included, in addition to Alcatel-Lucent, AT&T, Telmex and Oak Investments Partners.

Sale of vacuum business. On December 31, 2010 we completed the sale of our Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG, a world leader in the vacuum industry. We received preliminary cash proceeds of 197 million. This amount was reduced by a net amount of 1 million in 2011 as a result of various purchase price adjustments.

OTHER MATTERS

Notes issuances. In July 2010 and October 2010, we issued a series of notes for an aggregate 100 million in nominal value upon each issuance (200 million in total). The notes bear interest at a floating rate and are due in several instalments throughout 2011 and in February 2012, with the right to extend their maturity at our option either annually or until 2016.

On December 2, 2010, we closed our private placement of 500 million Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 with an 8.5% coupon, for which we received net proceeds of 487.3 million. We used all of these net proceeds to partially refinance the 4.75% convertible/exchangeable bonds (OCEANE) due on 1 January 2011 mentioned above.

Repurchases of convertible bonds. In February and March 2010, we repurchased and cancelled a portion of the outstanding Alcatel-Lucent Inc. 2.875% Series A convertible bonds due June 2023 for U.S.$74.8 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$75.0 million.

Further, on June 15, 2010, many of the remaining holders of the Alcatel-Lucent Inc. Series A bonds exercised their optional redemption right, and as a result we paid the redeeming holders U.S.$360 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to the nominal value of the bonds redeemed.

Developments in Microsoft cases. On February 22, 2010, Microsoft filed a Petition for a Writ of Certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking the Supreme Court to review the Federal Circuit’s September 11, 2009 decision to affirm the District Court’s finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent. On April 23, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Brief in Opposition and the Supreme Court denied Microsoft’s Petition on May 24, 2010. A trial took place starting on July 19, 2011 in the U.S. District Court in San Diego to determine the amount of compensation owed to us by Microsoft for its infringement of the Day patent.

On March 2, 2010, the United States Patent and Trademark Office issued a Reexamination Certificate confirming the validity of the Day Patent in response to the re-examination request filed by Dell in May of 2007.

FCPA investigations. In December 2010 we entered into final settlement agreements with the SEC and the DOJ. Under the agreement with the SEC, which has been approved by the U.S. Federal Court, we neither admit nor deny the allegations of violations of the antibribery, internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA in the SEC’s complaint, we are permanently restrained and enjoined from future violations of U.S. securities laws, we are liable for U.S.$45.4 million in disgorgement of profits and prejudgment interest, and we agree to engage a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years. Under the agreement with the DOJ, we will enter into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (“DPA”) charging us with violations of the internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA, and we will pay a total criminal fine of U.S.$92 million – payable in four installments over the course of three years. If we fully comply with the terms of the DPA, the DOJ will dismiss the charges upon conclusion of the three-year term. In addition, three of our subsidiaries – Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica – will each plead guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s antibribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions. The DPA also contains provisions relating to engaging a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years (the settlement agreement with the DOJ was approved by the U.S. Federal Court on June 1, 2011).

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS DURING 2009

DISPOSITIONS

Thales. In May 2009, we completed the sale of our 20.8% stake in Thales to Dassault Aviation for 1.566 billion.

Electrical motors. On December 31, 2009, we completed the sale of Dunkermotoren GmbH, our electrical fractional horsepower motors and drives subsidiary, to Triton, a leading European private equity firm, for an enterprise value of 145 million.

OTHER MATTERS

Joint venture with Bharti Airtel. On April 30, 2009, we announced the formation of a joint venture with Bharti Airtel to manage Bharti Airtel’s pan-India broadband and telephone services and help Airtel’s transition to a next generation network across India.

Co-sourcing and joint marketing arrangement with Hewlett-Packard (HP). On June 18, 2009, we and HP jointly announced a 10-year co-sourcing agreement which is expected to help improve the efficiency of our IS/IT (Information Systems/Information Technology) infrastructure and create a joint go-to-market approach. Under the joint marketing agreement, the two companies will be able to jointly and

 

 

21


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

separately deliver integrated IT and telecom products and services to service providers and mid- to large-size enterprise customers. Definitive agreements were signed on October 20, 2009, and were implemented beginning December 2009.

Changes in credit ratings. On November 9, 2009, Standard & Poor’s lowered to “B” from “B+” its long-term corporate credit ratings and senior unsecured ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. The “B” short-term credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent and of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. were affirmed. The rating on the trust preferred notes of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust was lowered from “CCC+” to “CCC”. The negative outlook was maintained.

On March 3, 2009, Standard & Poor’s lowered to B+ from BB- its long-term corporate credit ratings and senior unsecured ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. The rating on the trust preferred notes of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust was lowered to CCC+. The B short-term rating on Alcatel-Lucent was affirmed. The B1 short-term credit rating on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. was withdrawn and a negative outlook was issued.

On February 18, 2009, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating as well as the rating for senior debt of the Group from Ba3 to B1. The trust preferred notes of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust were downgraded from B2 to B3. The Not-Prime rating for the Group’s short-term debt was confirmed. The negative outlook of the ratings was maintained.

Issuance and repurchases of convertible bonds. On September 2, 2009, we launched a convertible bond offering. The bonds are convertible into and/or exchangeable for new or existing shares of Alcatel-Lucent (we refer to these convertible bonds as OCEANE). The bonds carry a 5% annual interest rate and the initial conversion price is 3.23, equivalent to a conversion premium of 35%. They are redeemable in cash, at par, on January 1, 2015. Early redemption at our option is possible under certain conditions. On settlement date (September 10, 2009), the proceeds of this offering, including the over-allotment option, were approximately 1 billion.

Concurrently, we offered to repurchase and cancel some of our existing convertible bonds due 2011. On settlement date for the repurchase (September 11, 2009), we purchased 11.97% of the outstanding 2011 bonds. The price per bond was 16.70 (including accrued interest) and the total amount paid was 126 million.

Repurchases of the 2011 bonds also took place after the closing of the repurchase offer. Overall, in 2009, we repurchased bonds of a nominal value of 204 million, corresponding to 19.98% of the outstanding 2011 bonds, for a total cash amount paid of 204 million, excluding accrued interest.

We also partially repurchased and cancelled outstanding Lucent 7.75% convertible bond due March 2017 in 2009, using a total cash amount of U.S.$28 million, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$99 million.

We partially repurchased and cancelled outstanding Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible bonds due June 2023 in 2009, using U.S.$218 million in cash excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$220 million.

Developments in Microsoft cases. On December 15, 2008, we and Microsoft executed a settlement and license agreement whereby the parties agreed to settle the majority of a series of patent litigations that had been outstanding between them. This settlement included dismissing pending patent claims by Microsoft against us and provided us with licenses to all Microsoft patents-in-suit in these cases. Also, on May 13, 2009, we and Dell agreed to a settlement and dismissal of certain issues appealed after a trial involving us, Dell and Microsoft, held in April, 2008. Thereafter, the only matter that remained pending was the appeal filed by Microsoft with the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit in Washington, D.C. relating to the “Day” Patent, which relates to a computerized form entry system. On June 19, 2008, the District Court had entered a judgment based on a jury award to us of approximately U.S.$357 million in damages for Microsoft’s infringement of the Day Patent in the April 2008 trial, and had also awarded us prejudgment interest exceeding U.S.$140 million.

Oral argument before the Federal Circuit was held on June 2, 2009, and on September 11, 2009, the Federal Circuit issued its opinion affirming that the Day Patent is both a valid patent and infringed by Microsoft in Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Money, and Windows Mobile products. However, the Federal Circuit vacated the jury’s damages award and ordered a new trial in the District Court in San Diego to re-calculate the amount of damages owed to us for Microsoft’s infringement. On November 23, 2009, the Federal Circuit denied Microsoft’s “en banc” petition for a rehearing on the validity of the Day Patent.

In a parallel proceeding, Dell filed a reexamination of the Day Patent with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“Patent Office”) in May of 2007, alleging that prior art existed that was not previously considered in the original examination and the Day patent should therefore be re-examined for patentability. The Patent Office granted Dell’s reexamination request and the examiner issued three office actions rejecting the two claims of the Day patent at issue in the April 2008 trial as unpatentable. In the appeal of that decision, the Patent Office withdrew its rejection of the Day Patent and confirmed that the Day Patent is a valid patent.

FCPA investigations: In December 2009 we reached agreements in principle with the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice with regard to the settlement of their ongoing investigations involving our alleged violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) in several countries, including Costa Rica, Taiwan, and Kenya.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.3 STRUCTURE OF THE MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

4.3    STRUCTURE OF THE MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

The organization chart below reflects the main companies consolidated in the Group as of December 31st, 2011, such as listed in note 37 of the consolidated financial statements. Percentages of shares capital’s interest equal 100% unless otherwise specified.

LOGO

 

 

23


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.4 REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

4.4    REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

We occupy, as an owner or tenant, a large number of buildings, production sites, laboratories and service sites around the world. There are two distinct types of sites with the following features:

 

 

production and assembly sites dedicated to our various businesses;

 

 

sites that house research and innovation activities and support functions, which cover a specific region and all businesses.

A significant portion of production, assembly and research activities are carried out in Europe, in the United States and in China for all of our businesses.

At December 31, 2011, our total production capacity was equal to approximately 255,000 sq. meters and the table below shows the breakdown by region for the Networks segment, where our production capacity is concentrated.

We believe that these properties are in good condition and meet the needs and requirements of the Group’s current and future activity and do not present an exposure to major environmental risks that could impact the Group’s earnings.

The environmental issues that could affect how these properties are used are mentioned in Section 5.12 (Environmental matters) of this annual report.

The sites mentioned in the tables below were selected among our portfolio of 594 sites to illustrate the diversity of the real estate we use, applying four main criteria: region, business segment, type of use (production/assembly, research/innovation or support function), and whether the property is owned or leased.

 

 

ALCATEL-LUCENT, PRODUCTION CAPACITY AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

(in thousands of sq. meters)    EMEA      Americas      APAC      Total  
Networks      148         45         61         255   
Total      148         45         61         255   

PRODUCTION/ASSEMBLY SITES

 

Country    Site      Ownership  
China      Shanghai Pudong         Full ownership   
France      Calais         Full ownership   
France      Eu         Full ownership   
United Kingdom      Greenwich         Full ownership   
United States      Meriden         Full ownership   

The main features of our production sites are as follows:

 

 

site of Shanghai Pudong (China): 142,000 sq. meters, of which 24,000 sq. meters is used for the production for Wireline and Wireless Access activities, the remainder of the site is used mainly for offices and laboratories;

 

 

site of Calais (France): 79,000 sq. meters, of which 61,000 sq. meters is used for the production of submarine cables;

 

 

site of Eu (France): 31,000 sq. meters, of which 16,000 sq. meters is used for the production of boards;

 

 

site of Greenwich (United Kingdom): 34,000 sq. meters, of which 19,500 sq. meters is used for the production of submarine cables;

 

 

site of Meriden (United States): 31,000 sq. meters, used for the manufacturing of products for RFS (Radio Frequency Systems);

 

24


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.4 REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

RESEARCH AND INNOVATION AND SUPPORT SITES

 

Country    Site      Ownership  
Germany      Stuttgart         Lease   
Germany      Nuremberg         Lease   
Austria      Vienna         Full ownership   
Belgium      Anvers         Lease   
Brazil      São Paulo         Full ownership   
Canada      Ottawa         Full ownership   
China      Shanghai Pudong         Full ownership   
Spain      Madrid         Lease   
United States      Daly City         Lease   
United States      Plano         Full ownership   
United States      Naperville         Full ownership   
United States      Murray Hill         Full ownership   
France      Villarceaux         Lease   
France      Vélizy         Lease   
France      Colombes         Lease   
France      Lannion         Full ownership   
France      Paris Headquarters         Lease   
France      Orvault         Lease   
India      Bangalore         Lease   
India      Chennai         Lease   
Italy      Vimercate         Lease   
Mexico      Cuautitlan Izcalli         Full ownership   
Netherlands      Hilversum         Lease   
Poland      Bydgoszcz         Full ownership   
Romania      Timisoara         Full ownership   
United Kingdom      Swindon         Lease   
Singapore      Singapore         Lease   

The occupation rate of these sites varies between 50 and 100 % (average rate is 78%); the space which is not occupied by Alcatel-Lucent is leased to other companies or remains vacant. The average rate of 78% is based on the global portfolio of Alcatel-Lucent. The facilities presented are the major sites and form a representative sample of our activities.

 

25


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.5 MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

 

4.5     MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

NATIONAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND SPECIALTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

On November 17, 2006, the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), approved our business combination with Lucent. In the final phase of the approval process CFIUS recommended to the President of the United States that he not suspend or prohibit our business combination with Lucent, provided that we execute a National Security Agreement (“NSA”) and Specialty Security Agreement (“SSA”) with certain U.S. Government agencies within a specified time period. As part of the CFIUS approval process, we entered into a NSA with the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Defense and the Department of Commerce (collectively, the “USG Parties”) effective on November 30, 2006. The NSA provides for, among other things, certain undertakings with respect to our U.S. businesses relating to the work done by Bell Labs and to the communications infrastructure in the United States. Under the NSA, in the event that we materially fail to comply with any of its terms, and the failure to comply threatens to impair the national

security of the United States, the parties to the NSA have agreed that CFIUS, at the request of the USG Parties at the cabinet level and the Chairman of CFIUS, may reopen review of the business combination with Lucent and revise any recommendations or make new recommendations to the President of the United States, which could lead to new commitments for Alcatel Lucent. In addition, we agreed to establish a separate subsidiary to perform certain work for the U.S. government, and hold government contracts and certain sensitive assets associated with Bell Labs. This separate subsidiary has a Board of Directors including at least three independent Directors who are resident citizens of the United States who have or are eligible to possess personnel security clearances from the Department of Defense. These Directors are former U.S. Secretary of Defense William Perry, former National Security Agency Director Lt. Gen. Kenneth A. Minihan, USAF (Ret.) and former Assistant Secretary of the U.S Navy Dr. H. Lee Buchanan. The SSA, effective December 20, 2006, that governs this subsidiary contains provisions with respect to the separation of certain employees, operations and facilities, as well as limitations on control and influence by the parent company and restrictions on the flow of certain information.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

5    DESCRIPTION OF  THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1    BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

Strategic Focus. Our strategic vision that we call Application Enablement, launched in 2009, is to improve the Internet or “web” experience of service providers, enterprises and end-users while improving our customers’ return on their investments. To do that, we are working to provide consumers and business users with a rich and more trusted web experience by combining:

 

 

the speed and creative innovation of the web;

 

 

the unique capabilities of our customers’ networks - such as quality, security, reliability, billing, privacy, user context (location); and

 

 

the trusted relationship our customers have with their subscribers.

Our strategy is the Alcatel-Lucent High Leverage NetworkTM (HLN) that supports our Application Enablement vision. Alcatel-Lucent’s High Leverage NetworkTM provides the technological foundation needed to help service providers improve the Internet experience for business and consumer customers, providing a platform for the profitable delivery of new revenue-generating services. HLN will also allow service providers the agility to develop applications faster, scale to meet the demands of transporting rapidly growing video and mobile traffic and reduce overall operating costs. For those building private networks in the critical infrastructure segments, such as energy, transportation and public services, HLN will provide the intelligence and mission-critical reliability they need to support their operations.

A High Leverage NetworkTM is a converged, all-IP (Internet protocol) network that can carry the different services that are carried today over a service provider’s multiple networks. It delivers broadband access to users on any device (wired or wireless), and automatically provides the bandwidth needed to deliver the services being used. It has the intelligence to manage traffic while providing the quality of service that is appropriate for each user and each of his services, and to do that at optimum cost. It is suitable for deployment in both emerging markets and the developed world, and in both densely populated and remote areas. It requires state of the art capabilities in IP, optics, wireless and wireline broadband access - as well as the software and services that together support Application Enablement.

Through Application Enablement, service providers can make their High Leverage NetworkTM available to content and application partners in a managed and controlled way. This approach is intended to help service providers develop new business models and improve subscriber loyalty through unique and personalized services, which help generate more revenue and boost brand value for these service providers. These services include multi-screen and high-definition video services, application-assured business services and collaborative communication services. We also believe that our High Leverage NetworkTM will help service providers address new market opportunities such as next generation open access fiber networks, cloud computing and machine-to-machine (M2M) communication.

Organization. In the context of our continued focus on the High Leverage NetworkTM framework, on July 20, 2011, we reorganized our operating segments in an effort to better support our vision of the network as a platform that allows service providers to better monetize their networks and improve the quality of service for end-users. The three operating segments are as follows:

 

 

Networks – which remained unchanged, includes four main businesses - IP, Optics, Wireless and Wireline - and provides end-to-end networks and individual network elements that meet the strategic communications needs of fixed, mobile and converged service providers. The Networks group also includes another smaller business, Radio Frequency Systems;

 

 

Software, Services & Solutions (S3) – delivers a portfolio of combined software, services and solutions that focuses on the key opportunities and challenges facing our customers and that supplements and enhances our High Leverage Network™ product strengths. The Software, Services & Solutions group consists of the former Network Applications business, and the former Services group. The Services division designs, integrates, and manages networks through its consulting, professional and operations management practices. The Network Applications division integrates services and software to offer a wide range of solutions that allow service providers to better monetize their networks and for end-users to enjoy a better quality of service. This group also supports end-to-end solutions for strategic industries (energy, transportation and the public sector);

 

 

Enterprise - provides voice telephony, data networking technology and call center software (Genesys). On February 1, 2012 we consummated the sale of our Genesys business to Permira. For more information about the sale, see Chapter 4.2.

In addition, we organize our business as follows:

 

 

Customer sales organizations. We continue to have three customer-facing regional organizations: the Americas, Asia Pacific and EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), that are accountable for serving customers and growing the business profitably. The primary mission of these organizations is to sell and ensure the highest customer satisfaction. The three regions share responsibility for customer-focused activities with separate, dedicated sales teams for our vertically integrated units (submarine systems, Radio Frequency Systems and the enterprise marketing organization);

 

 

Global customer delivery. In July 2011, we created the Global Customer Delivery Organization (GCD) to serve as a single interface for Alcatel-Lucent when delivering on commitments to our customers. This new organization combines the resources from the former Quality Assurance & Customer Care teams with the Regional

 

 

27


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

 

   

Services Delivery and Carrier Applications teams. The GCD serves all customers and delivers our portfolio of products, services and solutions as well as other original equipment manufacturers’ products. The GCD oversees and manages end-to-end delivery of product to customers, manages global service delivery centers and defines and supports programs for end-to-end delivery strategy, best practices, knowledge management, delivery tools and systems, responsibilities, specific to the unique technology or solution.

For financial information by operating segment (also called business segment) and geographic market, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements and Chapter 6 - “Operating and financial review and prospects”, included elsewhere in this document.

New 2011 Organization

The 2011 organization, following the reorganization in July 2011, is shown in the table below:

 

Networks   S3    Enterprise
IP   Services    Enterprise Solutions
Optics   Network Applications    Genesys (sold in 2012)
Wireless (including Radio Frequency Systems)         
Wireline         
 

 

The following table shows how the 2011 organization was changed to create the new organizational structure:

 

LOGO

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

Globally, end-user demand for high-bandwidth services that are delivered with an enhanced quality of experience is surging. In addition, global market dynamics are dictating that service providers must have the agility to support multiple business models to deliver innovative revenue-generating services. To meet all these challenges, service providers are evolving their networks to a next-generation, all-IP multiservice infrastructure that is fully converged, optimized and scalable. The Networks segment supplies a broad portfolio of products and offerings used by fixed, wireless and converged service providers to address these needs, as well as enterprises and governments for their business critical communications.

 

The High Leverage Network™ is our vision of how networks need to evolve, leveraging fundamental technology shifts in wireline and wireless broadband access, internet protocol (IP) and optics to address evolving networking needs. It allows service providers to address the key challenge of how to simultaneously deliver innovative, revenue-generating services and provide scalable, low-cost bit delivery. In order to achieve this objective, in 2011 we continued to invest in:

 

 

Next-generation IP platforms, including mobile backhaul and the evolved packet core (EPC), which converges voice and data over an all-IP core network;

 

 

Continued focus on multi-dimensional IP platform scale (capacity, services, control plane) utilizing silicon technology as demonstrated by our FP3 400 gigabit/second (400 Gbps) Network Processor;

 

 

28


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

Converged IP/Optical backbone offerings;

 

 

Converged Radio Access Networks (RAN) using multi-generation access radio equipment and the latest lightRadio™ and small cell/femto technologies, which allow coverage and capacity expansion while offloading voice and data traffic on a service provider’s macro network;

 

 

Next-generation copper and fiber access innovations, focusing on very high speed Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) bonding vectoring, which increases network speeds over existing copper infrastructure, and 10 Gbps symmetrical Gigabit Passive Optical Networks (GPON); and

 

 

Converged network management.

In 2011 our Networks segment revenues were 9,654 million including intersegment revenues and 9,638 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 62% of our total revenues.

INTERNET PROTOCOL

Our portfolio of IP routers and switches is designed to support IP-based applications and services while helping service providers monetize their network investment and reduce customer churn. Key services supported by this portfolio include broadband triple play (voice, video and data) for residential customers; Ethernet and IP Virtual Private Network (VPN) services for Enterprise customers; and wireless second generation (2G), third generation (3G) and fourth generation (4G) broadband services for mobile operators.

The main product families within the IP portfolio are:

 

 

Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching (or IP/MPLS) service routers. These products direct traffic within and between carriers’ national and international networks to enable delivery of a broad range of IP-based services (including internet access, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), Voice over IP, mobile phone and data and managed business VPNs) on a single common network infrastructure with superior performance, application intelligence, and scalability (i.e. the simultaneous support of many diverse types of traffic and customers);

 

 

Carrier Ethernet service switches. These switches enable carriers to deliver residential, business and wireless services more cost-effectively than traditional methods due to their higher capacity and performance. These products are mainly used in metropolitan area networks;

 

 

Multi-service wide-area-network (or MS WAN) switches. These switches enable fixed line and wireless carriers to transition their existing networks to support newer technologies and services; and

 

 

Content Delivery Network (CDN) appliances. These devices distribute and store web and video content. They align with and support our High Leverage NetworkTM strategy by delivering a wide variety of video and other content to businesses and consumers in cost-effective ways, as well as providing opportunities for new business relationships between service providers and content providers.

The applicability of our service router and switch portfolio continues to expand to meet the needs of service providers. The following are some of our key areas of focus and investment in 2011:

 

 

The Evolved Packet Core (EPC), which utilizes our service routers, plays a key role in fourth generation (4G) LTE wireless architecture, providing wireless data services and internet access for devices such as smartphones, tablets and netbooks;

 

Our Converged Backbone Transformation Solution, utilizes our market-leading 100 Gbps technology across both our IP and optics portfolios. This product increases the communication and collaboration between the traditionally independent IP and optical layers of the network by tightly integrating IP and optical network elements as well as network management and control layers;

 

 

Continued focus on multi-dimensional platform scale (capacity, services, control plane) with leading-edge silicon innovation as demonstrated by our FP3 400 Gbps Network Processor. This platform will help service providers deliver voice, data and video services at the highest speeds without compromising quality of service; and

 

 

Deep packet inspection (DPI) technology, which allows service providers to deliver enhanced application-aware cloud services to enterprise customers and to broadband customers.

Our service routers and carrier ethernet service switches share a single network management system that provides consistency of features, quality of service, and operations, administration and maintenance capabilities from the network core to the customer edge. These capabilities are critical as carriers transform their networks to support new Internet-based services. Our service routers enable service providers to deliver complex services to business, residential and mobile end-users, ensuring high capacity, reliability and quality of service.

OPTICS

Our Optics division designs and markets equipment for the long distance transmission of high speed data over fiber optic connections via land (terrestrial) and undersea (submarine), for the short distances in metropolitan and regional areas, and for traffic aggregation of fixed and mobile multi-services. Our leading transport portfolio also includes microwave wireless transmission equipment.

Terrestrial optics

Our terrestrial optical products offer a portfolio designed to seamlessly support service growth from the metro access to the network core. With our products, carriers manage voice, data and video traffic patterns based on different applications or platforms and can introduce a wide variety of managed data services, including multiple service quality capabilities, variable service rates and traffic congestion management. Most importantly, these products allow carriers to leverage their existing network infrastructure to offer new services and to support third generation (3G) and LTE mobile services.

As a leader in optical networking, we play a key role in the transformation of optical transport networks within a High Leverage NetworkTM. Our wavelength-division multiplexing (WDM) products address a variety of markets, from the enterprise to the ultra-long-haul, to meet service provider requirements for cost-effective, scalable networks that can handle their increased data networking needs. Our WDM product portfolio is based on an intelligent photonics approach

 

 

29


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

which eliminates the need for frequent on-site configuration and provisioning. The 100 Gbps technology innovation available in our WDM products along with 10 Gbps and 40 Gbps high speed rates allow operators to solve bandwidth bottlenecks, while offering the lowest cost per transported bit. This new approach facilitates the design and installation of a more flexible WDM network that is easier to operate, manage and monitor.

In 2011, the Terrestrial optics unit focused its R&D efforts on:

 

 

expanded scalability, capacity and performance features of our photonic networking portfolio, which allows service providers to more efficiently transport increasing volumes of IP-based traffic including:

 

   

the commercial launch of our converged DWDM and Optical Transport Network (OTN) switching platform with control plane intelligence, which provides more service scalability and efficient utilization of optical network resources; and

 

   

the launch of our second generation of 100 Gbps single-carrier coherent technology in our WDM products to improve transmission capabilities and efficiency over long distances;

 

 

traffic aggregation, where our new packet optical transport technology facilitates the migration of a network to all-IP by aggregating multiple types of traffic including legacy and IP-based; and

 

 

our Converged Backbone Transformation Solution, which increases the integration and collaboration between the optical and IP layers of the network, helping service providers optimize their transport infrastructure to profitably meet the growing demands of multimedia traffic growth.

These products and technologies provide cost-effective, managed platforms that support different services and are suitable for many different network configurations.

Submarine

We are an industry leader in the development, manufacturing, installation and maintenance of undersea telecommunications cable networks. Our submarine cable networks connect continents (using optical amplification required over long distances), a mainland to islands, island to islands or several points along a coast. This market is characterized by relatively few large contracts that often require more than one year to complete. Projects are currently concentrated on links between Europe, Africa, India and Southeast Asia. In addition to new cable systems, this market also includes significant activity upgrading existing submarine networks as our service provider customers add capacity – moving to 40 Gbps and preparing for 100 Gbps - in response to surging broadband traffic volumes.

Wireless transmission

We offer a comprehensive portfolio of microwave radio products meeting both European telecommunications standards (or ETSI) and American standards-based (or ANSI) requirements. These products include high, medium and low

capacity microwave transmission systems for mobile backhaul applications, fixed broadband access applications, and private applications in markets like digital television broadcasting, defense and security, energy and utilities.

In 2011, the Wireless Transmission unit focused its R&D efforts on:

 

 

The 9500 Microwave Packet Radio (MPR), a next-generation multi-purpose packet microwave radio which allows service providers to quickly and efficiently transform their networks from legacy, or time-division multiplexing (TDM), transport to highly efficient packet transport. Packet transport supports the shift to IP-based services and data traffic and growth;

 

 

IP-enabled microwave for mobile backhaul applications, which combines packet-based wireless transmission with IP networking to help service providers transition from second generation (2G) to third or fourth generation (3G or 4G) mobile networks.

In the wireless transmission market, we maintained a leadership position in both the worldwide packet microwave segment as well as the long haul segment.

WIRELESS

Our “Wireless All Around” approach is a unique combination of wireless and IP products designed for mobile operators so that they may improve the mobile internet service for their customers. We enable today’s network evolution toward end-to-end wireless IP, supporting a converged radio access network (RAN) using multi-generation (2G, 3G, and 4G LTE) access radio equipment and the latest lightRadio™ and small cell/femto technologies. We launched lightRadio™ in 2011 as an innovative platform that provides service providers a true converged RAN, enabling capacity upgrades more quickly and cost effectively.

CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access)

Our CDMA strategy is focused on maintaining our installed base of this technology by delivering quality, capacity and OA&M (operations, administration and management) improvements to our customers. In 2011, we continued to focus on our customers’ total cost of ownership with products that can reduce capital expenditures and operating expenses. Operators are seeking to evolve their existing networks to the latest LTE technology that will work with their existing 3G technology which will allow the reuse of base station and back haul assets, while at the same time minimizing the footprint and improving the power efficiency of these products. Our Multi-Technology (MT) products accomplish this evolution. Introducing elements from our LightRadio™ program into our CDMA product provides CDMA operators the benefit from the latest wireless advances and reinforces our commitment to eco-sustainability.

The current version of CDMA technology supports circuit switched voice with CDMA2000® 1X and packet data with 1x EV-DO Revision A. We have developed improvements for both programs: 1X Advanced uses improved interference cancelation routines to improve the voice capacity and quality of existing networks and has the potential to triple the current

 

 

30


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

voice capacity with new 1X Advanced handsets. Likewise, 1xEV-DO Revision B has the potential to triple the current Revision A user data experience and a new program called EV-DO Advanced provides network load balancing features that improve the overall user experience by maximizing the operational efficiencies of heavily loaded networks.

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications)

We develop mobile radio products for the second generation (or 2G) GSM (or Global System for Mobile communications) standard, including GPRS/EDGE (or General Packet Radio Service / Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution) technology upgrades to that standard. As part of our multi-technology or multi-mode strategy, our GSM radio products also support 3G and 4G technologies to allow a smooth network evolution at minimum cost. While GSM is a mature technology, operators in emerging markets, such as China and India, continue to add capacity to accommodate subscriber growth.

In 2011, we launched our new SDR (software defined radio) product that allows fast and cost-effective network rollouts and facilitates upgrading to new wireless technologies (such as 3G and 4G) by software upgrade.

As part of our innovation program, we are active in the “Green” base station market with products powered by renewable energy sources. We have already deployed thousands of base stations using alternative energies worldwide, including wind and solar power. Our Dynamic Power Save capability can be installed in base stations and has helped reduce the power consumption by up to 30%.

W-CDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)

Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, referred to as W-CDMA or Universal Mobile Telephone Communications Systems (UMTS), is the third generation wireless technology derived from the GSM standard deployed worldwide. The focus on W-CDMA and other 3G wireless technologies has increased along with increasing end-user demand for mobile broadband capabilities because pre-3G technologies have an extremely limited broadband data capability. Growing demand for mobile broadband has driven increased investment in 3G networks so that our service provider customers can offer new mobile high-speed data capabilities to end-users.

We are a key supplier of some of the W-CDMA networks carrying the highest amount of traffic in the world, including AT&T in the U.S., China Unicom in China and various networks in Korea. Our portfolio strategy is based on improving network capacity while reducing total cost of ownership, consistent with our High Leverage NetworkTM concept. For example, our multi-technology and multi-carrier radio modules are key components of our converged RAN (radio access network) solution that allows for a smooth technology evolution to LTE. We conducted our first lightRadio W-CDMA Metrocell trials with tier-1 operators in Europe and the Middle East aimed at improving network efficiency and complementing an operator’s broader network at a lower cost with a shorter time to market.

TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronized Code Division Multiple Access)

We have an alliance with Datang Mobile to foster the development of the TD-SCDMA (or Time Division-Synchronized Code Division Multiple Access) 3G mobile standard in China, where we deployed trial TD-SCDMA networks starting in 2006. In 2009, we were selected, along with Datang Mobile, by China Mobile for deployment of its phase III TD-SCDMA mobile networks in 11 provinces. In 2010, we continued to work with China Mobile as it continued its massive TD-SCDMA rollout (phase IV) to expand 3G coverage across China, with the networks covering 339 Chinese cities. In 2011 we continued deployment of TD-SCDMA equipment. Growth will depend upon how quickly the handset and other device markets expand.

LTE (Long-Term Evolution)

Fuelled by the proliferation of smartphones, tablets, laptops and netbooks, the increasing number of multimedia applications and the resulting surge of mobile broadband data traffic, the market for 4G LTE (Long Term Evolution), or fourth-generation wireless, is being adopted faster than originally predicted. The first commercially available LTE networks are now operational, including several large scale networks serving millions of people. In addition there are a significant number of service providers who are participating in advanced large scale trials and pilot networks. LTE offers service providers a highly compelling evolution path from all existing networks (GSM, W-CDMA, CDMA or WiMAX) to 4G wireless by simplifying the radio access network and converging on a common IP base, leading to better network performance and a lower cost per bit. LTE creates an environment in which consumers will be able to use wireless networks to access high-bandwidth content at optimal cost, enabling a new generation of affordable services.

We are focusing our LTE R&D spending on developing a differentiating, end-to-end all-IP wireless offering that includes our RAN (radio access network), mobile backhaul that supports 2G, 3G and 4G/LTE traffic, a high-performing evolved packet core, end-to-end IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) and a full set of differentiating 4G/LTE services and applications. In February 2011, we announced our vision for a breakthrough multi-generation wireless portfolio called lightRadio, which will allow service providers to quickly expand network capacity, lower operating costs and reduce energy consumption. The lightRadio portfolio is being co-created in collaboration with leading operators like China Mobile, Telefonica, Etisalat and others and has won several industry awards for innovation in mobile broadband.

As for services, we founded the ngConnect Program to link operators with a broad ecosystem of device, content and application partners committed to the development and rapid deployment of new services based on LTE and other high bandwidth technologies. We have entered into contracts to deploy commercial LTE networks with 20 operators worldwide, including Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint, Vimpelcom Group, Etisalat and large scale pilot networks with China Mobile and Telefonica. We currently have more than 80 LTE trials covering different geographies, frequencies and applications.

 

 

31


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

We also continue to make progress in the area of LTE for public safety with a number of industry firsts and live demonstrations as well as a contract with the city of Charlotte in the US.

RFS (Radio Frequency Systems)

RFS designs and sells cable, antenna, tower systems and their related electronic components, providing an end-to-end suite of radio frequency products. RFS serves OEMs, distributors, system integrators, network operators and installers in the broadcast, wireless communications, microwave and defense sectors. Specific applications for RFS products include cellular sites, in-tunnel and in-building radio coverage, microwave links, TV and radio.

WIRELINE

Fixed access

We are the worldwide leader in the fixed broadband access market, supporting the largest mass deployments of video, voice and data services. According to Dell’Oro (December 2011), we are the largest global supplier of digital subscriber line (or DSL) technology, with 37% of global DSL revenues, and the second largest global supplier of Gigabit Passive Optical Networking (or GPON) technology, with 24% of global revenue. Today, one out of three fixed broadband subscribers around the world is served through one of our access networks. Our global installed base now includes about 248 million DSL lines and more than 4.1 million GPON end-user connections. Our fixed access customers include leading global service providers as well as utility companies and municipalities. We are present in most major GPON deployments worldwide, including more than 140 fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) projects of which more than 120 are GPON-based.

Our fixed access product unit designs and develops products that allow service providers to offer high speed broadband connectivity for internet access and other services to residents and businesses around the world, otherwise known as DSL FTTH equipment. The explosion of data into the home, especially in the form of video, has driven the need for service providers to invest in their access networks and to increase speeds at a faster rate. These products also help complete the transformation of legacy networks to IP by providing IP connectivity for the last mile.

Our latest DSL investments are centered around VDSL2, providing vectoring capabilities to increase the bandwidth that can be delivered over a service provider’s existing copper infrastructure, reaching data speeds of 100 Mbps or more to the home. Vectoring is a noise cancelling technology that removes the interference, or “crosstalk”, from neighboring copper pairs and allows the connection to operate at the highest levels possible.

For FTTH, we continue to invest in technology to increase capacity and density to lower a service provider’s cost per subscriber. In addition, efforts to reduce the size and increase the capability of optical network terminals (ONTs) are underway. Integrating home residential gateway and wireless access point functions into the ONT portfolio simplifies managing home environments by requiring fewer devices in the home.

Also in this area, providers must accommodate new video traffic demand and compete with other service providers who can offer a full suite of triple play services (voice, video and data). Our investments in fixed access products are intended to meet those needs. Our portfolio contains the software to offer the quality of experience and the innovation to deliver the speeds needed for various services. The converged nature and the portfolio breadth of the our fixed access products allows providers to efficiently deploy a mix of both copper and fiber technologies in whatever deployment model is desired.

IMS/NGN

We offer products that extend from legacy switching systems to IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) solutions for fixed, mobile, and converged operators. Service providers have expressed a strong desire to migrate their legacy switching infrastructure to IMS with products that are reliable, scalable, and secure, beginning with basic voice services and growing into enriched multimedia services enabled by IMS.

Our IMS products are designed to meet a diverse set of network objectives ranging from consumer and business VoIP to enhanced and multimedia communications services, for both fixed and mobile operators. We achieve these objectives by delivering a single set of software assets that are highly scalable. Our IMS products work across all types of access (wireline and wireless) and all network technologies.

By leveraging our IMS communications solutions, service providers can deliver to subscribers a seamless transition between telecommunications, the web, and alternative providers’ networks. Our IMS portfolio is a focus of our Application Enablement strategy, and a key component of the High Leverage Network™ architecture.

Our IMS technology is flexible and scalable enough to be deployed in various configurations across all geographies and network types – fixed, mobile, converged, and cable. Our IMS products work across all types of access networks and can be deployed in either a distributed or integrated configuration. In either configuration, the same software supports both traditional POTS (plain old telephone service) and IP endpoints. The integrated configuration is packaged within a single hardware platform (or chassis) while the distributed product is packaged based on a customer’s business needs and network topology (multiple chassis). As an added capability, the product elements can be located in different sites (geo-redundancy) for even higher reliability.

 

 

32


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.3 SOFTWARE, SOLUTIONS AND SERVICES (S3) SEGMENT

 

5.3    SOFTWARE, SOLUTIONS AND SERVICES (S3) SEGMENT

 

Overview

Our S3 segment is a software-enabled services business that focuses on bringing innovation to our customers’ networks and enabling them to use their networks as a business platform. S3 supplements and enhances our High Leverage Network™ strategy by transforming communications networks and operations from legacy to next generation wireless and converged networks, and building applications that leverage those next-generation networks. S3 is a world leader supplying solutions for telecommunications service providers and strategic industries including transportation, energy and the public sector.

The S3 Business portfolio includes:

 

 

Services that include: Network and Systems Integration, Managed and Outsourcing Solutions, Multivendor Maintenance and Product Attached Services that design, integrate, manage and maintain networks worldwide.

 

 

Network Applications address key customer opportunities including: Advanced Communications Solutions, Customer Experience Solutions, Payment and Charging Solutions, Mobile Commerce Solutions, Applications Enablement and Cloud.

In 2011 our S3 segment revenues were 4,461 million including intersegment revenues and 4,451 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 28% of our total revenues.

SERVICES

We have expertise in consulting, planning, design integration and optimization, operations management and maintenance of complex, multi-vendor end-to-end telecommunications networks, as well as design, delivery and operations of network-based software solutions. S3 services are designed to provide a full services value chain – from planning to implementation to operations and support needed to create solutions with our customers in collaborative engagements.

Services offerings are organized around the four areas where we believe our customers can most benefit from our multi-vendor IT/telecommunication practices:

 

 

network and system integration

 

 

managed and outsourcing solutions

 

 

multi-vendor maintenance

 

 

product-attached services

Network and Systems Integration (NSI) encompasses Consulting Services and Professional Services. Consulting Services address our customers’ strategic, business and technology considerations in transforming their legacy networks into IP platforms. NSI Professional Services consist of our Network Innovation and Network Solution practices. Our network innovation practice focuses on planning, design, integration, optimization and transformation of wireless and

wireline networks while helping customers address challenges in network operating systems and related IT infrastructure as well as creating integrated telecommunications cloud infrastructures. Our network solution practice focuses on planning, design, integration and delivery of solutions that allow for features such as managing customer experience, delivery of IMS-based communications services, mobile commerce and application enablement. Professional Services offered by NSI are differentiated in the market by our software-enhanced delivery methodology and our Advanced Integration Methods (AIM), which provide a framework for execution that combines network, telecommunications, IT and migration expertise in a streamlined way to reduce integration time, improve solution quality and ensure meeting customer requirements.

Our IP Transformation Centers are located in Antwerp (Belgium), Murray Hill (USA), Chennai (India) and Singapore, allowing our customers to robustly test their target network in a live, multi-vendor environment, thereby minimizing risk and shortening time-to-market. Our centers for engineering and migration services in Poland, Turkey and India allow the migration of data or subscribers around the globe. Our IP network transformation services also support the evolution of our customers to a High Leverage NetworkTM.

Managed and outsourcing solutions consist of a range of network operations services and hosted or service management solutions tailored to the solutions that S3 delivers. Managed Services practices are aligned with our Professional Services Practices and provide options for simplifying network transformations, reducing the risk of introducing new solutions, and reducing operating expenses. Managed Services, including Outsourcing, use a standard set of tools and other resources (technology and people) to manage our customers’ networks.

We are a global player in the delivery of multi-vendor maintenance services. Multi-vendor maintenance services create operational efficiencies for customers by restructuring and streamlining traditional maintenance functions and delivering improved service levels at a lower total cost. Our global reach, multi-vendor technology skills, integrated delivery capability, and delivery track record characterize our offerings. Multi-vendor services include technical support to diagnose, restore, and resolve network problems, and spare parts management to improve asset utilization.

We also provide product-attached services, which include network build and implementation (NBI) and maintenance services for our equipment and systems. Our NBI services support networks of all sizes and complexity regardless of whether they are wireless, wireline or converged. These activities are carried out by our own global workforce, supplemented by a network of qualified partners who ensure that our customers’ new networks are delivered cost-effectively and with minimum risk. Our maintenance professionals provide industry leading support as a single point of contact for Alcatel-Lucent and multivendor products. Capabilities include remote and on-site technical support services for both proactive and reactive maintenance needs.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.3 SOFTWARE, SOLUTIONS AND SERVICES (S3) SEGMENT

 

 

NETWORK APPLICATIONS

Our Network Applications combine software and systems to address key customer challenges and opportunities. Networks Applications include:

 

 

Advanced Communications Applications: comprised of communication products and solutions to transition our customers to next generation voice, video and messaging communications services. Key building blocks include IMS, Subscriber Data Management and Messaging/Communication enablers.

 

 

Mobile Commerce Applications: enable service providers to drive engagement and transactions on the network by securely allowing mobile commerce to capitalize on the immediacy of purchase decisions. The portfolio addresses the entire lifecycle of user purchases from promotion, discovery, to storefronts and purchase.

 

 

Our Payment and Charging Applications include real-time rating, charging, billing and payment applications for voice and data services. These applications give service providers the ability to charge their consumer and enterprise customers for services rendered.

 

 

Our Customer Experience Applications which are built around our Motive software, enable communications providers to offer, activate, support and manage a wide range of high-speed Internet, VoIP, video, mobile and converged services. Motive software gives communications providers the tools they need to help customers set up, manage, and meter their home and mobile devices and services.

 

 

Application Enablement focuses on ensuring that service providers can participate in new business models and new distribution channels to transform their business to take advantage of application programming interfaces (API). APIs enable service providers to create new services that are developed and delivered to market faster, at lower cost and at scale.

 

 

Our new CloudBand solution allows service providers to deliver to their customers cloud services that include voice, video, and data across both fixed and mobile networks. Using CloudBand, service providers can ‘virtualize’ many of the critical elements of their networks by converting them into software which is run in the cloud and accessed on demand as needed to address shifts in customer usage patterns.

Key areas of focus in 2011 included:

 

 

Customer experience analytics: We continued our work in Customer Experience Analytics products, which began in 2010 - as part of the Motive portfolio of customer experience solutions - designed to deliver customer-focused, data-driven insights that let service providers track their customers’ quality of experience, predict propensity to churn and calculate customer lifetime value.

 

 

Advanced Communication Solutions: Building off our success with fixed networks, we helped our customers transition from legacy mobile to 4G networks with next generation communication services including voice, video communications and intuitive messaging across any device.

 

 

Mobile Commerce/Mobile Payment solutions in 2011 reaped the benefits of the work our Digital Media Store, Optism™, and Mobile Wallet solutions began in 2010. We closed multiple key definitional customer wins in each major region, demonstrating the success of our solutions in meeting the emerging requirements of our customers.

 

 

Application Enablement: We launched our Open API Platform, which allows developers to collaborate, build, test and distribute new applications for service provider networks. This has helped expand on our success of our ProgrammableWeb and OpenPlug acquisitions including engagements with Service Providers on multiple key projects around the globe.

 

 

5.4    ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

Our Enterprise organization is a world leader in communications and network solutions for businesses of all sizes, serving more than 250,000 customers worldwide. Enterprise delivers solutions to improve conversations across employees, customers and partners by driving multi-media, multi-device, multi-party communications and collaboration. Enterprise products can be utilized in multiple enterprise communications platforms, telephony and networks, and customer service software.

We work with more than 2,000 application and business partners to meet the unique needs of customers and ensure success – from small to medium-sized business to large enterprises and public sector organizations to global companies. Our solutions and services can be based on premise, hosted, outsourced or customized environments that allow a combination of deployment models. Our team of

service professionals provides services ranging from consulting through to implementation to support of complex or customized deployments.

The Group’s portfolio includes:

 

 

Unified Communication & Collaboration applications: Fixed and mobile unified communications software and products that integrate communications networks with in-house data, systems and business process platforms to provide anytime, anywhere access to business data across the enterprise.

 

 

Communications Platforms and Telephony solutions: Next generation enterprise communications that delivers multi-media, multi-device, multi-party communication to enterprise employees across site and locations.

 

 

Comprehensive project management and professional services: Offerings for large enterprises, carriers and customers in a wide range of vertical markets.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.4 ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

 

Previously, the Genesys customer service and contact center software business was included within this segment. Genesys is a market leader in contact centers worldwide and is a leading provider of the software used by enterprises and service providers to manage all aspects of customer service with their customers through the Web, by phone or mobile device. On February 1, 2012, we completed the sale of this business to Permira for a cash payment of US$ 1.5 billion.

Key areas of focus in 2011 included:

 

 

Communications platforms: During 2011, we launched our next generation suite of communications platforms called OpenTouch. Leveraging our innovation and expertise in Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), the dominant signaling protocol, or standard, used to control IP-based multimedia communications, OpenTouch delivers an open approach to communications that is natively multi-party, can mix media, and can allow users to move freely between any device within the same conversation.

 

Network infrastructure: in 2011 we launched innovative offerings for enterprise networks and data centers, enabling 10 Gigabit Ethernet or 40 Gigabit Ethernet options, through our OmniSwitch 10K switching portfolio. These new releases have tremendous market momentum and are enabling us to deliver on our Application Fluent Network Vision, which was launched in 2010 and focuses on providing products that meet the demands of rich media applications and virtualization within the enterprise.

 

 

Devices: in 2011 we brought our My IC Phone to market, a new smart desk phone that combines the capabilities and application experience of a smartphone with the reliability and availability of a desk phone.

In 2011 our Enterprise segment revenues were 1,213 million including intersegment revenues and 1,143 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 8% of our total revenues.

 

 

5.5     MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION OF OUR PRODUCTS

 

We sell substantially all of our products and services to the world’s largest telecommunications service providers through our direct sales force. In some countries, such as China, our direct sales force may operate in joint ventures with local partners and through indirect channels. For sales to Tier 2 and Tier 3 service providers, we use our direct sales force and value-added resellers. Our three regionally-focused sales organizations have primary responsibility for all customer-focused activities, and share that responsibility with the sales teams at certain integrated units such as submarine systems, radio frequency systems and strategic industries, such as transportation, energy and the public sector. Our enterprise communications products are sold through channel partners and distributors that are supported by our direct sales force. We also jointly market, with HP, our enterprise products and applications with their IT solutions.

Our three regionally focused sales organizations work very closely with our Marketing and Global Customer Delivery organizations. The Marketing team is focused on understanding customer needs and bringing value propositions to market to meet these needs. The Global Customer Delivery team oversees and manages end-to-end delivery of product to customers, manages global service delivery centers and defines and supports programs for end-to-end delivery strategy, best practices, knowledge management, delivery tools and systems, responsibilities, as well as provides technology or system specific solutions to problems as they arise.

 

 

5.6    COMPETITION

 

We have one of the broadest portfolios of product and services offerings in the telecommunications equipment and related services market, both for the carrier and non-carrier markets. Our addressable market segment is very broad and our competitors include large companies, such as Avaya, Cisco Systems, Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, ZTE and Nokia Siemens Networks (NSN). Some of our competitors, such as Ericsson, NSN and Huawei, compete across many of our product lines while others - including a number of smaller companies - compete in one segment or another. In recent years, consolidation has reduced the number of networking equipment vendors, and the list of our competitors may continue to change as the intensely competitive environment drives more consolidation. However, it is too early to predict the changes that may occur.

We believe that technological advancement, product and service quality, reliable on-time delivery, product cost, flexible manufacturing capacities, local field presence and long-standing customer relationships are the main factors that

distinguish competitors within each of our segments in their respective markets. In today’s tight-credit environment another factor that may serve to differentiate competitors, particularly in emerging markets, is the ability and willingness to offer some form of financing.

We expect that the level of competition in the global telecommunications networking industry will remain intense for several reasons. First, although consolidation among vendors results in a smaller set of competitors, it also triggers competitive attacks to increase established positions and market share, pressuring margins.

Consolidation also allows some vendors to enter new markets with acquired technology and capabilities, effectively backed by their size, relationships and resources. In addition, carrier consolidation is continuing in both developed and emerging markets, resulting in fewer customers overall. In areas where capital expenditures remain under pressure, the competitive impact of a smaller set of customers may be compounded.

 

 

35


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.6 COMPETITION

 

 

Most vendors are also targeting the same set of the world’s largest service providers because they account for the bulk of carrier spending for new equipment. Competition is also accelerating around IP network technologies as carriers continue to shift capital to areas that support the migration to next-generation networks. Furthermore, competitors providing low-priced products and services from Asia are

gaining significant market share worldwide. They have been gaining share both in developed markets and in emerging markets, which account for a growing share of the overall market and which are particularly well-suited for those vendors’ low-cost, basic communications offerings. As a result, we continue to operate in an environment of intensely competitive pricing.

 

 

5.7     TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

We place a priority on research and development because innovation creates technologies and products that can differentiate us from our competitors and can potentially generate new sources of revenue. Research is undertaken by Bell Labs, our research arm. In addition to the new products and technologies brought to market, in 2011 our R&D community and Bell Labs continued to achieve advances across a wide range of disciplines - from optical networking to eco-sustainable (“green”) technologies, to wireline and wireless technologies. The following are examples of some of our ongoing projects:

Technology/Development Activities:

 

 

In 2011, we introduced a new network processor that delivers a fourfold increase in performance over the fastest Internet Protocol (IP) networks available today. By supporting 400 Gbps transmission speeds, the FP3 processor opens up new possibilities for bandwidth-intensive services, applications and content, while cutting power consumption by up to 50 percent.

 

 

Our lightRadio™ product made its debut at Mobile World Congress in February 2011. The cube-sized device represents a new approach where a base station (typically located at the base of each cell site tower) is broken into its component elements and then distributed through both the antenna and a cloud-like network. Since its launch, the lightRadio team has made tremendous strides, including connecting the world’s first long-distance, high-quality mobile video-call using lightRadio™. The lightRadio team is building collaborative partnerships with several large carriers, including China Mobile and Telefonica. It also has won several industry awards, including the CTIA E-Tech Award, Light Reading’s Best New Product in the Mobile category, and the Broadband World Forum Infovision Award.

 

 

In December, we made a major advance in 100 Gbps optical networking by introducing a breakthrough in single-carrier coherent technology that will extend optical signals over distances far greater than has been possible before, even over poor quality fiber.

 

 

We are developing a new product that employs techniques developed at Bell Labs to monitor and maintain the quality of optical signals transferred throughout a network. Our 100 Gbps XR card will be the first solution on the market capable of substantially extending the range, performance and capacity of 100 Gbps optical networks, while cutting building and operating costs.

INNOVATION

In 2011, we took a number of initiatives to further strengthen the innovation culture within our company, as well as advance “open” innovation programs that engage third parties in generating and exploiting new market opportunities.

Internally, we continued the “Entrepreneurial Boot Camp”, a program designed to encourage employees to develop innovative ideas into comprehensive business plans and ultimately, new products, solutions or services.

Externally, Bell Labs and partners continued to explore new products and systems with advanced technologies. For example:

 

 

We are working with Telekom Austria Group to roll out new technology showcases and trials of new innovations across its Eastern European operating companies. As part of the cooperation, Telekom Austria Group has been field-testing the latest state-of-the-art VDSL2 vectoring technology to enhance the speed of broadband services based on copper networks in Austria. The technology mitigates cross-talk between the copper lines within a cable and therefore increases the throughput and quality of broadband signals for customers.

 

 

We and the Singapore government’s Agency for Science, Technology and Research (A*STAR) Institute of Microelectronics are jointly planning to commercialize key innovations in silicon chips by bringing innovative silicon component designs from research to commercial fabrication readiness by 2013. These silicon building blocks will allow the integrated circuit industry to benefit from the availability of a dramatically increased data rate and processing power while simultaneously driving down cost.

 

 

Bell Labs and University of Melbourne, in partnership with the Victorian State Government, officially launched the Centre for Energy-Efficient Telecommunications (CEET), one of the largest research efforts on green telecommunications in the world. CEET will be devoted to innovation in energy-efficient networks and technologies with the ultimate goal of reducing the impact of telecommunications on the environment.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.7 TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The Bell Labs Chief Scientist’s Office has been engaged in a two-phase activity focused on strengthening science and fundamental research in the labs. During the first phase, an assessment was made to determine the level of science and fundamental research projects that fulfill the Bell Labs mission. The second phase, which is on-going, is to identify and build on areas important to the future interests of Alcatel-Lucent. Some examples of these projects include:

 

 

In early 2011, Bell Labs provided the first demonstration of spatial division multiplexing over a single optical fiber, a novel multiplexing technology that has the potential to increase optical transmission by an order of magnitude over what is currently possible. This development represents a viable way of satisfying demand for high-speed networks into the future by overcoming previously perceived optical network capacity limits.

 

 

The GreenTouch™ consortium, launched in 2010 with 13 members, expanded its membership to 53 companies, universities and national research labs. The working groups within GreenTouch™ have more than 14 ongoing large collaborative projects and several others in development. In November GreenTouch™ unveiled its strategic research agenda for energy-efficient networks, and demonstrated its Large Scale Antenna System (LSAS) at an event in Switzerland. What distinguishes the GreenTouch™ LSAS is the method used to transmit signals. Instead of broadcasting signals throughout the entire coverage area as other antenna systems typically do, the LSAS transmits concentrated beams of information selectively to many users at once. The greater the number of antenna elements deployed, the higher the concentration of the beams and, therefore, the lower the power that any antenna needs to send a given amount of information.

STANDARDIZATION

Bell Labs employees continued to be actively engaged with telecommunication standardization bodies in 2011. Our engineers have participated in approximately 100 standards organizations and more than 200 different working groups, including the 3GPP, 3GPP2, ATIS, Broadband Forum, CCSA, ETSI, IEEE, IETF, OMA, Open IPTV Forum and TIA.

INDUSTRY RECOGNITION

During 2011, several current and past members of the Bell Labs research community and the broader Alcatel-Lucent technical community were recognized for their research at Alcatel-Lucent, as the recipients of more than 30 prestigious awards. Some of the most notable included: the 2011 Japan Prize, 2011 IEEE William R. Bennett Prize, the “Most Innovative Mobile Technology in 2011” category at the Andrew Seybold Choice Awards, World Technology Award by the World Technology Network and the Popular Mechanics 2011 Breakthrough Award.

 

 

5.8     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

In 2011, we obtained more than 2,600 patents worldwide, resulting in a portfolio of more than 29,000 active patents worldwide across a vast array of technologies. We also continued to actively pursue a strategy of licensing selected technologies to expand the reach of our technologies and to generate licensing revenues.

We rely on patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws both to protect our proprietary technology and to protect us against claims from others. We believe that we have direct

intellectual property rights or rights under licensing arrangements covering substantially all of our material technologies.

We consider patent protection to be critically important to our businesses due to the emphasis on Research and Development and intense competition in our markets.

On February 9, 2012 we entered into an agreement with RPX, pursuant to which they will offer our worldwide patent portfolio through non-exclusive patent licenses. For more information on this agreement, see Chapter 4.2 “History and Development – Recent Events”.

 

 

5.9     SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS

 

We make significant purchases of electronic components and other material from many sources. While we have experienced some shortages in components and other commodities used across the industry, we have generally been able to obtain sufficient materials and components from various sources around the world to meet our needs. Although both the Japan

earthquake which happened during the first quarter of 2011 and the flood in Thailand in the third quarter of 2011 led to an increase in delivery lead times, shortages, and inventory levels, there was neither disruption nor major impact on our production output across 2011. We continue to develop and maintain alternative sources of supply for essential materials and components.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.10 SEASONALITY

 

 

5.10    SEASONALITY

 

The typical quarterly pattern in our revenues - a weak first quarter, a strong fourth quarter and second and third quarter results that fall between those two extremes - generally reflects the traditional seasonal pattern of service providers’ capital expenditures. In 2011, however, the typical seasonal

pattern in our revenues was somewhat distorted due to stronger first-half spending in the U.S. and a weaker than expected fourth quarter given market uncertainty and selective spending from service providers, particularly in Europe.

 

 

5.11     OUR ACTIVITIES IN CERTAIN COUNTRIES

 

We operate in more than 130 countries, some of which have been accused of human rights violations, are subject to economic sanctions by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or have been identified by the U.S. State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Some U.S.-based pension funds and endowments have announced their intention to divest the securities of companies doing business in these countries and some state and local governments have adopted, or are considering adopting, legislation that would

require their state and local pension funds to divest their ownership of securities of companies doing business in those countries. Our net revenues in 2011 attributable to Cuba, Iran, Sudan, Syria, North Korea and Myanmar represent less than one percent of our total net revenues. Although U.S.-based pension funds and endowments own a significant amount of our outstanding stock, most of these institutions have not indicated that they intend to effect such divestment.

 

 

5.12     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 

We are subject to national and local environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that affect our operations, facilities and products in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste and may require us to clean up a site at significant cost. In the U.S., these laws often require parties to fund remedial action regardless of fault. We have incurred significant costs to comply with these laws and regulations and we expect to continue to incur significant compliance costs in the future.

With energy costs rising, our customers have indicated a desire for products that consume less energy. We have responded in kind with products that use, on average, 20% less energy than the previous generation, as well as founded the GreenTouch™ Consortium, which seeks to increase the efficiency of communications networks by 1,000-fold.

Our company believes that reducing our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions is an important aspect of our reputation and future business performance. We have set an ambitious GHG reduction target of 50% from our operations by 2020. As of this time, we have reduced emissions from our own operations by over 22% and have instituted material changes in our own building operations and manufacturing locations to gain efficiencies, reduce energy-related costs and reduce our own carbon footprint.

Remedial and investigatory activities are under way at numerous current and former facilities owned or operated by the respective historical Alcatel and Lucent entities. In addition, Lucent (renamed Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.) was named a successor to AT&T as a potentially responsible party at numerous Superfund sites pursuant to the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and

Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or comparable state statutes in the United States. Under a Separation and Distribution Agreement with AT&T and NCR Corp. (a former subsidiary of AT&T), Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is responsible for all liabilities primarily resulting from or relating to its assets and the operation of its business as conducted at any time prior to or after the separation from AT&T, including related businesses discontinued or disposed of prior to its separation from AT&T. Furthermore, under that Separation and Distribution Agreement, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is required to pay a portion of contingent liabilities in excess of certain amounts paid out by AT&T and NCR, including environmental liabilities. For a discussion about one such matter that involves the cleanup of the Fox River in Wisconsin, USA, please refer to Section 6.7 “Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Contingent Commitments”, sub-title “Specific commitments - Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.” in this annual report. In Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s separation agreements with Agere and Avaya, those companies have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to assume all environmental liabilities related to their respective businesses.

It is our policy to comply with environmental requirements and to provide workplaces for employees that are safe and environmentally sound and that will not adversely affect the health or environment of communities in which we operate. Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and that we have obtained all material environmental permits required for our operations and all material environmental authorizations required for our products, there is a risk that we may have to incur expenditures significantly in excess of our expectations to cover environmental liabilities, to maintain compliance with current or future environmental and health and safety laws and regulations or to undertake any necessary remediation.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 

The future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities and changing carbon and environmental reporting requirements, as well as the potential pricing of carbon emissions, is often difficult to estimate. We have also modeled the potential pricing of carbon on our financials. Although it is not possible at this stage to predict the outcome

of the remedial and investigatory activities with any degree of certainty, we believe that the ultimate financial impact of these activities, net of applicable reserves, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or our income (loss) from operating activities.

 

 

5.13     HUMAN RESOURCES

 

OUR APPROACH

The objective of the Human Resources team is to ensure that the right talent is at the right place at the right time in order to maximize our capability to execute our business strategy while continuing to pursue the objectives of encouraging diversity, promoting the development of talent and further driving employee engagement.

The Human Resources organization is committed to a focus on accountability, simplification and execution.

In 2011 we continued to simplify and transform our Human Resources operating model to further increase the efficiency and effectiveness of the Human Resources team in driving compelling plans to align people, competences and organization.

STRATEGIC WORKFORCE PLANNING

In 2011, we strengthened our ability to look beyond the one-year budget planning from a human capital point of view. In line with our long-term strategy and multi-year financial performance direction, we defined targets for skills and talents necessary to execute our business strategy. It is key for our long-term strategic direction with respect to product portfolio and financial performance to align critical talent with such strategy by adopting a prospective view on the necessary employee population changes and enhancing our ability to launch focused recruiting (internal and/or external), targeted training and planned geographic footprint consistency for the future.

With this new capability, our Group is able to manage its human capital population in an organization-agnostic way, by mapping all employees and contractors onto approximately one hundred standard profiles. The interchangeability and consistency of skills and competence mapping across sub-organizations is widely increased, resulting in a significant rise of internal hires versus external recruiting.

DIALOGUE BETWEEN MANAGERS AND EMPLOYEES

Focusing on continuous improvement and transparency, all managers and employees participate in continuous dialogues to define objectives, assess performance and discuss strengths and areas of development as well as career options. This process facilitates transparent, open discussions between each individual and his or her manager, in line with our Group’s global objectives.

STRATEGIC FOCUSED EMPLOYEE LEARNING

Leveraging the strategic direction and outcome of the dialogues between managers and employees, we have prioritized employee learning to increase the professional capabilities of our employees.

The new approach of the Human Resources Learning & Accreditation organization aims at further evolving its capabilities to provide maximum learning, coaching and mentoring for all employees. To do so, the learning offering now includes:

 

 

Common learning tracks across all our leadership competencies

 

 

People Accreditation programs aligned with strategic profiles defined by our strategic workforce plan

 

 

A new concept of Community Learning, reducing the lead-time for adapting to best-in-class skills, learning from the best in our company

 

 

Continuing the technical high standard learning classes using state-of-the-art learning facilities and e-learning aspects

LEADERSHIP PIPELINE AND TECHNICAL LADDER

A renewed Leadership Pipeline process enables the early detection of current and future high potential leadership talent at all levels in our Group. Accelerated development offerings are tailored to different readiness horizons for those identified in the Leadership Pipeline.

Growth of skills and competences for technical employees is also facilitated via the Technical Ladder initiative, which will provide employees:

 

 

Opportunities to excel in their expertise with a better view of their career path in the Group

 

 

Career opportunities and development growth

 

 

Recognition of the technical excellence and innovation they are delivering

ENCOURAGING MOBILITY

Providing employees the opportunity to explore new career options and to pursue professional advancement, mobility is a key driver in building Alcatel-Lucent’s human resource capabilities. By increasing the visibility of skills and competences, internal career mobility is reinforced by the Internal Job Opportunity Market (IJOM) launched in 2011. Designed to promote career

 

 

39


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.13 HUMAN RESOURCES

 

 

growth and advancement opportunities within our Group, IJOM creates an open, easy and fair internal market for employees to seek roles that best fit their competencies and motivation.

DIVERSITY AT ALCATEL-LUCENT

As a world-wide player, diversity in all of its aspects is a key driver for ensuring a rich talent mix at Alcatel-Lucent. With more than 76,000 employees working and operating in more than 130 countries and representing more than 100 nationalities, we continue to believe that diversity is one of our greatest strengths.

This allows each of us to develop new ways of looking at issues and to contribute to our innovation and creativity. In today’s global environment we believe more than ever that it is crucial to understand the cultures, customs and needs of employees, customers and regional markets. As a global enterprise, we actively seek to ensure that our employee body reflects the diversity of our business environment. Our Statement of Business Principles and our Human Rights policies clearly confirm our responsibility to recognizing and respecting the diversity of people and ideas, and to ensuring equal opportunities.

Both gender and generation diversity are key active global initiatives.

With respect to gender diversity, we are focusing on five key elements going forward: Awareness Building, Staffing/Recruitment, Leadership Pipeline (succession planning) and Equal pay.

With respect to generation diversity, we have a world-wide Generation Y initiative, building further momentum on local initiatives, to enable and motivate the younger generation to connect with the leaders in our Group while providing a focused framework for Gen Y networking and engagement within the Group, and to stimulate upwards feedback (understanding from the youngest) and education (learn together in a way that fits the needs).

 

A LONG-TERM LOOKING COMPENSATION POLICY

Besides our renewed commitment to provide our employees with a competitive compensation package by country and in line with those of major companies in the technology sector, our compensation policy strives to strike a balance among various elements:

Clarity: common worldwide incentive criteria,

Simplicity: clear performance achievement levels communicated to all beneficiaries,

Global approach:  common sales incentive policy, worldwide equity yearly grant (see Chapter 7) and

Harmonization of global policies.

Our compensation structure also reflects both individual and company performance through the selected criteria.

Our policy is for all employees to be fairly paid regardless of gender, ethnic origin or disability.

Particular emphasis is placed on securing the future profile of our workforce, rewarding the development of highly needed skills driving our Group’s innovation and ensuring a long-term engagement with us through appropriate and dedicated policies, processes and recognition tools.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2011, we employed 76,002 people worldwide(1), compared with 79,796 at December 31, 2010 and 78,373 at December 31, 2009.

The tables below show the business segments and geographic locations in which our employees worked on December 31, 2009 through 2011.

Total number of employees and the breakdown of this number by business segment and by geographical area is determined by taking into account all of the employees at year-end who worked for fully consolidated companies and companies in which we own 50% or more of the equity.

 

 

 

(1) This number includes the 1,636 employees of our Genesys business at December 31, 2011.

 

40


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.13 HUMAN RESOURCES

 

Breakdown of employees by business segment

 

      Networks      Software,
Services and
Solutions
(S3)
     Enterprise      Applications      Services      Other      Total Group  
2009      28,429                           12,088         35,801         2,055         78,373   
2009 Restated (1)      28,429         41,483         6,406                           2,055         78,373   
2010      28,547                           11,155         38,909         1,186         79,796   
2010 Restated (1)      28,547         44,289         5,775                           1,186         79,796   
2011      27,261         41,959         5,703                           1,079         76,002   

 

(1) The 2011 figures are presented according to the new organization structure that became effective from July 20, 2011. The new organization includes three business segments: Networks, Software, Services and Solutions (S3), and Enterprise. The previous organization structure encompassed three business groups: Networks, Applications and Services. Figures for 2009 and 2010 in this table are presented according to the 2011 former organization structure, and also restated to reflect the new organization structure, in order to facilitate comparison with the current period.

Breakdown of employees by geographical area

 

      France      Other
Western
Europe
     Rest of
Europe
     Asia Pacific      North
America
     Rest of the
World
     Total Group  
2009      10,467         12,610         3,352         24,553         20,114         7,277         78,373   
2010      9,751         12,169         6,297         24,464         19,285         7,830         79,796   
2011      9,560         11,706         5,824         22,780         18,254         7,878         76,002   

 

Membership of our employees in trade unions varies from country to country. In general, relations with our employees are satisfactory.

CONTRACTORS AND TEMPORARY WORKERS

The average number of contractors (that is, individuals at third parties performing work subcontracted by us on a “Time and Materials” basis, when such third parties’ cost to us is almost exclusively a function of the time spent by their employees in performing this work), and of temporary workers (that is, in general, employees of third parties seconded to perform work at our premises due, for example, to a short-term shortfall in our employees or in the availability of a certain expertise) in 2011 was 8,038(1) in the aggregate.

 

(1) This number includes the 136 contractors of our Genesys business at December 31, 2011.

 

41


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.13 HUMAN RESOURCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

6    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This Form 20-F, including the discussion of our Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, contains forward-looking statements based on beliefs of our management. We use the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “may”, “intend”, “should”, “plan”, “project”, or similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Many factors could cause the actual results to be materially different, including, among others, changes in general economic and business conditions, changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates, introduction of competing products, and if the strategic focus we adopted in 2009 is not aligned with our customers’ business strategy. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the forecasts and targets set forth in this Form 20-F, such as the discussion below in this Chapter 6 under the heading “Outlook for 2012” with respect to our statement that we aim to achieve in 2012 an operating margin before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, gain/loss on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments (excluding the negative non-cash impacts of Lucent’s purchase price allocation) higher than the level reached in 2011 and a strong positive net cash position at the end of 2012. Such forward-looking statements also include the statements regarding the expected level of restructuring costs and capital expenditures in 2012 that can be found under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and statements regarding the amount we would be required to pay in the future pursuant to our existing contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments that can be found under the heading “Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments”.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes presented elsewhere in this document. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union.

As of December 31, 2011, all IFRSs that the IASB had published and that are mandatory are the same as those endorsed by the EU and mandatory in the EU, with the exception of:

 

 

IAS 39, which the EU only partially adopted. The part not adopted by the EU has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements.

As a result, our consolidated financial statements for the years presented in this document in accordance with IFRS would be no different if we had applied International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. References to “IFRS” in this Form 20-F refer to IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

As a result of the purchase accounting treatment of the Lucent business combination required by IFRS, our results for 2011, 2010 and 2009 included several negative, non-cash impacts of purchase accounting entries.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AS OF JANUARY 1, 2011

New financial reporting standards and interpretations that the Group applies but which are not yet mandatory

As of December 31, 2011 we had not applied any new International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations as issued by the IASB and that the European Union had published and adopted but which were not yet mandatory.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group, that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of January 1, 2011, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendment to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation - Classification of Rights Issues” (issued October 2009);

 

 

IFRIC 19 “Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IFRIC 14 “IAS 19 - The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and Their Interactions - Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 1 “Limited Exemption from Comparative IFRS 7 Disclosures for First-time Adopters” (issued January 2010); and

 

 

Improvements to IFRSs (issued May 2010).

None of these new IFRS requirements had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our Operating and Financial Review and Prospects is based on our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFRS as described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. Some of the accounting methods and policies used in preparing our consolidated

 

 

43


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

financial statements under IFRS are based on complex and subjective assessments by our management or on estimates based on past experience and assumptions deemed realistic and reasonable based on the circumstances concerned. The actual value of our assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity and of our earnings could differ from the value derived from these estimates if conditions changed and these changes had an impact on the assumptions adopted.

We believe that the accounting methods and policies listed below are the most likely to be affected by these estimates and assessments:

a/ Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Valuation allowances for inventories and work in progress are calculated based on an analysis of foreseeable changes in demand, technology or the market, in order to determine obsolete or excess inventories and work in progress.

 

 

The valuation allowances are accounted for in cost of sales or in restructuring costs depending on the nature of the amounts concerned.

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress on construction contracts      (455)         (436)         (500)   
      2011      2010      2009  
Impact of changes in valuation allowance on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (169)         (113)         (139)   

 

b/ Impairment of customer receivables

An impairment loss is recorded for customer receivables if the expected present value of the future receipts is below the carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss reflects

both the customers’ ability to honor their debts and the age of the debts in question. A higher default rate than estimated or the deterioration of our major customers’ creditworthiness could have an adverse impact on our future results.

 

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Accumulated impairment losses on customer receivables      (123)         (153)         (168)   
      2011      2010      2009  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      3         (14)         (23)   

c/ Capitalized development costs, other intangible assets and goodwill

Capitalized development costs

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Capitalized development costs, net      560         569         558   

 

The criteria for capitalizing development costs are set out in Note 1f to our consolidated financial statements. Once capitalized, these costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the products concerned (3 to 10 years).

The Group must therefore evaluate the commercial and technical feasibility of these development projects and estimate the useful lives of the products resulting from the projects. Should a product fail to substantiate these

assumptions, the Group may be required to impair or write off some of the capitalized development costs in the future.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, following the Group’s decision to cease any new WiMAX development on the existing hardware platform and software release, restructuring costs of 44 million were reserved.

An impairment loss of 11 million for capitalized development costs was accounted for in 2011.

 

 

Other intangible assets and Goodwill

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Goodwill, net      4,389         4,370         4,168   
Intangible assets, net (1)      1,774         2,056         2,214   
Total      6,163         6,426         6,382   

 

(1) Including capitalized development costs.

 

44


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

Goodwill amounting to 8,051 million and intangible assets amounting to 4,813 million were accounted for in 2006 as a result of the Lucent business combination, using market-related information, estimates (primarily based on risk adjusted discounted cash flows derived from Lucent’s management) and judgment (in particular in determining the fair values relating to the intangible assets acquired). The remaining outstanding amounts as of December 31, 2011 are 2,291 million of goodwill and 1,065 million of intangible assets.

No impairment loss on goodwill was accounted for during 2009, 2010 and 2011.

The carrying value of each group of Cash Generating Unit (which we consider to be each Product Division) is compared to its recoverable value. Recoverable value is the greater of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell.

The value in use of each Product Division is calculated using a five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a discounted residual value, corresponding to the capitalization to perpetuity of the normalized cash flows of year 5 (also called the Gordon Shapiro approach).

The fair value less costs to sell of each Product Division is determined based upon the weighted average of the Gordon Shapiro approach described above and the following two approaches:

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a Sales Multiple (Enterprise Value/Sales) to measure discounted residual value; and

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus an Operating Profit Multiple (Enterprise Value/Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization – “EBITDA”) to measure discounted residual value.

In the second quarter of 2011, the recoverable values of the groups of cash generating units that include our goodwill and intangible assets, as determined for the annual impairment tests performed by the Group, were based on key assumptions which could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Some of these key assumptions were:

 

 

discount rate;

 

 

a faster growth of our Group than our addressable market in 2011; and

 

 

a significant increase in profitability in 2011 with a segment consolidated operating income above 5% of 2011 revenues.

As indicated in Note 1g to our consolidated financial statements, in addition to the annual goodwill impairment tests that occur each year, impairment tests are carried out as soon as Alcatel-Lucent has indications of a potential reduction in the value of its goodwill or intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows and/or fair values of the net assets concerned. Changes in the market conditions or the cash flows initially estimated can therefore lead to a review and a change in the impairment losses previously recorded.

Following the revised 2011 outlook published on October 2011 and the increase of the discount rate from 10.0% to 11.0% between the date of the annual impairment test of goodwill and the end of the year, it was decided to perform an additional impairment test as at December 31, 2011.

The recoverable values of the groups of cash generating units that include our goodwill and intangible assets, as determined

for the additional impairment test performed by the Group in the fourth quarter of 2011, were based on key assumptions which could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Some of these key assumptions were:

 

 

discount rate; and

 

 

acceleration of the overall actions taken to reduce the cost structure with contemplated additional savings.

The discount rate used for the additional impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2011 was the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of 11% and the discount rates for the annual impairment test ware also based on the Group’s WACC of 10%, 10% and 11% respectively. The discount rates used for both the annual and additional impairment tests are after-tax rates applied to after-tax cash flows. The use of such rates results in recoverable values that are identical to those that would be obtained by using, as required by IAS 36, pre-tax rates applied to pre-tax cash flows. A single discount rate is used on the basis that risks specific to certain products or markets have been reflected in determining the cash flows.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2011 recoverable value of the groups of cash generating units that include goodwill and intangible assets by 549 million and 627 million, respectively. An increase of 0.5% in the discount rate would have led to account for an impairment loss of 6 million as of December 31, 2011.

For one of our Product Divisions (Wireline Networks), the difference between the recoverable value and the carrying value of its net assets as of December 31, 2011 was slightly positive and the recoverable value was based upon a fair value less costs to sell of 378 million. Any material unfavorable change in any of the key assumptions used to determine the recoverable value (i.e. fair value less costs to sell) of this Product Division could therefore cause the Group to account for an impairment charge in the future. The carrying value of the net assets of this Product Division as of December 31, 2011 was 321 million, including goodwill of 183 million.

The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of this Product Division were the following:

 

 

Sales multiple and Operating profit multiple: based on spot data for a sample of comparable companies;

 

 

Discount rate of 11%; and

 

 

Perpetual growth rate of 1%.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase in the discount rate would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 13 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% decrease in the perpetual growth rate would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 5 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 10% decrease in the sales multiple would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 19 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

d/ Impairment of property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, when events or changes in market conditions indicate that tangible or intangible assets may be impaired, such assets are reviewed in detail to determine whether their carrying value is lower than their recoverable value, which could lead to recording an impairment loss (recoverable value is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell). Value in use is estimated by calculating the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the most reliable information available (such as market statistics and recent transactions).

When determining recoverable values of property, plant and equipment, assumptions and estimates are made, based primarily on market outlooks, obsolescence and sale or liquidation disposal values. Any change in these assumptions can have a significant effect on the recoverable amount and could lead to a revision of recorded impairment losses.

 

The planned closing of certain facilities, additional reductions in personnel and unfavorable market conditions have been considered impairment triggering events in prior years. No impairment loss on property, plant and equipment was accounted for in 2011, in 2010 or 2009.

e/ Provision for warranty costs and other product sales reserves

Provisions are recorded for (i) warranties given to customers on Alcatel-Lucent products, (ii) expected losses at completion and (iii) penalties incurred in the event of failure to meet contractual obligations. These provisions are calculated based on historical return rates and warranty costs expensed as well as on estimates. These provisions and subsequent changes to the provisions are recorded in cost of sales either when revenue is recognized (provision for customer warranties) or, for construction contracts, when revenue and expenses are recognized by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity. Costs and penalties ultimately paid can differ considerably from the amounts initially reserved and could therefore have a significant impact on future results.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Product sales reserves

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Related to construction contracts (1)      98         97         114   
Related to other contracts      439         482         482   
Total      537         579         596   

 

(1) See Notes 4, 18 and 28 of our consolidated financial statements.

For more information on the impact on the 2011 net result of the change of these provisions, refer to Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements.

f/ Deferred taxes

Deferred tax assets relate primarily to tax loss carry-forwards and to deductible temporary differences between reported amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The assets relating to the tax loss carry-forwards are recognized if it is probable that the Group will generate future taxable profits against which these tax losses can be set off.

 

(In millions of euros)

Deferred tax assets recognized

   December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
Related to the disposal of Genesys business (4)      363        -        -   
Related to the United States      1,294  (3)      277  (2)      206  (1) 
Related to other tax jurisdictions      297  (3)      671        630   
Total      1,954        948        836   

 

(1) Following the performance of the 2009 annual goodwill impairment tests, a reassessment of deferred taxes resulted in reducing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and increasing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2008.
(2) Following the performance of the 2010 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2010, resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2009.
(3) Following the performance of the 2011 goodwill impairment tests performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011, a reassessment of deferred taxes resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and reducing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2010.
(4) Represents estimated deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward as of December 31, 2011 that will be used to offset the taxable capital gains on the disposal of the Genesys business in 2012. These estimated deferred tax assets will be expensed in 2012, when the corresponding definitive capital gains are recorded. The impact of recognizing these deferred tax assets in 2011 is recorded in the income statement in the “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” line item for an amount of 338 million (U.S.$ 470 million). The amount of deferred tax assets accounted for as of December 31, 2011 is based on an estimated allocation of the selling price, which could differ in some respects from the definitive allocation. This could have an impact on the Group’s tax losses carried forward.

 

     On the other hand, deferred tax assets recognized as of December 31, 2010, which were based then on the future taxable net income of the Genesys business, were reduced in 2011, having regard to the future disposal of the Genesys business, by an amount of 96 million with a corresponding impact in the income statement in the “income tax (expense) benefit” line item.

 

46


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

Evaluation of the Group’s capacity to utilize tax loss carry-forwards relies on significant judgment. The Group analyzes past events and the positive and negative elements of certain economic factors that may affect its business in the foreseeable future to determine the probability of its future utilization of these tax loss carry-forwards, which also consider the factors indicated in Note 1n to our consolidated financial statements.

This analysis is carried out regularly in each tax jurisdiction where significant deferred tax assets are recorded. If future taxable results are considerably different from those forecast that support recording deferred tax assets, the Group will be obliged to revise downwards or upwards the amount of the deferred tax assets, which would have a significant impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s statement of financial position and net income (loss).

As a result of the business combination with Lucent, 2,395 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2006, resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as acquired technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. These deferred tax liabilities will be reduced in future Group income statements as and when such differences are amortized. The remaining deferred tax liabilities related to the purchase price allocation of Lucent as of December 31, 2011 are 591 million (691 million as of December 31, 2010 and 751 million as of December 31, 2009).

As prescribed by IFRSs, Alcatel-Lucent had a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation and to

determine whether certain deferred tax assets related to the carry-forward of Lucent’s unused tax losses that had not been recognized in Lucent’s historical financial statements should be recognized in the combined company’s financial statements. If any additional deferred tax assets attributed to the combined company’s unrecognized tax losses existing as of the transaction date are recognized in future financial statements, the tax benefit will be included in the income statement after January 1, 2010 (See note 1-c “Business combinations after January 1, 2010” in our consolidated financial statements).

g/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

Actuarial assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s results of operations include the impact of significant pension and post-retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including assumptions about discount rates, expected return on plan assets, healthcare cost trend rates and expected participation rates in retirement healthcare plans. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. In addition, discount rates are updated quarterly for those plans for which changes in this assumption would have a material impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s results or equity attributable to equity owners of the parent.

 

 

Weighted average rates used to determine the

pension and post-retirement expense

   Year ended
December 31,
2011
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Weighted average expected rates of return on pension
and post-retirement plan assets
     6.42%         6.57%         6.69%   
Weighted average discount rates used to determine the pension
and post-retirement expense
     4.85%         5.04%         5.84%   

 

The net effect of pension and post-retirement costs included in “income (loss) before tax and discontinued operations” was a 429 million increase in pre-tax income during 2011 (319 million increase in 2010 and 150 million increase in 2009). Included in the 429 million increase in pre-tax income during 2011 (319 million in 2010 and 150 million in 2009) was 67 million (30 million in 2010 and 253 million in 2009) booked as a result of certain changes to the management retiree pension plan and to the management retiree healthcare benefit plan, as described in Note 26f of our consolidated financial statements.

Discount rates

Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve, which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted

by the discount rate for the applicable year listed in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years beyond the last year presented in the CitiGroup Curve for which we have expected benefit payments, we apply the discount rate of the last year presented in the Curve. After applying the discount rates to all future years’ benefits, we calculate a single discount rate that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s non U.S. plans are determined based on Bloomberg AA Corporate yields.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2011 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately (63) million and 67 million, respectively.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

Expected returns on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined based on recommendations from our external investment advisor and our own experience of historical returns. Our advisor develops its recommendations by applying the long-term return expectations it develops for each of many classes of investments, to the specific classes and values of investments held by each of our benefit plans. Expected return assumptions are long-term assumptions and are not intended to reflect expectations for the period immediately following their determination. Although these assumptions are reviewed each year, we do not update them for small changes in our advisor’s recommendations. However, the pension expense or credit for our U.S. plans is updated every quarter using the fair value of assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter. The expected return on plan assets (accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”) for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans for the fourth quarter of 2011 is based on September 30, 2011 plan asset fair values. However, the expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s non U.S. plans for each quarter of 2011 is based on the fair values of plan assets at December 31, 2010.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the 2011 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately 133 million.

For its U.S. plans, Alcatel-Lucent recognized a US$41 million (29 million) increase in the net pension credit during the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2011, which is accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”. This increase corresponds to an increase in the expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans due to the increase in plan asset fair values and a lower interest cost due to a decrease in discount rates. On Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans, Alcatel-Lucent expects a US$ 6 million (5 million) decrease in the net pension credit to be accounted for in “other financial income (loss)” between the 2011 fourth quarter and the 2012 first quarter. This decrease mainly corresponds to lower expected rates of return. Alcatel-Lucent does not anticipate a material impact outside its U.S. plans.

Healthcare inflation trends

Regarding healthcare inflation trend rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans, our actuaries annually review expected cost trends from numerous healthcare providers, recent developments in medical treatments, the utilization of medical services, and Medicare future premium rates published by the U.S. Government’s Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) as these premiums are reimbursed for some retirees. They apply these findings to the specific provisions and experience of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans in making their recommendations. In determining our assumptions, we review our recent experience together with our actuary’s recommendations.

Participation assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans allow participants to opt out of coverage at each annual enrollment

period, and for almost all to opt back in at any future annual enrollment. An assumption is developed for the number of eligible retirees who will elect to participate in our plans at each future enrollment period. Our actuaries develop a recommendation based on the expected increases in the cost to be paid to a retiree participating in our plans and recent participation history. We review this recommendation annually after the annual enrollment has been completed and update it if necessary.

Mortality assumptions

As there are less and less experience data to develop our own experience mortality assumptions, starting December 31, 2011, these assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$ 128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of the Management Pension Plan and a U.S.$ 563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. Occupational pension plans. These effects were recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Plan assets investment

Pursuant to a decision of our Board of Directors at its meeting on July 29, 2009, the following modifications were made to the asset allocation of Alcatel-Lucent’s pension funds: the investments in equity securities were to be reduced from 22.5% to 15% and the investments in bonds were to be increased from 62.5% to 70%, while investments in alternatives (i.e., real estate, private equity and hedge funds) remained unchanged. At the same time, the investments in fixed income were modified to include a larger component of corporate fixed income securities and less government, agency and asset-backed securities. The impact of these changes was reflected in our expected return assumptions for year 2010.

At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s Management plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities is to be reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities is to be increased from 60% to 70 % and the portion invested in alternatives remains unchanged. These changes are expected to reduce the volatility of the funded status and reduce the expected return on plan assets by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change was made in the allocation concerning our Group’s occupational plans.

Plan assets are invested in many different asset categories (such as cash, equities, bonds, real estate and private equity). In the quarterly update of plan asset fair values, approximately 80% are based on closing date fair values and 20% have a one to three-month delay, as the fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments are not available in a short period. This is standard practice in the investment management industry. Assuming that the December 31, 2011 actual fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return

 

 

48


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

investments were 10% lower than the ones used for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2011, and since the Management Pension Plan has a material investment in these asset classes (and the asset ceiling described below is not applicable to this plan), equity would be negatively impacted by approximately 261 million.

2010 U.S. health care legislation

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was signed into law; and on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA) that amended the PPACA was also signed into law. Under this legislation, the subsidy paid to Alcatel-Lucent by Medicare for continuing to provide prescription drug benefits to the Group’s U.S. employees and retirees that are at least equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D, will no longer be tax free after 2012. This change in law resulted in a write-down of our deferred tax assets, which caused a 76 million charge to the consolidated income statement and a 6 million profit to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010 (refer to Note 9 of our consolidated financial statements). In addition, reductions in the Medicare payments to Medicare Advantage plans, such as our Private Fee For Service plan, which we offer to our U.S. management retirees, resulted in the need to change our related cost assumption, with an increase in our benefit obligation of 6 million recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as an actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note 26 of our consolidated financial statements). One additional provision of the new health care law pertaining to the excise tax on high cost employer-sponsored health coverage may affect our post-retirement health care benefit obligations. An attempt was made by the actuary to assess the impact working with the very limited guidance available. Under the various considerations necessary due to the uncertainty associated with the appropriate methodology to be utilized, the impact was shown to be immaterial. As additional regulatory guidance is issued, this initial assessment will be revisited.

Asset ceiling

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan. Since Alcatel-Lucent has used and intends to use in the future eligible excess pension assets applicable to formerly union-represented retirees to fund certain retiree healthcare benefits for such retirees, such use is considered as a reimbursement from the pension plan when setting the asset ceiling.

The impact of expected future economic benefits on the pension plan asset ceiling is a complex matter. For formerly union-represented retirees, we expect to fund our current retiree healthcare obligation with Section 420 Transfers from the U.S. Occupational pension plan. Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code provides for transfers of certain excess pension plan assets held by a defined benefit pension plan into a retiree health benefits account established to pay

retiree health benefits. We selected among numerous methods available for valuing plan assets and obligations for funding purposes and for determining the amount of excess assets available for Section 420 Transfers (see Note 26 of our consolidated financial statements). Also, asset values for private equity, real estate, and certain alternative investments, and the obligation based on January 1, 2012 census data will not be final until late in the third quarter of 2012. Prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (or the PPA), Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code allowed for a Section 420 Transfer in excess of 125% of a pension plan’s funding obligation to be used to fund the healthcare costs of that plan’s retired participants. The Code permitted only one transfer in a tax year with transferred amounts being fully used in the year of the transfer. It also required the company to continue providing healthcare benefits to those retirees for a period of five years beginning with the year of the transfer (cost maintenance period), at the highest per-person cost it had experienced during either of the two years immediately preceding the year of the transfer. With some limitations, benefits could be eliminated for up to 20% of the retiree population, or reduced for up to 20% of the retiree population, during the five-year period. The PPA, as amended by the U.S. Troop readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year of assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The PPA also provided for collective bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period. Using the methodology we selected to value plan assets and obligations for funding purposes, we estimate that as of December 31, 2011, the excess of assets above 120% of the plan obligations is US$2.3 billion (1.7 billion), and the excess above 125% of plan obligations is US$ 1.8 billion (1.4 billion). However, deterioration in the funded status of the U.S. Occupational pension plan could negatively impact our ability to make future Section 420 Transfers.

h/ Revenue recognition

As indicated in Note 1m of our consolidated financial statements, revenue under IAS 18 accounting is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received when the Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product to the buyer.

For revenues and expenses generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. The determination of the stage of completion and the revenues to be recognized rely on numerous estimations based on costs incurred and acquired experience. Adjustments of initial estimates can, however, occur throughout the life of the contract, which can have significant impacts on future net income (loss).

 

 

49


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

Although estimates inherent in construction contracts are subject to uncertainty, certain situations exist whereby management is unable to reliably estimate the outcome of a construction contract. These situations can occur during the

early stages of a contract due to a lack of historical experience or throughout the contract as significant uncertainties develop related to additional costs, claims and performance obligations, particularly with new technologies.

Contracts that are multiple element arrangements can include hardware products, stand-alone software, installation and/or integration services, extended warranty, and product roadmaps, as examples. Revenue for each unit of accounting is recognized when earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices. If the criteria described in Note 1m of our consolidated financial statements are met, revenue is earned when units of accounting are delivered. If such criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Significant judgment is required to allocate contract consideration to each unit of accounting and determine whether the arrangement is a single unit of accounting or a multiple element arrangement. Depending upon how such judgment is exercised, the timing and amount of revenue recognized could differ significantly.

For multiple element arrangements that are based principally on licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions, judgment is required as to whether such arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18 or IAS 11. Software arrangements requiring significant production, modification or customization are accounted for as a construction contract under IAS 11. All other software arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18, in which case the Group requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate the multiple software elements. If VSOE of fair value is not available, revenue is deferred until the final element in the arrangement is delivered or revenue is recognized over the period that services are being performed if services are the last undelivered element. Significant judgment is required to determine the most appropriate accounting model to be applied in this environment and whether VSOE of fair value exists to allow separation of multiple software elements.

For product sales made through distributors, product returns that are estimated according to contractual obligations and past sales statistics are recognized as a reduction of sales. Again, if the actual product returns were considerably different from those estimated, the resulting impact on the net income (loss) could be significant.

It can be difficult to evaluate the Group’s capacity to recover receivables. Such evaluation is based on the customers’ creditworthiness and on the Group’s capacity to sell such receivables without recourse. If, subsequent to revenue recognition, the recoverability of a receivable that had been initially considered as likely becomes doubtful, a provision for an impairment loss is then recorded (see Note b above).

i/ Purchase price allocation of a business combination

In a business combination, the acquirer must allocate the cost of the business combination at the acquisition date by recognizing the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at fair value at that date. The allocation is based upon certain valuations and other studies performed with the assistance of outside valuation specialists. Due to the underlying assumptions made in the valuation process, the determination of those fair values requires estimations of the effects of uncertain future events at the acquisition date and the carrying amounts of some assets, such as fixed assets, acquired through a business combination could therefore differ significantly in the future.

As prescribed by IFRS 3 (revised), if the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of the reporting period in which the combination is effected, the acquirer must account for the business combination using those provisional values and has a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation. Any adjustment of the carrying amount of an identifiable asset or liability made as a result of completing the initial accounting is accounted for as if its fair value at the acquisition date had been recognized from that date. Detailed adjustments accounted for in the allocation period are disclosed in Note 3 of our consolidated financial statements.

Once the initial accounting of a business combination is complete, only errors may be corrected.

j/ Accounting treatment of convertible bonds with optional redemption periods/dates before contractual maturity

Some of our convertible bonds have optional redemption periods/dates occurring before their contractual maturity, as described in Note 25 of our consolidated financial statements. All the Alcatel-Lucent convertible bond issues were accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 requirements (paragraphs 28 to 32) as described in Note 1q of our consolidated financial statements. Classification of the liability and equity components of a convertible instrument is not revised when a change occurs in the likelihood that a conversion will be exercised. On the other hand, if optional redemption periods/dates occur before the contractual maturity of a debenture, a change in the likelihood of redemption before the contractual maturity can lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an issuer revises the estimates of payment due to reliable new estimates, it must adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of the remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or loss in the net income (loss).

As described in Notes 8, 25 and 27 of our consolidated financial statements, such a change in estimates already occurred regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures. Similar changes in estimates are expected to occur in June 2012 regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B

 

 

50


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2011

 

convertible debentures. A loss corresponding to the difference between the present value of the revised estimated cash flows and the carrying amount derived from the split accounting, as described in Note 1q of our consolidated financials statements, could impact “other financial income (loss)” as a result of any change in the Group’s estimate of redemption triggers. An approximation of the potential negative impact on “other financial income (loss)” is the carrying amount of the equity component, as disclosed in Notes 25 and 27 of our consolidated financial statements (estimated impact as of June 2012 is equal to 202 million).

k/ Insured damages

In 2008, Alcatel-Lucent experienced a fire in a newly-built factory containing new machinery. The cost of the physical damage and business interruption were insured and gave right to an indemnity claim, the amount of which was definitively settled as of September 30, 2009. Alcatel-Lucent

received 33 million on its business interruption insurance, which was accounted for in other revenues during 2009, when the cash was received.

In December 2009, the roof and technical floor of Alcatel-Lucent Spain’s headquarters in Madrid partially collapsed for unknown reasons. Alcatel-Lucent Spain rents this building and the lease is accounted for as an operating lease. The damaged assets were derecognized as of December 31, 2009 with a negative impact of 1 million on income (loss) from operating activities. All costs related to this incident (damaged assets, displacement and relocation costs, etc.) are insured subject to a 15 million deductible. Displacement and relocation costs below this threshold were accounted for as incurred in 2010. These costs represented a negative impact of 1 million on income (loss) from operating activities during the year 2010. The arbitration related to the lease agreement and its consequences on the 2010 consolidated financial statements are described in Note 34e of our consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F.

 

 

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2011

 

The economy was, once again, a key factor impacting the market for telecommunications equipment and related services in 2011, similar to 2010. In 2011, macroeconomic conditions showed mixed signals across the world, with some regions showing slight signs of growth, while others struggled throughout the year:

 

 

The United States experienced slight GDP growth and a decline in unemployment rates in 2011 while a downgrade of its credit rating by S&P confirmed fear about its ability to manage sustainable debt levels going forward. Financial markets experienced one of the most volatile periods in recent history in 2011, with the S&P 500 peaking at 8% in April, hitting its lowest levels in October down 12% and finishing the year relatively flatly compared to the end of 2010.

 

 

Sovereign debt issues in Europe, mainly southern Europe, continued to impact the global financial markets and threatened the expansive fiscal policies that helped foster economic recovery in this region.

 

 

Rising inflation in China and in other emerging markets and political unrest in certain North African and Middle Eastern regions also impacted economies all around the world.

In addition to these broader economic conditions, industry trends continued to play a very significant role in the shaping of the telecommunications and related services market in 2011. The most important of these trends have been dominating the industry for some time. They include:

 

 

Surging growth in data traffic volumes, especially mobile broadband data traffic volumes, driven by increased smartphone and tablet penetration and video use. Although this trend has been especially pronounced in the United States, we believe that other regions are also similarly impacted. Service providers continue to deploy LTE, a 4G wireless technology based on an all-IP network, allowing faster download and upload speeds, lower latency and overall lower costs. Service providers in the United States have been the main adopters of LTE in terms of nationwide

   

roll-outs, although its popularity in other regions is growing. While growth in mobile traffic volumes has driven spending for wireless equipment, it has also driven spending for the fixed access equipment that also carries that traffic – over mobile backhaul, packet core and optical networks for example.

 

 

An increased focus by service providers on how to “monetize” their increasing investment in new capacity, essentially by cutting operating and capital expenses and by facilitating the development and offering of new profitable services.

 

 

The migration of service providers’ networks to a converged, multi-service all-IP architecture. Cost concerns and the suitability an all-IP architecture to handle the ongoing shift of network traffic - from voice-centric to increasingly video-centric traffic, has driven this trend. One aspect of the transition to an all-IP architecture is the shift in carrier investment spending from legacy technologies to IP.

This combination of economic, industry and regional trends drove a mixed telecommunications and related services market in 2011. These trends were also a key driver of how our own businesses performed in 2011:

 

 

The surging broadband traffic volumes have driven service provider spending for additional capacity and enhanced data capabilities, particularly in the wireless market, where our business grew 1.4% in 2011. Within wireless, North American service providers have aggressively taken the global lead in terms of 3G network upgrades and the first large-scale deployments of 4G LTE. Consequently, the growth in wireless in 2011 was concentrated in North America, and to a certain extent in China, while other regions lagged behind in terms of investments in wireless technologies.

 

 

Service providers continued to view IP as a major area of investment in 2011, with upgrades to parts of their networks such as mobile backhaul, driving much of the growth in the market. We witnessed an 8.3% increase in overall

 

 

51


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2011

 

 

   

IP revenues in 2011, with strong growth in both North America and Asia Pacific.

 

 

Our optics business witnessed mixed trends in 2011, with growth in our submarine business offset by declines in our terrestrial business, leading to an overall decline of 1.9%, compared to 2010. Within terrestrial, lagging sales of legacy equipment drove the overall decline, while next generation equipment, such as WDM and our single-carrier 100 Gbps optical coherent technology gained traction throughout the year.

 

 

Our wireline business, which consists largely of fixed broadband access equipment as well as legacy switching equipment, declined at a high-single-digit rate in 2011 as strong growth in next-generation technologies such as GPON and VDSL2 vectoring was not large enough to offset the declining investment in legacy technologies.

 

 

Software, Services and Solutions (S3) saw flat revenue performance in 2011, with relatively flat Services revenues, negatively impacted by slight declines in Network

   

Applications. Within Services, Managed & Outsourcing Solutions and Network & System Integration drove strong growth compared to 2010, but was offset by flat performance in Customer Care and strong declines in Network Build & Implementation. Our Network Applications business saw strong growth in Motive, our remote customer management business, and Unified Communications, both of which were offset by declines in Digital Media & Advertising and Payment applications.

 

 

Our Enterprise business grew at a mid-single-digit rate in 2011, mostly driven by growth in our data network and Genesys businesses.

In support of our High Leverage Network™ strategy, in 2011 we announced a number of innovations to help align our portfolio to address trends in the market, including lightRadio™, our converged IP/optical backbone platform, our FP3 400 Gbps network processor and VDSL2 vectoring. We believe these innovations will continue to drive success in our High Leverage Network™ strategy.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

6.2    CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

Introduction. The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 on the following basis:

 

 

The 2011 results exclude the Genesys business that was sold to Permira on February 1, 2012, since this business has been presented as a discontinued activity in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

 

The 2010 results, which were originally presented treating the Genesys business as a continuing activity, have been

 

re-presented in our consolidated income statements included elsewhere in this annual report to exclude this business, as required by IFRS. The table below shows the reconciliation between our 2010 results that included Genesys and our re-presentation of our 2010 results which exclude Genesys.

 

 

The results for both years are presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011. The 2011 organization includes three business segments: Networks, S3 (Software, Services & Solutions) and Enterprise.

 

 

(In millions of euros — except per share information)   2011     2010  
    

As

published

    With
Genesys
   

Genesys
discontinued

   

As

published

 
Revenues     15,327        15,996        (338)        15,658   
Cost of sales     (9,967)        (10,425)        69        (10,356)   
Gross profit     5,360        5,571        (269)        5,302   
Administrative and selling expenses     (2,642)        (2,907)        138        (2,769)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses     (2,472)        (2,652)        59        (2,593)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses     5        (10)        -        (10)   
Research and development costs     (2,467)        (2,662)        59        (2,603)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, impairment of assets, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments     251        2        (72)        (70)   
Restructuring costs     (203)        (375)        4        (371)   
Litigations     4        (28)        -        (28)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities     (2)        62        -        62   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments     67        30        -        30   
Income (loss) from operating activities     117        (309)        (68)        (377)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt     (353)        (357)        -        (357)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities     59        53        -        53   
Finance costs     (294)        (304)        -        (304)   
Other financial income (loss)     359        356        -        356   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates     4        14        -        14   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations     186        (243)        (68)        (311)   
Income tax, (charge) benefit     544        (37)        23        (14)   
Income (loss) from continuing operations     730        (280)        (45)        (325)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations     414        (12)        45        33   
Net income (loss)     1,144        (292)                (292)   
Attributable to:                                
• Equity owners of the parent     1,095        (334)                (334)   
• Non-controlling interests     49        42                42   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                
• Basic earnings (loss) per share     0.48        (0.15)                (0.15)   
• Diluted earnings (loss) per share     0.42        (0.15)                (0.15)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                
• Basic earnings per share     0.30        (0.15)                (0.16)   
• Diluted earnings per share     0.28        (0.15)                (0.16)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                
• Basic earnings per share     0.18        -                0 .01   
• Diluted earnings per share     0.14        -                0 .01   

 

 

53


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

Revenues. Revenues totaled 15,327 million in 2011, a decline of 2.1% from 15,658 million in 2010. Approximately 59% of our revenues are denominated in or linked to the U.S. dollar. When we translate our non-euro sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The decline in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2011 compared with 2010 had a negative effect on our reported revenues. If there had been constant exchange rates in 2011 as compared to 2010, our consolidated revenues would have decreased by approximately 0.1% instead of the

2.1% decrease actually reported. This is based on applying (i) to our sales made directly in currencies other than the euro effected during 2011, the average exchange rate that applied for 2010, instead of the average exchange rate that applied for 2011, and (ii) to our exports (mainly from Europe) effected during 2011 which are denominated in other currencies and for which we enter into hedging transactions, our average hedging rates that applied for 2010. Our management believes that providing our investors with our revenues for 2011 at a constant exchange rate facilitates the comparison of the evolution of our revenues with that of the industry.

 

 

The table below sets forth our revenues as reported, the conversion and hedging impact of the euro/other currencies and our revenues at a constant rate:

 

(In millions of euros)   

Year ended

December 31,

2011

    

Year ended

December 31,

2010

     % Change  
Revenues as reported      15,327         15,658         (2.1%)   
Conversion impact euro/other currencies      324                  2.1%   
Hedging impact euro/other currencies      (10)                  (0.1%)   
Revenues at constant rate      15,641         15,658         (0.1%)   

 

Revenues in our Networks segment were essentially flat in 2011 compared to 2010, as growth in key areas such as IP and wireless was almost completely offset by declines in optics and wireline. Our IP division increased 8.3% in 2011, driven by the IP/MPLS service router business, which was slightly offset by the secular decline in spending for legacy ATM equipment. Our wireless business grew 1.4% in 2011, on the strength 3G and 4G spending, particularly for CDMA (EV-DO) and LTE in the US. Optics revenues declined 1.9% in 2011, as growth in our submarine activities were more than

offset by declines in terrestrial optics. Our wireline business declined 10.0% in 2011, reflecting pronounced weakness in spending for legacy core switching, which was partially offset by growth in our fixed access business, where we saw strong gains in fiber-based access equipment. Revenues in our S3 segment declined 1.7% in 2011, with our Services and Networks Applications businesses decreasing 1.1% and 6.2% in 2011, respectively. Revenues in our Enterprise segment grew by 2.4% in 2011, led primarily by growth in our data networking business.

 

 

Revenues in 2011 and in 2010 by geographical market (calculated based upon the location of the customer) are as shown in the table below, and include results from Genesys, except in the column entitled Discontinued Operations:

 

(In millions of euros)

Revenues by
geographical market

  France     Other
Western
Europe
    Rest of
Europe
    China     Other
Asia
Pacific
    U.S.     Other
Americas
    Rest of
world
    Consolidated     Discontinued
Operations
    As
published
 

2011

    1,229        2,813        623        1,295        1,402        5,602        1,616        1,116        15,696        (369)        15,327   

2010

    1,376        3,032        673        1,211        1,717        5,291        1,404        1,292        15,996        (338)        15,658   

% Change 2011 vs. 2010

    (11%)        (7%)        (7%)        7%        (18%)        6%        15%        (14%)        (2%)                (2%)   

 

In 2011, the United States accounted for 35.7% of revenues, up from 33.1% in 2010 as revenues grew 6%. The U.S continued to show signs of growth in the telecom sector following a strong recovery in 2010, with growth in the telecom sector driven by a surge in spending to accommodate strong growth in mobile data traffic, which led to strong growth in key areas such as IP and wireless in the first half of the year, with tempered spending in the second half. Europe accounted for 29.7% of revenues in 2011 (7.8% in France, 17.9% in Other Western Europe and 4.0% in Rest of Europe), down from 31.8% in 2010 (8.6% in France, 19.0% in Other Western Europe and 4.2% in Rest of Europe) as economic fears over sovereign debt weighed heavy on these regions. Within Europe, revenue decreased 11% year-over-year in France, and declined 7% in both Other Western Europe the Rest of Europe. Overall, Europe saw weakness spread across most businesses, with a few pockets of strength like our Managed & Outsourcing Solutions business within the S3 segment. Asia Pacific accounted for 17.2% of revenues in 2011 (8.3% in China and 8.9% in Other Asia Pacific), down

from 18.3% of revenues in 2010 (7.6% in China and 10.7% in Other Asia Pacific). The year-over-year decline in Asia Pacific was mainly attributable to an 18% decline in Other Asia Pacific, while our China revenues grew 7% compared to 2010. Revenues in Other Americas grew 15% in 2011 from 2010 and its share of total revenue increased to 10.3% from 8.8%. Rest of World decreased its share of total revenue to 7.1% in 2011, down from 8.1% in 2010, and had a 14% decrease in revenue.

Gross Profit. In 2011, gross profit increased to 35.0% of revenues, or 5,360 million, compared to 33.9% of revenue or 5,302 million in 2010. The increase in gross profit was mainly driven by favorable product and geographic mix as well as ongoing initiatives to reduce fixed operations, procurement and product design costs. Gross profit in 2011 primarily included the negative impact from a net charge of 170 million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress, as compared to 115 million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress in 2010.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

We sell a wide variety of products in many geographic markets. Profitability per product can vary based on a product’s maturity, the required intensity of R&D and our competitive position. In addition, profitability can be impacted by geographic area depending on the local competitive environment, our market share and the procurement policy of our customers. During 2011, we witnessed a recovery in sales of products and in geographic areas where our profitability has historically been above average, compared to 2010.

Administrative and selling expenses. In 2011, administrative and selling expenses were 2,642 million or 17.2% of revenues compared to 2,769 million or 17.7% of revenues in 2010. Included in administrative and selling expenses are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 116 million in 2011 and 126 million in 2010. These non-cash purchase accounting entries primarily relate to the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, such as customer relationships and were lower year-over-year due to the impact of the strength of the euro compared to the U.S. dollar. The 4.6% decline in administrative and selling expenses year-over-year reflects the progress we have made to improve operational efficiency through the reduction of administrative expense, Information Systems/Information Technology and real estate expenses and organizational complexity.

Research and development costs. Research and development costs were 2,467 million or 16.1% of revenues in 2011, after a net impact of capitalization of 5 million of development expense, a decrease of 5.2% from 2,603 million or 16.6% of revenues after the net impact of capitalization of (10) million of development expense in 2010. The 5.2% decrease in research and development costs reflects a reduction in spending on legacy technologies in an effort to reduce overall costs. Capitalization of R&D expense was negative in 2010, reflecting the fact that the amortization of our capitalized R&D costs was greater than new R&D costs that were capitalized during this period. Included in research and development costs are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 152 million in 2011 and 159 million in 2010.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. We recorded income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of 251 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (70) million in 2010. The improvement in 2011 reflects the impact of higher gross margins as well as improvements in our operating expenses. Non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination had a negative, non-cash impact of 268 million in 2011, which was lower than the impact of 286 million in 2010 due to the strength of the euro compared to the U.S. dollar.

In addition, changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments in 2011 by 363 million, of which 617 million were additional provisions and 254 million were reversals. Additional product sales reserves created during 2011 were 528 million while reversals of product sales reserves were 168 million during the same

period. Of the 168 million in reversals, 56 million related to reversals of reserves made in respect of warranties due to the revision of our original estimates for these reserves regarding warranty period and costs. This revision was due mainly to (i) the earlier than expected replacement of products under warranty by our customers with more recent technologies and (ii) the product’s actual performance leading to fewer warranty claims than anticipated and for which we had made a reserve. In addition, 50 million of the 168 million reversal of product sales reserves was mainly related to reductions in probable penalties due to contract delays or other contractual issues or in estimated amounts based upon statistical and historical evidence. The remaining reversals of 62 million were mainly related to new estimates of losses at completion. Changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments by 397 million in 2010, of which additional provisions were 701 million and reversals were 304 million. Additional product sales reserves (construction contracts and non-construction contracts) created during 2010 were 600 million while reversals of product sales reserves were 199 million.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs were 203 million for 2011, representing (i) 113 million of new restructuring plans and adjustments to previous plans; (ii) 60 million of other monetary costs related to reorganizational projects and related fees payable to third parties, (iii) 29 million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and a write-off of assets of 1 million in the aggregate. New restructuring plans cover costs related to the elimination of jobs and to product rationalization and facilities closing decisions. Restructuring costs were 371 million in 2010, representing (i) 240 million of new restructuring plans or adjustments to previous plans; (ii) 79 million of other monetary costs related to payables, (iii) 46 million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and write-off of assets of 6 million in the aggregate. Our restructuring reserves of €294 million at December 31, 2011 declined compared to our €413 million restructuring reserves at December 30, 2010, and covered jobs identified for elimination and notified in 2011, jobs eliminated in previous years for which total or partial payment is still due, costs of replacing rationalized products, and other monetary costs linked to decisions to reduce the number of our facilities. Our restructuring reserves declined in 2011 primarily due to the adoption of fewer new restructuring plans in 2011 as well as the closure of older plans.

Litigations. In 2011, we booked litigation credit of 4 million related to both the FCPA and Fox River litigations (refer to Notes 35b and 32 of our audited Consolidated Financial Statements) due to the settlement of the FCPA matter with the SEC and the US Department of Justice as well as the reduction in the claim amount made against us in connection with the Fox River matter. In 2010, we booked litigation charges of (28) million related to: (i) the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid for an amount of (22) million and (ii) the FCPA litigation for an amount of (10) million, which charges were offset by a 4 million litigation credit pertaining to the Fox River litigation.

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities. In 2011, we booked a loss on the disposal of consolidated entities of (2) million, mainly related to the post-closing adjustments paid by us in connection with the sale of our Vacuum business

 

 

55


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG in 2010, compared to a gain of 62 million in 2010, which was mainly related to the completion of the sale of our Vacuum business that year.

Post-retirement benefit plan amendment. In 2011, we booked a 67 million one-time credit related to the change in our Management Pension Plan, effective April 1, 2011, which provides current active employees who participate in this plan the option to receive a lump sum when they retire. In 2010, we booked a 30 million net credit related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments that arose out of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s amendment of its Medicare Advantage National PPO plan in the third quarter of 2010 with an effective date of January 1, 2011 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependents.

Income (loss) from operating activities. Income (loss) from operating activities was income of 117 million in 2011, compared to a loss of (377) million in 2010. The improvement in income/(loss) from operating activities in 2011 is due in part to higher gross margins, lower operating expenses, lower restructuring costs, credits related to litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, partially offset by a loss on the disposal of consolidated entities.

Finance costs. Finance costs were 294 million in 2011, a slight decrease from 304 million in 2010. The decrease is due to an increase in interest earned, from 53 million in 2010 to 59 million in 2011, in addition to a decrease in interest paid, from 357 million in 2010 to 353 million in 2011. The 2011 decrease in interest paid is primarily due to lower levels of financial debt whereas the increase in interest earned is due to the increase of interest rates between 2010 and 2011.

Other financial income (loss). Other financial income was 359 million in 2011, compared to 356 million in 2010. In 2011, other financial income consisted primarily of (i) income of 417 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs offset by (ii) a loss of 65 million, a majority of which is due to bank charges and discount costs in connection with the sale of our receivables without recourse. In 2010 other financial income consisted of (i) income of 339 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs and (ii) income of 82 million from actual and potential gains on financial assets (of which 33 million related to the disposal of 2Wire and 10 million related to the disposal of our Vacuum business both partially offset by a net loss of 45 million related to foreign exchange transactions.

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates. Share in net income of equity affiliates was 4 million during 2011, compared with 14 million in 2010. The decline compared to 2010 is largely due to the lack of income from our stake in 2Wire, which was sold in October 2010.

Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations. Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations was 186 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (311) million in 2010.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We had an income tax benefit of 544 million in 2011, compared to an income tax expense of (14) million in 2010. The income tax benefit for 2011 resulted from a current income tax charge of (42) million more than offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 586 million. The 586 million net deferred tax benefit includes: (i) 559 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2011 annual impairment tests of goodwill performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 and (ii) 114 million of deferred income tax benefits related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent. These positive effects were slightly offset by (87) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans. The income tax expense for 2010 resulted from a current income tax charge of (78) million offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 64 million. The 64 million net deferred tax benefit includes deferred income tax benefits of 124 million related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of the Lucent combination and 97 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2010 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the second quarter of 2010. These positive effects were slightly offset by: (i) (136) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans, (ii) (12) million of deferred tax charges related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendment and (iii) (9) million of deferred taxes related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debenture.

Income (loss) from continuing operations. We had income from continuing operations of 730 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (325) million in 2010.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. We had income from discontinued operations of 414 million in 2011 related to the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012, including 338 million of deferred tax assets relating to the tax losses carried forward that will be used to offset the capital gain on the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012. Income from discontinued operations was 33 million in 2010 due to the disposal of our Genesys business partially offset by settlements of litigations related to businesses discontinued in prior periods.

Non-controlling Interests. Non-controlling interests accounted for income of 49 million in 2011, compared to income of 42 million in 2010. The increase from 2010 is due largely to the income from our operations in China through Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell, Co. Ltd.

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent. A net income of 1,095 million was attributable to equity holders of the parent in 2011, compared with a loss of (334) million in 2010.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.3 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

6.3    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years 2011 and 2010, with results presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011. The 2011 organization includes three business segments: Networks, S3 (Software, Services & Solutions) and Enterprise, while the 2010 organization structure consisted of three different business segments - Networks, Applications and Services. Results of operations for 2010 were originally presented according to the 2010 organization structure but are presented here according to the 2011 organization structure in order to facilitate comparison with the current period. Unlike the discussion in Section 6.2 of the Consolidated Results of Operations, the discussions below also include the results of our Genesys business that was sold to Permira on February 1, 2012.

The table below sets forth certain financial information on a segment basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Segment operating income (loss) is the

measure of operating segment profit or loss that is used by our Chief Executive Officer to perform his chief operating decision making function, to assess performance and to allocate resources. It consists of segment income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and postretirement benefit plan amendments, excluding the main non-cash impacts of the purchase price allocation (PPA) entries relating to the Lucent business combination. Adding “PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)” to segment operating income (loss) as well as the Genesys activity accounted for in discounted operations, reconciles segment operating income (loss) with income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, as shown in the table below and the consolidated financial statements included as part of this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Twelve months ended December 31, 2011

                                  
   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues      9,654         4,461         1,213         368         15,696   
Segment Operating Income (Loss)      263         227         108         12         610   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (268)   
Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations                                          (91)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          251   

 

(In millions of euros)

Twelve months ended December 31, 2010

                                  
   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues      9,643         4,537         1,185         631         15,996   
Segment Operating Income (Loss)      187         30         83         (12)         288   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (286)   
Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations                                          (72)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          (70)   

 

57


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.3 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

 

PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets). PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets) decreased in 2011, to (268) million compared with (286) million in 2010. The decrease was largely due to the increase in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar in 2011, as the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, including long-term customer relationships, acquired technologies and in-process R&D was little changed in 2011 compared with 2010.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. In 2011, segment operating income of 610 million for the Group, adjusted for (268) million in PPA and (91) million for the Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations yielded income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of 251 million. In 2010, a segment operating income of 288 million for the Group, adjusted for (286) million in PPA and (72) million for the Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations yielded a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (70) million. The improvement in 2011 reflects the impact of higher gross margins, improvements in our operating expenses and lower PPA adjustments.

NETWORKS SEGMENT

Revenues in our Networks segment were 9,654 million in 2011, an increase of 0.1% from 9,643 million in 2010, using current exchange rates. When we translate the non-euro portion of Network sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The decline in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2011 as compared to 2010 had a negative impact on our reported revenues. At constant exchange rates for 2011 and 2010, our Networks segment revenues would have increased by approximately 2.1% instead of the 0.1% increase actually reported.

Revenues in our IP division were 1,585 million in 2011, an increase of 8.3% from 1,464 million in 2010. Growth was led by a double digit increase in our IP/MPLS service router. The growth in our service router revenues was particularly strong in the Americas and Asia Pacific regions. Growth in the market for IP/MPLS service routers continues to be driven by service provider spending to enhance their ability to deliver IP-based business and consumer services as well as spending for IP mobile backhaul. The mobile backhaul segment of the IP division has been particularly strong, as service providers take actions to alleviate bottlenecks in the flow of increasing mobile broadband and data traffic. The IP division also includes our ATM multi-service switching business, where 2011 revenues fell at a double-digit rate from their 2010 level. The decline in ATM revenues reflects the continuing market-wide contraction in spending for that legacy technology.

Revenues in our Optics division were 2,605 million in 2011, a decline of 1.9% from 2010. Our optics business saw

conflicting trends in 2011, as our submarine business grew at a mid-single digit pace, while terrestrial optics equipment declined at a low-single digit rate. Within the terrestrial business, we saw continued strong growth in our WDM equipment and a smaller increase in our wireless (microwave) transmission business. However, the growth in these two businesses and the submarine business was not enough to offset the strong secular decline of our legacy SONET/SDH equipment. Following a sharp drop in 2010, our submarine business returned to growth in 2011 driven by both new builds and upgrades addressing the need for more connectivity to meet capacity requirements.

Revenues in our Wireless division increased 1.4% in 2011 to 4,122 million, from 4,064 million in 2010. The growth in this division was driven by the growth in mobile broadband traffic, which was caused, in turn, by the increasing penetration of smartphones and tablets. Mobile operators have been responding to these trends over the past two years with increased spending to add capacity and enhance the data capabilities of their networks. We saw a positive impact of spending by mobile operators in our 3G CDMA (EV-DO) business in 2011, where revenues increased at a strong double-digit rate compared to 2010, mainly driven by growth in the Americas region. Mobile operators also started rolling out the first large-scale deployments of 4G LTE wireless networks, which also contributed to the overall growth in the segment in 2011, especially in the Americas. Although the increase in carrier spending on 3G and 4G networks has generally been at the expense of their spending on legacy 2G networks, we did see some growth in our 2G GSM business in the Asia Pacific region, driven by investments in China to enable subscriber growth.

Revenues in our Wireline business fell 10.0% to 1,393 million in 2011 from 1,548 million in 2010. The decline in our wireline business reflects the shift from wireline to wireless spending and was largely due to weakness in both the EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) and Americas regions, partially offset by more than 40% growth in the Asia Pacific region. Declines in our legacy TDM switching and IPDSLAM businesses continued to drive the overall decline in our wireline business. We did see strong growth in the fiber access equipment division of our fixed access business across all regions, driven by our GPON equipment in the Americas and Asia Pacific, particularly in China. Service providers are also investing in new copper-based technologies that can enhance the capabilities of existing copper access networks.

Segment operating income in the Networks group was 263 million or 2.7% of revenue in 2011, compared with a segment operating income of 187 million in 2010. The improvement in segment operating income reflects favorable shifts in product and geographic mix, as well as ongoing initiatives to reduce costs and expenses, particularly fixed operations. We saw particularly strong contributions from both the IP and wireless divisions.

S3 SEGMENT

Revenues in our S3 segment were 4,461 million in 2011 compared to 4,537 million in 2010, a decrease of 1.7% at current exchange rates. At constant exchange rates for 2011 and 2010, our S3 revenues would have decreased by 0.1% instead of the 1.7% reported decrease.

 

 

58


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.3 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

Revenues in our Services business were 3,963 million in 2011, a decrease of 1.1% from 4,006 million in 2010. Within Services, revenues in our Managed and Outsourcing solutions business grew at a double digit rate in 2011, driven by increases in both EMEA and the Americas regions. Revenues in the Network and Systems Integration (NSI) business grew at a mid-single digit rate with high growth in the Americas, offset by declines in EMEA and Asia Pacific. The growth in these two businesses was offset by a strong decline in network build and implementation (NBI), a division of our Product-Attached Services business. NBI is focused on civil works usually attached to the sale of equipment, where sales were impacted adversely by political unrest in the Middle East as well as the completion of projects. Our Product-Attached Services business was flat compared in 2010 with growth in the Americas offset by declines in EMEA. Our Multi-Vendor Maintenance business also declined in 2011, driven by weakness in Europe and Asia Pacific, partially offset by growth in the Americas.

Revenues in our Network Applications business decreased 6.2% in 2011, to 498 million from 531 million in 2010. The 6.2% revenue decline in 2011 was mainly driven by the termination of a resale activity that we were previously involved with. This decline was partially offset by strong growth in both our Motive and Advanced Communications businesses. Motive, our remote customer management business, increased at a very strong pace in 2011, with all regions growing more than 20%.

Segment operating income in our S3 business was 227 million or 5.1% of revenue in 2011, compared with 30 million or 0.7% of revenue in 2010. The increase in segment operating income reflected the impacts of ongoing actions to reduce expenses in our Services business especially Managed and Outsourcing Solutions as well as improvements in the profitability of Network Applications.

ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

Revenues in our Enterprise segment were 1,213 million in 2011 compared to 1,185 million in 2010, an increase of 2.4% at current exchange rates. At constant exchange rates for 2011 and 2010, our Enterprise revenues would have increased by 4.3% instead of the 2.4% reported increase. The year-over-year growth in Enterprise was mainly driven by high-single digit growth in our data networking and Genesys businesses. This was partially offset by slight declines in our enterprise telephony equipment. Revenues in both the Asia Pacific and Americas regions grew at a high-single digit rate driven by data networking and Genesys in Asia Pacific and Genesys in the Americas.

Enterprise segment operating income was 108 million or 8.9% of revenue in 2011, compared with 83 million or 7.0% of income in 2010. The increase in operating income was driven by a better mix in terms of profitability of products and improved cost control in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

6.4    CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

Introduction. The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 on the following basis:

 

 

Given that our 2011 results exclude the Genesys business that was sold to Permira on February 1, 2012, since this business has been presented as a discontinued activity in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included elsewhere in this annual report, the 2010 and 2009 results, which were originally presented treating the Genesys business as a continuing activity, have been re-presented in our consolidated

   

income statements included elsewhere in this annual report to exclude this business, as required by IFRS. The table below shows the reconciliation between our 2010 and 2009 results that included Genesys and our re-presentation of our 2010 and 2009 results which exclude Genesys.

 

 

The results for both years are presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011. The 2011 organization includes three business segments: Networks, S3 (Software, Services & Solutions) and Enterprise.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

 

 

(In millions of euros - except per share information)  

2010

    

2009

 
     With
Genesys
    

Genesys
discontinued

     As
published
     With
Genesys
    

Genesys
discontinued

     As
published
 

Revenues

    15,996         (338)         15,658         15,157         (316)         14,841   

Cost of sales

    (10,425)         69         (10,356)         (10,046)         60         (9,986)   

Gross profit

    5,571         (269)         5,302         5,111         (256)         4,855   

Administrative and selling expenses

    (2,907)         138         (2,769)         (2,913)         137         (2,776)   

Research and development expenses before

capitalization of development expenses

    (2,652)         59         (2,593)         (2,527)         62         (2,465)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses     (10)         -         (10)         4         (3)         1   

Research and development costs

    (2,662)         59         (2,603)         (2,523)         59         (2,464)   

Income (loss) from operating activities before

restructuring costs, litigations, impairment of

assets, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated

entities and post-retirement benefit plan

amendments

    2         (72)         (70)         (325)         (59)         (384)   

Restructuring costs

    (375)         4         (371)         (605)         7         (598)   

Litigations

    (28)         -         (28)         (109)         -         (109)   

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities

    62         -         62         99         -         99   

Post-retirement benefit plan amendments

    30         -         30         248         -         248   

Income (loss) from operating activities

    (309)         (68)         (377)         (692)         (52)         (744)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt     (357)         -         (357)         (313)         -         (313)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities     53         -         53         59         1         60   

Finance costs

    (304)         -         (304)         (254)         1         (253)   

Other financial income (loss)

    356         -         356         249         4         253   

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates

    14         -         14         1         -         1   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations     (243)         (68)         (311)         (696)         (47)         (743)   

Income tax, (charge) benefit

    (37)         23         (14)         60         17         77   
Income (loss) from continuing operations     (280)         (45)         (325)         (636)         (30)         (666)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations     (12)         45         33         132         30         162   
Net income (loss)     (292)                  (292)         (504)                  (504)   
Attributable to:                                                     
• Equity owners of the parent     (334)                  (334)         (334)                  (524)   
• Non-controlling interests     42                  42         42                  20   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                                     

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

    (0.15)                  (0.15)         (0.23)                  (0.23)   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

    (0.15)                  (0.15)         (0.23)                  (0.23)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                                     

• Basic earnings per share

    (0.15)                  (0.16)         (0.29)                  (0.3)   

• Diluted earnings per share

    (0.15)                  (0.16)         (0.29)                  (0.3)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                                     

• Basic earnings per share

    -                  0 .01         0 .06                  0.07   

• Diluted earnings per share

    -                  0 .01         0 .06                  0.07   

 

 

Revenues. Revenues totaled 15,658 million in 2010, an increase of 5.5% from 14,841 million in 2009. Approximately 54% of our revenues are denominated in or linked to the U.S. dollar. When we translate our non-euro sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including

the U.S. dollar. The increase in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2010 compared with 2009 had a positive effect on our reported revenues. If there had been constant exchange rates in 2010 as compared to 2009, our consolidated revenues would have increased by approximately 0.6% instead of the 5.5% increase actually

 

 

60


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

reported. This is based on applying (i) to our sales made directly in currencies other than the euro effected during 2010, the average exchange rate that applied for 2009, instead of the average exchange rate that applied for 2010, and (ii) to our exports (mainly from Europe) effected during 2010 which are denominated in other currencies and for which we enter into hedging transactions, our average hedging rates that applied for 2009. Our management believes that providing our investors with our revenues for 2010 at a constant exchange rate facilitates the comparison of the evolution of our revenues with that of the industry.

The table below sets forth our revenues as reported, the conversion and hedging impact of the euro/other currencies and our revenues at a constant rate:

 

(In millions of euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Year ended
December 31,
2009
     % Change  
Revenues as reported      15,658         14,841         5.5%   
Conversion impact euro/other currencies      (682)                  (4.4%)   
Hedging impact euro/other currencies      (53)                  (0.3%)   
Revenues at constant rate      14,923         14,841         0.6%   

 

Revenues in our Networks segment grew 6.2% in 2010, as strong growth across key areas such as IP and wireless outpaced declines in legacy technologies. Our IP division increased 24.4% in 2010, with strong growth of our IP/MPLS service routers, partially offset by the secular decline in spending for legacy ATM equipment. Our wireless business grew 14.6% in 2010, driven by growth across all wireless technologies in which service providers looked to accommodate both traffic and subscriber growth. Our wireline business declined 4.4% in 2010, reflecting pronounced weakness in spending for legacy core switching, which was partially offset by growth in our fixed access business, where we saw strong gains in home networking and fiber-based

access equipment. Optics revenue declined 7.0% in 2010, as weakness in our submarine activities more than offset our flat terrestrial optics business, which saw a recovery as the year progressed. Revenues in our S3 segment grew by 4.4% in 2010, led by growth in Network Applications as well as Services, driven by strong growth in both Managed and Outsourcing Solutions as well as Network and Systems Integration. Revenues in the Enterprise segment increased 4.0% in 2010, with our data networking business driving growth, partially offset by weakness in voice telephony.

 

 

Revenues in 2010 and in 2009 by geographical market (calculated based upon the location of the customer) are as shown in the table below, and include results from Genesys, except in the column entitled Discontinued Operations:

 

(In millions of euros)

Revenues by

geographical market

                                                                 
  France     Other
Western
Europe
    Rest of
Europe
    China     Other
Asia
Pacific
    U.S.     Other
Americas
    Rest of
world
    Consolidated     Discontinued
Operations
    As
published
 
2010     1,376        3,032        673        1,211        1,717        5,291        1,404        1,292        15,996        (338)        15,658   
2009     1,533        3,039        631        1,346        1,632        4,369        1,185        1,422        15,157        (316)        14,841   
% Change 2010 vs. 2009     (10%)        0%        7%        (10%)        5%        21%        18%        (9%)        6%                6%   

 

In 2010, the United States accounted for 33.1% of revenues, up from 28.8% in 2009 as revenues grew 21%, where the economic recovery in this geographic market outpaced the overall recovery from the 2008 and 2009 global recession. The region witnessed a recovery in 2010 driven by the improved economy and a surge in mobile data traffic, which led to strong growth in key technologies such as IP and Wireless. Europe accounted for 31.8% of revenues in 2010 (8.6% in France, 19.0% in Other Western Europe and 4.2% in Rest of Europe), down from 34.3% in 2009 (10.1% in France, 20.1% in Other Western Europe and 4.2% in Rest of Europe) as Europe lagged behind the economic recovery in the United States. Within Europe, revenue decreased 10% year-over-year in France, was flat in Other Western Europe and grew 7% in Rest of Europe. Weakness in Europe was concentrated in our wireless business, which was partially offset by strength in IP. Asia Pacific accounted for 18.3% of revenues in 2010 (7.6% in China and 10.7% in Other Asia Pacific), down from 19.6% of revenues in 2009 (8.9% in China and 10.8% in Other Asia Pacific). The year-over-year decline in Asia Pacific was mainly attributable to an a slowdown of spending in China in the first half of 2010 following the rollout of 3G networks that occurred in 2009.

Revenues in Other Americas grew 18% in 2010 from 2009 and its share of total revenue increased from 7.8% to 8.8%. Rest of World decreased its share of total revenue to 8.1% in 2010, down from 9.4% in 2009, and had a 9% decrease in revenue.

Gross Profit. In 2010, gross profit increased to 33.9% of revenues, or 5,302 million, compared to 32.7% of revenue or 4,855 million in 2009. The increase in gross profit was mainly driven by higher volumes, favorable shifts in product and geographic sales mix, and a reduction in fixed operations costs. These positive factors more than offset downward margin pressure driven by the competitive environment. Gross profit in 2010 included primarily the negative impact from a net charge of 115 million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress. Gross profit in 2009 included the negative impacts of (i) a net charge of 139 million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress; and (ii) a net charge of 15 million of reserves on customer receivables.

We sell a wide variety of products in many geographic markets. Profitability per product can vary based on a product’s maturity, the required intensity of R&D and our

 

 

61


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

 

competitive position. In addition, profitability can be impacted by geographic area depending on the local competitive environment, our market share and the procurement policy of our customers. During 2010, we witnessed a recovery in sales of products and in geographic areas where our profitability has historically been above average.

Administrative and selling expenses. In 2010, administrative and selling expenses were 2,769 million or 17.7% of revenues compared to 2,776 million or 18.7% of revenues in 2009. The year over year decrease as a percentage of revenues was largely due to higher revenues in 2010 as compared to 2009. Included in administrative and selling expenses are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 126 million in 2010 and 117 million in 2009. These non-cash purchase accounting entries primarily relate to the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, such as customer relationships, during 2010. The increase in the amount of amortization year over year is largely due to an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar. The 0.3% decline in administrative and selling expenses reflects the impact of conflicting trends - the progress we have made executing our programs to reduce operating expenses by de-layering our organization and eliminating sales duplication between product groups and regions was offset by higher sales and the unfavorable currency impact of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar on our U.S. dollar denominated expenses.

Research and development costs. Research and development costs were 2,603 million or 16.6% of revenues in 2010, after a net impact of capitalization of (10) million of development expense, an increase of 5.6% from 2,464 million or 16.6% of revenues after the net impact of capitalization of 1 million of development expense in 2009. Capitalization of R&D expense was negative in 2010, reflecting the fact that the amortization of our capitalized R&D costs was greater than new R&D costs that were capitalized during this period. Included in research and development costs are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 159 million in 2010 and 151 million in 2009. The increase in the amount of purchase accounting entries is largely due to the increase in the value of the U.S. dollar year over year. The 5.6% increase in research and development costs reflects an increase in R&D spending related to new product development as well as the unfavorable currency impact that the strengthening of the U.S. dollar had on our U.S. dollar denominated expenses.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. We recorded a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (70) million in 2010 compared to a loss of (384) million in 2009. The improvement in 2010 reflects the impact of higher revenues and gross margins slightly offset by higher levels of research and development expenses. The non-cash purchase accounting entries from the Lucent business combination had a negative, non-cash impact of 286 million in 2010 as compared to 269 million in 2009, the increase largely due to the increase in the value of the U.S. dollar.

 

In addition, changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments in 2010 by 397 million, of which 701 million were additional provisions and 304 million were reversals. Additional product sales reserves (construction contracts and non-construction contracts) created during 2010 were 600 million while reversals of product sales reserves were 199 million during the same period. Of the 199 million in reversals, 81 million related to reversals of reserves made in respect of warranties due to the revision of our original estimates for these reserves regarding warranty period and costs. This revision was due mainly to (i) the earlier than expected replacement of products under warranty by our customers with more recent technologies and (ii) the product’s actual performance leading to fewer warranty claims than anticipated and for which we had made a reserve. In addition, 20 million of the 199 million reversal of product sales reserves was mainly related to reductions in probable penalties due to contract delays or other contractual issues or in estimated amounts based upon statistical and historical evidence. The remaining reversals of 98 million were mainly related to new estimates of losses at completion. Changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments by 175 million in 2009, of which additional provisions were 579 million and reversals were 404 million. Additional product sales reserves created during 2009 were 507 million of which 187 million was related to construction contracts while reversals of product sales reserves were 322 million of which 160 million was related to construction contracts.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs were 371 million for 2010, representing (i) 240 million of new restructuring plans and adjustments to previous plans; (ii) 79 million of other monetary costs related to payables, (iii) 46 million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and a write-off of assets of 6 million in the aggregate. New restructuring plans cover costs related to the elimination of jobs and to product rationalization and facilities closing decisions. Restructuring costs were 598 million in 2009, representing (i) 363 million of new restructuring plans or adjustments to previous plans; (ii) 118 million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves, (iii) a valuation allowance and a write-off of assets of 87 million in the aggregate and (iv) 30 million of other monetary costs related to payables. Our restructuring reserves of 413 million at December 31, 2010 covered jobs identified for elimination and notified in 2010, jobs eliminated in previous years for which total or partial payment is still due, costs of replacing rationalized products, and other monetary costs linked to decisions to reduce the number of our facilities.

Litigations. In 2010, we booked litigation charges of (28) million related to: (i) the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid for an amount of (22) million, (ii) the FCPA litigation for an amount of (10) million and (iii) the Fox River litigation for an amount of 4 million. In 2009, we booked litigation charges of (109) million related to: (i) the FCPA litigation for an amount of (93) million and (ii) the Fox River litigation for an amount of

 

 

62


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

 

(16) million. A discussion regarding the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid can be found in Section 12, the FCPA litigation can be found in Section 12 Note 35b and a discussion regarding the Fox River litigation can be found in Section 12 Note 32.

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities. In 2010, we booked a gain on the disposal of consolidated entities of 62 million, mainly related to the disposal of our Vacuum business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG, compared to a gain of 99 million in 2009 related to the sale of our fractional horsepower motors activity to Triton.

Post-retirement benefit plan amendment. In 2010, we booked

a 30 million credit related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments that arose out of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s amendment of its Medicare Advantage National PPO plan in the third quarter of 2010 with an effective date of January 1, 2011 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependents. In 2009, we booked a 248 million net credit related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments, primarily related to a credit of 216 million (before tax) arising from the freeze by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. of the US defined benefit management pension plan and the US supplemental pension plan effective January 1, 2010. No additional benefits will accrue in these plans after December 31, 2009 for the 11,500 active U.S. based participants who are not union-represented employees.

Income (loss) from operating activities. Income (loss) from operating activities was a loss of (377) million in 2010, compared to a loss of (744) million in 2009. The smaller loss from operating activities in 2010 is due in part to higher volumes and gross margins leading to higher income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, impairment of assets, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. In addition, lower restructuring costs and litigation charges offset the lack of a large credit from post-retirement benefit plan amendments that we booked in 2009.

Finance costs. Finance costs were 304 million in 2010, an increase from 253 million in 2009. The increase is due to a drop in interest earned, from 60 million in 2009 to 53 million in 2010, in addition to an increase in interest paid, from 313 million in 2009 to 357 million in 2010. The 2010 increase in interest paid is primarily due to higher levels of financial debt whereas the decline in interest earned is due to the decrease of interest rates between 2009 and 2010.

Other financial income (loss). Other financial income was 356 million in 2010, compared to 253 million in 2009. In 2010, other financial income consisted primarily of (i) income of 339 million mainly related to the Lucent pension credit and (ii) income of 82 million from actual and potential gains on financial assets (of which 33 million related to the disposal of 2Wire) both partially offset by a loss of 45 million related to foreign exchange transactions. In 2009 other financial income consisted of (i) a capital gain of 295 million, of which 250 million related to the disposal of our Thales shares in May 2009, (ii) a gain of 50 million related to the partial repurchase of Lucent’s 7.75% bonds due March 2017 and (iii) income of 105 million related to the Lucent pension credit, which more than offset a loss of 175 million related to a change in the estimated future cash flows related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debenture.

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates. Share in net income of equity affiliates was 14 million during 2010, compared with income of 1 million in 2009. The increase is largely due to the increase in net income generated by 2Wire during 2010 until we sold our interest in 2Wire on October 20, 2010 (see Section 12 Note 3).

Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations. Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations was a loss of (311) million in 2010 compared to a loss of (743) million in 2009.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We had an income tax expense of (14) million in 2010, compared to an income tax benefit of 77 million in 2009. The income tax expense for 2010 resulted from a current income tax charge of (78) million partially offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 64 million. The 64 million net deferred tax benefit includes: (i) deferred income tax benefits of 124 million related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent and (ii) 97 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2010 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the second quarter of 2010. These positive effects were slightly offset by: (i) (136) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans, (ii) (12) million of deferred tax charges related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendment and (iii) (9) million of deferred taxes related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debenture. The income tax benefit for 2009 resulted from a current income tax charge of (57) million offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 134 million. The 134 million net deferred tax benefit includes deferred income tax benefits of 115 million related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of the Lucent combination and a 65 million reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debenture. These positive effects were slightly offset by (35) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans and (13) million of other deferred income tax charges.

Income (loss) from continuing operations. We had a loss from continuing operations of (325) million in 2010 compared to a loss of (666) million in 2009.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. There was income from discontinued operations of 33 million in 2010, mainly due to the presentment of Genesys in discontinued operations, partially offset by settlements of litigations related to businesses discontinued in prior periods. Income from discontinued operations was 162 million in 2009, related to an adjustment of the selling price related to the disposal of the space business to Thales that was sold in 2007 as well as the inclusion of Genesys in discontinued operations.

Non-controlling Interests. Non-controlling interests accounted for income of 42 million in 2010, compared to income of 20 million in 2009. The increase from 2009 is due largely to the income from our operations in China through Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell, Co. Ltd.

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent. A net loss of (334) million was attributable to equity holders of the parent in 2010, compared with a loss of (524) million in 2009.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

 

6.5    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years 2011 and 2010, with results presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011. The 2011 organization includes three business segments: Networks, S3 (Software, Services & Solutions) and Enterprise, while the 2010 organization structure consisted of three different business segments - Networks, Applications and Services. Results of operations for 2010 and 2009 were originally presented according to the 2010 organization structure but are presented here according to the 2011 organization structure in order to facilitate comparison with the current period. Unlike the discussion in Section 6.4 of the Consolidated Results of Operations, the discussions below also include the results of our Genesys business that was sold to Permira on February 1, 2012.

The table below sets forth certain financial information on a segment basis for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Segment operating income (loss) is the

measure of operating segment profit or loss that is used by our Chief Executive Officer to perform his chief operating decision making function, to assess performance and to allocate resources. It consists of segment income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and postretirement benefit plan amendments, excluding the main non-cash impacts of the purchase price allocation (PPA) entries relating to the Lucent business combination. Adding “PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)” to segment operating income (loss) as well as the Genesys activity accounted for in discounted operations, reconciles segment operating income (loss) with income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, as shown in the table below and the consolidated financial statements included as part of this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Twelve months ended December 31, 2010

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues      9,643         4,537         1,185         631         15,996   
Segment Operating Income (Loss)      187         30         83         (12)         288   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (286)   
Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations                                          (72)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          (70)   

 

Twelve months ended December 31, 2009    Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues      9,076         4,344         1,139         598         15,157   
Segment Operating Income (Loss)      (297)         162         36         43         (56)   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (269)   
Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations                                          (59)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          (384)   

 

PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets). PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets) increased somewhat in 2010, to (286) million compared with (269) million in 2009. The increase was largely due to the increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro in 2010, as the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, including long-term customer relationships, acquired technologies and in-process R&D was little changed in 2010 compared with 2009.

 

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and postretirement benefit plan amendments. In 2010, segment operating income of 288 million for the Group, adjusted for (286) million in PPA and (72) million for the Genesys activity accounted for in discontinued operations yields a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (70) million. In 2009, a segment operating loss of (56) million for the Group, adjusted for (269) million in PPA and (59) million for the Genesys activity accounted for in

 

 

64


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

discontinued operations yielded a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (384) million.

NETWORKS SEGMENT

Revenues in our Networks segment were 9,643 million in 2010, an increase of 6.2% from 9,076 million in 2009, using current exchange rates. When we translate these sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The increase in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2010 as compared to 2009 had a positive impact on our reported revenues. If there had been constant exchange rates for 2010 as compared to 2009, we believe our Networks segment revenues would have increased less than the 6.2% increase actually reported. However, we were unable to determine what the decline would have been at constant exchange rates in 2009 due to the restatement of the segment financial information to reflect our 2011 business organization.

Revenues in our IP division were 1,464 million in 2010, an increase of 24.4% from 2009. Growth was led by an increase of approximately 40% in our IP/MPLS service routers, where demand for our products strengthened throughout the year. IP/MPLS revenue growth was particularly strong in the Americas region. Those gains reflect spending by service providers to continue the transformation of their networks to an all-IP architecture and to accommodate surging volumes of broadband data traffic on their mobile backhaul networks. The IP division also includes our ATM multi-service switching business, where 2010 revenues fell at a double-digit rate from their 2009 level. The decline in ATM revenues reflects the continuing market-wide contraction in spending for that legacy technology.

Revenues in our Optics division were 2,655 million in 2010, a decline of 7.0% from 2009. However, our optics business strengthened as the year progressed. The success of our new WDM platform, combined with a recovery in the WDM market that was driven by the need for additional capacity, resulted in near-30% growth in our WDM business in 2010. Led by the gains in WDM, our overall terrestrial optics revenues increased strongly in the second half of 2010 after a first-half decline, and full-year revenues were flat with 2009. Unlike our terrestrial business, revenues in our submarine optics business remained weak throughout the year, and their double-digit decline from 2009 was largely responsible for the 2010 decline in our overall Optics revenues.

Revenues in our Wireless division increased 14.6% in 2010 to 4,064 million, with growth across the entire portfolio of radio access technologies. Growth was dominated by particularly strong spending in the Americas region. There, surging growth in mobile broadband data traffic triggered carrier spending to add capacity and upgrade the data capabilities of their 3G networks. This spending was a key driver of growth in our Wireless business in 2010, and our 3G WCDMA business led the growth with a more than 40% increase year over year. Our 3G CDMA business also benefitted from operators’ renewed focus on capacity and enhanced data capabilities,

and our CDMA revenues increased sharply after a weak first half. In China, spending for wireless equipment decreased following the roll-out of 3G networks in 2009 and the opening of the World Expo in Shanghai. Later in the year, spending for wireless equipment in China and elsewhere in the Asia-Pacific region strengthened as carriers increased their 2G spending to accommodate subscriber growth. The increased spending for 2G equipment helped drive a very strong second half and a high single-digit full-year increase in our 2G GSM business. Another boost to our wireless business in 2010 was the recognition of our first significant LTE (fourth generation wireless) revenues.

Revenues in our Wireline business fell 4.4% to 1,548 million in 2010. The decline was largely due to (i) a continuing double-digit decline in our TDM switching business reflecting the continuing market-wide contraction in spending for that legacy technology and (ii) a decline in next-generation core networking, which together offset a single-digit increase in our fixed access business. Increased revenues in fixed access were largely due to strong gains in home networking and our GPON fiber-based access business (both in the Asia Pacific and Americas regions), as well as a return of our IPDSLAM business to more normal levels late in the year, led by strong growth in EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa).

Segment operating income in the Networks group was 187 million or 1.9% of revenue in 2010, compared with a segment operating loss of (297) million in 2009. The significant improvement in segment operating income reflects the impact of higher volumes, ongoing initiatives to reduce costs and expenses, particularly fixed operations, procurement and product design costs, as well as favorable shifts in product and geographic sales mix. The contributions to improved profitability from the IP and Wireless divisions were especially strong.

S3 SEGMENT

Revenues in our S3 segment were 4,537 million in 2010 compared to 4,344 million in 2009, an increase of 4.4% at current exchange rates. If there had been constant exchange rates for 2010 as compared to 2009, we believe our S3 segment revenues would have increased less than the 4.4% increase actually reported. However, we were unable to determine what the decline would have been at constant exchange rates in 2009 due to the restatement of the segment financial information to reflect our 2011 business organization.

Revenues in our Services business increased in 2010 compared to 2009. Revenue growth was concentrated in the Americas and the Asia Pacific regions. Both Managed and Outsourcing Solutions and Network and Systems Integration (NSI) increased at a double-digit rate in 2010. This growth, in addition to growth in Multi-Vendor Maintenance, was partially offset by our Network Build and Implementation business and our product-attached services business. In the NBI unit, which is focused on civil works usually attached to the sale of our equipment, revenues fell at a single-digit rate in 2010. The decline in our Product-Attached Services business was concentrated in the EMEA region and reflected our customers’ desire to cut spending on maintenance.

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

 

Revenues in the Networks Applications business increased in 2010 compared to 2009. Single-digit revenue growth in the Americas and EMEA was largely offset by a decline in the Asia Pacific region. The strongest parts of our Network Applications business in 2010 were Advanced Applications and Application Services. Those gains were largely offset by declines in spending for some of our legacy applications, including messaging and payment. Revenues in our Motive business were flat.

Segment operating income in our S3 business was 30 million or 0.6% of revenue in 2010, compared with a segment operating income of 162 million in 2009. The decrease in segment operating income was primarily generated by the services business, which was negatively impacted by product and customer mix.

ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

Revenues in our Enterprise Applications business increased 4.0% in 2010, to 1,185 million from 1,139 million in 2009. The data networking segment of the business was particularly

strong and included initial revenues from our new 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch launched in the second half of the year. Genesys, our contact center software business, also increased, but the voice telephony business remained slow. Overall, the growth in our Enterprise Applications business was concentrated in the Asia Pacific region. If there had been constant exchange rates for 2010 as compared to 2009, we believe our Enterprise segment revenues would have increased less than the 4.0% increase actually reported. However, we were unable to determine what the decline would have been at constant exchange rates in 2009 due to the restatement of the segment financial information to reflect our 2011 business organization.

Enterprise segment operating income was 83 million or 7.0% of revenue in 2010, compared with 36 million or 3.2% of income in 2009. The increase was mainly to a favorable shift in product mix and expense reduction.

 

 

6.6     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

LIQUIDITY

Cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

As our Genesys business was accounted for in discontinued operations in 2011, the 2010 cash flow figures included in the discussion below are presented on the same basis, in order to facilitate comparison with the current period.

Cash flow overview

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by 1,497 million in 2011 to 3,534 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease was due to cash used by investing activities of 782 million (mainly, cash expenditure for acquisition of marketable securities of 270 million and capital expenditures of 558 million, somewhat offset by the proceeds from disposal of tangible and intangible assets), to cash used by financing activities of 939 million (mainly cash used for repurchase and repayment of long-term debt for 874 million and 83 million of dividends paid mainly to minority interests in Alcatel Shanghai Bell). On the other hand, in 2011 exchange rate changes had a positive net effect of 207 million, and the operating activities had a slight positive effect of 19 million.

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes was 503 million compared to 147 million for 2010. This increase was primarily due to improved income from operating activities before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, gain (loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, which was 251 million in 2011 compared to a loss of 70 million in 2010.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was 19 million in 2011 compared to 190 million used in 2010. This amount reflects the positive impact of the net cash provided in 2011 by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes, as explained in the preceding paragraph, but it also reflects the negative cash impact of the net cash used in 2011 by operating working capital, vendor financing and other current assets and liabilities, which amounted to 176 million, compared to 26 million provided in 2010. The change from 26 million of cash provided to 176 million of cash used between the two periods related to the increase in cash used by working capital, representing an amount of cash used of 200 million in 2011 compared to an amount of cash used of 62 million in 2010. Inventories contributed positively for 556 million, driven by the decrease in the manufacturing cycle time and the outsourcing of some of our manufacturing activities in 2011. Receivables also contributed positively for 229 million mainly due to increased sale of receivables without recourse representing a 176 million positive impact. Both positive impacts were more than offset by a negative impact of 278 million from customers’ deposit and advances (due to a reduction in early payments by our main customers and fewer new contracts coming into force in our submarine activity) and a negative impact of 634 million on payables (mainly due to the decrease in inventories resulting from the improvement of the manufacturing cycle time and the outsourcing of our manufacturing activities in 2011 mentioned above). Net interest and taxes paid represented net cash used of 308 million in 2011 compared to 363 million in 2010. This reflects lower taxes paid in 2011 compared to 2010. Net interest paid was stable despite the decrease of our net cash position during 2011, due to the decrease of the weighted average interest rate of our gross financial debt.

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities was 782 million in 2011

 

 

66


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

compared to 922 million of cash provided in 2010. This decrease of 1,704 million was mainly due to the fact that in 2010 the disposal of marketable securities provided cash of 1,392 million compared to net cash used for the acquisition of marketable securities in 2011 of 270 million, and to the positive impact in 2010 of the disposal of both our vacuum pump activity for 93 million, and of 2Wire shares for 75 million. This higher use of cash was partially offset by a lower level of capital expenditures, which were 558 million in 2011 compared to 673 million in 2010.

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities. Net cash used by financing activities amounted to 939 million in 2011 compared to net cash provided of 470 million in 2010. The primary factors that explain this change were the increase in the amount of repayment of short-term and long-term debt with 874 million repaid in 2011 (of which 818 million related to the redemption of the Oceane 2011) compared to 384 million in 2010 (of which 327 million related to the redemption of the 2.875 % Series A Lucent convertible bond with an optional redemption date in June 2010) and the issuance in 2010 of 816 million of new long-term and short-term debt (of which 487 million of net proceeds from the issuance of Senior Notes 8.50% due January 2016 and 195 million of net proceeds from the issuance of floating rate notes due 2011/2012, extendable to 2016), whereas no new long-term debt was issued in 2011.

Disposed of or discontinued operations. No cash was provided in 2011 and 2010 from disposed of or discontinued operations as the cash generated by the operating activities of Genesys (respectively 94 million in 2011 and 64 million in 2010) was offset by the cash used by investing activities (mainly capital expenditures and dividends) and financing activities (mainly through the use of the group cash pooling scheme) of disposed or discontinued operations.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Resources and cash flow outlook. Our capital resources may be derived from a variety of sources, including the generation of positive cash flow from on-going operations, the issuance of debt and equity in various forms, and banking facilities, including the revolving credit facility of 1.4 billion maturing in April 2012 (with an extension until April 5, 2013 for an amount of 837 million) and on which we have not drawn (see “Syndicated facility” below). Our ability to draw upon these resources at any time is dependent upon a variety of factors, including our customers’ ability to make payments on outstanding accounts receivable, the perception of our credit quality by lenders and investors, our ability to meet the financial covenant for our revolving facility and debt and equity market conditions generally. Given current conditions, we cannot rely on our ability to access the debt and equity markets at any given time. In addition, given our current short-term ratings and the lack of liquidity of the French commercial paper /”billets de trésorerie” market, we have decided not to participate in this market for the time being.

 

Our short-term cash requirements are primarily related to funding our operations, including our restructuring programs, capital expenditures and short-term debt repayments. We

believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including short-term investments, aggregating 4,473 million as of December 31, 2011, are sufficient to fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months. Approximately 1,208 million of our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are held in countries, primarily China, which are subject to exchange control restrictions. These restrictions can limit the use of such funds by our subsidiaries outside of their local jurisdictions. Repatriation efforts are continuing to reduce that amount. We do not expect that such restrictions will have an impact on our ability to meet our cash obligations.

During 2012, the projected amount of cash outlays pursuant to our previously-announced restructuring programs and potential additional restructuring actions may be substantially higher than that in 2011, which amounted to approximately €344 million. The degree by which the 2012 restructuring cash outlays exceed those of 2011 will depend on our ability to re-deploy our resources within our Group in the framework of the operating model we adopted in 2010. For 2012 we expect a somewhat higher level of capital expenditures compared to those in 2011, which amounted to 558 million including capitalization of development expenditures.

In December 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 (the “Senior Notes”) with an 8.5% coupon for a total nominal value of 500 million. We used the net proceeds of this issuance to partially refinance our convertible/exchangeable bonds (OCEANE) 4.75% due on 1 January 2011. The Senior Notes include covenants restricting, among other things, the Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, buy back equity and make investments in minority interests, (iii) create or incur certain liens and (iv) engage in merger, consolidation or asset sales. These covenants, which are customary in the issuance of high yield bonds, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Those qualifications and exceptions generally afford Alcatel-Lucent the ability to conduct its operations, strategy and finances without significant effect. The Senior Notes also provide that, if certain instances of change of control occur, we are required to offer to repurchase all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

Based on our current view of our business and capital resources and the overall market environment, we believe we have sufficient resources to fund our operations. If, however, the business environment were to materially worsen, the credit markets were to limit our access to bid and performance bonds, or our customers were to dramatically pull back on their spending plans, our liquidity situation could deteriorate. If we cannot generate sufficient cash from operations to meet cash requirements in excess of our current expectations, we might be required to obtain extra funds through additional operating improvements or through external sources, such as capital market proceeds, asset sales or financing from third parties, the availability of which is dependent upon a variety of factors, as noted above.

 

 

At March 14, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent credit ratings were as follows:

 

Rating Agency   Corporate
Family rating
    

Long-term

debt

   

Short-term

debt

    Outlook      Last update of
the rating
     Last update of
the outlook
 

Moody’s

    B1         B2        Not Prime        Negative         November 10, 2011         November 10, 2011   

Standard & Poor’s

    B         B        B        Stable         November 9, 2009         April 12, 2011   

 

67


Table of Contents

 

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

 

At March 14, 2012, the credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Long-term debt    Short-term debt    Outlook   

Last update of

the rating

   Last update of the
outlook
Moody’s    B3 (1)    n.a    Negative    January 20, 2012   

January 20, 2012

Standard & Poor’s    B (2)    n.a    Stable    November 9, 2009    April 12, 2011

 

(1) Ratings were withdrawn on January 20, 2012 for the Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. bonds and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent.
(2) Except for the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are rated CCC.

 

Moody’s: On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. which are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently Moody’s withdrew the ratings for the unguaranteed legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and for the trust preferred securities issued by Lucent Technologies Capital Trust Inc. that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent. The Negative outlooks were affirmed.

On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook from Stable to Negative. Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent as well as of its ratings of Alcatel Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Negative to Stable. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

On February 18, 2009, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating, as well as the rating for senior debt of the Group, from Ba3 to B1. The trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were downgraded from B2 to B3. The Not-Prime rating for the short-term debt was confirmed. The negative outlook of the ratings was maintained.

Moody’s Corporate Family rating on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s debt was withdrawn on February 18, 2009, except the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I’s trust preferred notes and bonds continued to be rated.

The rating grid of Moody’s ranges from AAA, which is the highest rated class, to C, which is the lowest rated class. Alcatel-Lucent B1 rating is in the B category, which also includes B2 and B3 ratings. Moody’s gives the following definition of its B category: “obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.”

Standard & Poor’s: On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

On November 9, 2009, Standard & Poor’s lowered to B from B+ its long-term corporate credit ratings and senior unsecured ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. The B short-term credit rating of Alcatel-Lucent was affirmed. The rating on the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I was lowered from CCC+ to CCC. The negative outlook of the ratings was maintained.

The rating grid of Standard & Poor’s ranges from AAA (the strongest rating) to D (the weakest rating). Our B rating is in the B category, which also includes B+ and B- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the B category: “An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to non-payment than obligations rated “BB” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

The CCC rating for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I is in the CCC category, which also includes CCC+ and CCC- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the CCC category: “An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to non payment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

At December 31, 2011, our total financial debt, gross amounted to €4,619 million compared to €5,378 million at December 31, 2010.

Short-term Debt. At December 31, 2011, we had €329 million of short-term financial debt outstanding, which included €100 million of floating rate bonds issued in July and October 2010 due 2012 but extendable annually until 2016 or up to 2016 (€50 million of which were repaid in February 2012) and €101 million of accrued interest payable, with the remainder representing bank loans and lines of credit and other financial debt.

Long-term Debt. At December 31, 2011 we had €4,290 million of long-term financial debt outstanding. U.S.$76 million of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. 2.875% Series B convertible bonds due June 2025 included in such debt were repurchased in February 2012 (corresponding to €59 million of debt, and to a nominal value of U.S.$116 million or €90 million).

Rating clauses affecting Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. debt at December 31, 2011

Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s outstanding bonds do not contain clauses that could trigger an accelerated repayment in the event of a lowering of their respective credit ratings.

Alcatel-Lucent syndicated bank credit facility

On April 5, 2007, Alcatel-Lucent obtained a 1.4 billion multi-currency syndicated five-year revolving bank credit facility

 

 

68


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

(with two one-year extension options). On March 21, 2008, 837 million of availability under the facility was extended until April 5, 2013. As the entire facility remains undrawn, there will be no immediate impact on our financial situation if the portion of the facility that expires in April 2012 is not extended or renewed.

The availability of this syndicated credit facility of 1.4 billion is not dependent upon Alcatel-Lucent’s credit ratings. Alcatel-Lucent’s ability to draw on this facility is conditioned upon its

compliance with a financial covenant linked to the capacity of Alcatel-Lucent to generate sufficient cash to repay its net debt and compliance is tested quarterly when we release our consolidated financial statements. Since the 1.4 billion facility was established, Alcatel-Lucent has complied every quarter with the financial covenant that is included in the facility. The facility was undrawn at February 8, 2012, the date of approval by Alcatel-Lucent’s Board of Directors of the Group’s 2011 financial statements.

 

6.7    CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

We have certain contractual obligations that extend beyond 2012. Among these obligations, we have long-term debt and interest thereon, finance leases, operating leases, commitments to purchase fixed assets and other unconditional purchase obligations. Our total contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2011 for these items are

presented below based upon the minimum payments we will have to make in the future under such contracts and firm commitments. Amounts related to financial debt, finance lease obligations and the equity component of our convertible bonds are fully reflected in our consolidated statement of financial position included in this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)    Payment deadline         
Contractual payment obligations    Before
December 31,
2012
     2013-2014      2015-2016      2017 and
after
     Total  
Financial debt (excluding finance leases)      315         1,040         1,415         1,831         4,601   
Finance lease obligations (1)      14         3         1         -         18   
Equity component of convertible bonds      -         259         164         76         499   
Sub-total - included in statement of financial position      329         1,302         1,580         1,907         5,118   
Finance costs on financial debt (2)      293         526         335         1,007         2,161   
Operating leases      223         316         202         195         936   
Commitments to purchase fixed assets      35         -         -         -         35   
Unconditional purchase obligations (3)      575         542         285         370         1,772   
Sub total - commitments not included in statement of financial position      1,126         1,384         822         1,572         4,904   

Total contractual obligations (4)

     1,455         2,686         2,402         3,479         10,022   

 

(1) Of which 13 million related to a finance leaseback arrangement concerning IT infrastructure assets sold to Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”). See “Outsourcing Transactions” below.
(2) To compute finance costs on financial debt, all put dates have been considered as redemption dates. For debentures with calls but no puts, call dates have not been considered as redemption dates. Further details on put and call dates are given in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. If all outstanding debentures at December 31, 2011 were not redeemed at their respective put dates, an additional finance cost of approximately 252 million (of which 73 million would be incurred in 2013-2016 and the remaining part in 2017 or later) would be incurred until redemption at their respective contractual maturities.
(3) Of which 1,416 million relate to commitments made to HP pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement and the IT outsourcing transaction entered into with HP, described in “Outsourcing Transactions” below. Other unconditional purchase obligations result mainly from obligations under multi-year supply contracts linked to the sale of businesses to third parties.
(4) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and postemployment benefit obligations are excluded from the table (refer to Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report).

 

69


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

On December 31, 2011, our off-balance sheet commitments and contingencies amounted to 2,056 million, consisting primarily of 1,210 million in guarantees on long-term contracts for the supply of telecommunications equipment and services by our consolidated and non-consolidated subsidiaries. Generally, we provide these guarantees to back performance bonds issued to customers through financial institutions. These performance bonds and counter-guarantees are standard industry practice and are routinely provided in long-term supply contracts. If certain events occur subsequent to our including these commitments within our off-balance sheet contingencies, such as delays in promised

delivery or claims related to an alleged failure by us to perform on our long-term contracts, or the failure by one of our customers to meet its payment obligations, we reserve the estimated risk on our consolidated statement of financial position under the line items “Provisions” or “Amounts due to/from our customers on construction contracts,” or in inventory reserves. Not included in the 2,056 million is approximately 336 million in customer financing commitment provided by us.

With respect to guarantees given for contract performance, only those issued by us to back guarantees granted by financial institutions are presented in the table below.

 

 

Off-balance sheet contingent commitments given in the normal course of business are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Guarantees given on contracts made by entities within the Group and by non-consolidated subsidiaries      1,210         1,107         1,096   
Discounted notes receivable with recourse (1)      1         2         2   
Other contingent commitments (2)(3)      834         1,044         675   

Sub-total - contingent commitments

     2,045         2,153         1,773   
Secured borrowings (4)      11         15         22   
Cash pooling guarantee (5)      -         540         296   
Total (6)      2,056         2,708         2,091   

 

(1) Amounts reported in this line item are related to discounting of receivables with recourse only. Total amounts of receivables discounted without recourse are disclosed in note 19 to our consolidated financial statements.
(2) The increase between 2009 and 2010 is mainly explained by guarantees given on funding requirements of U.K. pension plans (94 million) and guarantees given to French custom and tax authorities in the context of the creation of ALU International (218 million). In 2011 an amount of 244 million in guarantees given to French custom and tax authorities was released.
(3) Excluding the guarantee given to Louis Dreyfus Armateurs described below.
(4) Excluding the subordinated guaranties described below on certain bonds.
(5) The cash pooling guarantee was granted to the banks operating the Group’s cash pooling until December 31, 2011. This guarantee covered the risk involved in any overdrawn position that could remain outstanding after the many daily transfers between Alcatel-Lucent’s Central Treasury accounts and those of its subsidiaries.
(6) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and postemployment benefit obligations are excluded from the table. Refer to Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of our expected contribution to these plans.

 

The amounts of guarantees given on contracts reflected in the preceding table represent the maximum potential amounts of future payments (undiscounted) we could be required to make under current guarantees granted by us. These amounts do not reflect any amounts that may be recovered under recourse, collateralization provisions in the guarantees or guarantees given by customers for our benefit. In addition, most of the parent company guarantees and performance bonds given to our customers are insured; therefore, the estimated exposure related to the guarantees set forth in the preceding table may be reduced by insurance proceeds that we may receive in case of a claim.

Commitments related to product warranties and pension and post-retirement benefits are not included in the preceding table. These commitments are fully reflected in our 2011 consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document. Contingent liabilities arising out of litigation, arbitration or regulatory actions are not included in the preceding table either, with the exception of those linked to the guarantees given on our long-term contracts.

Commitments related to contracts that have been cancelled or interrupted due to the default or bankruptcy of the customer

are included in the above-mentioned “Guarantees given on contracts made by Group entities and by non-consolidated subsidiaries” as long as the legal release of the guarantee is not obtained.

Guarantees given on third-party long-term contracts could require us to make payments to the guaranteed party based on a non-consolidated company’s failure to perform under an agreement. The fair value of these contingent liabilities, corresponding to the premium to be received by the guarantor for issuing the guarantee, was 1 million as of December 31, 2011 (1 million as of December 31, 2010).

In connection with our consent solicitation to amend the indenture pursuant to which Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures due 2023 and 2.875% Series B convertible debentures due 2025 were issued, on December 29, 2006, we issued a full and unconditional guaranty of these debentures. The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of our senior debt and is pari passu with our other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations. These subordinated guarantees are not included in the preceding table.

 

 

70


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

Outsourcing transactions

Outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard

During 2009, Alcatel-Lucent entered into a major IT outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”), which it implemented in 2010 (Alcatel-Lucent also signed and implemented other outsourcing transactions in 2009 and 2010 with other service providers concerning payroll and certain R&D and business process activities).

The IT outsourcing transaction provides for HP to transform and manage a large part of Alcatel-Lucent’s IT infrastructure. As part of an initial 18-month transition and transformation phase, HP is investing its own resources to transform Alcatel-Lucent’s global IT/IS platforms. As a result, Alcatel-Lucent is committed to restructuring its IT/IS operations, which is estimated to cost 200 million over ten years. These restructuring costs, which include severance costs and the costs of transferring certain legal entities and resources to HP, are being recognized as incurred, starting in 2010. 22 million of these restructuring costs were incurred during 2011 (28 million in 2010).

As part of the transfer of resources, in 2010 Alcatel-Lucent sold to HP IT infrastructure assets under a sale and finance leaseback arrangement, the payment obligations for which are included in “Finance lease obligations” in the contractual payments obligations table above representing a total amount of 13 million of finance lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 (34 million as of December 31, 2010).

Also as part of the overall arrangement with HP, Alcatel-Lucent committed to purchase approximately 451 million of HP goods and services. Of this amount, 249 million represents Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect annual purchases over the four-year period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014 in an annual amount equal to approximately 62 million, which is the annual amount spent by Alcatel-Lucent for HP goods and services from November 1, 2008 through October 31, 2009, and 202 million represents Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect incremental purchases over the same four-year period of HP goods and services to be used in the context of customer networks. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining total commitment was 276 million. The finance lease obligations and the unconditional purchase commitments related to this agreement are included in the contractual payment obligations table, presented above, in the lines “Finance lease obligations” and “Unconditional purchase obligations”.

The two following commitments were included in the HP agreement:

 

 

a minimum value commitment regarding the amount of IT Managed services to be purchased or procured by Alcatel-Lucent from HP and/or any HP affiliates over ten years, for a total amount of 1,408 million (which amount includes 120 million of the 200 million restructuring costs mentioned above and with a remaining commitment of 976 million as of December 31, 2011 (1,206 million as of December 31, 2010)); and

 

 

a commitment to make certain commercial efforts related to the development of sales pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement, including through the establishment of dedicated teams, representing a minimum investment of 298 million over ten years (with a remaining commitment of 164 million as of December 31, 2011 (227 million as of December 31, 2010)).

These two commitments are included in the contractual payment obligations table above in the line “Unconditional purchase obligations” for the remaining balance as of December 31, 2011.

Other Commitments — Contract Manufacturers /Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) providers

Alcatel-Lucent outsources a significant amount of manufacturing activity to a limited number of electronic manufacturing service (EMS) providers. The EMS’s manufacture products using Alcatel-Lucent’s design specifications and they test platforms in line with quality assurance programs, and standards established by Alcatel-Lucent. EMSs are required to procure components and sub-assemblies that are used to manufacture products based on Alcatel-Lucent’s demand forecasts from suppliers in Alcatel-Lucent’s approved supplier lists.

Generally, Alcatel-Lucent does not own the components and sub-assemblies purchased by the EMS and title to the products is generally transferred from the EMS providers to Alcatel-Lucent upon delivery. Alcatel-Lucent’s records the inventory purchases upon transfer of title from the EMS to Alcatel-Lucent. Alcatel-Lucent establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical trends and future expected demand. This analysis includes excess and obsolete inventory owned by EMSs that is manufactured on Alcatel-Lucent’s behalf, and excess and obsolete inventory that will result from non-cancellable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) component and sub-assembly orders that the EMSs have with their suppliers for parts meant to be integrated into Alcatel-Lucent products.

Alcatel-Lucent generally does not have minimum purchase obligations in its contract-manufacturing relationships with EMS providers and therefore the contractual payment obligations table, presented above under the heading “Contractual Obligations”, does not include any commitments related to EMS providers.

Letter of Indemnity in favour of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs.

During the first half of 2011 we provided a letter of Indemnity (“LOI”) in favour of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs (“LDA”), our co-venturer in the jointly-controlled entity Alda Marine agreeing to indemnify them in respect of any losses arising out of exposure of crews to radiation from the nuclear power plant at Fukushima, Japan, in connection with the repairs conducted by us during the second quarter of 2011 on a submarine cable system, which required the use of vessels managed by LDA.

Our aggregate potential liability under this LOI may not exceed 50 million, as increased annually by the lower of (i) 5% and (ii) the percentage rate of revaluation of crew salaries awarded by LDA. This LOI expires on April 15, 2081.

 

 

71


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

 

As the level of radiation measured during the repairs were always below critical level as defined by the IRSN (Institut de Radioprotection et de Sûreté Nucléaire), the risk of payment pursuant to the indemnity is considered remote as of December 31, 2011.

Specific commitments — Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Separation Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to various agreements that were entered into in connection with the separation of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and former affiliates, including AT&T, Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere Systems, before its merger with LSI corporation in April 2007) and NCR Corporation. Pursuant to these agreements, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the former affiliates agreed to allocate certain liabilities related to each other’s business, and have agreed to share liabilities based on certain allocations and thresholds. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2009, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. recorded an additional provision of U.S.$22 million for an indemnity claim asserted by NCR Corporation against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent relating to NCR Corporation’s liabilities for the environmental clean up of the Fox River in Wisconsin, USA. In 2010, a reversal of 4 million was accounted for based upon NCR Corporation’s reduction of the amount of the claim it has asserted against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent. Future developments in connection with the Fox River claim may warrant additional adjustments of existing provisions. We are not aware of any material liabilities to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s former affiliates as a result of the separation agreements that are not otherwise reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Nevertheless, it is possible that potential liabilities for which the former affiliates bear primary responsibility may lead to contributions by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. beyond amounts currently reserved.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Guarantees and Indemnification Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. divested certain businesses and assets through sales to third-party purchasers and spin-offs to the other common shareowners of the businesses spun off. In connection with these transactions, certain direct or indirect indemnifications were provided to the buyers or other third parties doing business with the divested entities. These indemnifications include secondary liability for certain leases of real property and equipment assigned to the divested entity and specific indemnifications for certain legal and environmental contingencies, as well as vendor supply commitments. The durations of such indemnifications vary but are standard for transactions of this nature.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. remains secondarily liable for approximately U.S.$59 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 (U.S.$72 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2010, that were assigned to Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere) and purchasers of other businesses that were divested. The remaining terms of these assigned leases and the corresponding guarantees range from one month to 10 years. The primary obligor of the assigned leases may terminate or restructure the lease before its original maturity and thereby relieve Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. of its secondary liability. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. generally has the right to

receive indemnity or reimbursement from the assignees and we have not reserved for losses on this form of guarantee.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to a tax-sharing agreement to indemnify AT&T and is liable for tax adjustments that are attributable to its lines of business, as well as a portion of certain other shared tax adjustments during the years prior to its separation from AT&T. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has similar agreements with Avaya and LSI Corporation. Certain proposed or assessed tax adjustments are subject to these tax-sharing agreements. We do not expect that the outcome of these other matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or near-term liquidity.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent public bonds

On March 27, 2007, Lucent issued a full and unconditional guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent’s 6.375% notes due 2014 (the principal amount of which was 462 million on each of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010). The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s senior debt and is pari passu with Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations.

Customer financing. Based on standard industry practice, from time to time, we extend financing to our customers by granting extended payment terms, making direct loans, and providing guarantees to third-party financing sources. More generally, as part of our business, we routinely enter into long-term contracts involving significant amounts to be paid by our customers over time.

As of December 31, 2011, net of reserves, we had an exposure of approximately 234 million under drawn customer-financing arrangements, representing approximately 224 million of deferred payments and loans, and 10 million of guarantees. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, we had further commitments to provide customer financing for approximately 62 million. It is possible that these further commitments will expire without our having to actually provide the committed financing.

Outstanding customer financing and undrawn commitments are monitored by assessing, among other things, each customer’s short-term and long-term liquidity positions, the customer’s current operating performance versus plan, the execution challenges faced by the customer, changes in the competitive landscape, and the customer’s management experience and depth. When we detect potential problems, we take mitigating actions, which may include the cancellation of undrawn commitments. Although by taking such actions we may be able to limit the total amount of our exposure, we still may suffer losses to the extent of the drawn and guaranteed amounts.

CUSTOMER CREDIT APPROVAL PROCESS AND RISKS

We engage in a thorough credit approval process prior to providing financing to our customers or guarantees to financial institutions, which provide financing to our customers. Any significant undertakings have to be approved by a central

 

 

72


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

Trade and Project Finance group, and in some cases, be assessed by a central Financial Analysis and Risk Assessment Team, each independent from our commercial departments.

We continually monitor and manage the credit we have extended to our customers, and attempt to limit credit risks by, in some cases, obtaining security interests or by securitizing or transferring to banks or export credit agencies a portion of the risk associated with this financing.

Although, as discussed above, we engage in a rigorous credit approval process and have taken actions to limit our exposure to customer credit risks, if economic conditions and conditions in the telecommunications industry in particular were to deteriorate, leading to the financial failure of our customers, we may realize losses on credit we extended and loans we made to our customers, on guarantees provided for our customers and losses relating to our commercial risk exposure under long-term contracts, as well as the loss of our customer’s ongoing business. In such a context, should customers fail to meet their obligations to us, we may experience reduced cash flows and losses in excess of reserves, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

For 2012 we expect a somewhat higher level of capital expenditures compared to those of 2011, which amounted to 558 million including capitalization of development expenses. We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and funding arrangements, provide us with adequate flexibility to meet our short-term and long-term financial obligations and to pursue our capital expenditure program as planned. To the extent that the business environment materially deteriorates or our customers reduce their spending plans, we will re-evaluate our capital expenditure priorities appropriately. We may also be required to engage in additional restructuring efforts and seek additional sources of capital, which may be difficult if there is no continued improvement in the market environment and given our limited ability to access the fixed income market at this point. In addition, as mentioned in “Capital Resources” above, if we do not meet the financial covenant contained in our syndicated facility, we may not be able to rely on that funding arrangement to meet our cash needs.

 

 

6.8     OUTLOOK FOR 2012

Although visibility remains limited, our aim for 2012 is to achieve an operating margin before restructuring costs, gain/loss on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and postretirement benefit plan amendments (excluding the negative non-cash impacts of Lucent’s purchase price allocation) higher than the level reached in 2011, and reach a strong positive net cash position at the end of 2012.

6.9    QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We enter into derivative financial instruments primarily to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our policy is not to take speculative positions. Our strategies to reduce exchange and interest rate risk have served to mitigate, but not eliminate, the positive or negative impact of exchange and interest rate fluctuations.

Derivative financial instruments held by us at December 31, 2011 were mostly hedges of existing or future financial or commercial transactions or were related to issued debt.

The largest position part of our issued debt is in euro and U.S. dollar. We use interest rate derivatives to convert a part of the fixed rate debt into floating rate in order to cover the interest rate risk.

COUNTERPARTY RISK

For our marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments, we are exposed to credit risk if a counterparty defaults on its financial commitments to us. This risk is monitored daily, with strict limits based on the counterparties’ rating. All of our counterparties were classified in the investment grade category as of December 31, 2011.

The exposure of each market counterparty is calculated taking into account the fair value of the underlying market instruments.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

Since we conduct commercial and industrial operations throughout the world, we are exposed to foreign currency risk. We use derivative financial instruments to protect ourselves against fluctuations of foreign currencies which have an impact on our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Future transactions mainly relate to firm commercial contracts and forecasted transactions. Firm commercial contracts and forecasted transactions are hedged by forward foreign exchange transactions. The duration of future transactions that are not firmly committed does not usually exceed 18 months.

INTEREST RATE RISK ON FINANCIAL DEBT, NET

In the event of an interest rate decrease, the fair value of our fixed-rate debt would increase and it would be more costly for us to repurchase it (not taking into account that an increased credit spread reduces the value of the debt).

 

 

73


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.9 QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

 

In the table below, the potential change in fair value for interest rate sensitive instruments is based on a hypothetical and immediate one percent fall or rise for 2011 and 2010, in interest rates across all maturities and for all currencies. Interest rate sensitive instruments are fixed-rate, long-term debt or swaps and marketable securities.

 

      December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
(In millions of euros)   

Booked

value

     Fair
value
     Fair value
variation
if rates fall
by 1% (3)
     Fair value
variation
if rates rise
by 1%
    

Booked

value

     Fair
value
     Fair value
variation
if rates fall
by 1% (3)
     Fair value
variation
if rates rise
by 1%
 

Assets

                                                                       

Marketable securities

     939         939         6         (6)         649         649         4         (4)   

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

     3,534         3,534         -         -         5,040         5,040         -         -   

Liabilities (2)

                                                                       

Convertible bonds

     (2,015)         (1,812)         (39)         37         (2,739)         (3,151)         (114)         106   

Non convertible bonds

     (2,236)         (1,874)         (104)         94         (2,286)         (2,131)         (126)         114   

Other financial debt

     (368)         (368)         -         -         (353)         (353)         -         -   

Interest rate derivatives

     36         36         12         (12)         42         42         16         (16)   

Loan to co-venturer - financial asset

     18         18         -         -         24         24         -         -   

Debt/cash position before FX derivatives

     (92)         473         (125)         113         377         120         (220)         200   

Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other

current and non-current assets

     57         57         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other current and non-current liabilities      (5)         (5)         -         -         (15)         (15)         -         -   

Debt/cash position

     (40)         525         (125)         113         362         105         (220)         200   

 

(1) For cash and cash equivalents, the booked value is considered as a good estimation of the fair value.
(2) Over 95% of our bonds have been issued with fixed rates. At year-end 2011 the fair value of our long-term debt was lower than its booked value due to a large increase of our credit spread. At year-end 2010, the fair value of our long-term debt was higher than its booked value due to low interest rates.
(3) If the interest rate is negative after the decrease of 1%, the sensitivity is calculated with an interest rate equal to 0%.

 

The fair value of the instruments in the table above is calculated with market standard financial software according to the market parameters prevailing on December 31, 2011.

FAIR VALUE HEDGE AND CASH FLOW HEDGE

The ineffective portion of changes in fair value hedges and cash flow hedges was a loss of 1 million at December 31, 2011 compared to a profit of 2 million at December 31, 2010 and a profit of 2 million at December 31, 2009. We did not have any amount excluded from the measure of effectiveness.

NET INVESTMENT HEDGE

We have stopped using investment hedges in foreign subsidiaries. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no derivatives that qualified as investment hedges.

EQUITY RISKS

We may use derivative instruments to manage the equity investments in listed companies that we hold in our portfolio. We may sell call options on shares held in our portfolio and any profit would be measured by the difference between our book value for such securities and the exercise price of the option, plus the premium received.

We may also use derivative instruments on our shares held in treasury. Such transactions are authorized as part of the stock repurchase program approved at our shareholders’ general meeting held on May 27, 2011.

We do not have any derivative instruments in place on investments in listed companies or on our shares held in treasury.

Additional information regarding market and credit risks, including the hedging instruments used, is provided in Note 29 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

 

 

6.10     LEGAL MATTERS

 

In addition to legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business (including employment-related collective actions in France and the United States) which management believes are adequately reserved against in the financial statements or will not result in any significant costs to the Group, Alcatel-Lucent is involved in the following legal proceedings.

ACTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS

a/ Costa Rican Actions

Beginning in early October 2004, Alcatel-Lucent learned that investigations had been launched in Costa Rica by the Costa Rican prosecutors and the National Congress, regarding

 

 

74


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

payments made by consultants allegedly on behalf of Alcatel CIT, a French subsidiary now called Alcatel-Lucent France (“CIT”), or other Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries to various public officials in Costa Rica, two political parties in Costa Rica and representatives of Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (ICE), the state-owned telephone company, in connection with the procurement by CIT of several contracts for network equipment and services from ICE. Upon learning of these allegations, Alcatel commenced an investigation into this matter.

In connection with the Costa Rica allegations, on July 27, 2007, the Costa Rican Prosecutor’s Office indicted eleven individuals, including the former president of Alcatel de Costa Rica, on charges of aggravated corruption, unlawful enrichment, simulation, fraud and others. Three of those individuals have since pled guilty. Shortly thereafter, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office and ICE, acting as victims of this criminal case, each filed amended civil claims against the eleven criminal defendants, as well as five additional civil defendants (one individual and four corporations, including CIT) seeking compensation for damages in the amounts of U.S.$ 52 million (in the case of the Attorney General’s Office) and U.S.$20 million (in the case of ICE). The Attorney General’s claim supersedes two prior claims, of November 25, 2004 and August 31, 2006. On November 25, 2004, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office commenced a civil lawsuit against CIT to seek pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to the people and the Treasury of Costa Rica, and for the loss of prestige suffered by the Nation of Costa Rica (social damages). The ICE claim, which supersedes its prior claim of February 1, 2005, seeks pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to ICE and its customers, for the harm to the reputation of ICE resulting from these events (moral damages), and for damages resulting from an alleged overpricing it was forced to pay under its contract with CIT. During preliminary court hearings held in San José during September 2008, ICE filed a report in which the damages allegedly caused by CIT are valued at U.S.$71.6 million. The trial of the criminal case, including the related civil claims, started on April 14, 2010.

Alcatel-Lucent settled the Attorney General’s social damages claims in return for a payment by CIT of approximately U.S.$10 million. ICE’s claims are not included in the settlement with the Attorney General. ICE took them to trial with the criminal claims. On April 5, 2011, the trial was closed by the Tribunal. The Tribunal rendered its verdict on April 27, 2011, and declined on procedural grounds to rule on ICE’s related civil claims against Alcatel-Lucent, which were dismissed. The criminal court issued its full written ruling on May 25, 2011. The corresponding reserve previously booked for an amount of 2 million was fully reversed during the second quarter 2011.

Additionally, in August 2007, ICE notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to terminate the 2001 contract for CIT to install 400,000 GSM cellular telephone lines (the “400KL GSM Contract”), in connection with which ICE is claiming compensation of U.S.$59.8 million for damages and loss of income. By March 2008, CIT and ICE concluded negotiations of a draft settlement agreement for the implementation of a “Get Well Plan,” in full and final settlement of the above-mentioned claim. This settlement

agreement was not approved by ICE’s Board of Directors which resolved, instead, to resume the aforementioned administrative proceedings to terminate the operations and maintenance portion of the 400KL GSM Contract, claim penalties and damages in the amount of U.S.$59.8 million and call the performance bond. CIT was notified of the termination by ICE of this portion of the 400 KL GSM Contract on June 23, 2008. ICE has made additional damages claims and penalty assessments related to the 400KL GSM Contract that bring the overall exposure under the contract to U.S.$78.1 million in the aggregate, of which ICE has collected U.S.$5.9 million.

In June 2008, CIT filed an administrative appeal against the termination mentioned above. ICE called the performance bond in August 2008, and on September 16, 2008 CIT was served notice of ICE’s request for payment of the remainder amount of damages claimed, U.S.$44.7 million. On September 17, 2008, the Costa Rican Supreme Court ruled on the appeal filed by CIT stating that: (i) the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to be reimbursed to CIT and (ii) the U.S.$44.7 million claim is to remain suspended until final resolution by the competent court of the case. Following a clarification request filed by ICE, the Court finally decided that the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to remain deposited in an escrow account held by the Court, until final resolution of the case. On October 8, 2008, CIT filed a claim against ICE requesting the court to overrule ICE’s partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract and claiming compensation for the damages caused to CIT. In January 2009, ICE filed its response to CIT’s claim. At a court hearing on March 25, 2009, ICE ruled out entering into settlement discussions with CIT. On April 20, 2009, CIT filed a petition to the Court to recover the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount and offered the replacement of such bond with a new bond that will guarantee the results of the final decision of the Court. CIT appealed the Court’s rejection of such petition and the appeal was resolved on March 18, 2010 in favor of CIT. As a consequence of this decision, CIT will collect the aforementioned U.S.$15.1 million amount upon submission to the Court of a bank guarantee for an equivalent amount. A hearing originally scheduled for June 1, 2009 was suspended due to ICE’s decision not to present to the Court the complete administrative file wherein ICE decided the partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract. The case is expected to be set for trial in July 2012 and to continue for approximately six months.

On October 14, 2008, the Costa Rican authorities notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to ban CIT from government procurement contracts in Costa Rica for up to 5 years. The administrative proceeding was suspended on December 8, 2009 pending the resolution of the criminal case mentioned above. In March 2010, CIT was notified of a new administrative proceeding whereby ICE seeks to ban CIT from procurement contracts, as a consequence of alleged material breaches under the 400KL GSM Contract (in particular, in connection with failures related to road coverage and quality levels).

If the Costa Rican authorities conclude criminal violations have occurred, CIT may be banned from participating in government procurement contracts within Costa Rica for a certain period. Alcatel-Lucent generated US$ 4.5 million in revenue from Costa Rican contracts in 2011 and expects to generate approximately US$ 5.6 million of revenues in 2012. Based on

 

 

75


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

 

the amount of revenue expected from these contracts, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe a loss of business in Costa Rica would have a material adverse effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole. However, these events may have a negative impact on the reputation of Alcatel-Lucent in Latin America.

Alcatel-Lucent has recognized a provision in connection with the various ongoing proceedings in Costa Rica when reliable estimates of the probable future outflow were available.

b/ U.S. Prosecutions and Cases

The United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) conducted an investigation into possible violations by Alcatel-Lucent of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and federal securities laws. In connection with that investigation, the DOJ and the SEC requested information regarding Alcatel-Lucent’s operations in multiple countries.

Alcatel-Lucent engaged in settlement discussions with the DOJ and the SEC with regard to the FCPA investigations. These discussions resulted in filed settlement agreements with the DOJ and the SEC. Final judgment has been entered in the SEC case, according to which, Alcatel-Lucent neither admits nor denies the allegations in the SEC’s complaint, and is permanently restrained and enjoined from future violations of U.S. securities laws.

The settlement agreement with the DOJ was accepted by the court on June 1, 2011. Under the DOJ agreement, Alcatel-Lucent entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) for violations of the internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA in connection with conduct in Costa Rica, Honduras, Malaysia, Taiwan, Kenya, Nigeria, Bangladesh, Ecuador, Nicaragua, Angola, Ivory Coast, Burkina Faso, Uganda, and Mali. If Alcatel-Lucent fully complies with the terms of the DPA, the DOJ will dismiss the charges upon conclusion of the three-year term. Alcatel-Lucent paid an amount of US$ 25 million as the first installments of the criminal fine of U.S.$ 92 million – fully reserved the amounts still owed and payable over the course of three years. Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica each pled guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions. Pursuant to the agreements with both the DOJ and SEC, Alcatel-Lucent has engaged for the next three years a French anticorruption compliance monitor to evaluate the effectiveness of Alcatel-Lucent’s internal controls, record-keeping and financial reporting policies and procedures. In February 2011, Alcatel-Lucent paid the full US$45.4 million in civil fines and disgorgement to the SEC.

ICE attempted to intervene in the criminal settlement as an alleged victim of Alcatel-Lucent’s conduct, and filed a claim for restitution. On June 1, 2011, the court denied ICE’s claim for restitution and held that ICE was not a victim. ICE subsequently filed a petition for mandamus seeking reversal of the district court’s order, but the petition was denied. ICE has indicated it may seek review of that decision by the U.S. Supreme Court. ICE also filed a direct appeal of the district court’s decision.

On April 30, 2010, ICE filed a civil RICO claim in state court in Miami, Florida (USA). ICE claimed that several different Alcatel-Lucent entities, along with a former employee, were engaged in a worldwide scheme of bribery and corruption, during which they made payments to senior officials of the Costa Rican government and ICE. ICE claimed it was damaged by this conduct and sought treble damages, disgorgement, and other damages and relief. On January 18, 2011, the court granted the Alcatel-Lucent defendants’ motion to dismiss on forum non conveniens grounds, and directed ICE to file its claim in Costa Rica. ICE appealed that decision. On December 21, 2011, Florida’s Court of Appeal summarily affirmed the trial court’s decision to dismiss ICE’s case.

c/ Investigations in France

French authorities are carrying out investigations into certain conduct by Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries in Costa Rica, Kenya, Nigeria, and French Polynesia.

With respect to Costa Rica, French authorities are investigating CIT’s payments to consultants in the Costa Rica matter described above.

With respect to Kenya, the authorities are conducting an investigation to ascertain whether inappropriate payments were received by Kenyan public officials as a result of consultant payments that CIT made in 2000 in connection with a supply contract between CIT and a privately-owned company in Kenya.

With respect to Nigeria, French authorities have requested that Alcatel-Lucent produce further documents related to payments made by its subsidiaries to certain consultants in Nigeria. Alcatel-Lucent has responded to the request and is continuing to cooperate with the investigating authorities.

The investigation with respect to French Polynesia concerns the conduct of Alcatel-Lucent’s telecommunication submarine system subsidiary, Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks (“ASN”), and certain former or current employees of Alcatel-Lucent in relation to a project for a telecommunication submarine cable between Tahiti and Hawaii awarded to ASN in 2007 by the state-owned telecom agency of French Polynesia (“OPT”). On September 23, 2009, four of those former employees were charged (“mis en examen”) with aiding and abetting favoritism in connection with the award by OPT of this public procurement project. On November 23, 2009, ASN was charged with benefitting from favoritism (“recel de favoritisme”) in connection with the same alleged favoritism. Alcatel-Lucent commenced, and is continuing, an investigation into this matter. In March 2011, several current or former public officials of French Polynesia and a former consultant of ASN were charged with either favoritism or aiding and abetting favoritism.

Alcatel-Lucent is unable to predict the outcome of these investigations and their potential effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business. In particular, if ASN were convicted of a criminal violation, the French courts could, among other things, fine ASN and/or ban it from participating in French public procurement contracts for a certain period. ASN generated approximately 17 million of revenues from French public procurement contracts in 2011 and expects to generate

 

 

76


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

approximately 3.6 million of revenues in 2012. Accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe that a loss of business as a result of such a ban would have a material effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole.

d/ Malaysia

Malaysian authorities conducted an investigation following disclosure of events in Malaysia that occurred between 2004 and 2006 involving certain conduct by former employees of an Alcatel-Lucent subsidiary in Malaysia that were described in

the public court filings by the DOJ and SEC referred to above. The investigation was focused on payments totaling approximately U.S.$15,000 made to employees of a government controlled customer in exchange for non-public information. The authorities decided not to press charges against the Alcatel-Lucent subsidiary. However, as a result of the conduct in 2004 through 2006 described in said public court filings, two customers in Malaysia have suspended Alcatel-Lucent from obtaining new business for a period of 12 months commencing in January 2011 and February 2011 respectively.

Intellectual Property Cases

Each of Alcatel-Lucent, Lucent and certain other entities of the Group is a defendant in various cases in which third parties claim infringement of their patents, including certain cases where infringement claims have been made against its customers in connection with products the applicable Alcatel-Lucent entity has provided to them, or challenging the validity of certain patents.

Microsoft

Lucent, Microsoft and Dell have been involved in a number of patent lawsuits in various jurisdictions. In the summer of 2003, certain Dell and Microsoft lawsuits in San Diego, California, were consolidated in federal court in the Southern District of California. The court scheduled a number of trials for groups of the Lucent patents, including two trials held in 2008. In one of these trials, on April 4, 2008, a jury awarded Alcatel-Lucent approximately U.S.$357 million in damages for Microsoft’s infringement of the “Day” patent, which relates to a computerized form entry system. On June 19, 2008, the Court entered judgment on the verdict and also awarded prejudgment interest exceeding U.S.$140 million. The total amount awarded Alcatel-Lucent relating to the Day patent exceeded U.S.$497 million.

On December 15, 2008, Microsoft and Alcatel-Lucent executed a settlement and license agreement whereby the parties agreed to settle the majority of their outstanding litigations, with the exception of Microsoft’s appeal of the Day patent verdict to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. This settlement included dismissing all pending patent claims in which Alcatel-Lucent is a defendant and provided Alcatel-Lucent with licenses to all Microsoft patents-in-suit in these cases. Also, on May 13, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent and Dell agreed to a settlement and dismissal of the appeal issues relating to Dell from the April 2008 trial.

On September 11, 2009, the Federal Circuit issued its opinion affirming that the Day patent is both a valid patent and infringed by Microsoft in Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Money, and Windows Mobile products. However, the Federal Circuit vacated the jury’s damages award and ordered a new trial in the District Court in San Diego to re-calculate the amount of damages owed to Alcatel-Lucent for Microsoft’s infringement. On November 23, 2009, the Federal Circuit denied Microsoft’s en banc petition for a rehearing on the validity of the Day patent.

On February 22, 2010, Microsoft filed a Petition for a Writ of Certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking the Supreme Court to review the Federal Circuit’s September 11, 2009 decision to affirm the District Court’s finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent. On April 23, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Brief in Opposition and the Supreme Court denied Microsoft’s Petition on May 24, 2010. Starting July 14, 2011, a trial was held in the U.S. District Court in San Diego to determine the amount of compensation owed to Alcatel-Lucent by Microsoft for its infringement of the Day patent, and on July 29, 2011, the jury returned a verdict finding that Microsoft owes Alcatel-Lucent US$70 million in damages before interest.

On November 10, 2011, the Court entered Judgment as a Matter of Law lowering the jury award to Alcatel-Lucent for Microsoft’s infringement of the Day Patent from US$ 70 million to US$ 26.3 million. On November 16, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Notice of Appeal with the Federal Circuit. On December 29, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent USA and Microsoft agreed to a settlement and dismissal of the Day Patent litigation. This matter is now settled.

Effect of the Various Proceedings

Governmental investigations and legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties and the outcomes thereof are difficult to predict. Consequently, Alcatel-Lucent is unable to estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters. Because of the uncertainties of government investigations and legal proceedings, one or more of these matters could ultimately result in material monetary payments by Alcatel-Lucent beyond those to be made by reason of the various settlement agreements described in Note 35 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Except for these governmental investigations and legal proceedings and their possible consequences as set forth above, the Company is not aware, as of the date this document is being published, of any legal proceeding or governmental investigation (including any suspended or threatened proceeding) against Alcatel-Lucent and/or its subsidiaries that could have a material impact on the financial situation or profitability of the Group.

No significant new litigation has been commenced since December 31, 2010.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.11 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

 

6.11    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

EXPENDITURES

In 2011, in absolute value, 15.2% of revenues were spent in innovation and in supporting our various product lines. These expenditures amounted to 2.4 billion before capitalization of development expenses and capital gain (loss) on disposal of fixed assets, and excluding the impact of the purchase price allocation entries of the business combination with Lucent, a decrease of 5.4% from 2.5 billion, or 15.6% of revenue in 2010. The decrease in R&D expenses reflects a reduction in spending on legacy technologies in an effort to reduce overall costs, while focusing most of our spending on new product development across our portfolio. A majority of our R&D expenses were used to support our High Leverage Network portfolio, which includes, but is not limited to, LTE and lightRadio within our wireless division, the FP3 400 Gbps network processor within our IP division, our 100 Gbps WDM coherent portfolio in our optics division and VDSL2 vectoring within our wireline division.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

In accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, research and development expenses are recorded as expenses in the year in which they are incurred, except for development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

 

 

the project is clearly defined, and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

 

 

the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

 

 

the ability to use or sell the products created during the project;

 

 

the intention exists to finish the project and use or sell the products created during the project;

 

 

a potential market for the products created during the project exists or their usefulness, in case of internal use, is demonstrated, leading one to believe that the project will generate probable future economic benefits; and

 

 

adequate resources are available to complete the project.

These development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the projects or the products they are incorporated within. The amortization of capitalized development costs begins as soon as the related product is released.

Specifically for software, useful life is determined as follows:

 

 

in case of internal use: over its probable service lifetime; and

 

 

in case of external use: according to prospects for sale, rental or other forms of distribution.

Capitalized software development costs are those incurred during the programming, codification and testing phases. Costs incurred during the design and planning, product definition and product specification stages are accounted for as expenses.

The amortization of capitalized software costs during a reporting period is the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product and (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the software or the product they are incorporated within.

The amortization of internal use software capitalized development costs is accounted for by function depending on the beneficiary function.

Customer design engineering costs (recoverable amounts disbursed under the terms of contracts with customers), are included in work in progress on construction contracts.

With regard to business combinations, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to in-process research and development projects that may be significant. As part of the process of analyzing these business combinations, Alcatel-Lucent may make the decision to buy technology that has not yet been commercialized rather than develop the technology internally. Decisions of this nature consider existing opportunities for Alcatel-Lucent to stay at the forefront of rapid technological advances in the telecommunications-data networking industry.

The fair value of in-process research and development acquired in business combinations is usually based on present value calculations of income, an analysis of the project’s accomplishments and an evaluation of the overall contribution of the project, and the project’s risks.

The revenue projection used to value in-process research and development is based on estimates of relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by Alcatel-Lucent and its competitors. Future net cash flows from such projects are based on management’s estimates of such projects’ cost of sales, operating expenses and income taxes.

The value assigned to purchase in-process research and development is also adjusted to reflect the stage of completion, the complexity of the work completed to date, the difficulty of completing the remaining development, costs already incurred, and the projected cost to complete the projects.

Such value is determined by discounting the net cash flows to their present value. The selection of the discount rate is based on Alcatel-Lucent’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted upward to reflect additional risks inherent in the development life cycle.

Capitalized development costs considered as assets (either generated internally and capitalized or reflected in the purchase price of a business combination) are generally amortized over three to ten years.

 

 

78


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.11 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets,” whenever events or changes in market conditions indicate a risk of impairment of intangible assets, a detailed review is carried out in order to determine whether the net carrying amount of such assets remains lower than their recoverable amount, which is defined as the greater of fair value (less costs to sell) and value in use. Value in use is measured by discounting the expected future cash flows from continuing use of the asset and its ultimate disposal.

If the recoverable value is lower than the net carrying value, the difference between the two amounts is recorded as an impairment loss. Impairment losses for intangible assets with finite useful lives can be reversed if the recoverable value becomes higher than the net carrying value (but not exceeding the loss initially recorded).

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we accounted for an impairment loss of 4 million related to acquired technologies (6 million during the year ended December 31, 2010).

We accounted for impairment losses for capitalized development costs of 11 million in 2011 and 3 million in 2010.

APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES TO CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT ACQUISITIONS

We did not make any significant acquisitions in 2010 and 2011.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.11 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

7    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

The report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors governed by the provisions of Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, describes the composition of the Board and how it prepares and organizes its work as well as the internal control and risk management procedures which the Company has implemented. The following topics required to be included in the report are dealt with in Chapter 7 “Corporate Governance” or elsewhere, as indicated:

 

 

the composition of the Board of Directors, the limitations of the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and the preparation and organization of the work of the Board of Directors and of the Committees, see Section 7.1 “Chairman’s corporate governance report”;

 

 

the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Chief Executive Officer (“Executive Directors”(1)), see Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives”

   

relating to the compensation policy and commitments concerning retirement for Executive Directors and performance shares and stock option grants to the Executive Directors;

 

 

the procedures of internal control and risk management, see Section 3 “Report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors – Internal control and risk management” of the “2011 Additional Information” available in our website at www.alcatel-lucent.com;

 

 

the attendance of shareholders at the shareholders’ meeting and the information required by Article L. 225-100-3 of the French Commercial Code which may have an effect in the event of a takeover bid, see respectively Section 10.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law” and Section 9.6 “Other information on the share capital.”

 

 

7.1    CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

7.1.1 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION OF OUR COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT

 

Principles of corporate governance

Alcatel Lucent is compliant with the AFEP-MEDEF Code of corporate governance for listed companies (the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”) (see MEDEF website: www.medef.fr). At its meetings on October 29 and December 11, 2008, our Board of Directors confirmed, and then published, its adherence to these principles,

which govern, among other things, the operating rules of our Board of Directors and its Committees, as described in the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules

Our corporate governance policy reflects the principles of the AFEP-MEDEF Code to the extent that those principles are in line with the organization, the situation and the means of the Company. Such is not the case on the two following points:

 

 

AFEP-MEDEF Code   

 

  Alcatel Lucent’s position
Criterion according to which a director is not independent if his total term of office exceeds 12 years.      The competence and experience of a Director, as well as his good knowledge of the Group, are privileged since these assets do not represent a source of conflict of interest. Moreover, this AFEP-MEDEF independence criterion is not included in the requirements of the NYSE (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”), and is sometimes criticized by scholars.
Criterion according to which the benefit of an additional pension scheme shall be conditioned on the presence of the beneficiary in the company when he claims his rights, and to reasonable requirements of seniority.        The benefit of an additional pension scheme for the Chief Executive Officer is not subject to his presence in the Company. However, the Board of Directors has determined both quantitative and qualitative performance criteria to which the rights of the Chief Executive Officer under the pension plan at the end of his functions are conditioned (see Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer”).

 

(1) For purposes of this document Executive Directors refers to the “dirigeants mandataires sociaux”, i.e., our Chairman of the Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

In addition, since our securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange the (“NYSE”), we make every effort to reconcile the above-mentioned principles with the applicable NYSE rules on corporate governance, as well as with the provisions of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which came into force in 2002. Where relevant, we have specified throughout Chapter 7 the main ways in which our corporate governance practices comply with, or differ from, the NYSE’s corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. “domestic issuers” listed on that exchange.

Separation of functions and powers

Alcatel Lucent operates according to the “monist” system (meaning that it is managed by a Board of Directors). The duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and those of the CEO have been separated since 2006. Mr. Philippe Camus has been Chairman since October 1, 2008 and Mr. Ben Verwaayen CEO since September 15, 2008. Their terms of office as Board members were renewed for 3 years at the annual shareholders’ meeting of 2010.

Following the renewal of their terms of office at the 2010 Shareholders’ Meeting our Board confirmed the principle of separation of functions of Chairman and CEO, and reappointed Mr. Philippe Camus as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Mr. Ben Verwaayen as CEO.

Mr. Philippe Camus, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, organizes and manages the tasks of the Board of Directors and reports on the outcome thereof at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting. He oversees the operation of the Company’s corporate bodies and especially those of the Committees of the Board and, more generally, ensures that Alcatel Lucent complies with best corporate governance practices. The Board of Directors granted Mr. Philippe Camus a delegation of authority enabling him to represent the Group at high-level meetings, in particular with government representatives, on a national and international basis. The Chairman’s authority is detailed in Article 7 of the Operating Rules of the Board of Directors (see Section 7.1.3.1 “Operating Rules of the Board of Directors”).

The CEO has wide powers to act in all situations on behalf of our Company, within the limits of the Company’s corporate purpose and subject to any powers that are expressly granted by law to the shareholders and to the Board of Directors. The Operating Rules provide limitations to his powers for certain decisions which are subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors, by reason of their purpose or the amount involved:

 

 

the update of the Group’s annual strategic plans, and any significant strategic operation not envisaged by these plans;

 

 

the Group’s annual budget and annual capital expenditure plan;

 

 

acquisitions or divestitures in an amount higher than 300 million (enterprise value);

 

 

capital expenditures in an amount higher than 300 million;

 

 

offers and commercial contracts of strategic importance in an amount higher than 1 billion;

 

 

any significant strategic alliances and industrial and financial cooperation agreements with annual projected revenues in excess of 200 million, in particular if they imply a significant shareholding by a third party in the capital of the Company;

 

 

financial transactions having a significant impact on the accounts of the Group, in particular the issuance of debt securities in amounts greater than 400 million;

 

 

amendments to the National Security Agreement (“NSA”) between Alcatel, Lucent Technologies, Inc. and certain United States Government parties.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

7.1.2 MANAGEMENT BODIES OF THE COMPANY

7.1.2.1 The Board of Directors

Alcatel Lucent has a compact Board of Directors, consisting of eleven Directors appointed for a maximum of three years, nine of which are independent. Our Board of Directors also includes two Board observers (in French, “Censeurs”).

Philippe Camus

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ben Verwaayen

CEO and Director

Daniel Bernard

Independent Director

Chairman of Provestis

W. Frank Blount

Independent Director

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of JI Ventures Inc.

Carla Cico

Independent Director

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Independent Director

Chair International Trade & Finance of Covington & Burling

Louis R. Hughes

Independent Director

Chairman of InZero Systems

Lady Sylvia Jay

Independent Director

Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd

Jean C. Monty

Independent Director

Olivier Piou

Independent Director

Chief Executive Officer of Gemalto

Jean-Cyril Spinetta

Independent Director

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Air France-KLM

 

 

Jean-Pierre Desbois

Board observer

President of the Supervisory Board of FCP “Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent”

Bertrand Lapraye

Board observer

Member of the Supervisory Board of FCP “Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent”

 

 

Yohann Bénard

Secretary General

Nathalie Trolez Mazurier

Deputy Secretary to the Board of Directors

 

83


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

 

As of March 14, 2012, our Board of Directors consists of 11 Directors, two of whom are women, representing six different nationalities, and the average age of its members is 63. The term of office is three years and, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the renewal of the terms of office of the Directors is staggered. In view of the proposed renewals of the term of office of certain Directors at our next annual

Shareholders’ Meeting, one third of the members of the Board of Directors will be renewed each year starting in 2013 (See Section 7.1.4.2 “Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee”).

 

    The Board of Directors consists of 11 Directors, 2 of whom are women, representing 6 different nationalities

 

 

Renewal of the Directors’ terms of office

 

                     

Independant

director

             Duration of the term of office
Name    Office      Age         Nationality        2009     2010        2011  

2012

  

2013  

 

2014

Philippe Camus     
 
Chairman
Director
  
  
     63         No         French                                                        
Ben Verwaayen     
 
CEO
Director
  
  
     60         No         Dutch                                                        
Daniel Bernard      Director         66         Yes         French                                                        
W. Frank Blount      Director         73         Yes         American                                                        
Carla Cico      Director         51         Yes         Italian                                                        
Stuart E. Eizenstat      Director         69         Yes         American                                                        
Louis R. Hughes      Director         63         Yes         American                                                        
Lady Sylvia Jay      Director         65         Yes         British                                                        
Jean C. Monty      Director         64         Yes         Canadian                                                        
Olivier Piou      Director         53         Yes         French                                                        
Jean-Cyril Spinetta      Director         68         Yes         French                                                        

 

The Board of Directors includes two Board observers (“censeurs”), who participate in the Board meetings on a consultative basis. The two Board observers are employees of Alcatel Lucent or of an affiliate and members of an Alcatel Lucent mutual fund (in French, “fonds commun de placement”) (see Section 7.1.3.1 “Operating Rules of the Board of Directors”). Their term of office is three years, with a staggered renewal.

This system was put in place in 2006, at the time of the Alcatel and Lucent business combination. The Directors in the Alcatel Board representing the employees were replaced by Board observers, elected in identical conditions, which was more adapted to the Group’s new international structure.

 

 

Selection criteria and independence of the Directors

 

The appointment of new Directors must comply with the selection rules applied by our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors began a process to bring itself into compliance with the provisions of French law concerning the balanced representation of men and women at boards of directors, which requires that by the first Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held in 2014, 20% of the members of a board of directors be women.

 

   

The Directors benefit from skills with regard to the Group’s high-technology business and financial expertise, and are indisputably independent from the company’s management

 

In broad terms, the Board of Directors aims to combine a range of diverse skills capable of bringing to it expertise in the Group’s high-technology businesses, and sufficient financial expertise to enable the Board of Directors to make informed and independent decisions about the financial statements and compliance with accounting standards. Special attention is also paid to the quality and the complementary nature of the careers of the Directors, both in terms of location and of the duties performed and their business sector.

The Board of Directors must also demonstrate that it is independent from our Company’s management as per the criteria referred to below. The independence criteria chosen by the Board of Directors are based on the AFEP-MEDEF Code:

“A director is independent when he or she has no relationship of any kind whatsoever with the corporation, its group or the management of either that is such as to color his or her judgment.”

 

   

Nine of the eleven Directors are independent

 

The independence criteria selected are based on both the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the requirements of the NYSE. They comply with all of the criteria listed in the AFEP-MEDEF Code, with the exception of the criterion that provides that a director’s total term of office should not exceed 12 years. The Board of Directors believes it should favor the Directors’ competence and experience, as well as their good knowledge of the Group, since these assets do not represent a potential conflict of interest. Moreover, this criterion is criticized sometimes by scholars and is not included in the requirements of the NYSE.

 

 

84


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Our Company also complies with the rules of the NYSE and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act on this issue. These rules stipulate that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of a U.S. listed company must be independent and that the Board of Directors must determine whether the independence criteria are met.

At its meeting of February 8, 2012, our Board of Directors re-examined the situation of each Director with respect to the independence criteria of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules. Based on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Board of Directors determined that (i) Mr. Philippe Camus and Mr. Ben Verwaayen could not be considered to be independent since one of the independence criteria stipulated by the AFEP-MEDEF Code is that a Director “must not be […] an executive director” (“dirigeant mandataire social” in French, i.e., the Chairman and the CEO) of the Company, and that (ii) Lady Sylvia Jay, Ms. Carla Cico, Mr. Daniel Bernard, Mr. W. Frank Blount, Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat, Mr. Louis R. Hughes, Mr. Jean C. Monty, Mr. Olivier Piou and Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta, that is, nine of the 11 Directors, are independent.

Therefore, over half of the members of our Board of Directors are independent Directors. In addition, in compliance with legal requirements and Article 5 of the Board’s Operating Rules, the Board of Directors has at least one independent Director—namely Mr. Jean C. Monty—with recognized financial and accounting expertise.

Ethics

Each Director (and Board observer) undertakes to comply with the rules of conduct set out in the Directors’ Charter, in particular concerning the compliance with any applicable securities laws, as well as with the rules of our “Alcatel Lucent Insider Trading Policy,” designed to prevent insider trading. This policy sets limited periods during which transactions involving our Company’s shares are not authorized, the minimum number of shares that each Director must hold, and

an obligation to notify the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the French securities regulator) of any personal transactions involving Alcatel Lucent shares.

Absence of conflicts of interest

To the knowledge of our Board of Directors:

 

 

None of our Directors have any potential conflicts of interest. In accordance with the Directors’ Charter, a Director must notify the Board of Directors of any actual or potential conflict of interest.

 

 

There is no family relationship between the members of our Board of Directors and our Company’s senior management.

 

 

There is no arrangement or agreement with a shareholder, client, supplier, or any third party pursuant to which a member of our Board of Directors or of our Management Committee was appointed in such capacity or as CEO of our Company.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been convicted of fraud during the last five years.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been charged and/or received an official public sanction pronounced by a statutory or regulatory authority; or has been banned by a court from holding office as a member of an administrative, management or supervisory body of an issuer, or from being involved in the management or conduct of the business of an issuer in the last five years.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been a Director or Executive Director of a company involved in a bankruptcy, court escrow or liquidation in the past five years, with the exception of Mr. Louis P. Hughes, in his capacity as non-executive chairman of the American company Outperformance Inc., which was wound up voluntarily (“Chapter 7” of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code) in November 2008, and Mr. Jean C. Monty, in his capacity as director of the Canadian company Teleglobe Inc., which was liquidated in 2002 (The liquidation of Teleglobe resulted in some legal proceedings that are still in progress).

 

 

85


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Directors’ fees

The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO do not receive any directors’ fees. The Directors receive directors’ fees consisting of (i) a fixed portion, for performing their duties on the Board of Directors and, where relevant, on one of the Boards’ Committees, and (ii) a variable portion, for their attendance at the various meetings, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Additional directors’ fees are equally allocated among the Directors, subject to the investment in Alcatel Lucent shares of the amount granted as additional fees after taxes, and to the holding of the acquired shares for the duration of the term of office as Director.

Directors’ fees are paid each semester. The additional portion subject to the condition concerning the investment in shares and the holding of such shares is paid at the time of the second payment of the Directors’ fees.

LOGO

 

 

The overall amount of directors’ fees paid to Directors for fiscal year 2011 was 990,000.

 

Fixed portion    395,000   
Chairman of the Audit & Finance Committee    25,000   
Chairman of the Compensation Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Technology Committee    15,000   
Each Committee member who is a Director    10,000   
Divided equally among the Directors      remainder   
Variable portion depending on attendance at meetings    395,000   
Additional portion    200,000   
TOTAL    990,000   

The total fees paid to the two Board observers were 100,000.

In application of the rules provided above, the Directors’ fees and other compensation received by each Director and by each Board observer during fiscal year 2011 were as follows:

 

     2010      2011          
Directors    Total gross
amount in euros
     Total gross amount in
euros
     Amount received as
member of a Committee
     Amount received as
Chairman of a Committee
 
Mr. Bernard      127,231         125,051         15,000         15,000   
Mr. Blount      122,231         125,051         30,000            
Ms. Cico      56,525         90,595         10,000            
Mr. Eizenstat      104,435         111,477         20,000            
Mr. Hughes      94,337         95,595                  15,000   
Lady Jay      106,935         114,563         20,000            
Mr. Monty      106,837         106,083                  25,000   
Mr. Piou      106,935         111,477         20,000            
Mr. Spinetta      119,534         110,108         15,000         15,000   
Total      945,000         990,000         130,000         70,000   
Observers                                    
Mr. Desbois      50,000         50,000                     
Mr. Lapraye(*)      25,000         50,000                     
Mr. Hauptmann(*)      25,000                             

 

(*) Mr. Lapraye replaced Mr. Hauptmann as a Board observer at the shareholders’ meeting of June 2010.

 

The compensation specified in the table above was the only compensation paid to the Directors by Alcatel Lucent and its subsidiaries during fiscal years 2010 and 2011, except for the amounts paid to the Executive Directors described in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers.” No Director, except the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO, holds any options, performance shares or other securities giving access to the capital of our Company.

In addition, we have no commitments towards the Directors, except for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO, that constitute compensation, allowances or benefits due or likely to be due as a result of the termination or change of duties.

The Directors also benefit from the Group’s “Directors and Officers” civil liability insurance that covers all the executive officers and members of boards of directors of the Group.

 

 

86


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

INFORMATION ON THE CURRENT DIRECTORS AND BOARD OBSERVERS

 

Philippe CAMUS

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director not independent

Born on June 28, 1948, French citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

400,125 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent, co-managing Partner of Lagardère Group, Director of Éditions P. Amaury, Honorary Chairman of Groupement des Industries Françaises Aéronautiques et Spatiales (GIFAS), Permanent Representative of Lagardère SCA to the Board of Directors of Hachette SA, Permanent Representative of Hachette SA to the Board of Directors of Lagardère Services, Member of the Supervisory Board of Lagardère Active, Vice-Chairman, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Arjil Commanditée—Arco.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman and CEO of Lagardère North America, Inc., Senior Managing Director of Evercore Partners Inc., Director of Schlumberger and of Cellfish Media LLC.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Director of Accor, La Provence, Nice Matin, Hachette Filipacchi Médias and of Crédit Agricole SA, Permanent Representative of Lagardère Active to the Board of Directors of Lagardère Active BroadCast (Monaco) and Member of the Supervisory Board of Hachette Holding.

Career

 

 

Philippe Camus graduated from the École normale supérieure and the Institut d’études politiques of Paris. He began his career in the Finance Department of Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations. In 1982, he joined the General Management team of Lagardère Group and in 1993 was appointed CEO and Chairman of the Finance Committee. He controlled the preparatory work that led to the founding of EADS, where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to 2005. He has been co-managing Partner of Lagardère Group since 1998 and Senior Managing Director of Evercore Partners Inc. since 2006. On October 1, 2008, he was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Expertise: 40 years in banking, finance, insurance and 13 years in the industrial sector.

Business Address:

Alcatel Lucent

3, avenue Octave Gréard–75007 Paris

France

Ben VERWAAYEN

CEO

Director not independent

Born on February 11, 1952, Dutch citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

350,000 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: CEO and Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Member of the Supervisory Board of Akzo Nobel*

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: CEO and Director of BT Group Plc, Non-executive Director of UPS.

Career

 

 

Ben Verwaayen graduated from the State University of Utrecht, the Netherlands, where he received a Master’s degree in law and international politics. Ben Verwaayen held several positions in business development, HR and public relations, before being appointed General Manager of ITT Nederland BV where he worked from 1975 to 1988. Ben Verwaayen was then President and General Manager of PTT Telecom, a KPN subsidiary in the Netherlands, from 1988 to 1997. International Vice-President, Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer of Lucent Technologies from 1997 to 2002, Ben Verwaayen was also Vice-Chairman of the Management Board. He was CEO of BT from 2002 to June 2008. In 2006, Ben Verwaayen was made an officer of the Order of Orange-Nassau and an Honorary Knight of the British Empire by the Queen and Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur in France. Ben Verwaayen was appointed CEO of Alcatel Lucent on September 1, 2008, with effect on September 15, 2008.

 

 

Expertise: 36 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Alcatel Lucent

3, avenue Octave Gréard–75007 Paris

France

 

*

Appointment effective as of May 1st, 2012

 

 

87


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Daniel BERNARD

Independent Director

Born on February 18, 1946, French citizen

First appointment: 2006(1) – Term of the mandate: 2014

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

140,625 ordinary shares via SCI Tilia and 14,622 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent, Chairman of Provestis, Director of Cap Gemini.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of the Board of Directors of Kingfisher Plc (UK) and of Majid Al Futtaim Retail (Dubai) and Senior Advisor of Towerbrook Capital Partners.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Director of the Compagnie de Saint-Gobain.

 

 

Abroad: Deputy Chairman of the Board of Directors of Kingfisher Plc (UK).

Career

 

 

A graduate of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales, Mr. Bernard worked with Delcev Industries (1969-1971), Socam Miniprix (1971-1975) and La Ruche Picarde (1975-1980) and was CEO of the Metro France group (1981-1989), member of the Management Board with responsibility for the commercial activities of Metro International AG (1989-1992), Chairman of the Management Board (1992-1998) and later Chairman and CEO of Carrefour (1998-2005). He is currently Chairman of Kingfisher Plc London and Chairman of Provestis. Since 2010, he is also Chairman of Majid Al Futtaim Retail (Dubai) and Senior Advisor of Towerbrook Capital Partners.

 

 

Expertise: 42 years in industry, retail and services.

Business Address:

Provestis

14, rue de Marignan–75008 Paris

France

 

 

(1) Originally appointed to the Alcatel Board of Directors in 1997

W. Frank BLOUNT

Independent Director

Born on July 26, 1938, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2006(1) – Term of the mandate: 2014

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,193 ordinary shares and 3,668 American Depositary Shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman and CEO of JI Ventures Inc., Director of KBR Inc., Member of the Advisory Board of China Telecom.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Chairman and CEO of TTS Management Corp., Director of Adtran Inc., of Hanson Plc. UK, of Caterpillar Inc. and of Entergy Corporation USA *.

Career

 

 

Master of Science in Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) Sloan School, management MBA at Georgia State University and Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering at the Georgia Institute of Technology. Between 1986 and 1992, he was group President at AT&T Corp., in charge of the Group’s network operations and communications products. He then became Chief Executive Officer from 1992 to 1999 of Telstra Corporation in Australia. Director of FOXTEL Corp. (Australia) (1995-1999), of IBM-GSA Inc. (Australia) (1996-1999), of the Australian Coalition of Service Industries (1993-1999) and the Australian Business Higher Education Roundtable (1993-1999); he was also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cypress Communications Inc. (2000-2002). In 1991 he was interim Chief Executive Officer of the New American Schools Development Corporation at the request of President George Bush. He is member of the Advisory Board of China Telecom. From 2004 through 2007, he was Chairman and CEO of TTS Management Corp. He is currently Chairman and CEO of JI Ventures Inc.

 

 

Expertise: 51 years in industry and telecommunications.

Business Address:

1040 Stovall Boulevard N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30319

USA

 

 

* Term of office expired in 2011.
(1) Originally appointed to the Alcatel Board of Directors in 1999.
 

 

88


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Carla CICO

Independent Director

Born on February 21, 1961, Italian citizen

First appointment: 2010 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,286 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Director of EPTA (Italy).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Chief Executive Officer of Rivoli S.p.A. (Italy)*, Chief Executive Officer of Ambrosetti Consulting (China).

Career

 

 

Graduate from London Business School (MBA), University of London (MSE) and University of Venice, Italy (Oriental languages), from 1987 to 1992, she led the expansion of Italtel, the Italian telecom equipment provider into China’s market as its Beijing-based Chief Representative and from 1993 to 1994, she was a representative of IRI (Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale) in its Beijing office. From 1995 to 1999, she was an international director of business operations for Stet International. She was cited as one of the Most Powerful Women in International Business, Forbes (1994) and Fortune (1995). From 2001 to 2005, she was CEO of Brazil Telecom. In Reuters Institutional Investor Research (2003), she was selected as the Best Chief Executive Officer in the Telecommunications Sector in Latin America. From 2007 to 2009, she was CEO of the Chinese subsidiary of Ambrosetti Consulting based in Beijing. Carla Cico was from 2010 to 2012, the CEO of Rivoli S.p.A, an infrastructure Company with operations both in Italy and abroad.

 

 

Expertise: 25 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Strada Castellana 30/A 37128 VERONA

Italy

 

 

* Term of office expired in 2012

Stuart E. EIZENSTAT

Independent Director

Born on January 15, 1943, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,881 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Independent Director of United Parcel Service, of Globe Specialty Metals, Trustee of BlackRock Funds, Member of the international Advisory Board of GML Ltd.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Independent Director of Chicago Climate Exchange, of tradeAttache.com, of Mirant Corporation and of The Atlantic Council of the United States*, Member of the international Advisory Board of the Coca-Cola Company*.

Career

 

 

Stuart E. Eizenstat graduated in political science from the University of North Carolina and later graduated from Harvard University’s Law School. He holds seven honorary doctorate degrees from various universities and academic institutions and has received the French Legion of Honour and high Awards from German, Austrian, Israeli and U.S. Governments. Following graduation from lawschool, he served on the White House staff of President Lyndon Johnson (1967-1968). He served as Chief Domestic Policy Advisor and Executive Director of the White House Domestic Policy Staff (1977-1981) under President Jimmy Carter. From 1981-1994 he was a Partner and Vice Chairman of the law firm Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy and he was also Adjunct Lecturer at the John F. Kennedy School of Government of Harvard University (1982-1992). Stuart E. Eizenstat was U.S. Ambassador to the European Union (1993-1996). He served as Under Secretary of Commerce for International Trade (1996-1997), Under Secretary of State for Economic, Business and Agricultural Affairs (1997-1999) and Deputy Secretary of the Treasury (1993-2001) while continuing to work as the Special Representative of the President on Holocaust-Era Issues. During the Clinton Administration, he had a prominent role in the development of key international initiatives involving the European Union. He is Partner and Head of International Trade and Finance Practice at Covington & Burling LLP law firm. Moreover, he is a member of the Boards of Directors of United Parcel Service, BlackRock Funds and Globe Specialty Metals. Stuart E. Eizenstat is the author of “Imperfect Justice”, which has been translated into German, French, Czech and Hebrew.

 

 

Expertise: 31 years in law and 15 years in governmental affairs.

Business Address:

Covington & Burling LLP

1201 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 1117C

Washington, DC 20004

USA

 

 

 

* Term of office expired in 2011.
 

 

89


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Louis R. HUGHES

Independent Director

Born on February 10, 1949, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

18,844 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories) (USA), Independent Director of Akzo Nobel (The Netherlands) and of ABB (Switzerland).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Chief Executive Officer of GBS Laboratories (USA), Independent Director of British Telecom (UK), Electrolux (Sweden), MTU Aero Engines GmbH (Germany) and Sulzer (Switzerland), Non-executive Chairman of Outperformance (formerly Maxager)(USA), Member of the Advisory Board of Directors of British Telecom Americas (USA).

Career

 

 

Louis R. Hughes graduated from Harvard Business School (MBA, 1973) and from Kettering University (formerly General Motors Institute), B.S. (Mechanical Engineering, 1971). He is Chairman of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories LLC). He was also CEO of GBS from 2005-2010. Louis R. Hughes is an Executive Advisor Partner of Wind Point Partners. Moreover, Mr Hughes has been a member of the Boards of Directors of ABB (Switzerland, since 2003) and Akzo Nobel (The Netherlands, since 2007). He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Lockheed Martin Corp. His prior experiences also include positions of Chief of Staff Afghanistan Reconstruction Group, U.S. Department of State, from 2004 to 2005, Executive Vice President of General Motors Corporation from 1992 to 2000, President of General Motors International Operations from 1994 to 1999, President of General Motors Europe from 1992 to 1994 and Managing Director of Adam Opel AG from 1989 to 1992. He was non-executive Chairman of Maxager (renamed Outperformance in 2008) from 2000 to 2008. He has also served on several Boards, including: Sulzer (Switzerland) from 2001 to 2009, British Telecom (United Kingdom) from 2000 to 2006, Electrolux AB (Sweden) from 1996 to 2008, MTU Aero Engines GmbH (Germany) from 2006 to 2008, Deutsche Bank from 1993 to 2000, Saab Automobile AB from 1992 to 2000 and Adam Opel AG from 1989 to 1992. He was also a member of the BT Americas Advisory Board from 2006 to 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 38 years in the industry sector and 6 years in computer security sector.

Business Address:

InZero Systems

13755 Sunrise Valley Drive,

Suite 750

Herndon, VA 20171

USA

Lady Sylvia JAY

Independent Director

Born on November 1, 1946, British citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,879 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent and Independent non-executive Director of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd, Independent non-executive Director of Lazard Limited, Chairman of the Pilgrim Trust, Trustee of the Prison Reform Trust and of the Entente Cordiale Scholarships Scheme.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Vice Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd*, Chairman of Food From Britain, Trustee of the Bodyshop Foundation*

Career

 

 

Lady Jay, CBE was educated at the University of Nottingham (United Kingdom) and the London School of Economics. She held various positions as a senior civil servant in the British civil service between 1971 and 1995, being involved in particular in financial aid to developing countries. She was seconded to the French Ministry of Co-operation and the French Treasury, and later helped set up the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, before spending again several years in Paris as wife of the British ambassador. She entered the private sector in 2001, as Director General of the UK Food and Drink Federation until 2005, when she became Vice Chairman, later Chairman of L’Oréal UK & Ireland. She was made a Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur in 2008 and awarded an Honorary Doctorate of laws by Nottingham University in 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 6 years in bank, finance, insurance, 11 years in industry and 35 years in public service.

Business Address:

L’Oréal (UK) Ltd.

255 Hammersmith Road

W6 8AZ London

UK

 

 

* Term of office expired in 2011.
 

 

90


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Jean C. MONTY

Independent Director

Born on June 26, 1947, Canadian citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,919 ordinary shares and 1,000,000 American Depositary Shares via Libermont Inc.

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Bombardier, of DJM Capital, of Centria Inc., of Fiera Sceptre Inc, Member of the International Advisory Board of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Director of Emergis, of Centria Capital, of Centria Commerce and of Fiera Capital Inc .

Career

 

 

Jean C. Monty holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Collège Sainte-Marie of Montréal, a Master of Arts in economics from the University of Western Ontario, and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago. Jean C. Monty began his career at Bell Canada in 1974 and held numerous positions in the BCE group. He joined Nortel Networks Corporation in October 1992 as President and Chief Operating Officer before being nominated President and Chief Executive Officer in March 1993. On April 24, 2002, Mr. Monty, then Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Canada Enterprises (BCE Inc.), retired after a 28-year career. He is a member of the Board of Directors of Bombardier Inc. since 1998, and a member of the Board of Directors of DJM Capital, Centria Inc., Fiera Sceptre Inc. He is also a member of the International Advisory Board of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales. He was appointed a member of the Order of Canada for his contribution to business, public interests and community affairs. In recognition of these achievements, he was elected Canada’s Outstanding CEO of the Year for 1997. In addition, he was inducted into the Académie des Grands Montréalais.

 

 

Expertise: 31 years in telecommunications and 7 years in finance.

Business Address:

1485, rue Sherbrooke Ouest, Suite 2B

Montreal (Québec) Canada

Olivier PIOU

Independent Director

Born on July 23, 1958, French citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

34,122 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Abroad: CEO and Director of Gemalto (The Netherlands).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: CEO and Director of Axalto, Director of INRIA (Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique).

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of Eurosmart.

Career

 

 

Olivier Piou graduated in Engineering from École Centrale de Lyon (ECL, 1980). After his military duty in the French alpine division, he joined Schlumberger in 1981 as a production engineer. He held for Schlumberger numerous management positions in the areas of technology, marketing and operations, in France and the United States. In 2004 he successfully introduces to the stock market Axalto, the smart card division of Schlumberger which he manages, through an initial public offering (IPO). He is the CEO of Axalto from 2004 to 2006, and in 2006 he leads the commended merger of equals of Axalto and Gemplus which forms Gemalto, the world leader in digital security. Since 2006 he is the CEO of Gemalto, and a member of its board of directors. M. Piou was also formerly a member of the board of directors of INRIA, the French National Institute for Research in Computer Science and Control, and President of Eurosmart, the international non-for-profit association based in Brussels which represents the smart card industry.

 

 

Expertise: 31 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Gemalto

6, rue de la Verrerie–92190 Meudon

France

 

 

91


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Jean-Cyril SPINETTA

Independent Director

Born on October 4, 1943, French citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

14,622 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent, Chairman and CEO of the Board of directors of Air France-KLM, Director of the Compagnie de Saint-Gobain, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Areva, Member of the Advisory Board of Paris Europlace.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Alitalia CAI, Member of the Board of Governors of IATA.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Chairman, CEO and Director of Air France*, Director of La Poste and of Gaz de France Suez, Permanent Representative of Air France-KLM to the Board of Directors of Le Monde des Entreprises.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Alitalia and of Unilever.

Career

 

 

A graduate in public law and from the Institut d’études politiques of Paris, Jean-Cyril Spinetta began his career as assistant lecturer and later central administration attaché (1961-70). After moving to the École nationale d’administration (Charles de Gaulle class, 1970-1972), he held a number of positions within the National Education Ministry. He was several times seconded to other Departments, as Auditor of the Conseil d’État (1976-1978), chargé de mission to the General Secretariat of the Government (1978-1981), head of the Information Department of Prime Minister Pierre Mauroy (1981-1983), chief of staff to Michel Delebarre when Minister for Employment, Minister of Social Affairs, Minister of Transport and later Minister of Equipment (1984-1986 and 1988-1990), chargé de mission and industrial advisor to the Office of the President of the Republic (1994-1995), préfet (1995), technical advisor to the cabinet of Édith Cresson, EU Commissioner (1996), and expert for France seconded to the European Commission (1997). After a period as Chairman and CEO of Compagnie Air Inter (1990-1993), he was Chairman and CEO of Air France (1997-2008), as well as Chairman and CEO of Air France-KLM (2004-2008), and then Chairman of the Board of Directors of Air France-KLM and CEO once again since 2011. Mr. Spinetta has also been Chairman of the Board of Governors of the International Association of Air Transport (IATA), a Director of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain since 2005, a Director of Alitalia since 2009 and Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Areva since 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 18 years in air transport and 40 years in public service.

Business Address:

Air France-KLM

45, rue de Paris–95747 Roissy Charles de Gaulle Cedex

France

 

 

* Term of office expired in 2011.

 

92


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Jean-Pierre DESBOIS

Board observer

Born on April 14, 1954, French citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

4,179 units in FCP 2AL

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France, Board observer of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL).

Career

 

 

Mr. Desbois has been an engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France since 1986. He began his career in 1974 in the deployment of telephone systems. From 1981 he was in charge of software projects inside Research and Development teams. From 2000 to 2007 he had several “Operations” responsibilities in Applications domain such as contract management or steering of supply chain. Today he is mainly dedicated to Operations support inside Software, Service & Solutions.

 

 

Expertise: 38 years in telecommunications.

Business Address:

Alcatel-Lucent France

Centre de Villarceaux,

Route de Villejust–91620 Nozay

France

Bertrand LAPRAYE

Board observer

Born on December 4, 1963, French citizen

First appointment: 2010 – Term of the mandate: 2012

Alcatel Lucent shareholding:

1,726 units in FCP 2AL

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France, Board observer of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent, member of the Supervisory Board of Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: member of the board of the Healthcare and Insurance institution La Boétie Prévoyance.

Career

 

 

Bertrand Lapraye graduated from the French “Institut National Polytechnique de Grenoble (ENSIEG)” as an Electrical Engineer (Remote-control—Signal Processing). He is a former student of the French “Institut d’études Politiques”, LLB (licencié en droit université Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne) based in Paris. Bertrand Lapraye started his career at the Compagnie Générale d’Électricité (CGEE ALSTHOM), from 1988 to 1990. He then joined a software company (SEMA Group) working as a software engineer for various customers (French ministry of Defence, Électricité de France, French Agriculture Ministry, Compagnie Générale de Géophysique), then as a research engineer and then as a software project manager. In 1997, he joined the research center of the Alcatel group as part of a corporate software platform program dedicated to telecommunication equipment and systems, notably in optics and IP. He was an Architecture and System Team manager (1999), then consultant (2001) for distributed development projects (Europe, Canada, India, North America). In 2003 he was a member of a Research Team working on the emerging mobile internet (ad hoc networks, WiMAX, Mobile IP, etc.). He is the author of 7 patents dealing with network management and high capacity IP mobile networks. In 2008, as a member of the CTO team for the Carrier Products Group, he took part in projects aimed at improving R&D efficiency within Alcatel-Lucent. Since February 2010, he is a consultant on an R&D cost and efficiency improvement project for W-CDMA networks by implementing Agile/Lean methods. Since June 2011 Data Protection Officer (Correspondant Informatique et Libertés ) for Alcatel-Lucent France.

 

 

Expertise: 24 years in the industry sector, including 15 years in Telecommunications.

Business Address:

Alcatel-Lucent France

Centre de Villarceaux,

Route de Villejust, 91620 Nozay

France

 

 

93


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

7.1.2.2 The Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has four specialized Committees which examine matters falling within the competence of the Board and provide their views and proposals to the Board.

AUDIT AND FINANCE COMMITTEE

Jean C. Monty, Chairman

Daniel Bernard

W. Frank Blount

Jean-Cyril Spinetta

Jean-Pierre Desbois (Board observer)

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE

Daniel Bernard, Chairman

W. Frank Blount

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Lady Sylvia Jay

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Jean-Cyril Spinetta, Chairman

Lady Sylvia Jay

Olivier Piou

Stuart E. Eizenstat

TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE

Louis R. Hughes, Chairman

Carla Cico

Olivier Piou

Jeong Kim

Philippe Keryer

Ted Leonsis (external member)

Jean-Pierre Desbois (Board observer)

Bertrand Lapraye (Board observer)

Except for the Technology Committee, which is made of Directors, Board observers and members who are not part of the Board of Directors, all of the Board of Directors’ Committees consist of Directors only and, in the case of the Audit and Finance Committee, of Directors and Board observers. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, and the Directors who are not members of a Committee may attend meetings with a consultative vote, except for the meetings of the Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee when dealing with their personal situation.

The Board of Directors determined that the Directors of the Audit and Finance Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Technology Committee are all independent in accordance with the rules that it has adopted. The number of independent Directors within each Committee thus exceeds the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

In addition, the NYSE rules stipulate that U.S. listed companies must have an audit committee, a nominations/corporate governance committee and a compensation committee. Each committee must be composed exclusively of independent board members and must have a written charter addressing certain subjects specified in the NYSE rules. For Alcatel Lucent, these three Committees are made up exclusively of independent Directors and each Committee has a charter which defines its powers and covers most of the subjects provided for in the NYSE rules.

Details of the roles of the four Committees are provided in Section 7.1.4. “Powers and activity of the Board of Directors’ Committees.”

 

 

94


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

7.1.2.3 The Management Committee

As of March 14, 2012, our Management Committee is made up of:

Ben Verwaayen

Chief Executive Officer

Stephen A. Carter

President Europe, Middle East and Africa Region, Chief Marketing and Communications Officer

Robin Dargue

Executive Vice President in charge of Business and IT Transformation

Adolfo Hernandez

President of the Software, Service and Solutions Segment and Strategic Industries

Christel Heydemann

Executive Vice President in charge of Corporate Human Resources and Transformation

Philippe Keryer

President Networks Segment

Jeong Kim

President of Bell Labs and Corporate Strategy

Georges Nazi

President of Global Customer Delivery

Rod Powell

Executive Vice President in charge of Operations

Rajeev Singh-Molares

President Asia Pacific Region

Paul Tufano

Chief Financial Officer

Robert Vrij

President Americas Region and Head of Alcatel Lucent Strategic Alliances

Outgoing members of the Management Committee

K. Frank was a member until March 1, 2012

T. Burns was a member until February 1, 2012

P. Segre was a member until January 31, 2012

J. Dickson was a member until November 29, 2011

P. Barnabé was a member until August 21, 2011

V. Mohan was a member until July 20, 2011

J. Davidson was a member until May 31, 2011

Appointment as member of the Management Committee

R. Powell became a member on November 29, 2011

C. Heydemann became a member on August 22, 2011

G. Nazi became a member on May 31, 2011

7.1.3 POWERS AND ACTIVITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

In addition to matters related to its legal or regulatory function, the Board of Directors regularly decides upon the Group’s strategic orientations and the main decisions affecting its activities. It also analyzes the outlook resulting from the research and development activities of Alcatel Lucent and gives input on the main technology options chosen. Furthermore, the Board of Directors monitors the economic and financial management of the Group and authorizes the financial transactions which have a significant impact on its accounts.

The Operating Rules of the Board of Directors specify the conditions according to which the Directors exercise their functions and, in particular, the thresholds above which the decisions of the CEO are subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors.

7.1.3.1 Operating Rules of the Board of Directors

There follows a full transcription of the Operating Rules of our Board of Directors.

Preamble

The Directors of Alcatel Lucent (hereafter the “Company”) have enacted the following which constitutes the internal regulation of the Board of Directors, in order to define its operating procedures and its role according to the rules of corporate governance in force.

These rules, approved at the Board of Directors’ meeting held on October 29, 2008, and as amended at the Board of Directors’ meeting held on December 7, 2011, are primarily intended to:

 

 

define the role of the Board vis-à-vis the shareholders’ meeting on the one hand, and of the Chief Executive Officer (“Directeur Général”) on the other hand, by clarifying the existing provisions of the law and of the Company’s bylaws and the position of its members;

 

 

maximize the efficiency of meetings and debates, in particular by specifying the role of the Chairman, and develop the proper procedures of the bodies that oversee the administration of the Company, in the spirit of the Company’s corporate governance policy.

These rules are purely internal and are not intended to be a substitute for the applicable provisions of the law and the Company’s bylaws, but, rather, are intended to implement the bylaws in a practical manner, and consequently may not be held against the Company, third parties and against the shareholders.

These rules will be disclosed to the shareholders as part of the report of the Board at the shareholders’ meeting.

 

 

95


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Section I The Board’s role

Article 1 Deliberations of the Board

In addition to matters related to its legal or regulatory function, the Board shall regularly decide upon, among other things, the Group’s strategic orientations and the main decisions affecting its activities. This relates in particular to the projects of important investments of organic growth and the operations of internal reorganizations, major acquisitions and divestitures of shares and assets, transactions or commitments that may significantly affect the financial results of the Group or considerably modify the structure of its balance sheet and the strategic alliances and financial cooperation agreements.

Article 2 Decisions subject to the prior approval of the Board

The Chief Executive Officer must submit to the prior approval of the Board the following decisions:

 

 

the update of the Group’s annual strategic plans, and any significant strategic operation not envisaged by these plans;

 

 

the Group’s annual budget and annual capital expenditure plan;

 

 

acquisitions or divestitures in an amount higher than 300 million euros (enterprise value);

 

 

capital expenditures in an amount higher than 300 million euros;

 

 

offers and commercial contracts of strategic importance in an amount higher than 1 billion euros;

 

 

any significant strategic alliances and industrial and financial cooperation agreements with annual projected revenues in excess of 200 million euros, in particular if they imply a significant shareholding by a third party in the capital of the Company;

 

 

financial transactions having a significant impact on the accounts of the Group, in particular the issuance of debt securities in amounts greater than 400 million euros;

 

 

amendments to the National Security Agreement (“NSA”) between Alcatel, Lucent Technologies Inc. and certain United States Government parties.

Article 3 Information of the Board

The Board of Directors shall be regularly informed, either directly or through its committees, of any significant occurrence in the Company’s operations.

The Board is also entitled at all times, including between meetings focused on the review of the financial statements, to become acquainted with any significant change affecting the Company’s financial condition, cash position and commitments.

Section II The members

Article 4 Independence

The Board of Directors shall define the criteria that a Director must meet in order to be deemed “independent”, this definition to be in accordance with the principles of corporate governance applicable to the Company. The Board of Directors shall ensure that the proportion of “independent” Directors is at all times greater than half the members of the Board and shall take action as soon as possible to replace Directors, if necessary.

By definition, an “independent” Director has no direct or indirect relationships of any nature whatsoever with the Company, its group or its management of a nature that could compromise the free exercise of his or her judgment.

Article 5 Expertise

Board members will be selected so as to bring a diversity of competencies, especially with respect to technology, finance, human resources, the emerging markets, as well as a connection with academia and the government agencies community in view of the Company’s highly classified work. At least one of the “independent” members of the Board of Directors shall have financial expertise.

The members of the Board will participate in training programs regarding the specificities of the Company, its activities and its industry sector, that may be arranged by the Company from time to time.

In order for the Directors to have and dedicate the time and attention necessary to carry out their responsibilities, the Board of Directors shall ensure that none of its members violates the legal restrictions regarding the holding of multiple offices. The number of additional directorships that a Director of the Company may hold in limited liability companies which are part of different groups, in any countries, may not exceed four.

Article 6 Compensation

The Directors will receive attendance fees. The annual amount to be received is determined by the shareholders’ meeting. This amount comprises the following components:

Attendance Fees

(i) Fixed element

The first portion will be a fixed amount and will be divided according to the following rules:

 

 

the chairman of the Audit & Finance Committee will receive an annual amount of 25,000;

 

 

each other member of the Audit & Finance Committee will receive an annual amount of 15,000;

 

 

the chairman of each of the other three committees will receive an annual amount of 15,000;

 

 

each other member of the other three committees will receive an annual amount of 10,000.

 

 

the remainder of this first portion will be divided equally among the Directors.

 

 

96


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

(ii) Variable element

The second portion is a variable amount and will be divided among the Directors in accordance with their attendance at Board meetings and at any meetings of the committees of which they are member.

Attendance fees tied to a commitment to acquire and hold Company shares

The amount of the additional element is to be divided equally among the Directors and payment is tied to a commitment by each Director to acquire and retain shares in the Company.

Each Director shall use the amount received, after taxes calculated on a flat rate of 40%, to acquire shares in the Company and shall hold the same throughout the term of office of the Director with the Company.

The acquisition of the shares must be accomplished as soon as possible following each payment, subject to the rules of conduct regarding insider trading prevention.

The shares acquired shall be held in a separate account, registered in the name of the Director.

The Secretary shall receive from the holder of the Company’s registered securities a copy of each Director’s execution notice (avis d’opéré) which indicates the conditions of the execution of the order and the payment modalities.

A copy of the declaration of the share transaction is to be sent to the French Financial Market Authority (“AMF”), within the prescribed statutory period. The Secretary then puts said declaration on the Company’s website.

Attendance fees will be paid in two installments, one after the annual shareholders meeting and the second at the end of the year. The attendance fees tied to a commitment to acquire and hold shares in the Company shall be paid at the same time as the payment of the second installment of attendance fees.

The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and any Directors who are executive officers of the Company will not receive any attendance fees.

Board Observers

The Board observers will receive a compensation as determined by the annual shareholders meeting, to be divided between them and paid according to the same rules as applicable to the Directors’ fees.

Section III The Chairman

Article 7 Role of the Chairman

The Chairman of the Board (hereafter “the Chairman”) shall organize and manage the tasks of the Board and announce the outcome thereof at the general shareholders’ meeting. He shall watch over the correct operations of the corporate bodies of the Company and especially those of the Board’s committees.

He shall ensure that the Directors are able to perform their assignments, in particular those that stem from the committees to which they belong.

He shall take care that the formulation and implementation of the principles of the corporate governance of the Company are of the highest standard.

The Chairman is the only person who can act and speak on behalf of the Board of Directors.

With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, he may represent the Group in high level relationships, in particular with the authorities, in national and international arenas.

Article 8 Information of the Chairman - Office of the Chairman

The Chairman shall be regularly informed by the Chief Executive Officer of the significant events and positions regarding the activities of the Group; he shall receive all useful information for the performance of the Board’s tasks and those necessary for the establishment of the internal audit’s report.

The Chairman may meet with the auditors.

The Chairman may attend as advisor the meetings of the committees of the Board in which he is not member, and may seek their advice on any question that falls within their jurisdiction.

The General Counsel, in his Board Secretary mission, will report to the Chairman. He or she will assist the Chairman in organizing Board meetings, shareholders’ meetings and discharging any other duties associated with governance items linked to the legal incorporation of the Company.

Section IV Operating procedures of the Board

Article 9 Meetings

The Board of Directors shall meet on notice of the Chairman, at least once during each quarter, at the registered office of the Company or at any other place, in France or abroad, as shall be set forth in the applicable notice of meeting, in order to consider collectively the matters that are submitted to it.

In principle, there will be six main Board meetings, four of them primarily dedicated to the review of financial statements, one to strategy matters and one to the yearly budget. On a regular basis, the Board will meet in “executive sessions” attended by non-executive Directors only.

Article 10 Participation

The Directors may participate in the meetings of the Board by means of telecommunication as authorized by the bylaws. In such event, they will be considered to be present for the purpose of calculating the applicable quorum and majority requirements except with respect to votes regarding the Company’s statutory financial statements, the yearly consolidated financial statements and the annual report.

 

 

97


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

As prescribed by the applicable legal requirements, Board meetings that are held by video-conference or other telecommunication media must be carried through technical means that ensure the proper identification of the parties, the confidentiality of the discussions and the real-time effective participation of all the Directors present at any such meetings of the Board, and the transmission of the discussions shall be done in a continuous manner.

The secretary of the Board of Directors shall initial the attendance sheet on behalf of the Directors who attend meetings of the Board via video-conference or other telecommunication media (as well as for the Directors for whom they act as proxy).

Article 11 Evaluation of the Board

The Board shall meet once a year to discuss its operating procedures, after each Board member having answered an evaluation questionnaire. It shall also meet once a year to consider the performance of the executive officers of the Company, and no Director who are either officer or employee of the Company shall attend such meetings.

The Board of Directors may, at any time, and at least once every two years, engage an outside consultant to evaluate its performance.

Article 12 Expenses

The members of the Board shall be reimbursed, upon presentation of receipts signed by the Chief Financial Officer for travel expenses as well as for other expenses incurred by them in the interests of the Company.

Section V Information of the Board

Article 13 The Committees

In the course of carrying out its various responsibilities, the Board of Directors may create specialized committees, composed of Directors appointed by the Board, that review matters within the scope of the Board’s responsibilities and submit to the Board their opinions and proposals, in accordance with the internal rules governing such committees. The Board of Directors shall have the following standing committees: the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Audit and Finance Committee and the Technology Committee.

Each committee shall have no less than three Directors, and shall be chaired by such Director among the members of the Committee as shall be appointed by the Board of directors.

Each committee shall submit reports regarding the matters reviewed by it to the Board of Directors, which is the only body that can make any decision regarding such matters.

The Chief Executive Officer may attend as advisor the meetings of the committees of the Board in which he or she is not member (except meetings of the Compensation Committee dealing with his or her compensation).

Article 14 Right to information from the Executive Officers

In order to efficiently oversee the management of the Company, the members of the Board may, through the Chairman or after having informed him, request the opinion of the executive officers of the Group on any matter they deem appropriate. They may, under the same conditions, meet such officers without the presence of any Directors who are executive officers.

The members of the Board shall have the right to require the Chief Executive Officer, through the Chairman or after having informed him, to provide them, within a reasonable period of time, with such information as shall be necessary to permit such members to comply with their assignment.

In order to assist them in the fulfillment of their duties, the members of the Board shall receive all relevant information regarding the Company, including press articles and reports by financial analysts.

Article 15 Transparency

The Board of Directors shall ensure the openness of its activities to the shareholders of the Company by presenting each year, in the annual report, a statement regarding its activities during the fiscal year just ended, and regarding the operation of the Board and its committees.

Section VI Role and actions of the committees

Article 16 Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The mission of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee shall be to review matters relating to the composition, organization and operation of the Board of Directors and its committees, to identify and make proposals to the Board regarding individuals qualified to serve as Directors of the Company and on committees of the Board of Directors; to develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the Company; and to oversee the evaluations of the Board of Directors and committees thereof.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will also review succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer as well as other senior executive officers of the Company (Management Team).

Article 17 Compensation Committee

The mission of the Compensation Committee shall be to review matters relating to and make proposals to the Board regarding the compensation of the Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the senior executive officers members of the Management Committee, to consider the general policies with respect to the grant of options, bonus shares and variable compensation, and to examine any proposal to increase the share capital of the Company by an offering made exclusively to its employees.

 

 

98


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Article 18 Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee shall review the accounts to be submitted to the Board, the accounting norms used by the Company and shall ensure the proper and consistent use of accounting methods. It shall verify the internal control mechanisms and shall examine significant risks including off-balance sheet obligations as well as any other matter of a financial or accounting nature that shall be submitted to the Committee by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

The Audit and Finance Committee shall carry out the procedure for the selection of the Company’s auditors and any reappointment of such auditors, and shall decide what engagements may be undertaken by the auditors in addition to auditing the accounts of the Company.

The Audit and Finance Committee shall examine the Company’s debt and equity capitalization and any significant changes related to it.

Article 19 Technology Committee

The mission of the Technology Committee is to review, on behalf of the Board, the major technological options that are the basis of R&D work and the launching of new products. The

Technology Committee will be kept informed of the development of Alcatel Lucent’s scientific and technical co-operation projects with the academic and research environment.

7.1.3.2 Organization of Board meetings

Pursuant to the Operating Rules that govern the operation of our Board of Directors, the Board of Directors meets at least once every quarter. However, in practice, the Board of Directors meets more frequently, illustrating the commitment of its Chairman and the Directors vis-à-vis our Company.

Thus, the Board met eight times in 2011, with an average attendance rate of the Board members of 96%. In early 2012, it met twice.

To facilitate attendance, the Directors may attend the meetings by video conference or other means of telecommunication, and in such event, they are taken into account in the calculation of the quorum and majority, except where otherwise provided by law.

If a Director considers that he is actually or potentially in a conflict of interest situation, he must notify the Chairman of the Board and refrain from voting the corresponding resolution.

 

 

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings in 2011

 

Board and Committee

meetings in 2011

  Board of
Directors
     Audit and
Finance Committee
     Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee
     Compensation
Committee
     Technology
Committee
 
Mr. Bernard     8         5         5         -         -   
Mr. Blount     8         5         5         -         -   
Ms Cico     8         -         -         -         5   
Mr. Camus     8         -         -         -         -   
Mr. Eizenstat     7         -         5         5         -   
Mr. Hughes     8         -         -         -         5   
Lady Jay     8         -         5         5         -   
Mr. Monty     8         5         -         -         -   
Mr. Piou     8         -         -         4         5   
Mr. Spinetta     5         4         -         4         -   
Mr. Verwaayen     8         -         -         -         -   
Mr. Desbois (observer)     8         5         -         -         5   
Mr. Lapraye (observer)     8         -         -         -         5   
Total number of meetings     8         5         5         5         5   
Overall attendance rate     96%         96%         100%         90%         100%   

 

99


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Board meetings are usually held at the Group’s head office in Paris, or in the United States, in Murray Hill (New Jersey), at the head office of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. However, meetings are also held regularly at other sites of the Group with a view of facilitating the dialog between the executives, employees and Directors, and enabling our Directors to better understand the wide range of business activities of the Group, as well as the specific challenges the Group is facing in its main markets. In 2011, our Board of Directors met in Sao Paulo (Brazil) to perform a review of the Group’s business activities in South America.

For the same purpose, the Directors may also seek the opinion of the senior management within the Group on any subject they deem appropriate, and meet with them in an informal way at the meetings held most of the time before the Board of Directors meetings. The Directors also regularly meet with the employees of the Group, in particular with those with strong career potential. To assist them in the performance of their duties, the members of the Board receive all relevant information regarding our Company, in particular, the financial analysis reports. This information is available to the Directors via a secured Intranet site dedicated to the Board members a few days before the meetings of the Board, except in case of emergency.

In addition, the meetings of the Board of Directors are usually preceded by a meeting of one or more of the four specialized Committees. In particular, the quarterly Board meetings that prepare the year-end, half-year and quarterly financial statements are systematically preceded by a review of the financial statements by the Audit and Finance Committee.

At the end of most of the Board of Directors’ meetings the Chairman leads a discussion among the Directors without the attendance of the CEO and of executives and employees invited to attend the meetings. In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, part of some of the Board of Directors’ meetings is also held without the Chairman.

 

   

At the end of most of the Board of Directors’ meetings the Chairman leads a discussion without the attendance of the CEO and of executives and employees invited to attend the meetings

 

In this respect, we also comply with the NYSE rules, which stipulate that the Board of Directors must meet regularly without its executive members. In particular, Article 11 of the Operating Rules provides that the Board of Directors shall meet without the Directors who are also executives or employees of our Company in order to assess the performance of the Executive Directors.

Finally, the Board carries out an annual assessment of its own work, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, as well as of the performance of the Executive Directors. At least once every two years, the Board of Directors’ performance is assessed by an independent consultant. This was the case in early 2012.

 

   

The Board carries out an annual assessment of its own work in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code

 

7.1.3.3 Activity of the Board of Directors in 2011 and early 2012

The Board of Directors met eight times during fiscal year 2011, with an attendance rate of 96% and twice in early 2012, with an attendance rate of 96%.

The main topics addressed by the Board of Directors in 2011 and early 2012 were as follows:

Group strategy, technology choices and transformation of the Group

The Board of Directors examined on a regular basis Alcatel Lucent’s competitive position in its different geographical markets and conducted a review of the Group’s technology product portfolio and services.

It also assessed the actual implementation of previously defined strategic orientations, and in particular as relates to the High Leverage Network, as well as the implementation of the strategic orientations underlying the Group’s business action plan for 2012.

The Board of Directors also made sure that the Group continued to pursue its transformation strategy and examined the main measures taken to ensure the successful adaptation and streamlining of the Group’s structures, procedures, and production resources. For these purposes, it monitored in particular the implementation of the new organizational model set up to simplify and increase the efficiency of the management by the Group of its commercial relations and commitments.

The Board of Directors was regularly informed on the significant contracts concerning the Group, as well as on the current transactions.

Financial statements and financial position

Our Board of Directors reviewed and approved the Alcatel Lucent and consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year 2010, which were approved by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011. It also approved the Group’s budget for 2012. Moreover, at the Board meeting of February 8, 2012, in accordance with the Audit and Finance Committee’s recommendations and in the presence of the Statutory Auditors, the Board of Directors approved the Alcatel Lucent and consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year 2011 which will be submitted to the approval of the shareholders at the next Shareholders’ Meeting, scheduled for June 8, 2012. The Board of Directors proposed to allocate the results to the carry-forward account and maintained the suspension of the distribution of dividends for fiscal year 2011.

Moreover, after having been informed thereon by the Audit and Finance Committee, the Board of Directors reviewed the cash flow, pension fund management, and the Group’s overall financial situation.

Finally, it examined the risks that the Group is facing and the measures implemented under the Enterprise Risk Management program, and also approved the Chairman’s corporate governance and internal control and risk management reports produced for the fiscal years 2010 and 2011.

 

 

100


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Corporate governance

The Board of Directors continued to oversee the functioning of our Company’s management bodies and to ensure that our Company complies with best corporate governance practices.

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code and with our Operating rules, the Board performed an annual assessment of its own work at the beginning of 2012, with the assistance of an external consultant and using a new internal tool, in the form of a dash-board aiming to enable the Directors to apprehend the information made available to them in a more structured manner, by main areas (strategy, finance, risk management and compliance, corporate governance, human resources and corporate social responsibility…). The results of this assessment were reviewed by the Board on March 14, 2012. They confirmed that the Board and its Committees function in a satisfactory manner, that there is complementarity and cohesion between the Directors, and that the dialogue between the Directors and the management is dense and of quality. It further highlighted improvements that could be made, in particular regarding the distribution of tasks between the Board and the Committees, and the implementation of sessions dedicated to certain strategic questions.

In compliance with the Operating Rules, our Board of Directors also reviewed the independence of the Directors in light of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules. Following the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, it concluded that all of our Directors are independent, except for the Executive Directors. It also confirmed that the Board of Directors does include at least one independent Director with specific financial expertise.

Moreover, as in the previous years, the Board of Directors endeavored to ensure that our Company complies with the strictest principles regarding ethics and professional conduct and abides by the rules and regulations applicable in the countries in which it operates. In this respect, each of the Directors acknowledged individually the principles stipulated in the Group’s Code of Conduct. At the CEO’s initiative, the same action was implemented for all of the employees throughout the Group. Moreover, the monitor appointed in agreement with the French and U.S. authorities in the context of the settlement agreements entered into by our Company with respect to the U.S. anti-corruption legislation (See Section 4.2 “History and Development”) made a presentation about this mission at one of the Board of Directors’ meetings, and met individually with most Directors, as well as with the CEO and numerous other executives of the Group. Eventually, the recommendations of the Monitor might lead the Company to make adjustments to its policies and/or procedures in order to enhance, among other things, the effectiveness of its internal controls.

Finally, the Board of Directors also ensured that the shareholders were kept properly informed. This included a detailed presentation of the Group’s situation and its governance by the Chairman and the CEO at the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 27, 2011. The Board of Directors also ensured that investors and the public were properly informed, as required under French and U.S. stock exchange regulations.

Human resources and compensation policy

The Board was regularly informed of the main orientations of the Group’s policy regarding human resources and compensation. In particular, it approved the performance criteria which govern the determination of the variable compensation of employees and key executives, and reviewed the amounts paid as a result.

The Board of Directors determined the variable portion of the CEO’s compensation for fiscal year 2010 paid in 2011, following the proposal of the Compensation Committee, and approved the compensation of the Executive Directors for fiscal year 2011 (see Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers”).

Also, the Board of Directors determined the performance reviews for the employees and Executive Directors’ performance share plans, and for the stock option plans for Executive Directors and officers. It also approved the annual performance share and stock option plans for the employees and Executive Directors. The Board of Directors set the Group’s performance criteria and the targets related to the performance criteria (see Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives”).

In addition, it discussed the policy regarding equal opportunity and compensation for men and women. Moreover, the Board of Directors was informed, in particular, of the Group’s talent management strategy, diversity, and the mobility program.

7.1.4 POWERS AND ACTIVITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ COMMITTEES

Our Board of Directors has four specialized Committees: the Audit and Finance Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Technology Committee. Each Committee has its own operating rules approved by the Board. Each Committee reports to the Board of Directors, which has sole authority to take decisions concerning the subjects presented to it.

7.1.4.1 Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee met five times during fiscal year 2011, with an average attendance rate of 96%, and twice in early 2012, with an average attendance rate of 90%.

Members

This Committee comprises no less than four members, at least one of whom must have recognized financial or accounting expertise.

Beyond the requirements of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Committee’s operating rules provide that all the Directors who serve on the Committee must be “independent.” Therefore, no corporate officer (in French, “mandataire social”) may be a member. Similarly, Directors who hold other executive positions within our Company may not be members of this Committee.

 

 

101


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Since December 11, 2008, the Committee has comprised Mr. Jean C. Monty (Chairman), Mr. Daniel Bernard, Mr. W. Frank Blount, and Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta. All members are independent according to the criteria selected by the Board of Directors, which are based on both the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the requirements of the NYSE (See Section 7.1.1 “Principles of organization of our Company’s Management”). Mr. Jean-Pierre Desbois and Mr. Bertrand Lapraye, Board observers, also participate in the work of the Committee.

On February 8, 2012, the Board of Directors confirmed Mr. Jean C. Monty as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.”

Role

The main areas of activity of the Committee concern our Company’s financial statements, internal control and risk management, and its financial situation, as well as the relations with our Statutory Auditors. It keeps the Board of Directors apprised of the performance of its duties and informs it promptly of any issue it may encounter.

The Audit and Finance Committee’s role and method of operation meet the requirements of article L. 823-19 of the French Commercial Code as well as the best practices recommended by various French reports on corporate governance.

The NYSE rules contain detailed requirements with respect to the composition and the operation of the audit committees of U.S. listed companies. For foreign issuers, these requirements are limited to the compliance with the rules relating to audit committees of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Since July 31, 2005, foreign private issuers are required to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Under Rule 10A-3, each member of the audit committee must be independent in accordance with the SEC criteria. The Audit and Finance Committee currently consists of four independent members in compliance with the abovementioned provision. In addition, Rule 10A-3 provides that the audit committee must have direct responsibility for the nomination, compensation and choice of the statutory auditors, as well as control over the performance of their duties, management of complaints made, and selection of consultants. Direct financing of the committee must also be provided. We believe that our Audit and Finance Committee is currently fully compliant with Rule 10A-3. It should be noted that under French law, the appointment of the Statutory Auditors must be decided by the shareholders at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. Additionally, French law requires listed companies to appoint two sets of principal Statutory Auditors and two sets of deputy Statutory Auditors. They are appointed for six fiscal years and can only be revoked by a court ruling for professional negligence or incapacity to perform their duties. These rules are compatible with the Exchange Act requirements for foreign private issuers.

While Alcatel Lucent is not subject to the other NYSE rules on audit committees, a number of the requirements in the NYSE

rules are similar to Rule 10 A-3, and Alcatel Lucent considers that its practices are substantially in line with the additional requirements of the NYSE rules.

Financial statements

The role of our Audit and Finance Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to review the accounting standards used by the Company, the Company’s risks and significant off-balance sheet commitments, and any financial or accounting matters presented to it by the CEO or the Chief Financial Officer.

The Committee therefore reviews and approves the appropriateness and consistency of the accounting methods used to prepare the consolidated and parent company financial statements, as well as the proper accounting treatment of the significant transactions at the Group level.

The Committee reviews the consolidation scope and, where relevant, the reasons why certain companies should not be included in this scope.

It reviews the accounting standards which are applicable to and applied by our Group, both according to IFRS and French GAAP (the latter with respect to the parent company’s financial statements, as required by French law), as well as their effects and the resulting differences in accounting treatment.

It examines the Alcatel Lucent and the consolidated quarterly, half-year and year-end financial statements and the Group’s budgets.

Internal control and risk management

The Audit and Finance Committee verifies that internal procedures for collecting and reviewing financial information are in place to ensure the reliability of this information. The Committee ensures that a process to identify and analyze risks exists, in particular for risks that are likely to have a material impact on accounting and financial reporting. The head of the Internal Audit Department within the Group periodically reports to the Committee on the results of the work of her department. In addition, twice a year the Committee reviews the Group’s internal audit plan and the method of operation and organization of the Internal Audit Department. The Committee is consulted on the selection of the head of the Internal Audit Department and on his/her potential replacement.

The Committee reviews any complaint, alert or other report, including those submitted anonymously, that reveal a potential malfunction in the financial and consolidation process set up within the Group.

Our Audit and Finance Committee meets periodically with our Chief Compliance Officer to check the adequacy of our compliance programs, any potential significant violations of these programs and the corrective measures taken by us.

 

 

102


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Financial Information

Our Audit and Finance Committee also reviews our Group’s indebtedness, our capitalization and any possible changes to this capitalization, as well as any financial or accounting matters presented to it by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Financial Officer (such as risk coverage and centralized treasury management).

It also reviews any financial transactions having a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements, such as any issuance of securities in excess of 400 million, which must be approved by the Board of Directors.

Statutory Auditors

Our Audit and Finance Committee oversees the selection process for our Statutory Auditors, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, and makes recommendations on the choice of such Auditors to the Board of Directors.

Assignments, if any, that do not pertain to the audit of our accounts, or that are neither incidental nor directly supplemental to such audit, but which are not incompatible with the functions of the Statutory Auditors, must be authorized by the Audit and Finance Committee, regardless of their scope. The Committee ensures that these assignments do not violate, in particular, the provisions of article L. 822-11 of the French Commercial Code.

The Audit and Finance Committee also reviews and determines the independence of the Statutory Auditors and issues an opinion on the fees due for their audit of the financial statements.

Based on the total amount of fees paid for the audit of our financial statements during a given fiscal year, our Committee sets the limit(s) of fees beyond which the Committee must give a specific authorization for previously authorized assignments.

The Committee’s work in 2011 and early 2012

At each meeting, the Committee was briefed by the Chief Financial Officer and the Statutory Auditors and reviewed, in the Statutory Auditors’ presence, the key points discussed with the Chief Financial Officer during the preparation of the financial statements.

The Committee conducted a review of the year-end consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2010 and 2011 and the half-year and quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2011. It also performed a specific review of the notes to the financial statements. To prepare for this review, the Committee relied in particular on the work of the Disclosure Committee created to ensure the disclosure of reliable information about the Group.

On several occasions, the Committee addressed the consequences of the Group’s main agreements and other

commitments, and the major elements of its financial position, in particular its capitalization, indebtedness and the situation of its pension funds.

The Committee also reviewed the Group’s budget for 2012 and draft resolutions relating to the financial authorizations to be submitted to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012. It also reviewed the financial sections of the draft annual report and Form 20-F for 2010 and for 2011, as well as parts of the report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors on internal control and risk management, particularly those related to accounting and financial reporting.

The Committee ensured the effectiveness of internal control procedures in place within our Group. To this effect, at regular intervals, the Committee monitored the progress made regarding the certification required by Article 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. It also received the Internal Audit Department’s annual report for 2010 and for 2011, as well as the internal audit plans for 2011 and 2012. It assessed the internal and external auditors’ report to ensure the effectiveness of internal control systems set up by the Group.

The Committee reviewed the Statutory Auditors’ reports, participated in the determination of the Statutory Auditors’ fees, and recommended in February 2012, that their term of office be renewed. The Committee was also briefed by the General Counsel, in particular with respect to the developments of the litigations concerning the Group, and by the Chief Compliance Officer on the compliance programs set up for 2010 and 2011 and on the objectives set for 2012.

7.1.4.2 Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee met five times during fiscal year 2011, with an attendance rate of 100%, and twice in early 2012, with an attendance rate of 100%.

Members

Beyond the AFEP-MEDEF Code requirements, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s operating rules provide that the Committee shall consist of no less than three members, at least two-thirds of whom must be independent.

The members of the Committee are Mr. Daniel Bernard (Chairman), Lady Sylvia Jay, Mr. W. Frank Blount and Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat. All are independent Directors.

Role

The role of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to:

 

 

review matters related to the composition, organization and operation of the Board of Directors and its committees;

 

 

identify and make proposals to the Board regarding individuals qualified to serve as Directors of the Company and on committees of the Board of Directors;

 

 

103


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

 

develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the Company;

 

 

oversee the evaluations of the Board of Directors and committees thereof;

 

 

review succession plans for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO as well as other senior executive officers of the Company (Management Committee).

The Committee’s work in 2011 and early 2012

The Committee prepared the annual assessment of the Board’s activities in 2011 and 2012 and, in particular, recommended the external consultant selected for these purposes as provided in the Operating Rules. It also organized the review of the Directors’ independence with respect to the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules and prepared the conclusions of the Board of Directors on this matter. To contribute to the smooth operation of the Board of Directors, the Committee made a proposal to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, to implement a new method, in the form of a dash-board aiming to enable the Directors to understand in a structured manner, the information made available to them, both in terms of quantity and quality.

Furthermore, the Committee reviewed the succession plan for the main executives of the Group, and ensured that the policy of staggered renewal of the terms of office is continued. Consequently, the Committee proposed the renewal of two Directors to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011 and of five Directors, two of which for a 2-year period, to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled for June 8, 2012. It also began a process for bringing our Company into compliance with the provisions of the law of January 27, 2011, relating to the balanced representation of men and women within boards of directors.

In addition, the Board of Directors approved the Committee’s proposal to modify the Operating Rules aiming to simplify the payment of attendance fees, and put in place the conditions necessary for the use of a programmed trading mandate (“mandat de gestion programmée”).

7.1.4.3 Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee met five times in the fiscal year 2011 with an attendance rate of 90% and twice in 2012 with an attendance rate of 100%.

Members

The Compensation Committee consists of no less than four members, at least two-thirds of whom must be independent.

The members of the Committee are Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta (Chairman), Lady Sylvia Jay, Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat and Mr. Olivier Piou. All members are independent Directors.

Role

The role of the Compensation Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to review matters relating to and make proposals to the Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of the Directors, the Chairman, the CEO, and the key executives who are members of the Management Committee. The Compensation Committee also reviews the grant policies concerning stock options, performance shares, and variable compensation. It analyzes any proposal to increase our Company’s capital by an offering made exclusively to the employees.

The Committee’s work in 2011 and early 2012

The Committee reviewed all of the elements of variable compensation applicable within the Group, including the performance criteria set for the calculation of the variable compensation under the “Global Annual Incentive Plan” and the targets for fiscal years 2011 and 2012.

The Committee analyzed the elements of the long-term incentive and compensation policy. The Committee recommended the granting of performance shares and stock options to the Group’s employees and executives and proposed performance criteria conditioning entirely the definitive grant of performance shares and conditioning in part the definitive grant of stock options to the members of the Management Committee. Moreover, the Committee carried out the annual assessment of the performance criteria of the previous performance share and stock option plans.

In accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Committee made proposals concerning the Executive Directors’ compensation and the performance criteria conditioning all grants of stock options and/ or performance shares to the CEO, and of performance shares to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Committee analyzed certain human resources questions at the Group level, including, in particular, the compensation policy, the development and the retention of key talents and the Company’s policy with respect to equality of opportunity and of remuneration.

The Committee also analyzed the information related to the compensation of the Executive Directors and officers prior to the publication of such information in this document (See Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives”).

7.1.4.4 Technology Committee

The Technology Committee met five times during fiscal year 2011 with an attendance rate of the Directors of 100%, and once in February 2012, with an identical attendance rate.

 

 

104


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Members

Our Technology Committee consists of Mr. Louis R. Hughes (Chairman), Ms. Carla Cico, Mr. Olivier Piou, Mr. Ted Leonsis, external member, Mr. Jeong Kim, President of Bell Labs and Corporate Strategy Mr. Phillippe Keryer, President of our “Networks” Segment, and Mr. Jean-Pierre Desbois and Mr. Bertrand Lapraye, Board observers.

Role

The role of the Committee is to review the major technological options that are the basis of the R&D work and the launching of new products. The Committee is kept informed of the development of Alcatel Lucent’s scientific and technical cooperation projects with the academic and research environment; it reviews the R&D expenses, the risks associated with the R&D programs and the associated mitigation plans, the technology trends and the disruptive

threats or opportunities; and it benchmarks the competition to evaluate the Group’s R&D efficiency and cost.

The Committee’s work in 2011 and early 2012

At these meetings, the Committee discussed the strategic challenges linked to the Group’s technological positioning on the main markets in which it operates. It reviewed the Group’s portfolios of products within the segments, and the main research projects underway at Bell Labs.

The Committee assessed the implementation of the High Leverage Network and Application Enablement Strategy. It also reviewed the positioning and portfolio of the new operating segment Software, Services and Solutions, analyzed the progress of the LightRadio project, and reviewed the main innovating projects launched by the group.

 

 

105


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2    COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Section 7.2.1 “Long-term compensation mechanisms’’ deals with the general principles applicable to the long-term benefits for employees of the Group. The status of the Directors and Executive Directors, including with respect to compensation, is more specifically dealt with in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers”.

7.2.1 LONG-TERM COMPENSATION MECHANISMS

7.2.1.1 General principles

The purpose of the compensation and long-term profit-sharing mechanisms in the Company’s capital is to involve employees and managers in the development goals of Alcatel Lucent, in the interest of the Group and its shareholders. The main instruments used in this context are the grant of performance shares and stock options, as well as the implementation of profit-sharing agreements and employee savings plans.

Grant policy

The grants of long-term incentives are decided each year at the same time by the Board of Directors at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. Their implementation serves several purposes: to involve employees in the Group’s results, to encourage and reward performance and to attract and retain talent in a highly competitive industry, where quality and employee motivation are key factors for success.

Since 2009, the Group has strived to ensure consistency and harmonization of the policy pursued in this area. In the interest of consistency, clarity and fairness, this policy was extended to all divisions of the Group and the countries where it operates. The same objective has led to a rationalization and a significant simplification of the performance criteria used, as well as a harmonization of the vesting period attached to stock options and performance shares, to the extent possible in light of the various applicable tax and labor laws in force.

The instruments used have been diversified in order to follow market practice and better meet the expectations of our employees and our shareholders. Thus, while stock option grants were previously the primary incentive tool for the employees, the Board of Directors has decided since 2009 to significantly reduce the number of options granted and to increase, in parallel, the use of performance shares and instruments focusing on long-term savings such as the Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO).

Beyond these common features, the Board of Directors and the CEO attach great importance to maintaining a real flexibility in the choice and weighting of the long-term incentive tools, in order to take into account the best practices of companies active in the various sectors in which the Group operates, the specific needs of each division, as well as the specificities of the regulation applicable in each country. It should be kept in mind, in this respect, that a major portion of the grants are awarded to employees in our U.S. subsidiaries, in view of the competitive environment and the compensation policies prevailing in the United States.

Performance conditions

The Board of Directors determines every year the conditions of the plans and in particular the performance criteria attached to grants of performance shares and stock options.

In order to promote simplicity and fairness, the Board of Directors chose to subordinate the grant of performance shares to all high-potential individuals within the Group, that is, 8,177 persons in 2011, to a single quantitative criterion(1). This criterion refers to the comparison between the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price and the share price of a representative panel of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector.

 

 

 

The table below reflects the performance criteria attached to the 2011 grants.(2)

 

LOGO

 

 

(1) With regard to the Chairman of the Board, this criterion is supplemented by a qualitative criterion, to take into account the specific nature of his duties relating to the governance of the Group.

 

(2) The 2011 criteria above were used again in 2012, except with respect to the Chief Executive Officer (see Section 7.2.2.5 ”Chief Executive Officer”).

 

106


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Similarly, a single performance criterion was selected for the granting of stock options to Group executives. The Board of Directors chose to retain Free Cash Flow as the criterion, consistent with the Group’s objectives for 2011 and 2012.

Regarding the evaluation period for the performance conditions, a harmonization effort was also undertaken in order to favor throughout the Group the same focus on promoting loyalty and encouraging long-term incentives:

 

 

the vesting period is 4 years in total for all recipients of stock options, regardless of the company of the Group that they work for (see Section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options”);

 

this period is also 4 years for recipients of performance shares who are employees of a company of the Group located outside of France. In order to take into account the specific tax and labor laws applicable in France, a vesting period of 2 years, followed by a mandatory holding period of 2 years, is required for all recipients employed by companies of the Group located in France (see Section 7.2.1.2 “Performance shares”), that is, a total of 4 years.

 

 

Readjustment of the grants and decrease of their dilutive effect

 

Our Board of Directors benefits from two authorizations given at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 to award performance shares and options for the subscription or purchase of stock, for a period of 38 months and within a limit of 4% of the share capital, of which a maximum of 1% may be grants of performance shares.

The readjustment of the grant policy put in place in 2009 and continued since then favors a balance between performance shares and stock options. Compared to the previous situation, the number of performance shares granted has therefore increased, while the number of stock options has decreased.

This orientation has two consequences in particular.

On one hand, in terms of flows, the overall volume of annual grants of performance shares and stock options is decreasing. It has thus been reduced from 28.7 million in 2009 to 21.5 million in 2012, a decrease of 25%. The grant rate, or “burn rate”, amounted to an average of 1% of the share capital at December 31, 2011 for the last 3 years (2010, 2011 and 2012).

 

    The new policy results in an annual grant(*) of 1% of share capital

 

(*) “burn rate”

 

The graph below reflects the evolution of the grants of performance shares and stock options as part of annual plans between 2009 (not including the 2009 All Employee plan) and 2012 (in millions of securities issued).

 

LOGO

 

At March 14, 2012, the total number of performance shares and stock options awarded under these authorizations amounted to 20.8 million and 25.1 million, respectively, representing a total of 2% of the share capital of the Company.       

The total of grants under the authorizations given at the Shareholders’ Meeting represent 2% of the share capital

 

        

 

107


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

USE OF THE OVERALL AUTHORISATION OF 4% OF THE SHARE CAPITAL

Decided at the Shareholders’ Meetings of 2010 over 38 months

 

LOGO

 

On the other hand, the readjustment between stock options and performance shares reduces the volume in circulation, and consequently the potential dilutive effect. At December 31, 2011, the volume of stock options and performance shares in circulation, that is, 191 million securities, represented 6.4% of the diluted capital of Alcatel Lucent (see section 8.1 “Share capital and diluted capital”) and 8.2% of its share capital.         

At December 31, 2011, the number of outstanding performance shares and outstanding stock options represented 6.4% of the diluted capital.

 

      
        
      
      

OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE SHARES AND STOCK OPTIONS

At December 31, 2011

LOGO

7.2.1.2 Performance shares

The acquisition of performance shares is conditioned to the recipient’s presence in the Group for at least two years and the satisfaction of performance conditions over a period of two or four years.

Annual grant

 

Annual plan decided on March 16, 2011. At its meeting, our Board of Directors decided to grant 10,139,786 performance shares to 8,178 employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group, subject to the fulfillment of a presence condition and a performance condition of the Alcatel Lucent share price. This plan includes an allocation of 1,400,000 performance shares to members of the Management Committee, with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer and of 200,000 performance shares to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, representing 15.8% of the annual grant.

    2011 annual plan: grant of 10.1 million performance shares to 8 178 recipients.
   

2012 annual plan: grant of 10.7 million performance shares to 7,937 recipients

 

 

108


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Annual plan decided on March 14, 2012. At its meeting, our Board of Directors decided to grant 10,674,215 performance shares to 7,937 employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group, subject to the fulfillment of a presence condition and a performance criterion based on the Alcatel Lucent share price as described below. This plan

includes an allocation of 1,100,000 performance shares to members of the Management Committee, with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer and of 200,000 performance shares to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, representing 12.2% of the annual grant.

 

2011 and 2012 presence and performance conditions

 

The vesting depends on the presence of the recipient as an employee after a period of two years from the date of the grant and the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price, measured against the share price of a representative sample of 12 other solutions and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (ADTRAN, Arris, Ciena, Cisco, Comverse, Ericsson, F5 Networks, Juniper, Nokia, Motorola Solutions Inc., Tellabs and ZTE).

 

   

The performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price is measured against a representative sample of 12 other solutions and services providers in the area of telecommunications equipments

 

This sample may be revised based on changes at these companies, especially in case of transactions concerning their structure that may affect their listing. The reference price will be calculated, for the Alcatel Lucent share, based on the average opening price on NYSE Euronext Paris exchange for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period, and for the shares of the other issuers, on a similar basis in the principal exchange where they are listed.

For all Group employees – regardless of which legal entity is their employer – performance shares are potentially available at the end of the fourth year following the grant.

 

   

Availability of shares at the end of the fourth year following the grant

 

The evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price and that of the other issuers is measured after each of two one-year periods for all recipients, followed, as applicable, by a third assessment at the end of a new two-year period, based on the performance of Alcatel Lucent share price at each anniversary date of the grant (outside of France) or by a retention period of two years (mandatory in France).

Depending upon the stock market performance of the Alcatel Lucent share, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% is used to calculate the number of rights acquired in respect of each period. The Board of Directors determines, on the basis of an analysis validated each year by a consulting firm retained for this purpose, whether or not the performance condition has been satisfied (see Section 7.2.1.3 ”Performance reviews for the performance share plans”).

 

 

LOGO

 

109


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Presence and performance conditions prior to 2011

For plans established between 2008 and 2010, the acquisition of performance shares depends not only on the presence of the employee in the Group for a two-year period starting at the date of grant, but also on the satisfaction of the Group’s annual targets for a period of two or four years, depending on whether the recipient is an employee of a company based in France (two years) or outside France (four years).

The assessment of the Group’s performance is based on the criteria established for the Global Annual Incentive Plan and on precisely-defined levels of satisfaction of the condition. The satisfaction of this performance condition is assessed at the end of each period, corresponding to the successive fiscal year. The levels of achievement of the condition are reported each year in the plan performance reviews (see Section 7.2.1.3 “Performance reviews for the performance share plans”).

 

 

7.2.1.3 Performance reviews for the performance share plans

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2011 and the first quarter of 2012.

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 9,939,786 performance shares to 8,177 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition by the recipients and the performance criterion of the Alcatel Lucent share price (See Section 7.2.1.2 “Performance shares”).

 

Performance Review of the March 16, 2011 plan    Rank and reference period coefficient
              Period 1(1)      Period 2(1)      Period 3(2)    Period 4(2)
      Weighting      Rank      Coef.      Rank    Coef.      Rank    Coef.    Rank    Coef.
Performance of Alcatel Lucent’s share price                             

   Assessment of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against
the share price of a representative sample of 12 other solution
and service providers in the telecommunications equipment
sector

     100%         13         0%                                   
Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by
the Group’s companies having their registered office in
France
                       Vesting period of 2 years      Holding period of 2 years        

 

LOGO  

Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by
the Group’s companies having their registered office outside
France
              Vesting period of 4 years          

 

(1)

Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% and established depending on the ranking of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance compared with our sample group, is used to calculate the number of shares vested during the first and the second period. The coefficient used for the second period applies to the balance of rights that are not acquired during the first period. No rights are vested if Alcatel Lucent’s share price is last in this ranking. The total number of performance shares finally vested at the end of the vesting period of 2 years amounts to the total number of shares of the 1st and the 2nd year.

 

(2) For purposes of determining the final number of performance shares vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, with respect to the employees in the Group’s companies based outside France, the reference price of the Alcatel Lucent share and of the shares of the other issuers in the representative sample at the grant date will be compared to the average of their reference share prices measured at each anniversary date of the grant date in order to establish a ranking of the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share and of the shares of the other issuers for the four-year vesting period. If the Company is not ranked in last position, the total number of shares as determined at the end of the second period will be finally vested at the end of the vesting period.

 

110


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Plan of March 17, 2010

On March 17, 2010, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 7,114,502 performance shares to 10,952 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition by the recipients and a financial criterion, namely the operating profit of the Group.

 

           
Performance Review of the March 17, 2010 plan             Performance rate     

Average
performance
rate/shares
acquired (1)

     Performance rate   

Average
performance
rate (2)

     Weighting        2010      2011         2012    2013   

Financial performance criterion

                     

  Group’s operating income

    100%           84%         82.5%         83.25%                  
Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by the
Group’s companies based in France
               Vesting period of 2 years            

 

974,422

Shares

  

  

   Holding period of 2 years    

LOGO     

Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by the
Group’s companies based outside France
               Vesting period of 4 years

 

(1) For the employees of the Group’s companies based in France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 2-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year.

 

(2) For the employees of the Group’s companies based outside France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 4-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year.

After reviewing the performance criteria at the end of the vesting period of two years set for the recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France, the number of shares vested amounted to 974,422 Alcatel Lucent shares for 1,399 recipients present at the end of this period.

Plan of March 18, 2009

On March 18, 2009, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 6,782,956 performance shares to 11,075 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition by the recipients and performance conditions based on the financial performance of the Group.

 

             

Performance review of the March 18, 2009 plan

         Performance rate            Average
performance
rate/shares
acquired (1)
     Performance rate   Average
performance
rate (2)
     Weighting     2009     2010                2011          2012  
Financial performance criteria     33%        0%        66%         LOGO             52.1%           

  Level of revenues

                   

  Operating income

    33%        0%        84%           33.5%         82.5%         

  Operating Cash Flow minus restructuring Cash Outlays and capital
expenditures

    34%        0%        51%                    50%               
Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by the
Group’s companies based in France
            Vesting period of 2 years                    
 
314,372
shares 
  
  
    

 

Holding period of 2 years    

LOGO  

   
Acquisition of performance shares by recipients employed by the
Group’s companies based outside France
            Vesting period of 4 years    

 

(1) For the employees of the Group’s companies based in France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 2-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year.

 

(2) For the employees of the Group’s companies based outside France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 4-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year.

After reviewing the performance criteria at the end of the vesting period of two years set for recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France, the number of shares vested amounted to 314,372 Alcatel Lucent shares for the 1,472 recipients present at the end of this period.

 

111


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.1.4 Summary table for the performance share plans

History of the performance share plans at December 31, 2011

 

Date of Board of
Directors
Meeting

    Number of performance shares    

Total number of
recipients

   

Vesting date of
shares (1)

   

Number of
vested shares

   

Availability
date

   

Performance conditions

  Total
number of
shares
    Shares granted
to Executive
Directors
  shares
granted to the
Management
Committee
           
  03/16/2011        9,939,786      -     1,400,000        8,177       

 

 

03/16/2013

or

03/16/2015

  

  

  

    -        03/16/2015      Share price performance
  03/16/2011        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/16/2013        -        03/16/2015      Share price performance and 1 qualitative criterion
  03/17/2010        7,114,502      -     812,163        10,952       

 

 

03/17/2012

or

03/17/2014

  

  

  

    -        03/17/2014      1 financial criterion
  03/17/2010        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/17/2012        -        03/17/2014     

1 financial criterion and 1 qualitative criterion

  03/18/2009        6,782,956      -     866,658        11,075       

 

 

03/18/2011

or

03/18/2013

  

  

  

    314,372        03/18/2013      3 financial criteria
  03/18/2009        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/18/2011        200,000        03/18/2013     

3 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  10/29/2008        250,000     

250,000

(Chief Executive

Officer)

    -        1        02/10/2011        250,000        02/10/2013     

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  09/17/2008        100,000     

100,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        11/03/2010        100,000        11/03/2012     

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  Total        24,787,244      950,000     3,078,821        30,209                   864,372                   

 

(1) This is the earliest date at which performance shares can become fully vested with full ownership to be acquired on the first business day following the acknowledgement, at the end of the vesting period, that the presence and performance conditions have been met.

 

7.2.1.5 Stock options

 

As with the performance shares, the stock options mechanism is extended over a period of four years. The acquisition of the stock options is subject to the recipient’s presence in the Group at the time of vesting, as well as to a performance condition, but which applies only to the Executive Directors and members of the Management Committee.

Annual grant

Annual plan decided on March 16, 2011. The Board of Directors decided to grant a total of 11,251,125 stock options, at an exercise price of 3.70, to 8,178 employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of a presence condition.

 

   

2011 annual plan: grant of 11.3 million stock options to 8,178 recipients

 

    2012 annual plan: grant of 10.8 million stock options to 7,950 recipients

 

This grant includes an allocation of 2,700,000 stock options to members of the Management Committee, representing 24% of the annual grant. For them, the vesting is conditional on the fulfillment of a performance condition, which counts for 50% for members of the Management Committee, and for 100% for the Chief Executive Officer (see Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer”), as described below.

Annual plan decided on March 14, 2012. At its meeting our Board of Directors decided to grant a total of 10,770,255 million stock options, at an exercise price of 2, to 7,950 employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of a presence condition. This plan includes a grant of 1,100,000 stock options to members of the Management Committee with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer, representing 10.2% of the annual grant, the vesting of which is conditional, for 50% for members of the Management Committee on the fulfillment of a performance condition, as described below.

 

 

112


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Main characteristics of the 2011 and 2012 Annual plans

Limitation. The number of options granted pursuant to the authority given to the Board of Directors at the Shareholders’ Meeting of 2010 for a period of 38 months, is limited to 3% of the share capital. The Group’s policy concerning the grant of options limits to 1% the grants within each annual stock option plan.

Gradual vesting. Recipients acquire rights to options granted to them gradually over a period of 4 years, subject to their presence at each vesting date. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% per year for recipients who are employees of Group companies based outside France. For recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France, the mechanism has been adapted to address the specificities of applicable regulations: the vesting period of 4 years has an initial vesting period of 2 years after which the recipient acquires 50% of the rights, followed by a gradual acquisition of up to 25% at the end of the third year and 25% at the end of the fourth year.

Exercise rights. Options may be exercised once definitively vested, subject to any holding period that may be imposed by law in certain countries. For example, recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France may not exercise their options before the end of the holding period required by Article 163 bis C of the French tax code, which is currently four years from the grant date. The options must be exercised before the end of the plan, that is, within eight years from the grant.

Consequently, for all Group employees—regardless of which legal entity is their employer—the stock options granted are potentially only available at the end of the fourth year following the grant.

No discount. The exercise price for the options does not include any discount or reduction on the average opening share price for Alcatel Lucent shares on the NYSE Euronext Paris stock market for the 20 trading days preceding the Board of Directors meeting at which the options are granted, and the exercise price cannot be lower than the par value of the shares, that is, 2. The decision of the Board of Directors is taken each year at the same time to limit any windfall effects.

Performance conditions for Executive Directors and officers. Grants of stock options are subject to performance criteria for Executive Directors and officers. These criteria apply to 100% of the options granted to Executive Directors of the Group, consistent with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, and to 50% of options granted to members of the Management Committee.

The financial criterion selected for the 2011 and 2012 grants to members of the Management Committee is the evolution of Free Cash Flow, as defined, in the 2011 and 2012 stock option plans. Performance is assessed at the end of each fiscal year during a four-year period. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% of rights per year for recipients who are employees of a Group company based outside France, and 50% of rights at the end of a first period of two years, and then 25% of rights at the end of the two following periods of one year, for recipients who are employees of a Group company based in France.

Depending on the performance attained, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% is used to calculate the number of vested rights in respect of each period (see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans”).

Main characteristics of the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Annual plans

Gradual vesting. Recipients acquire rights to options granted to them gradually over a period of 4 years from the grant date, subject to their presence as employees at the end of each period. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% of rights after the first year and up to 1/48th of rights after each following month.

The exercise of the rights and the absence of discount are the same as for the 2011 and 2012 plans.

Performance conditions for Executive Directors and officers. The performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price is the performance criterion chosen for the grant of stock options to Executive Directors and officers from 2008 to 2010. This criterion applies to 50% of the options granted to the Executive Directors of the Group and to 50% of the options granted to members of the Management Committee. The gradual vesting of rights depends on the presence of the recipient as an employee at the end of each period and on the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price, measured against the share price of a representative sample of 12 other solutions and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (ADTRAN, Arris, Ciena, Cisco, Comverse, Ericsson, F5 Networks, Juniper, Nokia, Motorola Solutions Inc., Tellabs and ZTE).

This sample may be revised based on changes at these companies, especially in case of transactions concerning their structure that may affect their listing. The reference price will be calculated, for the Alcatel Lucent share, based on the average opening price on NYSE Euronext Paris exchange for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period, and for the shares of the other issuers, on a similar basis in the principal exchange where they are listed.

The development of the Alcatel Lucent share price and that of the other issuers is measured over a period of 4 years:

 

 

At the end of each period of one year, with respect to 25% of the rights each year, for all Executive Directors and officers, in order to measure the performance each year;

 

 

and at the end of the fourth period for the final determination of the number of rights upon expiration of the vesting period, in order to measure the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price between the grant date and the end of the fourth period (see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans”).

Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% is used to calculate the number of rights acquired during each period. The Board of Directors determines, on the basis of an analysis validated each year by a consulting firm contracted for this purpose, whether or not the performance condition has been satisfied.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.1.6 Performance reviews for the stock option plans

The plans concerning stock options granted to members of our Management Committee that are subject to a performance condition applying to 50% of the grant were subject to an annual performance review. This determination occurs at the end of annual periods over four years, starting from the grant date, and concerns 25% of the options per period. The number of stock options vested depends on the ranking of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance compared with our sample group for the plans between 2008 and 2010, and on a financial performance criterion for the 2011 plan.

 

Performance
review
  Number of
options granted
     Exercise
price in
Euros
    Exercise
period
    Performance
conditions
   

Rank and reference period coefficient

  Number of
cumulated
vested rights
per plan
      
           Period 1(1)     Period 2(1)     Period 3(1)     Period 4(2)    
                                  Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank   Coef.            
Plan of
03/16/2011 (3)
    1,400,000         3.70       
 
 
03/16/2012
to
03/15/2019
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
Financial
performance criteria
applied to 50 %
of the grant
 
  
 
  
    N/A        33%                                                              149,625        
Plan of
03/01/2011
    400 000         3.20       
 
 
03/01/2012
to
03/01/2019
 
 
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied to
50% of the grant
 
 
  
    11        0%                                                              50,000        
Plan of
10/01/2010
    400,000         2.30       
 
 
10/01/2011
to
09/30/2018
 
 
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    4        100%                                                              0        
Plan of
07/01/2010
    400,000         2.20       
 
 
07/01/2011
to
06/30/2018
 
  
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    1        100%                                                              100,000        
Plan of
03/17/2010
    1,980,000         2.40       
 
 
03/17/2011
to
03/16/2018
 
  
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    4        100%        13        0%                                        967,500        
Plan of
03/18/2009
    2,600,000         2.00       
 
 
03/18/2010
to
03/17/2017
 
 
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    4        100%        4        100%        13        0%                  1,475,000        
Plan of
12/31/2008
    1,700,000         2.00       
 
 
12/31/2009
to
12/30/2016
 
 
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    10        50%        10        50%        12        0%                  850,000        

 

(1)

Plans 2008 to March 1st, 2011: Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0% to 100% is used to calculate the number of rights vested in each period. No rights are vested if Alcatel-Lucent’s share price is last in this ranking.

 

(2)

Plans 2008 to March 1st, 2011: for purposes of determining the final number of options vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, the performance of Alcatel Lucent’s and the other issuers’ shares in the sample group is measured for the period from the grant date to the end of the 4th period to obtain a new ranking. Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price ranking over the four-year period, a new coefficient is determined. This coefficient is used to calculate the total vesting for the recipient if it is more favorable than the ranking on each anniversary date. In that case, the number of shares vesting in the last period is adjusted accordingly.

 

(3) Plan of March 16, 2011: The performance rate is determined for each fiscal year. For recipients who are employees of Group companies that are based in France, an average performance rate is determined on the basis of the performance rate obtained for the first two fiscal years (See Section 7.2.1.5. “Stock options”).

Plans for the benefit of the Chief Executive Officer are covered in Section 7.2.2.6 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer”.

7.2.1.7 Summary tables for the stock option plans

AMF Table N°9 : Information on the largest grants or exercises for fiscal year 2011

In compliance with the provisions of Article L. 225-184 of the French Commercial code, the table below provides information for fiscal year 2011 relating to the employees (other than the Chairman and the CEO) who received the ten largest grants and were issued the ten largest numbers of shares upon exercise of stock options.

 

      Number of stock
options granted
     Weighted
average price
 

Plans  

 
10 largest employees stock options grants      1,300,000      

3.55

   
 
 
Plans of March 1,
and
March 16, 2011
 
 
 
10 largest employees stock options exercises      860,414       3.77    
 
 
Plans of March 25,
and December 31, 2008
Plan of March 18, 2009
 
 
  

 

114


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

History of Alcatel Lucent stock option plans at December 31, 2011

 

  
  
   Total potential number of new shares (3)      Option exercise period        
  
       
  
       
  
 
Date of Board of
Directors Meetings
  

Exercise

price
(in Euros)

    

Total

number of options
granted

     Granted to Executive
Directors (1)
     Granted to the
Management
Committee (2)
    

Total

Number of
Recipients

     From      To     

Number
of options

exercised

    

Number

of options
cancelled

     Outstanding
options at
12/31/2011
 
2003                                                                                       0   
03/07/2003      6.70         25,626,865         750,000         590,000         23,650        
 
03/07/2004-
03/07/2007
 
  
     03/06/2011         7,240,372         18,386,493         0   
06/18/2003      7.60         338,200                     5,000         193        
 
06/18/2004-
06/18/2007
 
  
     06/17/2011         59,361         278,839         0   
07/01/2003      8.10         53,950                                 19         07/01/2004         06/30/2011         15,868         38,082         0   
09/01/2003      9.30         149,400                     50,000         77        
 
09/01/2004-
09/01/2007
 
  
     08/31/2011         4,498         144,902         0   
10/01/2003      10.90         101,350                                 37        
 
10/01/2004-
10/01/2007
 
  
     09/30/2011         906         100,444         0   
11/14/2003      11.20         63,600                                 9        
 
11/14/2004-
11/14/2007
 
  
     11/13/2011         0         63,600         0   
12/01/2003      11.10         201,850                                 64        
 
12/01/2004-
12/01/2007
 
  
     11/30/2011         8,222         193,628         0   
2004                                                                                       9,377,950   
03/10/2004      13.20         18,094,315         400,000         955,000         14,810        
 
03/10/2005-
03/10/2008
 
  
     03/09/2012         700         9,058,447         9,035,168   
04/01/2004      13.10         48,100                                 19        
 
04/01/2005-
04/01/2008
 
  
     03/31/2012         0         31,800         16,300   
05/17/2004      12.80         65,100                                 26        
 
05/17/2005-
05/17/2008
 
  
     05/16/2012         0         41,199         23,901   
07/01/2004      11.70         313,450                                 187        
 
07/01/2005-
07/01/2008
 
  
     06/30/2012         2,399         151,658         159,393   
09/01/2004      9.90         38,450                                 21         09/01/2005         08/31/2012         822         14,078         23,550   
10/01/2004      9.80         221,300                                 85        
 
10/01/2005-
10/01/2008
 
  
     09/30/2012         18,778         133,684         68,838   
11/12/2004      11.20         69,600                                 20         11/12/2005         11/11/2012         0         45,800         23,800   
12/01/2004      11.90         42,900                                 11         12/01/2005         11/30/2012         0         15,900         27,000   
2005                                                                                       9,978,703   
01/03/2005      11.41         497,500                                 183         01/03/2006         01/02/2013         7,558         205,503         284,439   
03/10/2005      10.00         16,756,690                     720,000         9,470        
 
03/10/2006-
03/10/2009
 
  
     03/09/2013         292,370         6,912,375         9,551,945   
06/01/2005      8.80         223,900                                 96        
 
06/01/2006-
06/01/2009
 
  
     05/31/2013         7,576         130,439         85,885   
09/01/2005      9.80         72,150                                 39         09/01/2006         08/31/2013         0         33,700         38,450   
11/14/2005      10.20         54,700                                 23         11/14/2006         11/13/2013         0         36,716         17,984   
2006                                                                                       10,846,184   
03/08/2006      11.70         17,009,320         390,400         1,318,822         8,001        
 
03/08/2007-
03/08/2010
 
  
     03/07/2014         0         6,518,616         10,490,704   
05/15/2006      12.00         122,850                                 53         05/15/2007         05/14/2014         0         47,908         74,942   
08/16/2006      9.30         337,200                                 217        
 
08/16/2007-
08/16/2010
 
  
     08/15/2014         0         88,150         249,050   
11/08/2006      10.40         121,100                                 26        
 
11/08/2007-
11/08/2010
 
  
     11/07/2014         0         89,612         31,488   
2007                                                                                       26,118,182   
03/01/2007      10.00         204,584                                 42        
 
03/01/2008-
03/01/2011
 
  
     02/28/2015         0         71,631         132,953   
03/28/2007      9.10         40,078,421         800,000         2,130,000         15,779        
 
03/28/2008-
03/28/2011
 
  
     03/27/2015         0         14,430,872         25,647,549   
08/16/2007      9.00         339,570                                 119        
 
08/16/2008-
08/16/2011
 
  
     08/15/2015         0         141,113         198,457   
11/15/2007      6.30         294,300                     210,000         33        
 
11/15/2008-
11/15/2011
 
  
     11/14/2015         0         155,077         139,223   

 

115


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

 

  
  
   Total potential number of new shares (3)      Option exercise period        
  
       
  
       
  
 
Date of Board of
Directors Meetings
  

Exercise

price
(in Euros)

    

Total

number of options
granted

     Granted to Executive
Directors (1)
     Granted to the
Management
Committee (2)
    

Total

Number of
Recipients

     From      To     

Number
of options

exercised

    

Number

of options
cancelled

     Outstanding
options at
12/31/2011
 
2008                                                                                       38,563,749   
03/25/2008      3.80         47,987,716                     2,050,000         14,414        
 
03/25/2009-
03/25/2012
 
  
     03/24/2016         1,360,248         10,696,725         35,930,743   
04/04/2008      3.80         800,000         800,000                     1        
 
04/04/2009-
04/04/2012
 
  
     04/03/2016         0         316,667         483,333   
07/01/2008      4.40         223,700                                 64        
 
07/01/2009-
07/01/2012
 
  
     06/30/2016         0         72,417         151,283   
09/17/2008 (3)      3.90         250,000         250,000                     1        
 
09/17/2009-
09/17/2012
 
  
     09/16/2016         0         0         250,000   
12/31/2008 (3)      2.00         2,052,400                     1,700,000         88        
 
12/31/2009-
12/31/2012
 
  
     12/30/2016         243,567         60,443         1,748,390   
2009                                                                                       42,909,812   
03/18/2009      2.00         30,656,400                                 76,641        
 
03/18/2010-
03/18/2013
 
  
     03/17/2017         2,439,386         4,036,085         24,180,929   
03/18/2009 (3)      2.00         21,731,110         1,000,000         2,600,000         11,112        
 
03/18/2010-
03/18/2013
 
  
     03/17/2017         1,890,438         1,827,404         18,013,268   
07/01/2009      2.00         443,500                                 54        
 
07/01/2010-
07/01/2013
 
  
     06/30/2017         16,207         46,361         380,932   
10/01/2009      2.90         282,500                                 25        
 
10/01/2010-
10/01/2013
 
  
     09/30/2017         15,829         32,167         234,504   
12/01/2009      2.50         108,400                                 16        

 

12/01/2010-

12/01/2013

  

  

     11/30/2017         0         8,221         100,179   
2010                                                                                       18,925,417   
03/17/2010 (3)      2.40         18,734,266         1,000,000         1,980,000         10,994        
 
03/17/2011-
03/17/2014
 
  
     03/16/2018         368,397         1,035,451         17,330,418   
07/01/2010 (3)      2.20         721,000                     400,000         65        
 
07/01/2011-
07/01/2014
 
  
     06/30/2018         2, 500         39,501         678,999   
10/01/2010 (3)      2.30         851,000                     400,000         54        
 
10/01/2011-
10/01/2014
 
  
     09/30/2018         0         58,500         792,500   
12/09/2010      2.20         125,500                                 27        
 
12/09/2011-
12/09/2014
 
  
     12/08/2018         0         2,000         123,500   
2011                                                                                       12,258,880   
03/01/2011 (3)      3.20         605,000                     400,000         39        
 
03/01/2012-
03/01/2015
 
  
     02/28/2019         0         12,000         593,000   
03/16/2011 (3)      3.70         11,251,125         1,300,000         1,400,000         8,178        
 
03/16/2012-
03/16/2015
 
  
     03/15/2019         0         304,463         10,946,662   
06/01/2011      4.20         414,718                                 61        
 
06/01/2012-
06/01/2015
 
  
     05/31/2019         0         6,000         408,718   
09/01/2011      2.50         171,000                                 44        
 
09/01/2012-
09/01/2015
 
  
     08/31/2019         0         6,000         165,000   
12/01/2011      2.00         145,500                                 45        
 
12/01/2012-
12/01/2015
 
  
     11/30/2019         0         0         145,500   
                                                                                                                       

TOTAL

              259,095,550         6,690,400         16,908,822         195,232                           13,996,002         76,120,671         168,978,877   

 

(1) 2003 to 2006 : Mr. S. Tchuruk, 2006 to 2008 : Ms P. Russo, 2008 to 2011 : Mr. B. Verwaayen.

 

(2) 2003 : 11 members, 2004 : 11 members, 2005 : 7 members, 2006 : 14 members, 2007 : 9 members, 2008 : 11 members, 2009 : 14 members, 2010 : 16 members, 2011 : 15 members.

 

(3) The number of shares that may be acquired depends on the level of satisfaction of the performance conditions. For an annual performance review, see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans”.

 

7.2.1.8 Collective profit-sharing agreement and Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO)

The Group’s companies have set up collective profit-sharing agreements and employee savings plans based on the recommendations of senior management. Furthermore, when authorized by local legislation, foreign subsidiaries have introduced profit-sharing plans for their employees in compliance with the relevant local laws.

On February 23, 2009, the Group’s French companies and the trade unions representing these companies signed a collective agreement concerning the creation of a Collective

Pension Savings Plan (PERCO). PERCO may be used by employees of the Group’s French companies to top up their future pensions or to carry out other plans such as purchasing their main residence. This initiative allows them to make payments into a long-term savings plan and to receive matching contributions from Alcatel Lucent. PERCO is an addition to the Company’s existing employee savings plans.

Until June 25, 2009, only payments made into Alcatel Lucent’s Employee Shareholder Fund (Fonds Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent) could be matched by employer contributions (if the holding period is at least 5 years). To encourage the employees to contribute to the pension savings plan, the

 

 

116


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

signatories of the PERCO agreement favored setting up a joint matching contribution allowance for the PERCO and the Alcatel Lucent Employee Shareholder Fund for all of the Group’s French companies. Alcatel Lucent will top up any profit-sharing or voluntary payments made into the plan.

Each year, for up to 3,000 invested by an employee in PERCO and/or the Alcatel Lucent Employee Shareholder Fund, there will be a maximum employer gross contribution of 2,000.

The employer contribution is calculated as follows:

 

 

100% of the employee’s payments up to 1,000 of accumulated payments;

 

 

70% of the employee’s payments, when the accumulated payments are between 1,001 and 2,000;

 

 

30 % of the employee’s payments, when the accumulated payments are between 2,001 and 3,000.

 

 

7.2.2 STATUS OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

7.2.2.1 Compensation policy for the Executive Directors and officers

The compensation policy for the Executive Directors is established in accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors determines all compensation and long-term benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

Role of the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee

The Board of Directors ensures a balance between the various components of the Executive Directors’ compensation (fixed and variable compensation, stock options and performance share awards, and additional pension benefits if any). It also ensures that these components comply with the principles of comprehensiveness, balance, benchmarking, consistency, clarity of the rules and reasonableness set forth in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Proposals for the compensation of the Chairman and of the Chief Executive Officer, as well as that of Directors and key executives, are established under the responsibility of the Compensation Committee. It evaluates all compensation paid or attributed to them, including compensation relating to retirement, and other benefits of any nature.

The Committee’s recommendations concern the annual evaluation of the Group’s senior management and the setting of the fixed and variable compensation paid to key executives. This includes the rules for determining the variable part of their compensation, which is based on their performance and our Company’s medium-term strategy, as well as the targets against which performance is measured.

The Committee’s recommendations take into account, in particular, the various compensation surveys available (Aon Hewitt Euro Executive survey, Mercer, Radford...).

The Compensation Committee also reviews the policies relating to the grant of stock options and performance shares to the Group’s executive officers, and in particular to members of the Management Committee.

General principles applied to the long-term incentives of the Executive Directors

Pursuant to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, all grants of performance shares and stock options to our Executive Directors are subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions as determined by our Board of Directors. According to the authorizations given by the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010, these grants should not represent more than 6% of the total number of employees grants over a period of 38 months. Our Board of Directors also determines specific conditions pertaining to the holding periods for shares allocated to our Executive Directors, in accordance with Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, and to the obligation to purchase Alcatel Lucent shares related to the grant of performance shares as provided in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Pursuant to the Law of December 3, 2008 to promote earnings for employees, these grants were accompanied by a mechanism providing to more than 90% of the staff of the French companies of the Group an interest in its performance, by way of a supplemental profit-sharing payment.

Grants of stock options and performance shares combined made to our Executive Directors represent in average for 2011 and 2012, 4% of the annual grants decided by the Board of Directors, which represents 0,04% of the Company’s capital.

The breakdown of the annual grants of stock options and performance shares between our employees and our executives (including members of the Management Committee) on average in 2011 and 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

LOGO

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Compensation policy for the Executive Directors

The compensation policy for our Executive Directors was determined by the Board of Directors taking into account the difficult situation—both in terms of markets and technologies—that the Group experienced in mid 2008, at the time of their appointment, and the challenges they agreed to meet at that time.

The table below reflects the main criteria adopted for fiscal years 2011 and 2012:

LOGO

 

As it concerns its guiding principles, this policy has not changed since 2008, which reinforces its clarity and the relevance of the choices originally made. In particular, the compensation of the Executive Directors has not been subject to any updating or reevaluation since their appointment. In addition, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are subject for performance shares and stock-options, to the same quantitative performance criteria as the senior management and executives of the Group—that is, share performance compared to a panel and free cash flow—even if these criteria are, when applied with respect to them, subject to a specific weighting and supplemented by other more specific evaluation criteria taking into account the role given to them in the management of the Group and the related responsibilities.

7.2.2.2 Chairman of the Board of Directors

The compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors consists of a fixed annual compensation of 200,000 paid in cash, and share-based compensation, in line with the practices of companies in the Group’s main reference markets.

In application of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the evaluation of the performance of the Chairman of the Board of Directors must not only be based on quantitative criteria, but must also consider the work performed and results obtained, as well as the specific responsibility assumed by the Chairman within the Group.

Annual compensation

The compensation of Mr. Philippe Camus was set at 200,000 at the time he took office. This amount, unchanged since 2008, was renewed for the fiscal year 2012 at the meeting of the Board of Directors on March 14, 2012. This compensation is 1.8 times the average remuneration of the directors of the Company and has no variable component.

Annual grant of performance shares

The Board of Directors determines, for each grant of performance shares, the performance criteria and specific conditions that apply to the acquisition of performance shares, including criteria for assessing the action of the Chairman throughout his term of office.

On March 16, 2011, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, all of which are subject to performance conditions over a vesting period of two years. Subject to the presence and performance conditions as described below, these performance shares will be available after a holding period of two years, starting at the end of the acquisition period.

 

 

118


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

At the meeting on March 14, 2012, our Board of Directors decided to grant Mr. Philippe Camus 200,000 performance shares under conditions similar to those of the 2011 grant.

 

   

In March 2012, grant of 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions

 

Performance conditions attached to the annual grant

Our Board of Directors decided to subject the Chairman’s acquisition of performance shares to the satisfaction of one quantitative criterion equal to 30% of the performance evaluation and of qualitative criteria equal to 70% of the performance evaluation. The quantitative criterion is based on the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price as defined for the Group Annual Plan (see Section 7.2.1.2. “Performance shares”).

 

    The qualitative criteria are performance criteria tied to the “function of Chairman of the Board” based on specifics targets

 

The qualitative criteria are tied to the function of Chairman of the Board of Directors, based on specific targets defined by our Board of Directors the satisfaction of which will be assessed at the end of the vesting period of these rights, and comprising, for the 2011 grant:

 

 

to conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals;

 

 

to ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code;

 

 

to ensure that the Company’s corporate governance adapts and evolves consistently and efficiently with changes in the industry.

The specific targets that make up the qualitative criteria for the 2012 grant were defined as follows:

 

 

to conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals;

 

 

to ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code:

 

 

to ensure the implementation of the recommendations agreed by the Board on the basis of the Board’s evaluation performed at the beginning of 2012.

Presence condition and specific obligations attached to the annual grant

Presence condition: Mr. Philippe Camus must still be an Executive Director at the end of the two-year vesting period. This condition will be deemed to be satisfied if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is removed from office for reasons other than misconduct and in the event that he resigns for non-personal reasons or due to a change in the control of the company.

Obligation to keep vested shares: until such time as he ceases his functions, Mr. Philippe Camus must keep a number of performance shares received through grants equal in value to 100% of his annual compensation.

Purchase obligation: Mr. Philippe Camus is subject to an obligation to purchase two Alcatel Lucent shares per five performance shares acquired at the end of the vesting period. This requirement is effective at the end of the legal holding period for shares (four years after the grant date). However, it is suspended as long as the value of the Alcatel Lucent shares held by the Chairman is at least equal to 40% of his annual compensation net of tax.

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, Mr. Philippe Camus has agreed not to use hedging instruments concerning the performance shares he receives.

Stock option grants

Mr. Philippe Camus has not received any Alcatel Lucent stock options.

Benefits after termination of functions

Mr. Philippe Camus has not received any commitment from the Company or any other Group company concerning the termination of his duties as Chairman of the Board or during the period following termination. Furthermore, he is not entitled to any additional or supplemental pension scheme.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.2.3 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chairman of the Board of Directors

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2011 and in early 2012.

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on a quantitative criterion (share price performance) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 16, 2011 plan

 

Weighting

      

2011

      

2012

  Average
performance
rate
  

2013

    

2014

Quantitative performance criterion:

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 100%)

 

    Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against a representative sample of the share price of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector

 

 

 

 

30%

 

  

    

 

 

 

0%

 

  

                      

Qualitative criterion related to the function of Chairman of the Board of

Directors 

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

     To conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals

 

    To ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with
the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code

 

    To ensure that the Company’s corporate governance adapts and evolves
consistently with changes in the industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70%

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global performance review

         
         
Acquisition of performance shares (1)                        

Holding period of 2 years                                   

 

LOGO

 

(1) The satisfaction of the conditions will be assessed at the end of the vesting period, at the earliest on March 16, 2013.

In 2012, the March 16, 2011 plan was subject to an initial performance review showing a performance rate of 0% (corresponding to the 13th share performance rank among the sample issuers’ group) relating to the quantitative performance criterion.

Plan of March 17, 2010

On March 17, 2010, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on quantitative criteria (financial criterion) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 17, 2010 plan

 

Weighting

   

2010

   

2011

    Average
performance
rate
   

2012                                  2013          

Quantitative performance criterion : Financial criterion

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 200%)

 

    Group’s operating income

 

 

 

 

30%

 

  

 

 

 

 

84%

 

  

 

 

 

 

82.5%

 

  

 

 

 

 

83.25%

 

  

          

Qualitative criteria related to the function of Chairman of the Board of

Directors

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

    Implementing the recommendations arising from the review of the
organization and operation of the Board of Directors conducted by the Board pursuant to article 9 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code with the assistance of Heidrick & Struggles.

 

    Integration of new appointees to the Board of Directors

 

    Leading the Board of Directors in its mission of defining the strategic
direction of the Group

 

 

 

 

70%

 

  

 

 

 

 

Global performance review

 

  

 

 

 

 

120%

 

  

          

Global rate

                            109% limited to 100%       
Acquisition of performance shares                     200,000             

    Holding period of 2 years    

 

LOGO

After reviewing the performance criteria and at the end of the vesting period, the number of shares acquired by Mr. Philippe Camus in 2012 under the plan decided in 2010 amounted to 200,000 Alcatel Lucent shares. The shares will remain non-transferable until the end of the holding period of two years, that is, until March 16, 2014.

 

120


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Plan of March 18, 2009

On March 18, 2009, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on quantitative criteria (financial criterion) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 18, 2009 plan

 

Weighting

    

2009

  

2010

          Average
performance
rate
    

2011

  2012
                    

Quantitative performance criteria : Financial criteria
(Performance rate may range from 0% to 200%)

    Level of revenues

    10%       0%      66%      LOGO            

    Operating income

    10%       0%      84%           33,5%        

    Operating cash flow minus cash outlays and capital expenditures

    10%       0%      51%                   

Qualitative performance criteria related to the function of Chairman of

the Board of Directors

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

      To conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals.

 

      To ensure that the Board of Directors composition is consistent with its
mission and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

 

      To ensure that the Company’s corporate governance adapts and evolves
consistently and efficiently with changes in the industry.

    70%       Global performance review             150%            
Global rate                                115 % (limited to 100%)    
Acquisition of performance shares                                200, 000       Holding period of 2 years               

 

LOGO  

After reviewing the performance criteria and at the end of the vesting period, the number of shares acquired by Mr. Philippe Camus in 2011 under the plan decided in 2009 amounted to 200,000 Alcatel Lucent shares. The shares will remain non-transferable until the end of the holding period of two years, that is, until March 18, 2013.

7.2.2.4 Tables established in accordance with AMF recommendations on compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

AMF Table N°1: Table summarizing the compensation, stock options and performance shares granted to the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Philippe Camus - Chairman of the Board of Directors      Fiscal year 2010        Fiscal year 2011  
Fixed compensation related to the fiscal year(1)        200,000           200,000   

Variable compensation related to the fiscal year

       -           -   

Benefits in kind

       -           -   

Subtotal – Actual compensation

       200,000           200,000   

Non-cash incentive compensation—Theoretical total value of performance shares computed according to IFRS 2 (200,000 options granted in each of March 2010 and March 2011 in relation to fiscal year 2009 and 2010 respectively (see AMF Table n°6 below); these performance shares are subject to performance conditions assessed over a two-year period and only available after a holding period of 2 years:

         

- Computed on grant date according to IFRS 2

       480,000           696,000   

- Updated as of March 14, 2012

       354,000           316,000   

Non-cash incentive compensation—Theoretical total value of options (no options granted in 2010 and 2011)

       0           0   
Total – based on value computed at grant date        680,000           896,000   
Total – based on updated value as of March 14, 2012        554,000           516,000   

 

(1) Related to the fiscal year and paid during the year.

The theoretical total value of performance shares granted to the Chairman corresponds to the value computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of the corresponding grant, such value being expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (2 years). In compliance with IFRS 2 requirements, this value is determined at the grant date and may not be amended subsequently even if some of the assumptions taken initially are no longer valid at a certain point in time. Therefore, this value is not predictive of the actual advantage granted, that is the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from this grant. Future cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of any future sale of the shares vested and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time. For the purpose of the calculation of the value computed at grant date, the performance conditions have been assumed to be fully satisfied during the entire vesting period. For the purpose of the calculation of the value updated as of March 14th, 2012, the actual level of satisfaction of the performance conditions was taken into account for those as to which the level is already determined as of March 14, 2012, and the level of satisfaction has been assumed to be at 100% for the ones to be assessed over the remaining vesting period.

 

121


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

 

 

The level of satisfaction of the performance conditions related to the Chairman’s performance share grants to date is presented in Section 7.2.2.3 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chairman of the Board of Directors” and AMF Table N°6 below.

AMF Table N°2: Table summarizing the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

(Amounts in euros)   Fiscal year 2010   Fiscal year 2011
     Due     Paid   Due     Paid

Philippe Camus - Chairman of the Board of

Directors

                       

Fixed compensation

    -      200,000     -      200,000

Variable compensation

    -      N/A     -      N/A

Exceptional compensation

    -      N/A     -      N/A

Directors’ fee

    -      N/A     -      N/A

Benefits in kind

    -      N/A     -      N/A

Total

    -      200,000     -      200,000

AMF Table N°6: History of performance shares granted to Mr. Philippe Camus

 

Grants         Number of
shares
    

Vesting

date (1)

    Number of shares
vested
    

Availability

Date

     Mixed performance
conditions
     Unit
    valuation (2)
 

Mr. Philippe Camus

                                                        

Plan of 09/17/2008

         100,000         11/03/2010        100,000         11/03/2012      

 

2 financial criteria and 1 qualitative criterion

  

     3.05   

Plan of 03/18/2009 

         200,000         03/18/2011        200,000         03/18/2013      

 

3 financial criteria and 1 qualitative criterion

  

     1.19   

Plan of 03/17/2010 

         200,000         03/17/2012        200,000         03/17/2014      

 

1 financial criterion and 1 qualitative criterion

  

     2.40   

Plan of 03/16/2011

         200,000         03/16/2013        -         03/16/2015        

 

Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance

and 1 qualitative criterion

  

  

     3.48   

Plan of 03/14/2012

         200,000         03/14/2014        -         03/14/2016        

 

Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance

and 1 qualitative criterion

  

  

     1.64 (3) 
Total          900,000         -        500,000         -         -         -   

 

(1) This is the earliest date at which performance shares can become fully vested, with full ownership to be acquired on the first business day following the verification, at the end of the vesting period, that the presence and performance conditions have been met.

 

(2) The unit value (rounded to the nearest tenth of Euro) corresponds to the value in the consolidated financial statements. This value results from theoretical computations. Actual gains realized will depend on the share price on the dates of sale of the Alcatel-Lucent shares.

 

(3) The unit value for the 03/14/2012 plan was calculated on the basis of a share price of 1.80 on the same date.

Table AMF n°10: Table summarizing the situation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

           Employment
contract
       Supplemental pension
schemes
     Termination payments or benefits
payable or  likely to become payable
resulting from the termination or
change of position
     Compensation paid
pursuant to a  non-
competition clause
 

Mr. Philippe Camus

Chairman of the Board of Directors
appointed on October 1, 2008 and
renewed at the Shareholders’
Meeting on June 1, 2010

         None           None         None         None   

 

Apart from the contractual commitments described above, we have no other commitments concerning the Chairman of the Board of Directors with regard to compensation, allowances or benefits due, or likely to be due, by reason of the termination or change of duties or following such termination or change of duties.

7.2.2.5 Chief Executive Officer

The total annual compensation of Mr. Ben Verwaayen, like that of all the Group’s managers and executives, consists of a fixed portion and a variable portion, plus a long-term benefit. The variable compensation is determined each year by the Board of Directors according to pre-defined performance criteria.

The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is determined each year by the Board of Directors based on the

recommendation of the Compensation Committee. The performance criteria applicable to his variable compensation and to the long-term compensation, which are particularly pro-active and demanding, reflect the Group’s strategy and transformation objectives.

Annual compensation

To ensure transparency and clarity, the criteria for determining the compensation of the CEO are specific and pre-established, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Their main characteristics have not changed since he took office as Chief Executive Officer on September 15, 2008. As a result, he is the recipient of a fixed annual compensation of 1.2 million which has been left unchanged since 2008.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

The Chief Executive Officer is also the recipient of a variable compensation based, as that of all employees of Alcatel Lucent, on the Group’s operating income as defined for purposes of the Global Annual Incentive Plan, that is, on a quantitative criterion. This variable compensation was established at 1,062,000, corresponding to 59% of the target bonus, in respect of fiscal year 2010, and at 925,200, that is, 51.4% of the target bonus, in respect of fiscal year 2011. The target bonus is 150% of his fixed compensation if he meets 100% of his targets and may reach twice the target. Depending on the actual level of performance achieved, his variable compensation may range from 0% to 300% of his fixed compensation, if performance targets are substantially exceeded.

On the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, our Board of Directors also decided to maintain the same compensation elements for fiscal year 2012, that is, a fixed portion in the amount of 1.2 million and a variable portion that will depend on the level of the Group’s operating income as defined for purposes of the Global Annual Incentive Plan.

 

   

The compensation elements of Mr. Ben Verwaayen are the same as when he was appointed in 2008

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen receives notably, as benefits in kind, a monthly impatriation allowance of 10,000 and the use of a company car with a driver.

Absence of severance payments in the event of termination of functions

Mr. Ben Verwaayen is not entitled to any severance payment, even upon forced termination resulting from a change in control or strategy. No employment contract exists between him and Alcatel Lucent or its subsidiaries, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Annual stock option grants

In 2011 the Chief Executive Officer received, as in 2010 and 2009, a long-term compensation consisting entirely of stock options and 100% subject to the performance conditions described below, as recommended by the AFEP-MEDEF Code. By decision of the Board of Directors on March 16, 2011, 1.3 million stock options were granted to him, at an exercise price of 3.70. Their vesting is spread over four years.

During its meeting on February 8, 2012, the Board of Directors discussed the compensation package of the CEO, Mr. Ben Verwaayen, for 2012. Mr. Ben Verwaayen stated that, although results improved significantly in 2011, the Company had not yet reached ‘normality’ as described in the three-year plan for 2009-2011. Consequently, Mr. Ben Verwaayen asked the Board of Directors not to grant him any stock options or performance shares in 2012. After appropriate consideration, the Board of Directors agreed to this request, but retained the right to reconsider its position in 2013.

Performance conditions attached to annual stock option grants

The stock options granted in 2011 are subject to quantitative performance criteria combining the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price and a financial criterion, as follows:

Share price performance: The rights to the options are subject, for 50% of the total number of options granted, to a performance condition based on the Alcatel Lucent share price, as described in Section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options”, consistent with the mechanism used for the stock options granted from 2008 to 2010 to the executives of the Group.

Free Cash Flow: The rights to the options are subject, for 50% of the total number of options granted, to a performance condition based on the evolution of Free Cash Flow, identical in its modality to that applicable to executives in accordance with the 2011 mechanism described in section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options”.

Conditions and specific obligations attached to the annual grant of stock options

Presence condition: Mr. Ben Verwaayen will acquire full rights over the stock options as long as he is still an Executive Director at the end of the vesting period. This condition will be deemed to be satisfied if the CEO is removed from office for reasons other than misconduct and in the event that he resigns for non-personal reasons or due to a change in the control of our Company.

No discount: The shares may be subscribed at a price per share corresponding to the average of the 20 opening prices preceding the date of the Board meeting granting stock options.

Gradual vesting period: The options will vest over four years at a rate of 50% of the options at the end of an initial period of two years and then 25% of the options at the end of each of the following two annual periods.

Availability: Subject to the presence and performance conditions above, the stock options become available after a holding period of four years starting from the time of the grant, with a total plan duration of eight years.

Holding obligation for shares acquired: Mr. Ben Verwaayen must retain, until the end of his term of office, Alcatel Lucent shares equal in value to 100% of the capital gains resulting from the exercise of his options, net of tax and mandatory contributions and of the gains required to fund the exercise of the options. This obligation is suspended as long as the value of Alcatel Lucent shares held remains equal in value to or above 40% of his annual compensation net of tax (fixed and variable compensation based on the satisfaction of 100% of the targets set for him by the Board, for the year preceding the exercise of the stock options).

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, Mr. Ben Verwaayen has agreed not to use hedging instruments for the stock options he is granted.

 

 

123


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

 

 

Benefits after termination

 

Since taking office, the Chief Executive Officer benefits from the private pension plan applicable to a group of beneficiaries mainly comprising French executives of the Group (AUXAD plan) and from a commitment from the Board of Directors guaranteeing him a total pension of up to 40% of his compensation, subject to performance conditions.

In the context of the AUXAD supplemental pension plan, Mr. Ben Verwaayen may exercise his rights to retirement starting from the age of 60, subject to the benefits of his pension rights under the French general Social security system and any other private pension plan. This pension scheme, established in 1976, has 330 beneficiaries, of which 41 executives who are currently employed by Alcatel Lucent and by its French subsidiaries more than 50%-owned by Alcatel Lucent.

This pension scheme supplements the benefits under the plan of the French AGIRC (General Association of Pensions Institutions for Managerial Staff) for the portion of income that exceeds eight times the annual social security pension limit, beyond which there is no legal or contractual pension scheme. The system and the method of calculation of the AUXAD plan are similar to those of the AGIRC plan. AUXAD does not require the beneficiary to be present at the company at the time of retirement.

A commitment was made by the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer when he took office,

guaranteeing him a total pension of up to 40% of his compensation to take into account the fact that he has not contributed throughout his entire career to the French mandatory plans (CNAV, AGIRC-ARRCO). This commitment will be calculated based on the average of the two most highly-remunerated years in the last five years of his career at the Company. This supplemental pension will be reduced of the pension rights earned in respect of prior activities.

This commitment is subject to performance conditions:

 

 

three quantitative criteria, weighted at 75%, corresponding to the level of revenue and operating income compared with a representative sample of companies in the sector, and the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price in comparison with previous fiscal years;

 

 

qualitative criteria, weighted at 25%, corresponding to the strategic repositioning of our Company, changes to our business portfolio, and the evolution of the customer satisfaction index.

Thus, the Board of Directors has determined both quantitative and qualitative performance criteria to which the rights of the Chief Executive Officer under the pension plan at the end of his functions are subject.

 

 

7.2.2.6 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2011 and in early 2012.

History of stock option plans

The table below reflects the results of the performance reviews determined by our Board of Directors for all the plans pursuant to which stock options were granted to the Chief Executive Officer, subject to performance conditions. At March 19, 2012, the cumulative number of vested stock options was 1,125,000, taking into account the satisfaction of performance conditions attached to the option plans decided between 2008 and 2011.

 

Performance

Review

 

Number

of stock

options

   

Exercise
Price

in Euros

   

Exercise

period

   

Performance

conditions

    Rank and reference period coefficient  

Cumulative

number

of options
vested

 
          Period 1  (1)     Period 2 (1)     Period 3 (1)     Period 4  (1)(2)  
                                 Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank   Coef.       

Plan of

09/17/2008

    250,000      3.90       
 

 

09/17/2012
to

09/16/2016

  
  

  

   

 
 

 

Performance of

Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to

50% of the grant

  

  
  

  

    12        0%        11        0%        4        100%                125,000   

Plan of

03/18/2009

    1,000,000      2.00       
 

 

03/18/2013
to

03/17/2017

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Performance of
Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to
50% of the grant
  
  
  
  
    4        100%        4        100%        13        0%                625,000   

Plan of

03/17/2010

    1,000,000      2.40       
 

 

03/17/2014
to

03/16/2018

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Performance of
Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to
50% of the grant
  
  
  
  
    4        100%        13        0%                                375,000   

Plan of

03/16/2011(3)

       
 
03/16/2015
to
  
  
   
 

Performance of
Alcatel Lucent

  
  

    13        0%                 
     
1,300,000
  
 
3.70
  
    03/15/2019       
 

 
 
 

shares and Free
Cash Flow

performance
each applied to
50% of the grant

  
  

  
  
  

 

 

N/A

  

 

 

33%

  

                                            0   

 

  (1)   Plans 2008 to 2010 : Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient that may range from 0% to 100% is used to calculate the number of options vested during each period. No options are vested if Alcatel Lucent’s share is ranked in last position.

 

  (2)  

For purposes of determining the final number of options vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, the performance of Alcatel Lucent’s and the other issuers’ shares in the sample group is measured for the period from the grant date to the end of the 4th period to obtain a new ranking. Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price ranking over the four-year period, a new coefficient is determined. This coefficient is used to calculate the total vesting for the recipient if it is more favorable than the ranking on each anniversary date. In that case, the number of shares vesting in the last period is adjusted accordingly.

 

  (3)   2011 plan: see below.

 

124


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011 the Board of Directors decided to grant a maximum of 1,300,000 stock options to Mr. Ben Verwaayen, subject to the satisfaction of a mixed performance condition: share price performance for 50%, and free cash flow for 50%.

 

Performance review of the March 16, 2011 plan   Weighting         
    Period 1     Period 2     Period 3  
       2011     2012     Average
2011-2012
    2013     2014  
            Rank     Coef.     Rank   Coef.            Rank   Coef.     Rank     Coef.  

Quantitative performance criteria:

 

  Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against a representative sample of the share of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (2)
(performance rate may range from 0% to 100%)

    50%        13        0%          -        -          -          -   

  Free Cash Flow (3)
(performance rate may range from 0 à 100%)

    50%        N/A        33 %            -        -            -                -   
      LOGO        LOGO          LOGO     
Gradual vesting of options by period      

 

50%

  

 

25%

  

    25%     
   

 

Unavailability of the shares for 4 years

  

            

 

LOGO  

  

 

(1) Vesting is spread over 3 periods: a 2-year vesting period for 50% of the options, followed by periods of one year, for 25% and 25% of the total number of options granted.

 

(2) In each period, the vesting of half of the options is subject to the performance condition of the Alcatel-Lucent share price as described above (note 1 and 2 of the previous table).

 

(3) The satisfaction of this performance condition will be assessed for each period by reference the Free Cash Flow : (i) for the first period : fiscal years 2011 and 2012, (ii) for the second period: 2013 and (iii) for the third period : 2014.

The exercise period runs from March 16, 2015 to March 15, 2019.

Performance share plans

Plan of October 29, 2008

On October 29, 2008, our Board of Directors decided to grant 250,000 performance shares to Mr. Ben Verwaayen, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and of performance conditions based on quantitative criteria (financial criteria) which count for 40%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the CEO) which count for 60%.

 

Performance review of the October 29, 2008 plan   Weighting      2009      2010            Performance rate (1)     2011      2012  

Quantitative performance criteria : financial criteria

(performance rate may range from 0% to 200%)

 

  Revenues

    20%         0%         66%      }         
 
37.5%
    
 
  
    -         -   

  Operating income

    20%         0%         84%                  

Qualitative performance criterion related to the function of Chief Executive Officer

(performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

  Definition of the Group’s strategy

 

  Design and implementation of the structural model to support the proposed strategy

 

 

 

 

60%

 

  

     Global performance review                150%        -         -   
Global rate                                      
 
105% (limited to
100%)
 
  
                
Acquisition of performance shares               250, 000            Holding period of 2 years   
                LOGO     
                                                    

 

(1) The performance of the financial criteria is assessed with respect to fiscal years 2009 and 2010.

 

125


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

 

 

After reviewing the performance criteria and at the end of the vesting period, the number of shares acquired by Mr. Ben Verwaayen in 2011 under the plan decided in 2008 amounted to 250,000 Alcatel Lucent shares. The shares will remain non-transferable until the end of the holding period of two years, that is, until February 9, 2013.

7.2.2.7 Tables prepared in accordance with AMF recommendations on the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer

AMF Table N°1: Table summarizing the compensation, and the stock-options and performance shares granted to the Chief Executive Officer

 

Ben Verwaayen - Chief Executive Officer    Fiscal year 2010      Fiscal year 2011  

Fixed compensation related to the fiscal year (1)

     1,200,000         1,200,000   

Variable compensation related to the fiscal year (2)

     1,062,000         925,200   

Benefits in kind (1) (3)

     128,672         125,892   
Subtotal – Actual compensation      2,390,672         2,251,092   

Non-cash incentive compensation - Theoretical total value of options (1,300,000 options granted in March 2011 in relation to fiscal year 2010 (see AMF Table n°4 below); decision of February 8, 2012, not to grant any options with respect to fiscal year 2011 (see text below). These options are subject to performance and presence conditions and may be exercised only after a four-year period:

     

-        Computed on grant date according to IFRS 2

     1,937,000         0   

-        Updated as of March 14, 2012

     714,675         0   

Non-cash incentive compensation - Theoretical total value of performance shares computed according to IFRS 2 (no performance shares were granted in 2010 and 2011).

     0         0   
Total – based on value computed at grant date      4,327,672         2,251,092   
Total – based on updated value as of March 14, 2012      3,105,347         2,251,092   

 

(1) Related to the fiscal year and paid during the year.
(2) Related to the fiscal year and paid in the following year after the publication of the annual results on the basis of which is determined the level of achievement of the annual performance targets.
(3) This amount includes various advantages (impatriation allowance, car and driver...).

Mr. Verwaayen has requested that the Board of Directors not grant him any stock options or performance shares in relation to fiscal year 2011, in light of the performance of the Group in 2011. After appropriate consideration, the Board of Directors has agreed to this request, but has retained the right to reconsider its position in 2013.

The theoretical total value of options granted to the CEO corresponds to the value computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of the corresponding grant, such value being expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (4 years). In compliance with IFRS 2 requirements, this value is determined at the grant date and may not be amended subsequently even if some of the assumptions taken into account initially are no longer valid at a certain point in time. Therefore, this value is not predictive of the actual advantage granted, that is, the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from this grant. Future net cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of the sale of the shares resulting from the exercise of the options and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time. For the purpose of the calculation of the value computed at grant date, the performance conditions have been assumed to be fully satisfied during the entire vesting period. For the purpose of the calculation of the value updated as of March 14th, 2012, the actual level of satisfaction of the performance conditions was taken into account for those as to which the level is already determined as of March 14, 2012, and the level of satisfaction has been assumed to be at 100% for the ones to be assessed over the remaining vesting period.

The level of satisfaction of the performance conditions related to the CEO’s stock options grants to date is presented immediately below.

 

Performance Review  

Number

of stock

options

granted

   

Exercice

Price

in

    Exercice period      Performance conditions    

Cumulative

number of

options

vested (1)

     Level of
achievement (2)
as of March 19,
2012
 

Plan of 03/16/2011 (3)

    1,300,000      3.70       

 

03/16/2015 to

03/15/2019

 

  

    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares (50% of the grant)

Free Cash Flow performance (50% of the grant)

  

  

    0         0%   

Plan of 03/17/2010

    1,000,000      2.40       

 

03/17/2014 to

03/16/2018

 

  

    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    375,000         37.5%   

Plan of 03/18/2009

    1,000,000      2.00       
 
03/18/2013 to
03/17/2017
  
  
    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    625,000         62.5%   

Plan of 09/17/2008

    250,000      3.90       
 
09/17/2012 to
09/16/2016
  
  
    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    125,000         50%   

Total

    3,550,000                                 1,125,000         32%   

 

(1) Performance reviews are detailed in section 7.2.2.6 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer”
(2) The level of achievement is the percentage of the cumulative number of options vested compared to the maximum number of options granted per plan as determined on March 19, 2012.
(3) Plan of 03/16/2011: the options vest over four years at a rate of 50% of the options at the end of an initial period of two years and then 25% of the options at the end of each of the following two annual periods.

 

126


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

AMF Table N°2: Table summarizing the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer

 

     

Compensation related to

fiscal year 2010

    

Compensation related to

fiscal year 2011

 
Ben Verwaayen - Chief Executive Officer    Due(1)      Paid      Due(1)      Paid  

Fixed compensation

     -         1, 200, 000         -         1, 200,000   

Variable compensation

     1, 062, 000         -         925, 200         -   

Exceptional compensation

     -         -         -         -   

Director’s fee

     -         -         -         -   

Benefits in kind (2)

     -         128, 672         -         125,892   
Total      1, 062, 000         1, 328, 672         925, 200         1,325,892   

 

(1) Variable compensation related to the fiscal year and due at year-end and paid in the following year, after the publication of the annual results on the basis of which is determined the level of achievement of the annual performance targets.
(2) This amount includes various advantages (impatriation allowance, car and driver...).

AMF Table N°4: History of stock option grants

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen

  

Number of

stock

options

    

Exercise

price

     Exercise period      Performance conditions      Unit
valuation
 

Plan of 09/17/2008

     250,000       3.90         09/17/2012 to 09/16/2016        
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50% of the
grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
   2.13   

Plan of 03/18/2009

     1,000,000       2.00         03/18/2013 to 03/17/2017        
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50% of the
grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
   0.57   

Plan of 03/17/2010

     1,000,000       2.40         03/17/2014 to 03/16/2018        
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50% of the
grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
   1.06   

Plan of 03/16/2011

     1,300,000       3.70         03/16/2015 to 03/15/2019        
 
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares and Free Cash Flow
performance applied to 50% of the grant evaluated over a
four-year period
  
  
  
   1.49   

The unit value (rounded to the nearest cent of euro) corresponds to the value per option computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of each grant. This unit value multiplied by the number of options granted is expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (4 years). The total values of the grants cannot be considered as equivalent to the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from these grants. Future net cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of the sale of the shares resulting from the exercise of the options and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time.

On March 14, 2012, on the basis of a share price of 1.80, the unit value of the options granted in September 2008 amounted to 0.37, the unit value of the options granted in March 2009 amounted to 0.65, the unit value of the options granted in March 2010 amounted to 0.65 and the unit value of the options granted in March 2011 amounted to 0.60.

AMF Table N°6: History of performance shares grants

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen    Number of
shares
     Vesting date      Number of
vested shares
     Availability
Date
       Mixed performance conditions        Unit valuation (1)  
Grant                                                          

Plan of 10/29/2008

     250,000         02/10/2011         250,000         02/10/2013          

 

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

 

  

     1.63   

 

(1) The unit value (rounded to the nearest tenth of Euro) corresponds to the value in the consolidated financial statements on the date of grant. This value results from theoretical computations and actual gains realized will depend on the share price on the date of sale of Alcatel Lucent shares. On March 14, 2012, on the basis of a share price of 1.80, the value of each performance share amounts to 1.80.

AMF Table N°10: Table summarizing the situation of the Chief Executive Officer

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen    Employment contract      Supplemental pension
schemes
   Termination payments or benefits
payable or  likely to become payable
resulting from the termination or change
of position
     Compensation paid pursuant
to a non-competition clause
 

Chief Executive Officer

Appointed on September 15, 2008 and

renewed at the Shareholders’ Meeting

on June 1, 2010

     None         Yes. Please refer to Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer”, paragraph “Benefits after termination of functions” for more details.      None           None     

 

Apart from the contractual commitments described above, we have no other commitments concerning the Chief Executive Officer with regard to compensation, allowances or benefits

due, or likely to be due, by reason of the termination or change of duties or following such termination or change of duties.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

 

 

7.2.2.8 Management Committee

The remuneration of the members of the Management Committee consists of a fixed portion and a variable portion based on Group performance criteria reviewed by the Compensation Committee, identical to those applicable to a large number of Group managers, and on their individual performance.

 

Senior management encompasses the individuals who were members of the Management Committee, that is, 15 members at December 31, 2011 and 12 members at March 14, 2012 as listed in Section 7.1.2.3 “The Management Committee”.

The amount of fixed and variable compensations of senior management related to fiscal year 2011, amounts to €13.7 million, including a fixed compensation of €9.3 million.

The fixed part of the compensation may also include benefits in kind and, where applicable, expatriation or impatriation allowances as well as housing allowances for expatriates. The variable part related to each fiscal year, payable the following year, is based on the Group’s operating income as defined for purposes of the Global Annual Incentive Plan. Note 33 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, “Related party transactions”, summarizes the total compensation and other benefits provided to senior management.

 

 

Compensation paid to senior management(1)

 

(Amounts in million euros)         

Related to
fiscal year 2010

16 members (2)

    

Related to
fiscal year 2011

15 members (3)

 

Fixed compensation

          11.4         9.3   

Variable compensation

          4.2         4.4   
Total           15.6         13.7   

Exceptional compensation (4)

          -         3.4   

 

(1) Not including share-based payments

 

(2) Out of the 16 members of the Management Committee between January, 1 and December, 31, 2010, there is taken into account the related compensation of 10 members who were part of the Committee during the entire year, the related compensation of 6 members pro rata for the period since they became part of the Committee, and the related compensation of 4 members pro rata up to termination of their duties.

 

(3) Out of the 15 members of the Management Committee between January, 1 and December, 31, 2011, there is taken into account the related compensation of 12 members who were part of the Committee during the entire year, the related compensation of 3 members pro rata for the period since they became part of the Committee, and the related compensation of 4 members pro rata up to termination of their duties.

 

(4) Exceptional compensation includes any severance payments resulting from contractual commitments related to the fiscal year 2011.

 

In addition, Directors’ fees received by senior managers for their participation in meetings of the Board of Directors of companies within the Group are deducted from the salaries paid.

Amount reserved for pensions

The aggregate commitments relating to pensions (taking into account total benefits obligation: vested and non vested rights) and other benefits granted to members of the Board of Directors of our Company and the Management Committee at December 31, 2011 amounted to 13.3 (compared with 11.4 million in 2010).

This amount is broken down as follow: 4.8 million relates to the directors, including Mr. Verwaayen (compared with 3.4 million in 2010), and 8.5 million relates to the members of the Management Committee (compared with 8.0 million in 2010). The amount of the reserve corresponding to the commitments undertaken for the benefit of the members of the Board of Directors and of the Management Committee amounted to 13.2 million at December 31, 2011 (compared with 10.4 million in 2010).

At December 31, 2011, there were no new commitments concerning previous Executive Directors.

 

 

128


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.3 REGULATED AGREEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

7.3 REGULATED AGREEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

“Regulated” agreements under French law are agreements between a company and its CEO or, a deputy Chief Executive Officer, if any, a Director, or a shareholder holding more than 10% of the voting rights, that, while authorized by French law, do not involve transactions in the ordinary course of business under normal terms and conditions.

These agreements, as well as any new commitment made to the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the CEO in the event of termination of their duties, must be authorized in advance by the Board of Directors through a specific legal procedure, reported on in a special Statutory Auditors’ report and presented for consultation at the Shareholders’ Meeting.

Related party agreements and transactions (under U.S. law) include, among others, agreements entered into with the Company’s Directors and senior management, shareholders holding more than 5% of the Company’s capital, and close family members of the aforementioned parties. They are not subject to the prior authorization procedure required by French law, unless they fall under the rules applicable to “regulated” agreements.

NO NEW REGULATED AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS IN 2011

In 2011, there were no new agreements for which the regulated agreements procedure needed to be followed. No new agreements or commitments were therefore approved in 2011. Commitments previously approved continued in 2011.

CONTINUED COMMITMENTS IN FAVOR OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS IN 2011

Commitments deemed to be “Other benefits” in favor of the Chairman of the Board

The commitments made by our Board of Directors on September 17, 2008 to Mr. Philippe Camus concern his rights to acquire performance shares in certain instances after termination of his duties as Chairman of the Board.

In fact, the specific provisions which enable the Chairman of the Board of Directors to acquire the performance shares granted during his term of office in certain instances after termination of his duties as Chairman of the Board, constitute contractual undertakings which are subject to the regulated agreements procedure provided in Article L.225-42-1 of the French Commercial code.

These commitments were the subject of a Statutory Auditors’ report before being approved by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 29, 2009. Following the renewal of Mr. Philippe Camus’ term of office as Director and Chairman

of the Board of Directors, these commitments were approved once again by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 1, 2010. They continued, without any modification, during fiscal year 2011.

Mr. Philippe Camus may only acquire the performance shares if he is still an Executive Director at the end of the two-year vesting period. This condition will be deemed to have been satisfied if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is removed from office for reasons other than misconduct and in the event that he resigns from his position of Chairman of the Board of Directors for non-personal reasons or due to a change in the control of our Company.

Commitments deemed to be “Other benefits” and “Pension” in favor of the CEO

 

 

The commitments made by our Board of Directors to Mr. Ben Verwaayen at its meeting of September 17, 2008, concern his rights to acquire performance shares and stock options after termination of his duties as CEO.

The specific provisions, which enable the CEO to acquire, after the termination of his duties as CEO, performance shares and stock options granted during his term of office, constitute contractual undertakings subject to the regulated agreements procedure provided in Article L.225-42-1 of the French Commercial Code.

Mr. Ben Verwaayen may only acquire the performance shares if he is still an Executive Director at the end of the two-year vesting period, and the full rights over the stock options granted will be definitively acquired provided that he is still an Executive Director at the end of each year during the four-year vesting period. These conditions will be deemed to have been satisfied if the CEO is removed from office for reasons other than misconduct and in the event that he resigns from his position of CEO for non-personal reasons or due to a change in the control of our Company.

 

 

The performance-related pension commitments made by our Board of Directors to Mr. Ben Verwaayen at its meeting of October 29, 2008, consist in his participation in the private pension plan open to a group of beneficiaries consisting primarily of the Group’s French executive officers (AUXAD plan) and the commitment that he will benefit from a supplemental pension equal to 40% of the average of the two most highly-remunerated years in the last five years of his career at Alcatel Lucent, after deducting pension benefits acquired through previous activities.

These “Pension” commitments are subject to performance-related criteria which are assessed throughout his term of office (see Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer”). On the other hand, they do not require Mr. Ben Verwaayen to be at Alcatel Lucent at the time he retires, in contrast with the provisions of Article L. 137-11 of the French Social Security Code.

 

 

129


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.3 REGULATED AGREEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 

The specific provisions relating to pension commitments are subject, where benefits may result from the termination of, or a change in, duties, to the regulated agreements procedure, in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 225-42-1 of the French Commercial Code. These specific provisions also impose that the pension commitments be conditioned on performance-related criteria if the pension scheme does not meet the characteristics for pension schemes stipulated in Article L. 137-11 of the French Social Security Code and mentioned in the last paragraph of Article L. 225-42-1 of the French Commercial Code.

These commitments were the subject of a Statutory Auditors’ report before being approved by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 29, 2009. Following the renewal of Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s term of office as Director and CEO of our Group, these commitments were approved once again by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 1, 2010. They continued, without any modification, during fiscal year 2011.

The above-mentioned provisions concerning Mr. Philippe Camus and Mr. Ben Verwaayen are described in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers.”

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There are no agreements between us and any of our shareholders who hold more than 5% of our capital.

Details about related party transactions, as defined by IAS 24, entered into by our Group’s companies in 2009, 2010 and 2011 are presented in Note 33 to the consolidated financial statements “Related party transactions”.

These transactions mainly concern jointly controlled entities (consolidated using proportional consolidation) and companies consolidated using the equity method.

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.4 ALCATEL LUCENT CODE OF CONDUCT

 

7.4 ALCATEL LUCENT CODE OF CONDUCT

 

In July 2009, Alcatel Lucent published a revised “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”, which establishes, in a streamlined manner, the Company’s standards for ethical business conduct. This Code of Conduct replaces our “Statement of Business Principles”. The Code of Conduct is binding on all employees globally in their daily operations and on the Company in its relations with competitors, suppliers, shareholders, partners and customers. The standards set forth in the Code of Conduct are based upon the laws and regulations in force, as well as the notions of integrity, respect, equity, diversity and ethics. The Code of Conduct is available on the Alcatel Lucent Intranet site in twenty-two languages, as well as on the Alcatel Lucent external website.

In February, 2004 we adopted a “Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers” that applies to our CEO, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, which is also available on our website. This Code supplements the Code of Conduct mentioned above, which also applies to these senior financial officers.

In addition, we implemented an Ethics and Compliance Program involving a set of processes, principles and controls to ensure compliance with law as well as the respect of the company’s directives and policies. Alcatel Lucent’s Chief

Compliance Officer supervises the implementation and ongoing adoption of this program to reflect evolving legal requirements, international standards and the standards of behaviour set forth in the Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct.

The Alcatel Lucent Ethics and Compliance Council was established in February 2007 and is comprised of the Chief Compliance Officer and the representatives of the following departments: Law, Audit and Finance, Human Resources & Transformation, Communications, Business & Information Technology Transformation, Procurement & Design-To-Cost, Public Affairs, Corporate Security, Global Delivery and the Office of Business Integrity & Compliance. This Council meets every month and is responsible for overseeing the strategic design and implementation at the Group level of an integrated and robust ethics and compliance system.

In this respect, we comply with the NYSE rules that stipulate that all U.S. listed companies must adopt and implement a Code of Conduct aimed at the Chairman and the CEO, executive officers and employees. Although this rule is not mandatory for Alcatel Lucent, our code of conduct covers all the subjects included in the NYSE rules, except that it does not specify a mechanism allowing the Chairman and the CEO, the executive officers and the employees to obtain a waiver of the application of any aspect of such Code.

 

 

7.5 MAJOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND NYSE REQUIREMENTS

 

The main ways in which our corporate governance practices are aligned with, or differ from, the NYSE’s corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. “domestic issuers” listed

on the NYSE are explained above in Section 7.1 “Chairman’s corporate governance report” and 7.4 “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”.

 

 

131


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.5 MAJOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND NYSE REQUIREMENTS

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.1 SHARE CAPITAL AND DILUTED CAPITAL

 

8    INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.1    SHARE CAPITAL AND DILUTED CAPITAL

 

Our capital at December 31, 2011 was 4,650,766,656 represented by 2,325,383,328 ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of 2, fully paid.

 

      Total number of shares  
Capital at December 31, 2011      2,325,383,328   
Alcatel Lucent stock options      168,978,877   
Performance shares (1)      21,961,351   
ORAs (2)      1,683,208   
OCEANE due 2015      309,597,523   
Convertible bonds (2)      100,588,636   
Convertible debt securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      55,674,504   
Diluted capital at December 31, 2011      2,983,867,427   

 

(1) For more details, see Section 7.2.1.4 « Summary table for the performance share plans ».
(2) For a description of the dilutive instruments, see Section 8.6 « Outstanding instruments giving right to shares ».

 

133


Table of Contents

8

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.2 AUTHORIZATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPITAL

 

 

8.2    AUTHORIZATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPITAL

Currently, we have the following authorizations to issue capital, which authorizations were approved at our Shareholders’ Meetings on June 1, 2010 and May 27, 2011:

 

      Method of the delegation      
I. Issuances with pre-emptive rights          

Shares or convertible bonds with

preferential subscription rights

  

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 22nd resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    
II. Issuances without pre-emtpive rights          

 

Shares or convertible bonds without

preferential subscription rights

  

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 23rd resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    
Issuance, through an offer by way of private placement as referred to in Article L. 411-2 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code of shares or securities without preferential subscription rights   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 24th resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    

Issuance of securities in consideration of

contributions in kind

  

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 26th resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    
III. Issuances with or without pre-emptive rights          
Increase of the number of shares to be issued in case of share capital increase with or without preferential subscription rights pursuant to I and II (Greenshoe)   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 25th resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    
   OVERALL LIMITATION FOR ISSUANCES PURSUANT TO I AND II     
    

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 27th resolution.

    
IV. Capitalization of reserves          
Increase by capitalization of reserves created as permitted by French law, profits or issue premium   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 28th resolution.

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012.

    
V. Issuances reserved for employees          
Performance shares   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 29th resolution

For a duration of: 38 months expiring on August 1, 2013

    
Stock options (price without discount)   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 30th resolution

For a duration of: 38 months expiring on August 1, 2013

    
Share issuance reserved for members of an employee savings plan   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 in its 31st resolution

For a duration of: 26 months expiring on August 1, 2012

    
VI. Share repurchase program          
Share repurchase   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011 in its 7th resolution

For a duration of: 18 months expiring on November 27, 2012

    
Share cancellation   

Given by: Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011 in its 8th resolution

For a duration of: 18 months expiring on November 27, 2012

    

 

Annual Report on Form 20-F 2011    Alcatel-Lucent

 

134


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.2 AUTHORIZATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPITAL

 

 

 

     Maximum authorized amount (1)          Use (2)       Combined limitation (1)
                        
   

920 million,

i.e., approximately 20% of the outstanding capital

6,000 million

for debt securities

       

None

  20%
                        
   

700 million,

i.e., approximately 15% of the outstanding capital

6,000 million

for debt securities

        None

 

  15%
   

15% of the capital

        None
 
 

10% of the capital

      None
 
                        
 

15% of the initial issuance

      None   35%
(20% and 15%)
                        
 

for ordinary shares

1,620 million

or 35% of existing shares

  

for debt securities

6,000 million

   None (for either
ordinary shares or
debt securities)
  35%

(20% and 15%)

                        
 

the total amount that can be incorporated

      None  
                        
    1% of the capital        

0.43%

  4%
    4% (3) of the capital        

0.54%

 
    3% of the capital        

None

   
                   
    10% of the capital         None
   
   

10% of the capital

        None    

 

(1) The percentages noted are based on the capital at December 31, 2010.
(2) The percentages noted are based on the capital at December 31, 2011.
(3) Limitation lowered to 3% of the capital following a commitment taken by the Board of Directors.

 

135


Table of Contents

8

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.3 USE OF AUTHORIZATIONS

 

 

8.3    USE OF AUTHORIZATIONS

ISSUANCE WITH CANCELLATION OF PREFERENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

The Board of Directors currently has a delegation of authority given to it by the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010, for a period of 26 months, to issue ordinary shares and any securities conferring a right to the capital of the Company, with cancellation of preferential subscription rights, within the limit of 700 million, that is, approximately 15% of the existing shares at December 31, 2011.

This authorization replaces, without retroactive effect, the authorization given at the Shareholders’ Meeting held on

May 29, 2009 and pursuant to which, on September 10, 2009, 309,597,523 OCEANEs were issued, with a unit value of 3.23, representing 13.4% of the capital at December 31, 2009.

The Board of Directors decided to propose, at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012, that this delegation of authority be renewed, under the same terms and limits as those approved by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting held in June 2010.

 

 

PERFORMANCE SHARES AND STOCK OPTIONS

The status of the use of authorizations related to performance shares, stock options and purchase of shares granted by the Board of Directors is described in Section 7.2.1 “Long - term compensation mechanisms” of this document.

8.4    CHANGES IN OUR CAPITAL OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

 

Type of transaction    Number of
shares
     Amount of
capital
(in euros)
   Share premium
(in euros)
Capital at 12/31/2006      2,309,679,141       4,619,358,282    15,353,607,951.24
Allocation of expenses related to the business combination with Lucent Technologies Inc.                  86,523.34
Stock options exercised      2,726,675       5,453,350    13,262,790.90
Exercise of warrants issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      28,612       57,224    224,468.53
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      4,506,992       9,013,984    36,236,215.68
Redemption into Alcatel Lucent shares of bonds issued by Coralec in the context of the acquisition of TiMetra Inc.      500,000       1,000,000    3,040,000
Capital at 12/31/2007      2,317,441,420       4,634,882,840    15,406,457,949.69
Stock options exercised      6,100       12,200    11,195.00
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      544,241       1,088,482    4,375,697.64
Redemption into Alcatel Lucent shares of bonds issued by Coralec in the context of the acquisition of Spatial Wireless      50,000       100,000   

495,600.00

Capital at 12/31/2008      2,318,041,761       4,636,083,522    15,411,679,263.71(1)
Stock options exercised      1,803       3,606    (630.40)(2)
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      17,254       34,508    138,722.16
Capital at 12/31/2009      2,318,060,818       4,636,121,636    15,411,817,355.47
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      4,768       9,536    45,383.44
Stock options exercised      219,587       439,174    -(3)
Issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares in accordance with the Alcatel Lucent performance shares plan      100,375       200,750    (200,750.00)(4)
Capital at 12/31/2010      2,318,385,548       4,636,771,096    15,411,661,988.91
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      20,632       41,264    165,881.28
Redemption into Alcatel Lucent shares of bonds issued by Coralec in the context of the acquisition of Spatial Wireless      100,000       200,000    991,200.00
Stock options exercised      6,109,985       12,219,970    2,601,551.30
Issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares in accordance with the Alcatel Lucent performance shares plan      767,163       1,534,326    (1,534,326.00)(4)
Capital at 12/31/2011      2,325,383,328       4,650,766,656    15,413,886,295.49

 

(1) Including merger premium following restructuring
(2) Regularization following the exercise of options
(3) The shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options were purchased at par value, without share premium
(4) Debit corresponding to the issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares

 

136


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.5 PURCHASE OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES BY THE COMPANY

 

8.5    PURCHASE OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES

BY THE COMPANY

 

In 2011, we did not effect any transactions pursuant to our share repurchase program. At December 31, 2010, Alcatel Lucent held directly 25,343,255 shares, representing 1.09% of the capital. At that date, our subsidiaries held shares representing 1.41% of our capital. At December 31, 2011, these shares were booked as a deduction from consolidated shareholders’ equity.

The Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011 authorized the Board of Directors with a right of sub-delegation in accordance with law, for a period of 18 months, to repurchase Alcatel Lucent shares up to a maximum of 10% of the capital of the Company.

The maximum purchase price per share may not exceed 20 and the minimum selling price per share may not be less than 2. This program has not been implemented.

At its meeting of February 8, 2012 the Board of Directors proposed a resolution to be voted upon at our next Shareholders’ Meeting, to be held on June 8, 2012, to cancel the existing authorization, and to give a new 18 month authorization for a share repurchase program.

DESCRIPTION OF THE REPURCHASE PROGRAM PURSUANT TO ARTICLES 241-1 AND FOLLOWING

OF THE AMF RULES

Date of the Shareholders’ Meeting authorizing the program

The purchase by the Company of its own shares will be submitted for approval at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012.

Number of shares and percentage of capital held directly or indirectly by the Company

At December 31, 2011, the Company held 25,343,255 shares directly and 32,884,533 shares indirectly.

Goals of the repurchase program

The goals of the repurchase program to be presented to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012 are:

 

 

to cancel the repurchased shares by decreasing the Company’s share capital under the conditions provided by law and in accordance with the authorization to be submitted for approval at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012;

 

to allocate the shares to the Group’s employees and officers (“dirigeants”) under the terms and conditions provided by law (stock-options, employees’s incentive in the Company’s profit, allocation of performance shares, etc.);

 

 

to comply with obligations related to the issuance of securities giving access to our capital;

 

 

to hold and deliver shares (by way of exchange or payment) in particular in the context of external growth transactions carried out by the Company;

 

 

to engage in market making activity with respect to Alcatel Lucent shares through an investment services provider, in the context of a liquidity contract conforming to professional rules approved by the French Financial Market Authority (“Autorité des Marchés Financiers”).

The repurchase program also aims facilitate the implementation of any market practice that may come to be recognized by the AMF, and more generally, any transaction that complies with current regulations.

Repurchase terms and conditions

Shares may be bought, sold, exchanged or transferred at any time, except during a public takeover bid (“période d’offre publique”), to the extent permitted by law and regulatory provisions, and such transactions may be carried out by any means, on regulated markets, in multilateral trading systems, with systematic internalizers or over-the-counter, including by block trading of securities, through the use of options or using other derivative financial instruments traded on a regulated market, in multilateral trading systems, with systematic internalizers or over-the-counter, or by any other means under the conditions approved by market authorities and at such periods as the Board of Directors shall see fit.

Maximum share of capital, maximum number and characteristics of shares, maximum purchase price

The program concerns the shares of Alcatel Lucent (ISIN FR0000130007) listed on the Euronext Paris stock exchange -Compartment A.

The maximum percentage that may be purchased under the authorization to be proposed to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012 is 10% of the total number of shares comprising the capital on the date of purchase. In view of the number of shares that comprised our capital at December 31, 2011, this limit represents 232,538,332 shares or, based on the maximum authorized purchase price (20), a maximum theoretical amount of 4,650,766,640, not including the shares already held by the Company.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

8

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.5 PURCHASE OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES BY THE COMPANY

 

 

 

Duration of the program

In accordance with the resolution to be submitted for approval to the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012, the share

repurchase program would be implemented over a period of 18 months following the date of that meeting and would therefore expire on December 8, 2013.

 

 

8.6    OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

CONVERTIBLE DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED BY LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Convertible bonds

Lucent Technologies Inc. had issued debt securities convertible into Lucent Technologies, Inc. shares. As of the date of the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent, in accordance with the Board of Directors’ decision of November 30, 2006, these securities included the following and entitled holders to:

 

 

44,463,075 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the 7.75% convertible bonds maturing on March 15, 2017;

 

 

43,832,325 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the Series A convertible bonds (2.75% increased to 2.875%) maturing on June 15, 2023;

 

 

55,087,690 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the Series B convertible bonds (2.75% increased to 2.875%) maturing on June 15, 2025.

The unit price of the Alcatel Lucent shares issued through conversion of the above convertible debt securities is equal to the conversion or exercise price of these securities divided by the exchange ratio set in connection with the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent (that is, 0.1952 Alcatel share for one Lucent share), namely:

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$24.80 for the 7.75% convertible bonds;

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$17.11 for the Series A convertible bonds;

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$15.98 for the Series B convertible bonds.

During fiscal year 2011, no convertible bonds were repurchased or cancelled (see Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements).

At December 31, 2011, 1.427 billion of these convertible bonds were outstanding, giving right to 100,588,636 Alcatel Lucent shares.

STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION INSTRUMENTS ISSUED BY LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

As part of the business combination with Lucent, we agreed to issue Alcatel Lucent shares to holders of stock options and

other stock-based compensation instruments (restricted stock units, performance shares and Directors’ deferrals) granted by

Lucent Technologies Inc., in the event of such holders’ exercise or conversion of the rights attached to their instruments.

As of November 30, 2006, the date of the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent, these instruments entitled holders to a total of 311,307,596 common shares of Lucent Technologies Inc.

Consequently, and in accordance with the decision made by our Board of Directors on November 30, 2006, acting on the authority granted by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of September 7, 2006, Alcatel Lucent’s Coralec subsidiary issued to Lucent Technologies Inc., 60,767,243 bonds, each of which may be converted into one Alcatel Lucent share.

When the Lucent stock options or other stock-based compensation instruments are exercised by their holders, Lucent requests conversion of the corresponding number of convertible bonds and immediately delivers the number of Alcatel Lucent shares resulting from the conversion to those holders who have exercised their rights.

At December 31, 2011, there were a total of 55,674,504 outstanding bonds convertible into Alcatel Lucent shares. However only a maximum of 5,719,662 of these bonds may still be converted, given the cancellation of stock options as of that same date.

These bonds are not listed on any stock exchange.

REDEEMABLE NOTES (ORAs)

Issues related to acquisitions

In 2004, we authorized the issuance by our subsidiary Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares (ORAs), in order to allow for the acquisition of Spatial Wireless (United States).

In connection with this acquisition, 18,988,334 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued at a unit price of 11.91. During fiscal year 2011, 100,000 notes were redeemed. The number of Alcatel Lucent shares issued since the issuance of the ORAs, to repay these notes, is 18,633,297.

In 2003, we authorized the issuance by Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares, in order to allow for the acquisition of iMagic TV Inc. (Canada) and TiMetra Inc. (United States).

The bonds issued for the acquisition of iMagic TV Inc. were fully repaid in 2009.

 

 

138


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.6 OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

In connection with the acquisition of TiMetra Inc., 17,979,738 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued to historical Alcatel at a unit price of 8.08. There were no redemptions in 2011 and the number of Alcatel Lucent shares issued since issuance of the ORAs to repay these notes is 17,034,934.

In 2002, we authorized the issuance by Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares, in order to allow for the acquisition of Astral Point Communications Inc. (United States).

In connection with the acquisition of Astral Point Communications Inc., 9,506,763 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued at a unit price of 16.41. There were no redemptions in 2011 and the number of Alcatel Lucent shares issued since issuance of the ORAs to repay these notes is 9,123,396.

At December 31, 2011, there were in total 1,683,208 outstanding notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares. However only a maximum of 1,174,672 of these bonds may still be converted, given the cancellation of stock options as of that same date.

These bonds are not listed on any stock exchange.

Issues related to financial transactions

OCEANE (bonds convertible into new or existing shares) due in 2011

Pursuant to the authorization granted at the Shareholders’ Meeting of April 17, 2003, on June 12, 2003 historical Alcatel issued debt represented by bonds with a conversion and/or exchange option for new or existing shares (OCEANE). The issue concerned a principal amount of 1,022 million, represented by 63,192,019 OCEANEs with a unit value of 16.18.

The bonds, which were due on January 1, 2011, bore an annual interest rate of 4.75%.

The proceeds from this issue were intended primarily for the partial retirement, via a tender offer, of three bond issues maturing in 2004 (5.75% February 2004 and 5% October 2004) and 2005 (5.87% September 2005). Upon completion of this offer, we retired bonds in a nominal amount of 342 million.

At December 31, 2010, there were in total 50,563,631 outstanding OCEANEs, listed on Euronext Paris.

On January 3, 2011 we repaid our 4.75% convertible/exchangeable bonds that remained outstanding at that date, for their nominal value of 818 million.

OCEANE (bonds convertible into new or existing shares) due in 2015

Pursuant to the authorization granted at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 29, 2009, Alcatel Lucent issued, on September 10, 2009, debt represented by bonds with a conversion and/or exchange option for new or existing shares (OCEANE). The issue concerned a principal amount of 1 billion, represented by 309,597,523 OCEANE with a unit value of 3.23.

The bonds, which are due on January 1, 2015, bear an annual interest rate of 5.00%.

The principal purpose of the issue was to refinance the Group’s debt and the extension of debt’s maturity, and, secondarily, to further enhance the Group’s financial position.

In particular, all or part of the proceeds of the issue may be used to finance the repurchase of part of the Group’s debt, including OCEANEs due January 1, 2011, of which the principal amount outstanding at December 31, 2010 was approximately 818 million. Upon completion of this offer, we retired bonds (OCEANEs due in 2011) in a nominal amount of 204.2 million during 2009.

At December 31, 2011, there were in total 309,597,523 outstanding OCEANEs, listed on Euronext Paris.

SECURITIES NOT CONVERTIBLE INTO EQUITY

At December 31, 2011, one bond issue of Alcatel Lucent remained outstanding: the 6.375% bond issue in the amount of 462 million (maturing in April 2014) traded on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

Senior Notes due in 2016

In December 2010, Alcatel Lucent issued senior notes due January 15, 2016 with an 8.5% coupon for a total nominal value of 500 million.

The proceeds were applied to partially refinance the 4.75% OCEANE due January 2011.

The net proceeds of the notes at the date of the issuance were valued at 487.3 million.

 

 

139


Table of Contents

8

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR CAPITAL

8.6 OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.1 LISTING

 

9    STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.1   LISTING

 

 

Our shares are traded on the European regulated market of NYSE Euronext, which represents the principal trading market for our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares have been traded on the Euronext Paris since June 3, 1987.

In addition to Euronext, our ordinary shares remain listed on SEAQ (Stock Exchange Automated Quotation) International in London.

Since May 1992, our shares have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the form of American Depository Shares (ADSs).

The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary of the ADSs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.

ISIN CODE

Since June 30, 2003, all securities traded on the Euronext Paris stock market are identified by an International Securities Identification Number (ISIN).

Alcatel Lucent: FR0000130007.

Mnemo: ALU.

INDEXES

Our shares are included on the CAC 40.

 

 

9.2   TRADING OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

TRADING ON EURONEXT PARIS

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices, at the close of the trading day, on Euronext Paris SA for our ordinary shares:

 

(in euros)

Price per share

   High      Low  
2007      11.86         4.87   
2008      4.96         1.48   
2009      3.34         0.91   
2010      2.67         1.87   
First Quarter      2.63         1.94   
Second Quarter      2.59         1.87   
Third Quarter      2.53         2.00   
Fourth Quarter      2.67         2.07   
2011      4.43         1.11   
First Quarter      4.09         2.23   
Second Quarter      4.43         3.60   
Third Quarter      4.16         2.17   
Fourth Quarter      2.20         1.11   
October      2.20         1.79   
November      2.01         1.14   
December      1.28         1.11   
2012                  
January      1.57         1.23   
February      1.95         1.39   
March (as of March 14, 2012)      1.84         1.71   

 

141


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.2 TRADING OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

 

 

TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices, at the close of the trading day, on The New York Stock Exchange for our ADSs:

 

(in U.S. $)

Price per share

   High      Low  
2007      15.43         7.15   
2008      7.59         1.85   
2009      4.91         1.13   
2010      3.78         2.36   
First Quarter      3.78         2.69   
Second Quarter      3.45         2.36   
Third Quarter      3.39         2.53   
Fourth Quarter      3.69         2.74   
2011      6.54         1.39   
First Quarter      5.81         2.97   
Second Quarter      6.54         5.06   
Third Quarter      6.04         2.83   
Fourth Quarter      3.09         1.39   
October      3.09         2.37   
November      2.76         1.48   
December      1.71         1.39   
2012                  
January      2.01         1.56   
February      2.60         1.80   
March (as of March 14, 2012)      2.43         2.24   

9.3   SHAREHOLDER PROFILE

BREAKDOWN OF THE CAPITAL BY TYPE OF SHAREHOLDER AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

LOGO

 

142


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.3 SHAREHOLDER PROFILE

 

BREAKDOWN OF THE CAPITAL BY LOCATION OF RECORD OWNER AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

LOGO

 

Source: IPREO

 

Number of shares at December 31, 2011: 2,325,383,328

 

143


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

9.4   BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

Shareholders    Capital on the basis of
outstanding shares at
12.31.2011
       GROSS Voting
rights on the
basis of outstanding
shares at
12.31.2011 (3)
       NET Voting
rights on the basis
of outstanding
shares at
12.31.2011 (4)
 
      shares      % of
capital
     double
voting
rights
       total
number of
votes
       % of
votes
       total
number of
votes
       % of
votes
 
Fidelity Management & Research Company  (1)      111,850,900         4.81         -           111,850,900           4.73           111,850,900           4.85   
Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations (CDC) (1)      83,857,900         3.61         270,700           84,128,600           3.56           84,128,600           3.65   
Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (1)      77,433,500         3.33         -           77,433,500           3.28           77,433,500           3.36   
BlackRock Fund Advisors (1)      61,695,400         2.65         -           61,695,400           2.61           61,695,400           2.68   
Norges Bank Investment Management  (1)      49,965,500         2.15         -           49,965,500           2.11           49,965,500           2.17   
Groupama Asset Management S.A. (1)      38,900,000         1.67         -           38,900,000           1.65           38,900,000           1.69   
BlackRock Advisors, Ltd (1)      37,978,800         1.63         -           37,978,800           1.61           37,978,800           1.65   
Natixis Asset Management (1)      36,358,200         1.56         -           36,358,200           1.54           36,358,200           1.58   
Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (1)      36,274,000         1.56         -           36,274,000           1.53           36,274,000           1.57   
FCP 2AL (2)      34,381,763         1.48         32,579,648           66,961,411           2.83           66,961,411           2.90   
Artis Capital Management, L.P. (1)      33,890,800         1.46         -           33,890,800           1.43           33,890,800           1.47   
State Street Global Advisors (1)      29,162,200         1.25         -           29,162,200           1.23           29,162,200           1.26   
Other institutional investors in France  (1)(5)      24,869,100         1.07         -           24,869,100           1.05           24,869,100           1.08   
Treasury stocks held by Alcatel-Lucent  (2)(6)      25,343,255         1.09         -           25,343,255           1.07           -           -   
Treasury stocks helds by subsidiaries (2)(6)      32,884,533         1.41         -           32,884,533           1.39           -           -   
Public      1,610,537,477         69.26         5,410,242           1,615,947,719           68.37           1,615,947,719           70.09   
Total      2,325,383,328         100.00         38,260,590           2,363,643,918           100.00           2,305,416,130           100.00   

 

(1) Source: Alcatel Lucent (TPI as of December 31, 2011).
(2) Source: shareholders’ declaration.
(3) The gross voting rights include the shares held by the Company and its subsidiaries which do not have voting rights.
(4) The net voting rights (or voting rights “exercisable at a shareholders’ meeting”) do not include shares which have no voting rights.
(5) Other institutional investors in France holding, individually, more than 0.49% of the share capital.
(6) These shares do not have voting rights pursuant to French applicable law, while held as treasury stock.

CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

The total number of voting rights, as published by Alcatel Lucent pursuant to Article L. 233-8-II of the French Commercial Code, and Article 223-16 of the General Regulations of the AMF, was 2,363,643,918 at December 31, 2011 (including the treasury stock held by the parent company and by its subsidiaries).

To allow shareholders to determine whether they have exceeded an ownership threshold, we post the total number of voting rights monthly on our website. For the discussion of ownership thresholds, see Section 10.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law.”

Information on voting rights, which is considered regulated information under the General Regulation of the AMF, may be viewed at the following address: www.alcatel-lucent.com, heading “Investors & Shareholders”, then “Regulated Information”.

At December 31, 2011, shareholders benefiting from double voting rights had a total of 38,260,590 votes, representing 1.66% of the voting rights.

 

 

144


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS

 

At December 31   2011  
Shareholders   Shares    

% of

capital

   

Gross

voting

rights(3)

   

% of

gross

voting

rights

    Net voting
rights(4)
   

% of

net

voting

rights

 

Fidelity Management & Research Company (1)

    111,850,900        4.81        111,850,900        4.73        111,850,900        4.85   

Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations (CDC) (1)

    83,857,900        3.61        84,128,600        3.56        84,128,600        3.65   

Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (1)

    77,433,500        3.33        77,433,500        3.28        77,433,500        3.36   

BlackRock Fund Advisors (1)

    61,695,400        2.65        61,695,400        2.61        61,695,400        2.68   

Norges Bank Investment Management (1)

    49,965,500        2.15        49,965,500        2.11        49,965,500        2.17   

Groupama Asset Management S.A.(1)

    38,900,000        1.67        38,900,000        1.65        38,900,000        1.69   

BlackRock Advisors, Ltd (1)

    37,978,800        1.63        37,978,800        1.61        37,978,800        1.65   

Natixis Asset Management (1)

    36,358,200        1.56        36,358,200        1.54        36,358,200        1.58   

Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (1)

    36,274,000        1.56        36,274,000        1.53        36,274,000        1.57   

FCP 2AL (2)

    34,381,763        1.48        66,961,411        2.83        66,961,411        2.90   

Artis Capital Management, L.P. (1)

    33,890,800        1.46        33,890,800        1.43        33,890,800        1.47   

State Street Global Advisors (1)

    29,162,200        1.25        29,162,200        1.23        29,162,200        1.26   

Other institutional investors in France (1) (5)

    24,869,100        1.07        24,869,100        1.05        24,869,100        1.08   

Treasury stocks held by Alcatel-Lucent (2)(6)

    25,343,255        1.09        25,343,255        1.07        -          -     

Treasury stocks helds by subsidiaries (2)(6)

    32,884,533        1.41        32,884,533        1.39        -          -     

Public

    1,610,537,477        69.26        1,615,947,719        68.37        1,615,947,719        70.09   

Total

    2,325,383,328        100.00        2,363,643,918        100.00        2,305,416,130        100.00   

 

(1) Source : Alcatel Lucent (TPI as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010, or December 31, 2009).
(2) Source : shareholders’ declaration.
(3) The gross voting rights include the shares held by the Company and its subsidiaries which do not have voting rights.
(4) The net voting rights (or voting rights “exercisable at a shareholders’ meeting”) do not include shares which have no voting rights.
(5) Other institutional investors in France holding, individually, more than 0.49% of the share capital.
(6) These shares do not have voting rights pursuant to French applicable law, while held as treasury stock.

 

As of December 31, 2011, to our knowledge, there is no shareholder which holds effectively more than 5% of our capital.

At March 14, 2012, to our knowledge, there are no shareholders’ agreements or agreements concerning our shares which, if implemented at a later date, would have an impact on the control of our Company.

 

 

146


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

 

2010

    2009  
Shares  

% of

capital

   

Gross

voting

rights(3)

   

% of

gross

voting

rights

   

Net voting

rights(4)

   

% of

net

voting

rights

    Shares  

% of

capital

   

Gross

voting

rights(3)

   

% of

gross

voting

rights

   

Net voting

rights(4)

   

% of

net

voting

rights

 
-     -        -        -        -        -      -     -        -        -        -        -   
48,001,700     2.07        48,272,433        2.05        48,272,433        2.07      48,001,700     2.07        48,272,400        2.05        48,272,400        2.10   
47,041,700     2.03        47,041,700        2.00        47,041,700        2.02      -     -        -        -        -        -   
40,604,200     1.75        40,604,200        1.72        40,604,200        1.74      45,677,600     1.97        45,677,600        1.94        45,677,600        1.99   
42,474,900     1.83        42,474,900        1.80        42,474,900        1.82      -     -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -      -     -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -      -     -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -      -     -        -        -        -        -   
149,377,983     6.44        149,377,983        6.34        149,377,983        6.41      179,832,300     7.76        179,832,300        7.65        179,832,300        7.84   
34,783,431     1.50        63,955,119        2.72        63,955,119        2.75      34,734,141     1.50        62,901,951        2.67        62,901,951        2.74   
78,601,800     3.39        78,601,800        3.34        78,601,800        3.37      -     -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -      -     -        -        -        -        -   
54,336,400     2.34        54,336,400        2.31        54,336,400        2.33      64,556,900     2.78        64,556,900        2.74        64,556,900        2.81   
25,343,255     1.09        25,343,255        1.08        -        -      25,343,255     1.09        25,343,255        1.08        -        -   
32,867,008     1.42        32,867,008        1.40        -        -      32,984,983     1.42        32,984,983        1.40        -        -   
1,764,953,171     76.13        1,771,973,305        75.25        1,804,840,313        77.48      1,886,929,939     81.40        1,892,412,553        80.46        1,892,412,553        82.51   
2,318,385,548     100.00        2,354,848,103        100.00        2,329,504,848        100.00      2,318,060,818     100.00        2,351,981,942        100.00        2,293,653,704        100.00   

 

147


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

 

9.5   EMPLOYEES AND MANAGEMENT’S SHAREHOLDING

 

The employee shareholdings are managed collectively through the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund (in French Fonds Commun de Placements - Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent).

The FCP 2AL is the Group’s special Mutual Fund (in French Fonds Commun de Placement d’Entreprise), put in place for the implementation of the incentive agreements and the corporate savings plans, entered into between the companies of the Alcatel Lucent Group and their employees.

The FCP 2AL is categorized as a mutual fund invested in listed securities of the company (in French FCPE investi en titres cotés de l’entreprise). The FCP 2AL’s management objective is to enable the unit holders to participate in the Group’s development by investing a minimum of 95% of his or her assets in the Mutual Fund in Alcatel Lucent shares, the

remainder being invested in Euro monetary UCITS (in French OPCVM Monétaire Euro) and/or liquidities. The Mutual Fund’s performance mirrors the performance of the Alcatel Lucent’s share both upwards and downwards.

At December 31, 2011, FCP 2AL unit holders held a total of 34,381,763 shares, of which 32,579,648 shares gave the shareholders double voting rights, representing 1.48% of the capital and 2.83% of voting rights at Shareholders’ Meetings.

The FCP 2AL’s percentage shareholding increased from 1.26% at December 31, 2007 to 1.48% at December 31, 2011, that is, an increase of 0.22% over five years.

The voting rights at Alcatel Lucent Shareholders’ Meetings are exercised by the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund’s Supervisory Board.

 

 

At March 14, 2012, the members of the Board of Directors together hold 2,049,786 Alcatel Lucent shares (including ADS) and no FCP 2AL holding, that is, 0.09% of Alcatel Lucent capital and voting rights (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”).

 

03/14/2012  

Alcatel-

Lucent
Shares

    ADS     FCP 2AL (3)     Total     % of capital  
Board of Directors (1)(2)     1,046,118        1,003,668        0        2,049,786        0.09%   
Management Committee     61,127        34,495        1,417        97,039        0.00%   
Total     1,107,245        1,038,163        1,417        2,146,825        0.09%   

 

(1) Not including the two Board observers.
(2) Securities held directly or indirectly by the Directors.
(3) Holding in the Alcatel-Lucent FCP 2AL Mutual Fund.

DIRECTORS’ TRANSACTIONS

 

During fiscal year 2011, the Directors effected some transactions in Alcatel Lucent shares, in particular pursuant to their investment obligation related to the grant of their additional Directors’ fees (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”).

The purchases of shares by the Directors are made outside the blackout periods, as defined by the rules of conduct concerning the prevention of insider trading. These rules apply to our Directors and Management Committee members, and to any person with similar functions, as well as to any person who has access on a regular or occasional basis to inside information.

The blackout periods start from the 15th day of the last month of the quarter, up until the start of the 2nd working day following the date of publication of the annual, bi-annual and quarterly accounts.

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.5 EMPLOYEES AND MANAGEMENT’S SHAREHOLDING

 

Summary of transactions carried out by certain Directors during fiscal year 2011 and up to March 14, 2012, reported in application of article 223-26 of the General Regulation of the AMF:

 

Directors    Type of transaction      Date of
transaction
   Number of shares      Unit
price
     Total
Amount
 
Mr. Camus      Acquisition       08/02/2011          50,125       2.611       130,876.38   
Mr. Verwaayen      Acquisition       08/03/2011          50,000       2.499       124,950.00   
Mr. Bernard      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,647       3.355       12,235.69   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,475       1.184       12,402.40   
Mr. Blount      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,710       3.355       12,447.05   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
Ms. Cico      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,803       3.355       12,759.07   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
Mr. Eizenstat      Acquisition       02/16/2011(1)      4,398       3.397       14,940.01   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
Mr. Hughes      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,361       3.355       11,276.15   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
Lady Jay      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,389       3.355       11,370.09   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
Mr. Monty      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      4,436       3.355       14,882.78   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,483       1.184       12,411.87   
       Acquisition       12/12/2011(2)      500,000       $ 1.6254       $ 812,700.00   
Mr. Piou      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,647       3.355       12,235.69   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,475       1.184       12,402.40   
Mr. Spinetta      Acquisition       02/15/2011(1)      3,647       3.355       12,235.69   
       Acquisition       12/08/2011(1)      10,475       1.184       12,402.40   

 

(1) Portion of the Directors’ fees subject to the requirement to purchase and hold shares. The investment in shares of the additional portion of Directors’ fees received for fiscal year 2010 was done in February 2011, at the end of the blackout period surrounding the publication of the 2010 annual results. With respect to the additional portion of Directors’ fees received for fiscal year 2011, the transactions were done in December 2011, before the beginning of the blackout period surrounding the publication of the 2011 annual results.
(2) In the form of ADS.

 

149


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.6 OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

9.6   OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

SHARE OWNERSHIP THRESHOLDS

During 2011 and through March 14, 2012, a certain number of shareholders and registered intermediaries acting primarily on behalf of their customers, informed us of declarations concerning the reaching of the following legal thresholds and thresholds set forth in our by-laws (see Section 10.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law”):

 

Declaring company    Date on which the threshold
was reached
   Trend      % capital      % net voting rights  

Brandes Investment Partners

   01/19/2011      LOGO           4.97         4.89   

Crédit Suisse

   02/11/2011      LOGO           1.97         NC   

Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc

   02/11/2011      LOGO           2.13         2.10   

Crédit Suisse

   02/16/2011      LOGO           2.14         NC   

Caisse des dépôts et consignations

   02/16/2011      LOGO           1.81         1.79   

Crédit Suisse

   02/24/2011      LOGO           2.10         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   02/25/2011      LOGO           1.83         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   03/08/2011      LOGO           2.16         NC   

Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc

   03/31/2011      LOGO           1.77         1.74   

FMR LLC (Fidelity Investments)

   04/01/2011      LOGO           5.04         4.97   

FMR LLC (Fidelity Investments)

   04/04/2011      LOGO           5.09         5.02   

UBS Investment Bank

   04/20/2011      LOGO           2.01         1.98   

UBS Investment Bank

   04/22/2011      LOGO           3.07         3.02   

UBS Investment Bank

   04/25/2011      LOGO           1.96         1.93   

UBS Investment Bank

   04/29/2011      LOGO           2.10         2.06   

Amundi

   05/03/2011      LOGO           2.00         2.00   

UBS Investment Bank

   05/03/2011      LOGO           1.94         1.91   

Amundi

   05/11/2011      LOGO           NC         1.98   

Crédit Suisse

   05/11/2011      LOGO           1.99         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   05/12/2011      LOGO           2.32         NC   

Amundi

   05/23/2011      LOGO           NC         2.03   

Dodge & Cox

   06/01/2011      LOGO           1.93         1.90   

Amundi

   06/17/2011      LOGO           1.98         1.95   

Crédit Suisse

   06/17/2011      LOGO           1.79         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   06/22/2011      LOGO           2.13         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   06/24/2011      LOGO           1.80         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   07/20/2011      LOGO           2.43         NC   

Amundi

   07/29/2011      LOGO           2.00         NC   

Amundi

   08/01/2011      LOGO           NC         2.01   

Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc

   08/03/2011      LOGO           2.36         2.33   

BlackRock, Inc.

   08/08/2011      LOGO           5.26         5.18   

Caisse des dépôts et consignations

   08/10/2011      LOGO           2.04         2.02   

BlackRock, Inc.

   09/12/2011      LOGO           4.86         4.79   

Norges Bank Investment Management

   09/27/2011      LOGO           2.01         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   10/05/2011      LOGO           2.60         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   10/19/2011      LOGO           1.60         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   11/01/2011      LOGO           2.06         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   11/02/2011      LOGO           1.84         NC   

FMR LLC (Fidelity Investments)

   11/04/2011      LOGO           4.60         4.52   

Crédit Suisse

   11/07/2011      LOGO           2.14         NC   

FMR LLC (Fidelity Investments)

   11/21/2011      LOGO           5.04         4.96   
FMR LLC (Fidelity Investments)    11/22/2011      LOGO           4.81         4.73   
Caisse des dépôts et consignations    11/23/2011      LOGO           3.05         3.00   
Amundi    12/08/2011      LOGO           NC         1.99   
Amundi    12/16/2011      LOGO           1.77         NC   
Manning & Napier Advisors, LLC.    01/12/2012      LOGO           3.00         2.96   
Manning & Napier Advisors, LLC.    01/30/2012      LOGO           3.06         3.01   

 

(1) NC means « non communicated ».

 

150


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.6 OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

Article L.233-9 I 4 of the French Commercial code provides that the reporting entity is deemed to hold, in addition to shares it effectively holds, the shares that it is entitled to acquire at its sole initiative, immediately or in the future, under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument.

PLEDGES OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES

At December 31, 2011, 4,716 Alcatel Lucent shares, held by a total of 18 shareholders in registered form, both directly and through an administered account, were the subject of a pledge.

ELEMENTS WHICH COULD HAVE AN IMPACT IN CASE OF PUBLIC TENDER OFFER (INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ARTICLE L. 225-100-3 OF THE FRENCH COMMERCIAL CODE)

Article L. 225-100-3 of the French Commercial Code requires disclosure of those elements which could have an impact in case of a public tender offer. The following elements could have such an impact with respect to Alcatel Lucent:

 

 

the distribution of capital and voting rights shown above.

 

to ensure the stability in all circumstances of the Group’s business and employees who are essential to its development, our Board of Directors is authorized, in the event of a takeover bid for Alcatel Lucent, a tender offer for our shares or a procedure to delist our shares, to decide to accelerate the vesting of all outstanding options (other than those held by individuals who were Executive Directors on the option grant date or on the date of the Board’s decision), and give the right to exercise the options immediately, notwithstanding any holding period.

 

 

the manner in which the employee shareholding system functions when they do not exercise their rights directly: pursuant to Article L. 214-40 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the Supervisory Board of the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund decides whether to tender the shares to the tender or exchange offer.

INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL OF ANY MEMBER OF THE GROUP WHICH IS UNDER OPTION OR IS SUBJECT TO A CONDITIONAL OR UNCONDITIONAL AGREEMENT

None

 

 

9.7   TREND OF DIVIDEND PER SHARE OVER 5 YEARS

 

Year of payment    2011      2010      2009      2008      2007
Dividend distributed (in euros, per share)      -         -         -         -       0.16 (1)

 

(1) Dividend paid on June 4, 2007.

 

Dividends not claimed within five years are turned over to the French Treasury.

The dividend policy is defined by our Board of Directors following an analysis, in particular, of the Group’s financial position and earnings and taking into account its capital requirements and performance, current and future returns, and market practices in relation to distribution of dividends,

especially in the sector of activity within which we operate. In the light of our financial results, investment needs and requirements in terms of debt management, we may decide to adjust a dividend distribution, or to not distribute a dividend.

At its meeting of February 8, 2012 our Board of Directors has recommended not to pay a dividend for fiscal year 2011.

 

 

9.8   GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

The most recent Shareholders’ Meeting was held on May 27, 2011, the date for which it was initially convened, and was chaired by Mr. Philippe Camus.

Shareholders present (or voting by mail) or represented by proxy had in the aggregate a total of 1,040 million shares, which represented a quorum of 45.92%.

EVOLUTION OF THE PERCENTAGE OF PARTICIPATION OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OVER FIVE YEARS

 

LOGO

 

 

151


Table of Contents

9

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

9.8 GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

 

METHOD OF PARTICIPATION AT THE 2011 SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

The table and the chart below reflect the breakdown of the participants according to the method of participation used by the shareholder.

Shareholders can participate in Shareholders’ Meetings in one of three ways:

1. physically attend or be represented at the Meeting;
2. vote by mail; or
3. by proxy granted to the Chairman.
 

 

Method of participation    Number of Shareholders      Number of shares      % at the
Meeting
 
Shareholders present      502         39,546,506         3.80%   
Shareholders who were represented      37         37,793,938         3.63%   
Proxy to the Chairman      4,109         31,047,962         2.99%   
Votes by mail      1,941         932,020,197         89.58%   
Total      6,589         1,040,408,603         100.00%   

EVOLUTION OF THE METHOD OF PARTICIPATION OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OVER 5 YEARS (1)

 

LOGO

 

(1) Based on the number of shares held by the shareholders participating in the Meeting.

All of the resolutions that were presented at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 27, 2011 were adopted. Voting results were published on line on our Internet site.

 

152


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.1 LEGAL INFORMATION

 

10    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.1    LEGAL INFORMATION

 

 

COMPANY NAME AND HEAD OFFICE

Alcatel Lucent

3 avenue Octave Gréard 75007 Paris

Telephone: + 33 1 40 76 10 10

COMMERCIAL NAME

Alcatel-Lucent

CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND APPLICABLE LAW

French limited liability company subject to all the regulations governing commercial entities in France, particularly the provisions of the French Commercial Code.

DATE OF INCORPORATION AND EXPIRY DATE

The Company was incorporated on June 18, 1898 and will expire on June 30, 2086, unless there is an early dissolution or extension.

CORPORATE PURPOSE

The Company’s corporate purpose is the design, manufacture, operation and sale of all equipment, material and software

 

related to domestic, industrial, civil, military or other applications concerning electricity, telecommunications, computers, electronics, aerospace industry, nuclear energy, metallurgy, and, in general, of all the means of production or transmission of energy or communications (cables, batteries and other components), as well as, secondarily, all activities relating to operations and services in connection with the above-mentioned means worldwide. It may acquire interests in any company, regardless of its form, in associations, French or foreign business groups, whatever their corporate purpose and activity may be and, in general, may carry out any industrial, commercial, financial, assets or real estate transactions, in connection, directly or indirectly, totally or partially, with any of the corporate purposes set out in Article 2 of the Articles of Association and with all similar or related purposes.

REGISTRATION NUMBER AT THE REGISTRY OF COMMERCE

The Company is registered at the Paris Commerce and Companies Registry under number 542 019 096. Its APE business activity code is 7010 Z.

FISCAL YEAR

Our fiscal year begins on January 1st and ends on December 31st.

 

 

10.2    SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

The data set out below are extracts from our Articles of Association (Articles 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22 and 24), and a summary of certain legal and regulatory provisions applicable to companies having their registered office in France and whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

HOLDING OF SHARES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

A) Form

The shares are not represented by a certificate.

Bearer shares are recorded in the books of the financial intermediary (bank or broker) in the name of the shareholder with Euroclear.

Shares are registered when the nominal value is fully paid.

Fully paid shares may be in registered or bearer form at the shareholder’s choice up until the shareholder reaches a threshold of 3% of the total number of shares. Once the individual threshold of 3% of the Company’s total number of shares is reached, the shares must be registered as described in paragraph B) below. The obligation to register shares applies to all the shares already held as well as to any shares which may be acquired subsequently in excess of this threshold.

B) Exceeding the thresholds of the Articles of Association

In accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association, any individual or legal entity and/or shareholder that comes to own a number of shares in the Company equal to or above 2% of the total number of shares must, within a period of five trading days from the date on which this share

 

 

153


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

ownership threshold is exceeded, inform the Company of the total number of shares owned, by letter or fax. A further notification must be sent in the same manner each time a new threshold of 1% is exceeded.

If the threshold of 3% of the total number of shares is exceeded, the shareholder must, within a period of five trading days from the date on which this share ownership threshold is reached, request the registration of the shares. The copy of the request for registration, sent by letter or fax to the Company within fifteen days from the date on which this share ownership threshold is exceeded, is deemed to be a notification that the threshold has been reached. A further request must be sent in the same manner each time a further threshold of 1% is exceeded, up to 50%.

For purposes of the calculation of the thresholds, indirectly held shares and shares which are considered to be owned pursuant to Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code must be taken into account.

In each notification referred to above, the shareholder must certify that all securities held indirectly as well as the shares considered to be owned are included. The notification must also indicate the date(s) of acquisition.

These obligations of share notification and registration apply to the holders who own shares through ADSs.

If a shareholder fails to comply with the provisions relating to notification that the thresholds have been exceeded, the voting rights for the shares exceeding the thresholds are, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 3% of the share capital, suspended under the conditions provided for by law.

Any shareholder whose shareholding falls below either of the thresholds provided for above must also inform the Company thereof, within the same period of five trading days and in the same manner.

C) Exceeding the legal thresholds

Beyond the notification obligations provided for in our Articles of Association, French law requires that any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert, which comes to hold a total number of shares (including through ADSs), above 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 331/3%, 50%, 662/3%, 90% or 95% of the capital or of the voting rights of a company, notify the company and the AMF. The 30% threshold introduced by the law of October 22, 2010 creates an obligation for the owner of 30% of the capital or of the voting rights of the Company to launch a tender offer as described below.

Pursuant to Article L.233-9 1 4° of the French Commercial Code the issued shares that the reporting entity is entitled to acquire at its sole initiative, immediately or in the future, under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument, must also be taken into account for the calculation of the thresholds subject to notification. Moreover, the “separate disclosure” requirement imposes an obligation to disclose additional information on the following agreements and

financial instruments: (i) securities giving access to shares in the future, (ii) shares already issued that the shareholder is entitled to acquire under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument, based on the initiative of a third party, and (iii) shares already issued as to which there is an agreement or financial instrument to be paid exclusively in cash which has economic effect for the reporting entity or individual similar to holding shares (e.g., cash-settled equity swaps, knock-in options).

The deadline to notify the AMF and the issuer is of four trading days (before the market or the trading system closes), after the day on which the threshold is reached.

This notification must also be made, within the same period, when the holding in capital or voting rights falls below these thresholds.

In the event of a failure to appropriately notify that these thresholds have been exceeded, the voting rights of the shares in excess of the threshold that should have been notified are suspended for any Shareholders’ Meeting that might be held up to the expiration of a period of two years from the date when the notification is eventually filed.

Four thresholds of respectively 10%, 15%, 20% and 25% creates an obligation of declaration of intent as defined under Article L.233-7 of the French Commercial Code. The deadline to notify the Company and the AMF is of five trading days (before the market closes).

D) Shareholders’ agreements

Any clause of a shareholders’ agreement which includes preferential conditions to transfer or to acquire shares listed on a regulated market and relating to at least 0.5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights, must be disclosed to the Company and to the AMF within five trading days from the date of the signature of such agreement.

E) Holding of a stake equal to 30% and tender offer

Since February 1, 2011, when an individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert, comes to hold more than one 30% of the capital or voting rights of the Company, it must immediately inform the AMF and launch a tender offer for all of the equity securities and securities giving access to the capital or voting rights of the Company. However, the shareholders who as of January 1, 2010, held directly or indirectly between 30% and a third of the capital or of the voting rights of the Company remain subject to the thresholds of 331/3% as long as their shareholdings remain between the two thresholds.

F) Information on the number of voting rights

To allow shareholders to determine whether they have exceeded an ownership threshold, we publish the total number of voting rights monthly on our Internet site.

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

G) Cross-shareholdings

In accordance with French legislation relating to cross-shareholdings, a limited liability company may not own shares in another company if the latter holds more than 10% of the share capital of the former. In the event of a cross-shareholding that violates this rule, the company owning the smaller percentage of shares in the other company must sell its stake. Until sold, the voting rights of these shares are suspended.

In the case where the cross-shareholding is held by a subsidiary, the shares are simply deprived of voting rights.

H) Identity of the holders

In accordance with the laws and regulations in effect, and subject to the penalties provided therein, the Company may request from all organizations or authorized intermediaries any information concerning shareholders or holders of securities giving access, immediately or in the future, to voting rights, their identity, the number of securities held and any restrictions eventually applicable to the securities.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE SHARES

Shareholders are liable only up to the nominal amount of each share held. Any call for payment in excess of such amount is prohibited.

Each share gives right to a portion of the Company’s profits, in the proportion prescribed by the Articles of Association.

Dividends and other income from shares issued by the Company are paid under the conditions authorized or provided for under the regulations in effect and in such a manner as the Shareholders’ Meeting, or, alternatively, the Board of Directors may decide.

Rights and obligations remain attached to a share regardless of who holds the share. Ownership of a share entails automatic acceptance of the Company’s Articles of Association and resolutions of the Shareholders’ Meeting.

Shares are indivisible vis-à-vis the Company: joint owners of shares must be represented by a single person. Shares subject to usufruct must be identified as such in the share registration.

CHANGES IN THE CAPITAL

A) Capital increases

In accordance with applicable law, our capital may be increased by cash or in-kind contributions, pursuant to a resolution of the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting approved by two-thirds of the shareholders present or represented. This power may also be delegated to the Board of Directors. In the event of a delegation to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may be granted specific powers to make a capital increase.

 

The capital may also be increased:

 

 

by the capitalization of reserves, profits or issuance premium pursuant to a decision of the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting taken with the approval of a simple majority of the shareholders present or represented;

 

 

in case of payment of a dividend in shares decided by an Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting; or

 

 

upon tender of securities or rights giving access to the Company’s capital (bonds convertible into shares, bonds repayable in shares, warrants to purchase shares or other securities).

B) Capital decreases

The capital may be decreased pursuant to a decision of two-thirds of the shareholders present or represented at an Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, either by decreasing the nominal value of the shares or by reducing the number of shares outstanding.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our Company is managed by a Board of Directors consisting of at least six and not more than fourteen members.

Each Director must hold at least 500 company shares.

DIRECTORS’ TERM OF OFFICE - AGE LIMIT

The Directors are elected for a period of three years. Exceptionally, the Shareholders’ Meeting may appoint a Director for a period of one or two years in order to stagger the Director’s terms of office. Outgoing Directors may be re-elected subject to the following provisions.

A Director appointed to replace another Director may hold office only for the remainder of his predecessor’s term of office.

The maximum age for holding a directorship shall be 70. This age limit does not apply if less than one third rounded up to the nearest whole number, of serving Directors have reached the age of 70.

No Director over 70 may be appointed if, as a result, more than one third of the serving Directors rounded up as defined above, are over 70.

If for any reason whatsoever the number of serving Directors over 70 should exceed one third as defined above, the oldest Director(s) shall automatically be deemed to have retired at the ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the accounts of the fiscal year in which the proportion of Directors over 70 years was exceeded, unless the proportion was re-established in the meantime.

Directors representing legal entities are taken into account when calculating the number of Directors to which the age limit does not apply.

 

 

155


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

Legal entities that are represented on the Board must replace any 70 year-old representative no later than at the ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the accounts of the fiscal year in which such representative reached the age of 70.

The age limitations apply to any Chairman of the Board of Directors, provided that such Chairman is not at the same time the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in which case the age limitation of 68 shall apply.

POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors is vested with all the powers granted to it by the current legislation.

The Board determines the business strategies of the Company and ensures their implementation.

Subject to the authority expressly reserved for the Shareholders’ Meeting, and within the limits of the corporate purpose, the Board of Directors addresses any question that affects the Company’s operations and governs the affairs of the Company through its deliberations.

The Board of Directors decides whether the management of the Company will be performed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by a Chief Executive Officer.

CHAIRMAN, VICE-CHAIRMEN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, EXECUTIVE VICE-PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARY

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the general management of the Company, unless the Board of Directors decides to entrust the general management to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors appoints from among its members, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented, a Chairman for a term not exceeding the term of his or her position as a Director. The Board of Directors may remove the Chairman at any time, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors performs the missions assigned to him by law and notably he shall ensure the proper functioning of the Company’s governing bodies. He shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors, organize the work of the Board and ensure that the Directors are able to fulfill their mission.

The Board of Directors may appoint, if it so wishes, one or more Vice-Chairmen, and set their term of office, which may not exceed their term as Director. The Vice-Chairman, or the most senior Vice-Chairman, performs the duties of the Chairman when the Chairman is unable to do so.

If it does not assign the general management of the Company to the Chairman, the Board of Directors appoints, whether among its members or not, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented, a Chief

Executive Officer for a term determined by it, not to exceed the term of his or her position as a Director, if applicable. The Board of Directors may remove the Chief Executive Officer at any time, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented.

The Chief Executive Officer is vested with the fullest power to act in all circumstances in the name of the Company, within the limits of the corporate purpose, the limitations set by the Board of Directors and reviewed on October 29, 2008 (as previously described in Section 7.1.1 “Principles of organization of our Company’s management”) and subject to the powers that the law expressly bestows on the Shareholders’ Meetings and on the Board of Directors.

The Chief Executive Officer represents the Company in its relations with third parties. He represents the Company before the courts.

When the Chairman of the Board of Directors assumes management of the Company, the provisions of this section and the law governing the Chief Executive Officer apply to him.

On the proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors may authorize one or more persons to assist him, as Executive Vice-Presidents.

The maximum number of Executive Vice-Presidents that may be appointed has been set at five.

The scope and term of the powers delegated to Executive Vice-Presidents is determined by the Board of Directors in agreement with the Chief Executive Officer.

In their relations with third parties, Executive Vice-Presidents have the same authority as the Chief Executive Officer.

In the event the office of Chief Executive Officer becomes vacant, the functions and powers of the Executive Vice-Presidents continue until the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer, unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer themselves and the Executive Vice-Presidents may, within the limits set by law, delegate such powers as they deem fit, either for the management or conduct of the Company’s business or for one or more specific purposes, to all authorized agents, whether members of the Board or not or part of the company or not, individually or as committees. Such powers may be permanent or temporary and may or may not be delegated to deputies.

The Board shall appoint a secretary and may also appoint a deputy secretary on the same terms.

AGE LIMIT FOR CORPORATE EXECUTIVES

The Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice-Presidents may hold office for the period set by the Board of Directors, but this period may not exceed their term of office as Directors, if applicable, nor in any event may such period extend beyond the date of the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the fiscal year in which

 

 

156


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

they shall have reached 68 years of age. The same age limit applies to the Chairman when he is also the Chief Executive Officer.

When the Chairman does not also occupy the position of Chief Executive Officer, he may hold the office of Chairman for the period set by the Board of Directors, but this period shall not exceed his term as Director, as well as the age limit set for the Directors.

BOARD OBSERVERS

Upon the proposal of the Chairman, the Board of Directors must in turn propose to the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment of two observers satisfying the conditions described below. The Board observers are invited and participate in Board meetings, but have no vote. They are appointed for three years. Exceptionally the Shareholder’s Meeting may appoint a Board observer for a period of two years in order to stagger the Board observer’s terms of office. Outgoing Board observers may be renewed.

They must, at the time of their appointment, be both employees of Alcatel Lucent or a company of the Group, and members of a mutual investment fund as described below. Any mutual investment fund which satisfies the conditions defined below may propose to the Board candidates with a view to their being appointed as observers.

For purposes of the preceding requirements:

 

 

a company of the Alcatel Lucent group is a company in which Alcatel Lucent holds directly or indirectly at least one half of the voting rights and/or any company in which a company of the Alcatel Lucent group holds directly or indirectly at least one half of the voting rights;

 

 

the mutual investment funds referred to above are those created pursuant to a corporate savings plan in which the Company or a Group company participates, and where the portfolio includes at least 75% of Company shares.

On the Chairman’s recommendation, the Board of Directors may propose to the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment of one or several additional observers who do not fulfill the conditions above, whether they are shareholders or not, but the total number of observers may not exceed six.

The observers receive an annual remuneration, set at the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting and allocated by the Board of Directors.

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

The General or Special Shareholders’ Meeting are convened and held under the conditions provided by law.

The decisions of the Shareholders’ Meeting are binding on all shareholders, including those not present or who dissent.

Meetings take place at the registered office or any other place specified in the notice of meeting.

All shareholders may attend the meeting in person, by mail or by proxy, upon presentation of proof of identity and upon proof of registration of the securities on the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, either in the Company’s accounts of registered securities, or in the bearer share accounts held by a duly authorized intermediary.

Subject to the conditions defined by regulations and in accordance with the procedures defined beforehand by the Board of Directors, the shareholders may participate and vote in all General or Special Shareholders’ Meetings by video-conference or any electronic communication method, including internet, that allows for their identification.

Subject to the conditions set by the regulations in effect, the shareholders may send their proxy or mail voting form for any General or Special Shareholders’ Meeting either in paper form or, upon decision of the Board reflected in the notices of the meeting, by electronic transmission. The electronic signature of the form consists, upon prior decision of the Board of Directors, process of identifying which safeguards its link with the electronic form to which it relates by a login and password or any other process in the conditions defined by regulations in force.

In order to be considered, all necessary forms for votes by mail or by proxy must be received at the Company’s registered offices or at the location stated in the notice of the meeting at least three days before any Shareholders’ Meeting. This time limit may be shortened by decision of the Board of Directors. Instructions given electronically that include a proxy or power of attorney may be accepted by the Company under the conditions and within the deadlines set by the regulations in effect.

The meeting may be broadcast by video-conference and/or electronic transmission. If applicable, this should be mentioned in the notices of meeting.

All shareholders having expressed their vote electronically, sent a power of attorney or asked for their admission card or a confirmation of participation, may nevertheless transfer all or part of the shares for which they have voted electronically, sent a power of attorney or asked for an admission card or a confirmation. However, if the transfer is made before the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, the Company, upon notification of the intermediary authorized to hold the account, will invalidate or modify as a result, as the case may be, the electronic vote, the power of attorney, the admission card or confirmation. No transfer or any transaction made after the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, whatever the means used, shall be notified by the authorized intermediary or taken into account by the Company, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.

The Shareholders’ Meeting is chaired either by the Chairman or one of the Vice-Chairmen of the Board of Directors, or by a Director appointed by the Board or by the Chairman.

The shareholders appoint the officers of the meeting, that is, the Chairman, two scrutineers and a secretary.

 

 

157


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

The scrutineers must be the two members of the meeting representing the largest number of votes or, should they refuse, those who come after in descending order until the duties are accepted.

Copies or extracts of the minutes may be authenticated by the Chairman of the Board, the secretary of the Shareholders’ Meeting, or the Director appointed to chair the meeting.

The Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting may deliberate on a first call only if the shareholders present or represented hold at least one-fifth of the shares with voting rights. No quorum is required for a meeting held upon a second call.

The Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting may deliberate on a first call only if the shareholders present or represented hold at least one-quarter of the shares with voting rights, and one-fifth of the shares with voting rights in the event of a second call.

VOTING RIGHTS

At General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 1, 2007, the shareholders voted to eliminate the statutory limitation on voting rights at Shareholders’ Meetings; as a result and subject to what is described below, each member at every meeting has the right to as many votes as the number of shares that he owns or represents.

However, fully paid registered shares, registered in the name of the same holder for at least three years, have double voting rights.

In accordance with Article L. 225-99, paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code, the elimination of double voting rights must be decided by the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, with the authorization of a special meeting of holders of these rights.

Double voting rights are cancelled automatically for any share that is converted into a bearer share or the ownership of which is transferred. However, the period mentioned above is interrupted, and the right acquired is preserved, in the event of a transfer from registered to registered form, as a result of

intestate or testamentary succession, the division between spouses of a common estate, or donation inter vivos in favor of a spouse or heirs.

Voting rights in all Ordinary, Extraordinary or Special Shareholders’ Meetings belong to the usufructuary.

APPROPRIATION OF THE RESULT -DIVIDEND

The difference between the proceeds and the expenses of the fiscal year, after provisions, constitutes the profits or losses for the fiscal year. An amount equal to 5% of the profits, minus previous losses, if any, is deducted in order to create the legal reserves, until such legal reserves are at least equal to 1/10th of the capital. Additional contributions to the legal reserves are required if the legal reserves fall below that fraction for any reason.

The distributable profits, that is, the profits for the fiscal year minus the previous losses and the deduction mentioned above, plus income carried over, is available to the Shareholders’ Meeting which, upon proposal of the Board, may decide to carry over some or all of the profits, to allocate them to general or special reserve funds or to distribute them to the shareholders as a dividend.

In addition, the Shareholders’ Meeting may decide the distribution of sums deducted from the optional reserves, either as a dividend or as a supplemental dividend, or as a special distribution. In this case, the decision must clearly indicate the reserves from which said sums are deducted. However, the dividends must be deducted first from the distributable profits of the fiscal year.

The Shareholders’ Meeting may grant each shareholder, for all or part of the dividend distributed or the interim dividend, the option to receive payment of the dividend or interim dividend in cash or in shares.

The Shareholders’ Meeting or the Board of Directors, in the event of an interim dividend, must determine the date as of which the dividend is paid.

 

 

10.3    AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE ADSs

Each of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents one of our ordinary shares. Our ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the deposit agreement among Alcatel Lucent, the Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the ADSs.

The form of the deposit agreement for the ADS and the form of American depositary receipt (ADR) that represents our ADSs have been filed as exhibits to our registration statement on Form F-6 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 20, 2011. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal office of our custodian, BNP Paribas Securities Services, located at Grands Moulins de Pantin, 9 rue du Débarcadère, 93761 Pantin Cedex, France.

 

 

158


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND RIGHTS

The Bank of New York Mellon is responsible for making sure that it or the custodian, as the case may be, receives all dividends and distributions in respect of deposited shares.

Amounts distributed to ADS holders will be reduced by any taxes or other governmental charges required to be withheld by the custodian or The Bank of New York Mellon. If The Bank of New York Mellon determines that any distribution in cash or property is subject to any tax or governmental charges that The Bank of New York Mellon or the custodian is obligated to withhold, The Bank of New York Mellon may use the cash or sell or otherwise dispose of all or a portion of that property to pay the taxes or governmental charges. The Bank of New York Mellon will then distribute the balance of the cash and/or property to the ADS holders entitled to the distribution, in proportion to their holdings.

Cash dividends and cash distributions. The Bank of New York Mellon will convert into dollars all cash dividends and other cash distributions that it or the custodian receives in a foreign currency. The Bank of New York Mellon will distribute to the ADS holders the amount it receives, after deducting any currency conversion expenses. If The Bank of New York Mellon determines that any foreign currency it receives cannot be converted and transferred on a reasonable basis, it may distribute the foreign currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive the currency), or hold that foreign currency uninvested, without liability for interest, for the accounts of the ADS holders entitled to receive it.

Distributions of ordinary shares. If we distribute ordinary shares as a dividend or free distribution, The Bank of New York Mellon may, with our approval, and will, at our request, distribute to ADS holders new ADSs representing the shares. The Bank of New York Mellon will distribute only whole ADSs. It will sell the shares that would have required it to use fractional ADSs and then distribute the proceeds in the same way it distributes cash. If The Bank of New York Mellon deposits the shares but does not distribute additional ADSs, the existing ADSs will also represent the new shares.

If holders of shares have the option of receiving a dividend in cash or in shares, we may also grant that option to ADS holders.

Other distributions. If The Bank of New York Mellon or the custodian receives a distribution of anything other than cash or shares, The Bank of New York Mellon will distribute the property or securities to the ADS holder, in proportion to such holder’s holdings. If The Bank of New York Mellon determines that it cannot distribute the property or securities in this manner or that it is not feasible to do so, then, after consultation with us, it may distribute the property or securities by any means it thinks is fair and practical, or it may sell the property or securities and distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the ADS holders.

Rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares and other rights. If we offer our holders of shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, The Bank of New York Mellon will, if requested by us:

 

make the rights available to all or certain holders of ADSs, by means of warrants or otherwise, if lawful and practically feasible; or

 

 

if it is not lawful or practically feasible to make the rights available, attempt to sell those rights or warrants or other instruments.

In that case, The Bank of New York Mellon will allocate the net proceeds of the sales to the account of the ADS holders entitled to the rights. The allocation will be made on an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among holders.

If registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is required in order to offer or sell to the ADS holders the securities represented by any rights, The Bank of New York Mellon will not make the rights available to ADS holders unless a registration statement is in effect or such securities are exempt from registration. We do not, however, have any obligation to file a registration statement or to have a registration statement declared effective. If The Bank of New York Mellon cannot make any rights available to ADS holders and cannot dispose of the rights and make the net proceeds available to ADS holders, then it will allow the rights to lapse, and the ADS holders will not receive any value for them.

Voting of the underlying shares. Under the deposit agreement, an ADS holder is entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of French law, our articles of association and bylaws and the deposited securities, to exercise voting rights pertaining to the shares represented by its ADSs. The Bank of New York Mellon will send ADS holders, via mail or electronically (to those ADS holders who have consented to electronic delivery), English - language summaries of any materials or documents provided by us for the purpose of exercising voting rights. In addition, if we so request, The Bank of New York Mellon will send ADS holders a notice card or letter including instructions on how ADS holders may access the aforementioned summary through an Internet website, along with how a paper copy of such documents may be requested. The Bank of New York Mellon will also send to ADS holders directions as to how to give it voting instructions, as well as a statement (which may be included in the documents described above) as to how the underlying ordinary shares will be voted if The Bank of New York Mellon receives blank or improperly completed voting instructions.

ADSs will represent ordinary shares in bearer form unless the ADS holder notifies The Bank of New York Mellon that it would like the shares to be held in registered form.

Changes affecting deposited securities. If there is any change in nominal value or any split - up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities, or any recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or consolidation or sale of assets involving us, then any securities that The Bank of New York Mellon receives in respect of deposited securities will become new deposited securities. Each ADS will automatically represent its share of the new deposited securities, unless The Bank of New York Mellon delivers new ADSs as described in the following sentence. The Bank of New York Mellon may, with our approval, and will, at our request, distribute new ADSs or ask ADS holders to surrender their outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs describing the new deposited securities.

 

 

159


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

Amendment of the deposit agreement. The Bank of New York Mellon and we may agree to amend the form of the ADRs and the deposit agreement at any time, without the consent of the ADS holders. If the amendment adds or increases any fees or charges (other than taxes or other governmental charges) or prejudices an important right of ADS holders, it will not take effect as to outstanding ADSs until three months after The Bank of New York Mellon has sent the ADS holders a notice of the amendment. At the expiration of that three-month period, each ADS holder will be considered by continuing to hold its ADSs to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as so amended. The Bank of New York Mellon and we may not amend the deposit agreement or the form of ADRs to impair the ADS holder’s right to surrender its ADSs and receive the ordinary shares and any other property represented by the ADRs, except to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

Termination of the deposit agreement. The Bank of New York Mellon will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so and will notify the ADS holders at least 30 days before the date of termination. The Bank of New York Mellon may also terminate the deposit agreement if it resigns and a successor depositary has not been appointed by us and accepted its appointment within 90 days after The Bank of New York

Mellon has given us notice of its resignation. After termination of the deposit agreement, The Bank of New York Mellon will no longer register transfers of ADSs, distribute dividends to the ADS holders, accept deposits of ordinary shares, give any notices, or perform any other acts under the deposit agreement whatsoever, except that The Bank of New York Mellon will continue to:

 

 

collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to deposited securities;

 

 

sell rights as described under the heading “Dividends, other distributions and rights - Rights to subscribe for additional shares and other rights” above; and

 

 

deliver deposited securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for surrendered ADRs.

One year after termination, The Bank of New York Mellon may sell the deposited securities and hold the proceeds of the sale, together with any other cash then held by it, for the pro rata benefit of ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. The Bank of New York Mellon will not have liability for interest on the sale proceeds or any cash it holds.

 

 

FEES PAID BY OUR ADS HOLDERS

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees.

 

Persons holding, depositing or withdrawing shares must pay    For:

U.S.$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

   Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
U.S.$0.02 (or less) per ADS per year    Depositary Services
Registration or transfer fees    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary    Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary


Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

 

160


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

FEES AND PAYMENTS FROM THE DEPOSITARY TO US

The depositary has agreed to reimburse us annually for our expenses incurred in connection with the ADR facility (subject to certain limits) and to pay us annually a further amount which is a function of the Depositary Service Fee (DSF) charged by the depositary to our ADS holders starting in 2010. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 we received from the depositary US$3 million for our continuing annual stock exchange listing fees and our expenses incurred in connection with the ADR facility, and US$6.5 million relating to the DSF.

OWNERSHIP OF SHARES BY NON-FRENCH PERSONS

Under French law and our articles of association and bylaws, no limitation exists on the right of non-French residents or non-French shareholders to own or vote our securities.

Any non-French resident (both E.U. and non-E.U.) must file an administrative notice (“déclaration administrative”) with the French authorities in connection with any transaction which, in the aggregate, would result in the direct or indirect holding by such non-French resident of at least 33.33% of the capital or the voting rights of a French company.

The payment of all dividends to foreign shareholders must be effected through an accredited intermediary. All registered banks and credit establishments in France are accredited intermediaries.

You should refer to Section 10.2 “Specific Provisions of the by-laws and of law” for a description of the filings required based on shareholdings.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Under current French exchange control regulations, no limits exist on the amount of payments that we may remit to residents of the United States. Laws and regulations concerning foreign exchange controls do require, however, that an accredited intermediary handle all payments or transfer of funds made by a French resident to a non-resident.

TAXATION

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and French tax consequences to you of acquiring, holding or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs. It does not address all aspects of U.S. and French tax laws that may be relevant to you in light of your particular situation. It is based on the applicable tax laws, regulations and judicial decisions as of the date of this annual report, and on the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic of France for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and Capital dated as of August 31, 1994 entered into force on December 30, 1995, along with the 2004 Protocol thereto entered into force on December 21, 2006, and the 2009 Protocol thereto entered into force on December 23,

2009, all of which are subject to change (collectively, the “Treaty”), possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

With respect to the US tax matters discussed, this summary only applies to you if all of the following five points apply to you:

 

 

you own, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of our capital stock;

 

 

you are any one of (a), (b), (c) or (d) below:

 

(a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
(b) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation that is created in or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
(c) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or
(d) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on August 20, 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on August 19, 1996;

 

 

you are entitled to the benefits of the Treaty under the “limitations on benefits” article contained in the Treaty;

 

 

you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets; and

 

 

your functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

You generally will not be eligible for the reduced withholding tax rates under the Treaty if you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs in connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment or the performance of services through a fixed base in France, or you are a non-resident in the United States for U.S. tax purposes, in either case within the meaning of the Treaty.

The following description of tax consequences should be considered only as a summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects of owning or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs. Special rules may apply to U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, real estate mortgage investment conduits, financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, securities broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for the securities’ holdings, and persons holding their ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, among others. Those special rules are not discussed in this annual report. This summary does not address all potential tax implications that may be relevant to you as a holder, in light of your particular circumstances. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the overall U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences, as well as the French tax consequences, of your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADRs and ADSs represented thereby.

For purposes of the Treaty and the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if you own ADSs

 

 

161


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

evidenced by ADRs, you will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs.

TAXATION OF DIVIDENDS

Income Tax at the Progressive Rate or Withholding Tax. French resident individuals will be subject to taxation at the progressive rate on only 60% of the dividends received by them from both French and foreign companies, in addition to the annual allowance equal to 1,525 for single individuals, widows, widowers, divorced persons or married persons or members of a union agreement subject to separate taxation, and 3,050 for married persons or members of a union agreement subject to joint taxation. This exemption will apply to any dividend distributed by a company that is subject to corporation tax or an equivalent tax and that is located in an EU member state or a country that has signed a tax treaty (which has an administrative assistance clause with the purpose of combating fraud and tax evasion) with France.

For dividends paid on and after January 1, 2012, French resident individuals can elect for dividends to be subject to a 21% withholding tax.

French companies normally must deduct a 30% French withholding tax from dividends paid to non-resident of France. Under the Treaty, this withholding tax is reduced to 15% if your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base that you have in France.

Dividends paid to a resident in a non-cooperative state or territory (NCST) are subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 55%.

If your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base that you have in France, we will withhold tax from your dividend at the reduced rate of 15%, provided that you (i) complete the French Treasury Form 5000-EN (Certificate of Residence), which establishes that you are a resident of the U.S. under the Treaty, (ii) have it certified either by the Internal Revenue Service or the financial institution that is in charge of the administration of the ordinary shares or ADSs, and (iii) send it to us before the date of payment of the dividend.

If you have not completed and sent the Certificate of Residence before the dividend payment date under the “simplified” procedure, we will deduct French withholding tax at the rate of 30%. In that case, you may claim a refund from the French tax authorities under the “normal” procedure, provided that you (i) duly complete the Certificate of Residence and the French Treasury Form 5001-EN (ii) have the forms certified either by the Internal Revenue Service or the financial institution that is in charge of the administration of the ordinary shares or ADSs, and (iii) send both forms to us early enough to enable us to file them with the French tax authorities before December 31 of the second calendar year following the year during which the dividend is paid.

You can obtain the Certificate of Residence, the Form 5001-EN and their respective instructions from the Depositary, the Internal Revenue Service or the French Centre des impôts des

non-résidents, the address of which is 10 rue du Centre, TSA, 93465 Noisy-Le-Grand, France. Copies of the Certificate of Residence and Form 5001-EN may also be downloaded from the French tax authorities’ website (www.impots.gouv.fr).

Any French withholding tax refund is generally expected to be paid within 12 months after you file the relevant French Treasury Form. However, it will not be paid before January 15, following the end of the calendar year in which the related dividend is paid.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution will be included in your gross income as dividend income to the extent paid or deemed paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You must include the gross amount treated as a dividend in income in the year payment is received by you, which, if you hold ADSs, will be the year payment is received by the Depositary. Dividends paid by us will not give rise to any dividends-received deduction generally allowed to a U.S. corporation under Section 243 of the Code. Dividends paid by us generally will constitute foreign source “passive category” income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or, for some holders, “general category” income.

For tax years of holders beginning before January 1, 2013, a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% will apply to dividend income received by an individual (as well as certain trusts and estates) from a U.S. corporation or from a “qualified foreign corporation” provided certain holding period requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a passive foreign investment company) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation if (i) the shares of the non-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty determined to be satisfactory to the United States Department of the Treasury. The United States Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service have determined that the Treaty is satisfactory for this purpose. In addition, the United States Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service have determined that ordinary shares, or an ADR in respect of such shares (which would include the ADSs), are considered readily tradable on an established securities market if they are listed on an established securities market in the United States such as The New York Stock Exchange. Information returns reporting dividends paid to U.S. persons will identify the amount of dividends eligible for the reduced tax rates.

Also, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid in a foreign currency such as euros, including any French withholding taxes withheld from such payment, will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the euros on the date the dividend is included in your taxable income, regardless of whether you convert the payment into U.S. dollars. If you hold ADSs, this date will be the date the payment is received by the Depositary. You generally will be required to recognize U.S. source ordinary income or loss when you sell or dispose of the euros you are deemed to receive. You may also be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss if you receive a refund of French tax withheld from a dividend in excess of the 15% rate provided for under the Treaty. In

 

 

162


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

either case, this foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

To the extent that any distributions paid exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the distribution will be treated as follows:

 

 

First, as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in your ordinary shares or ADSs, which will reduce your adjusted tax basis of your ordinary shares or ADSs. This adjustment will increase the amount of gain, or decrease the amount of loss, which you will recognize if you later dispose of those ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

 

Second, the balance of the distribution in excess of your adjusted tax basis will be taxed as capital gain.

French withholding tax imposed on the dividends you receive on your ordinary shares or ADSs at 15% under the Treaty is treated as payment of a foreign income tax generally eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Under the Code, in general, the limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is not calculated with respect to all worldwide income, but instead is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, the dividends you receive on your ordinary shares or ADSs generally will constitute “passive” income, or, for some holders, “general category” income. In general, U.S. foreign tax credits allowable with respect to each of these categories of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to such category of income. The consequences of this “separate limitation” calculation to you will depend in general on the nature and sources of your income and deductions.

Alternatively, a U.S. person may claim all foreign taxes paid as an itemized deduction in lieu of claiming a U.S. foreign tax credit, provided that such person does not choose to take a U.S. foreign tax credit to any extent. Generally, a deduction does not reduce U.S. tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a tax credit; however, generally the deduction for foreign taxes paid is not subject to the limitations described above.

The U.S. foreign tax credit issues described above, including the possibility of taking a deduction for foreign taxes paid in the alternative, are very complex and depend on your individual circumstances. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor on the U.S. tax consequences of any French taxes paid in respect of your owning or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs.

Taxation of capital gains

If you are a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty, you will not be subject to French tax on any gain if you sell your ordinary shares or ADSs unless you have a permanent establishment or fixed base in France and such ordinary shares or ADSs were part of the business property of that permanent establishment or fixed base. Special rules apply to individuals who are residents of more than one country.

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize capital gain or loss if you sell or otherwise dispose

of your ordinary shares or ADSs based on the difference

between the amount realized on the disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate holder, and you satisfy certain minimum holding period requirements, any capital gain generally will be treated as long-term capital gain that generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates under current law,. Long-term capital gains realized upon a sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs before the end of a taxable year which begins before January 1, 2013 generally will be subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%.

Transfer tax on sale of ordinary shares or ADSs

From January 1 to July 31, 2012 transfers of shares or ADSs of publicly traded companies that are evidenced by a written agreement are subject to the following decreasing tax rates depending on the sale price:

 

 

3% for the portion of the sale price below €200,000.

 

 

0.5% for the portion of the sale price between €200,000 and €500,000,000.

 

 

0.25% for the portion of the sale price exceeding €500,000,000.

The transfer tax does not apply to transfers of ordinary shares or ADSs in French publicly-traded companies that are not evidenced by a written agreement. Therefore, the transfer tax on the sale or disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs should not apply provided such sale or disposition is not evidenced by a written agreement.

From August 1, 2012 the three bands shown above will no longer apply, and a single rate of 0.1% will apply to all transactions regardless of the sale price.

Also from August 1, 2012 if an acquisition of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the financial transaction tax described below, it is exempt from transfer tax.

Financial transaction tax on acquisitions of ordinary shares or ADSs

From August 1, 2012 a “financial transaction tax” will apply to acquisitions giving rise to ownership transfer of shares or ADSs of French-listed companies with a global capitalization of at least 1 billion euros.

The tax rate will be 0.1% of the share acquisition value.

French estate and gift taxes

Under “The Convention Between the United States of America and the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Estates, Inheritance and Gifts of November 24, 1978,” and the 2004 Protocol amending this 1978 Convention which became effective on December 21, 2006, if you transfer your ordinary shares or ADSs by gift, or if they are transferred by

 

 

163


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.3 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

reason of your death, that transfer will be subject to French gift or inheritance tax only if one of the following applies:

 

 

you are domiciled in France at the time of making the gift, or at the time of your death, or

 

 

you used the ordinary shares or ADSs in conducting a business through a permanent establishment or fixed base in France, or you held the ordinary shares or ADSs for that use.

The French gift or inheritance tax may be credited against the U.S. gift or inheritance tax. This tax credit is limited, however, to the amount of the U.S. gift or inheritance tax due on the shares.

French wealth tax

The French wealth tax generally does not apply to our ordinary shares or ADSs if held by a U.S. holder who is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding

In general, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs (or do not come within certain other exempt categories), information reporting requirements will apply to distributions paid to you and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of your ordinary shares or ADSs. U.S. holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.

Additionally, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs (or do not come within certain other exempt categories) you may be subject to backup withholding at the current applicable rate with respect to such payments, unless you provide a correct taxpayer identification number (your social security number or employer identification number), and with respect to dividend payments, certify that you are not subject to backup withholding and otherwise comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Generally, you will be required to provide such certification on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (“Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification”) or a substitute Form W-9.

If you do not provide your correct taxpayer identification number, you may be subject to penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service, as well as backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. In general, any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules should be allowable as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability (which might entitle you to a refund), provided that you timely furnish the required information to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

U.S. reportable transactions

A U.S. holder that participates in any “reportable transaction” (as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations), which includes certain losses related to nonfunctional currency transactions, must attach to its U.S. federal income tax return a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the possible obligation to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 with respect to the sale, exchange or other disposition of any non-U.S. currency (including euros) received as a dividend on, or as proceeds from the sale of, our ordinary shares or ADSs.

Disclosure of information with respect to foreign financial assets

Certain U.S. holders are required to report information with respect to their investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs not held through a custodial account with a U.S. financial institution to the Internal Revenue Service. In general, U.S. taxpayers holding specified “foreign financial assets” (which generally would include our ordinary shares or ADSs) with an aggregate value exceeding $50,000 will report information about those assets on new IRS Form 8938, which must be attached to the taxpayer’s annual income tax return. Higher asset thresholds apply to U.S. taxpayers who file a joint tax return or who reside abroad. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. These new disclosure requirements are effective for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010 (which, for a U.S. individual taxpayer who has a calendar taxable year, would include the taxable year ending December 31, 2011). You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the effect, if any, of holding your ordinary shares or ADSs on your obligation to file new Form 8938.

Medicare contribution tax on unearned income

Legislation enacted in 2010 will require certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the effect, if any, of this legislation on holding your ordinary shares or ADSs.

U.S. State and local taxes

In addition to U.S. federal income tax, you may be subject to U.S. state and local taxes with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. state and local tax consequences of holding your ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

 

164


Table of Contents

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.4 DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

 

10.4    DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

 

We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission that contain financial information about us and our results of operations. You may read or copy any document that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. All of our Securities and Exchange Commission filings made after February 4, 2002 are available to the public at the SEC web site at www.sec.gov. Our web site at www.alcatel-lucent.com includes information about our business and also includes some of our Securities and Exchange Commission filings prior to February 4, 2002. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this document.

The articles of association of Alcatel Lucent as well as reports from the Board of Directors to the General Shareholder’s

Meeting, auditors reports, historical financial statements of the company for the last three fiscal years and any other document sent to or required by law to be made available to shareholders, may be reviewed at the company’s registered head office at 3 avenue Octave Gréard 75007 Paris.

Any shareholder can also consult/download from our website under the heading “Regulated information”, the 2011 reference document filed with the AMF, which includes:

 

 

the annual financial report (which is the “Operating and financial review and prospects” included in Chapter 6 of this document);

 

 

the Statutory Auditors’ reports on the parent company and consolidated accounts;

 

 

the special report of the Statutory Auditors concerning regulated agreements and commitments;

 

 

the report from the Chairman of the Board of Directors on the corporate governance and on internal control and risk management required under French law;

 

 

the Statutory Auditors’ report on the report prepared by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and

 

 

information relating to the Statutory Auditors’ fees (which is also set forth in Section 11.4 “Statutory Auditors’ Fees” of this document).

 

 

165


Table of Contents

10

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.4 DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.1 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

11    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES,

STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.1    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file with or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within Alcatel Lucent to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports, although our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance of achieving these objectives.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Alcatel Lucent.

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and even when determined to be effective can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment under these criteria, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Deloitte & Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres, the independent registered public accounting firms that audited the consolidated financial statements in this annual report, have issued a report on Alcatel Lucent’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report set forth in Section 11.2 “Report of independent registered public accounting firms” of this annual report.

 

 

167


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.2 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

 

 

11.2    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Alcatel-Lucent (and subsidiaries),

We have audited Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries’ (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2011 consolidated financial statements of the Group and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, March 15, 2012

 

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

   ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
   Jean-François Ginies

 

168


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.3 STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

11.3    STATUTORY AUDITORS

Our Statutory Auditors and Alternate Auditors who report on our parent company and consolidated accounts are:

 

      Appointment  (1)      Most recent
renewals (2)
     Expiration
of mandate
 
Statutory Auditors                           

Deloitte & Associés, represented by Mr. Jean-Pierre Agazzi

185, avenue Charles de Gaulle 92524 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex

     06/18/1998         09/07/2006         12/31/2011   

Ernst & Young et Autres, represented by Mr. Jean-François Ginies

1-2, place des Saisons 92400 Courbevoie-Paris La Défense 1

     06/23/1994         09/07/2006         12/31/2011   
Alternate Auditors                           

BEAS

195, avenue Charles de Gaulle 92200 Neuilly sur Seine

     09/07/2006                  12/31/2011   

Auditex

1-2, place des Saisons 92400 Courbevoie-Paris La Défense 1

     09/07/2006                  12/31/2011   

 

(1) Date of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.
(2) The renewal of the appointment is proposed to the 2012 Shareholders’ Meeting.

Change in Statutory Auditors

Not applicable.

11.4    STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES

Fees of our Statutory Auditors and their international networks in 2010 and in 2011:

 

(In thousands of euros, except percentages)   

Deloitte & Associés

(Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

network)

    

Ernst & Young

(Ernst & Young network)

        
   2010      2011      2010      2011      Note  
1. Audit                                                                                 
Audit fees (statutory audit, audit of consolidated financial statements and certification)      7,878         88%         7,297         74%         8,244         84%         8,233         76%         1   
Issuer      2,650         30%         2,695         27%         2,700         27%         2,695         25%            
Consolidated entities      5,228         58%         4,602         47%         5,544         56%         5,538         51%            
Audit related fees      741         8%         2,169         22%         1,234         13%         2,335         22%         2   
Issuer      634         7%         1,742         18%         840         9%         2,004         19%            
Consolidated entities      107         1%         427         4%         394         4%         331         3%            
Sub-total      8,619         96%         9,466         96%         9,478         96%         10,568         97%            
2. Other services (not audit related)                                                                              3   
Legal and tax services      55         1%         80         1%         202         2%         134         1%         4   
Other services      292         3%         311         3%         163         2%         146         1%         5   
Sub-total      347         4%         391         4%         365         4%         280         3%            
Total      8,966         100%         9,857         100%         9,843         100%         10,848         100%            

The table above provides the fees of Alcatel Lucent’s independent auditors and their international networks for the consolidated entities of the Group relating to the periods 2010 and 2011.

 

NOTE 1    AUDIT FEES (STATUTORY AUDIT, AUDIT OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CERTIFICATION)

The services included are those imposed by applicable law or regulations. More specifically, the services envisaged by the CNCC guide on professional standards in its Chapters 2, 5 and 6 are included.

Audit fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of the Group’s consolidated financial statements and the statutory accounts of all consolidated entities (both French and foreign). They also include the review of documents filed with the SEC and which encompasses procedures on internal controls in accordance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

In accordance with U.S. regulatory requirements around external auditors’ independence, the Audit and Finance Committee has put in place since 2003 a policy regarding

 

 

169


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.4 STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES

 

 

pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors. Our independent auditors may only be engaged to provide such services after having received confirmation that these services are included in the list of pre-approved services by the Audit and Finance Committee. Non-prohibited services which are however not included in the pre-approved services must be specifically approved by the Audit and Finance Committee.

NOTE 2     AUDIT-RELATED FEES

Audit related fees consist of fees billed by the independent auditors or by their networks for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit of the company’s (or its affiliates’) financial statements. Such services enter within Articles 10, 23 and 24, respectively, of the Code of Ethics of IFAC (International Federation of Accountants). Such procedures or services are generally non-recurrent and may only reasonably be provided by the independent auditors.

NOTE 3     OTHER SERVICES (NON-AUDIT RELATED)

Non-audit related services are services provided by the independent auditors. Those services are carried out in accordance with Article 24 of the code of ethics of IFAC. Non-audit services include tax services and other services mostly to be categorized as consultancy.

NOTE 4     LEGAL AND TAX SERVICES

Legal and tax services include tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. They can include general expatriate services. Such services are generally non-recurrent.

NOTE 5     OTHER SERVICES

Other services are all services provided by our independent auditors and which do not fall under one of the above specific categories. Such services are mostly specific and non-recurrent.

 

 

11.5    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Jean C. Monty is an “audit committee financial expert” and that he is independent under the applicable rules promulgated by the

Securities and Exchange Commission and The New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

11.6    CODE OF ETHICS

 

On February 4, 2004, our Board of Directors adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller. A copy of our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers has been posted on our website,

www.alcatel-lucent.com. This Code of Ethics is in addition to our Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct, which also applies to our senior financial officers (see Section 7.4, “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”).

 

 

11.7    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following consolidated financial statements of Alcatel Lucent, together with the report of Deloitte & Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are filed as part of this annual report.

 

      Page  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms      176   
Consolidated Income Statements      177   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income      178   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position      179   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      181   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity      182   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements      184   

All schedules have been omitted since they are not required under the applicable instructions or the substance of the required information is shown in the financial statements.

 

170


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.8 EXHIBITS

 

11.8    EXHIBITS

 

1.1    Statuts (Articles of Association and By-Laws) of Alcatel-Lucent (English translation), dated December 31, 2011.
2.1    Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, among Alcatel-Lucent, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and the holders from time to time of the ADSs issued thereunder, including the form of ADR (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Alcatel-Lucent’s Registration Statement on Form F-6 POS filed May 20, 2011). (File No. 333-138770).
4.    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 2, 2006, among Lucent Technologies Inc., Alcatel and Aura Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Lucent’s Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006).
8.    List of subsidiaries (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).
10.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Deloitte & Associés.
10.2    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Ernst & Young et Autres.
12.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
13.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
15.1    Subordinated Guaranty dated March 27, 2007 executed by Lucent Technologies Inc. in favor of the holders of Alcatel’s 6.375% Notes due 2014 and the Agent therefore (incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed April 6, 2007).

11.9    CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

FORM 20-F    2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON 20-F
Item 1: Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers    N/A
Item 2: Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable    N/A
Item 3: Key Information     
A. Selected financial data    Chapter 1 Selected financial data
B. Capitalization and indebtedness    N/A
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds    N/A
D. Risk factors    Chapter 3 Risk factors
Item 4: Information On The Company     
A. History and development of the Company    Chapter 4 Information about the Group
B. Business overview    Chapter 2 Activity overview, Chapter 5 Description of the Group’s activities and Chapter 6 Operating and financial review and prospects, Sections 6.1 through 6.5
C. Organizational structure    Section 4.3 Structure of the principal companies consolidated in the Group as of December 31, 2011
D. Property, plants and equipment    Section 4.4 Real estate and equipment
Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments    N/A
Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     
A. Operating results (significant factors materially affecting the company’s income from operations)    Chapter 6 Operating and financial review and prospects: Introduction and Sections 6.2 through 6.5.
B. Liquidity and capital resources    Section 6.6 Liquidity and capital resources
C. Research and Development, patents and licenses, etc.    Section 6.11 Research and Development – Expenditures; headings “Research and Development costs” of Section 6.2 and Section 6.4
D. Trend information    Section 6.1 Overview of 2011 and Section 6.8 Outlook for 2012
E. Off-Balance sheet arrangements    Section 6.7 Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments

 

171


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.9 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

 

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations    First subsection Contractual obligations of Section 6.7 Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments
G. Safe harbor     
Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees     
A. Directors and senior management    Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report
B. Compensation    Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report, Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives, Section 7.3 Regulated agreements, commitments and related party transactions
C. Board practices    Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report, Section 7.4 Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct and Section 11.6 Code of ethics
1. Date of expiration of the current term of office and the period during which the person has served it that office;    Section 7.1.2 Management bodies of the Company
2. Directors’ service contracts with the company or any of its subsidiaries;    Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives and Section 7.3 Regulated agreements, commitments and related party transactions
3. Company’s audit committee and remuneration committee.    Section 7.1.4 Powers and activity of the Board of Directors’ Committees
D. Employees    Section 5.13 Human resources
E. Share ownership (with respect to the persons listed in Item 6.B.2)     
1. Disclosure on an individual basis of the number of shares and percent of shares outstanding of that class, and their voting rights; options granted to these persons on the company’s shares (title and amount of securities called for by the options, exercise price, purchase price if any, expiration date of the options);    Section 7.1.2 Management bodies of the Company, Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives and Section 9.5 Employees and management’s shareholding
2. Any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the company, including any arrangement that involves the issue or grant of options or shares or securities of the company.    Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives
Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Employees     
A. Major shareholders    Section 9.3 Shareholder profile, Section 9.4 Breakdown of capital and voting rights and Section 9.6 Other information on the share capital
B. Related Party Transactions    Section 7.3 Regulated agreements, commitments and related party transactions
C. Interests of experts and counsel    N/A
Item 8: Financial Information     
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information    Section 1.1 Condensed consolidated income statement and statement of financial position data, Chapter 12 Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, Section 6.10 Legal matters and Section 9.7 Trend of dividend per share over 5 years
B. Significant changes since the date of the annual financial statements    N/A
Item 9: The Offer and Listing     
A. Offer and listing details    Section 9.1 Listing and Section 9.2 Trading over the last five years
B. Plan of distribution    N/A
C. Markets    Section 9.1 Listing
D. Selling shareholders    N/A
E. Dilution    N/A
F. Expenses of the issue    N/A

 

172


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.9 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

Item 10: Additional Information     
A. Share capital    Chapter 8 Information concerning our capital and Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association    Section 7.1.3 Powers and activity of the Board of Directors, Section 10.1 Legal information, Section 10.2 Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law, Subsection “Ownership of shares by non-French persons” of Section 10.3 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters and Section 9.8 General Shareholders’ Meeting
C. Material contracts    Section 4.5 Material contracts
D. Exchange controls    Subsection “Exchange controls” of Section 10.3 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters
E. Taxation    Subsection “Taxation” of Section 10.3 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters
F. Dividends and paying agents    N/A
G. Statement by experts    N/A
H. Documents on display    Section 10.4 Documents on display
I. Subsidiary information    No information in this regard
Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    Section 6.9 Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk
Item 12: Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities     
D. American Depositary Shares    Subsection “Description of the ADSs” of Section 10.3 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters
Item 13: Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies    N/A
Item 14: Market Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds    N/A
Item 15: Controls and Procedures    Section 11 Controls and procedures, Statutory Auditors’ fees and other matters
(a) Disclosure controls and procedures    Subsection “Disclosure controls and procedures” of Section 11.1 Controls and procedures
(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting    Subsection “Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting” of Section 11.1 Controls and procedures
(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm on management’s assessment of the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.    Section 11.2 Report of independent registered public accounting firms
(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting    Subsection “Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting” of Section 11.1 Controls and Procedures
Item 16: Reserved    Reserved
Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert    Section 11.5 Audit Committee financial expert
Item 16B: Code of Ethics    Section 11.6 Code of ethics
Item 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and Services    Section 11.3 Statutory Auditors and Section 11.4 Statutory Auditors’ fees
Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committee    N/A
Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers    Section 8.6 Purchases of Alcatel Lucent shares by the Company
Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant    Section 11.3 Statutory Auditors
Item 16G: Corporate Governance    Section 7.5 Major differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE requirements
Item 17: Financial Statements    See Section 11.7 Financial statements
Item 18: Financial Statements    See Section 11.7 Financial statements
Item 19: Exhibits    Section 11.8 Exhibits

 

173


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

 

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

ALCATEL-LUCENT     
By:    /s/ Paul Tufano
Name:    Paul Tufano
Title:    Chief Financial Officer

March 21, 2012

 


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ALCATEL-LUCENT AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

     176   

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

     177   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     178   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     179   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     181   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     182   

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     184   

 

175


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent (and subsidiaries):

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Alcatel Lucent and subsidiaries, (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, March 15, 2012

 

   
s/ DELOITTE & ASSOCIES       s/  ERNST & YOUNG et Autres      
      Represented by
      Jean-François Ginies

 

176


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

 

(In millions except per share information)    Notes      2011 (1)      2011      2010 (5)      2009 (5)  

Revenues

     (5) & (6)       U.S.$ 19,884       15,327         15,658       14,841   

Cost of sales (2)

              (12,930)         (9,967)         (10,356)         (9,986)   

Gross profit

              6,954         5,360         5,302         4,855   

Administrative and selling expenses (2)

              (3,427)         (2,642)         (2,769)         (2,776)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses               (3,207)         (2,472)         (2,593)         (2,465)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses               6         5         (10)         1   

Research and development costs (2)

              (3,201)         (2,467)         (2,603)         (2,464)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (5)         326         251         (70)         (384)   

Restructuring costs (2)

     (28)         (263)         (203)         (371)         (598)   

Litigations (3)

              5         4         (28)         (109)   

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities (4)

              (3)         (2)         62         99   

Post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (26f)         87         67         30         248   

Income (loss) from operating activities

              152         117         (377)         (744)   

Interest related to gross financial debt

              (458)         (353)         (357)         (313)   
Interest related to cash and marketable securities               77         59         53         60   
Finance cost      (8)         (381)         (294)         (304)         (253)   

Other financial income (loss)

     (8)         465         359         356         253   

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates

              5         4         14         1   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations               241         186         (311)         (743)   
Income tax (expense) benefit      (9)         706         544         (14)         77   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

              947         730         (325)         (666)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      (10)         537         414         33         162   

Net Income (Loss)

              1,484         1,144         (292)         (504)   
Attributable to:                                             
Equity owners of the parent               1,421         1,095         (334)         (524)   
• Non-controlling interests               63         49         42         20   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                             
• Basic earnings per share      (11)       U.S.$ 0.62       0.48       (0.15)       (0.23)   
• Diluted earnings per share      (11)       U.S.$ 0.54       0.42       (0.15)       (0.23)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                             
• Basic earnings per share             U.S.$ 0.39       0.30       (0.16)       (0.30)   
• Diluted earnings per share             U.S.$ 0.36       0.28       (0.16)       (0.30)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                             
• Basic earnings per share             U.S.$ 0.23       0.18       0.01       0.07   
• Diluted earnings per share             U.S.$ 0.18       0.14       0.01       0.07   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.2973 on December 30, 2011.
(2) Classification of share-based payments between cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses, research & development costs and restructuring costs is provided in Note 24d.
(3) Related to material litigations (see Note 1n): the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid disclosed in Note 34e of the consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F(for an amount of (22) million as of December 31, 2010), the FCPA litigation disclosed in Note 35b (for an amount of 1 million as of December 31, 2011, (10) million as of December 31, 2010 and (93) million as of December 31, 2009, representing a present value of U.S.$137.4 million) and the Fox River litigation disclosed in Note 32 (for an amount of 3 million or U.S.$ 5million as of December 31, 2011, 4 million or U.S.$5 million as of December 31, 2010 and (16) million or U.S.$(22) million as of December 31, 2009).
(4) 2011 and 2010 amounts are mainly related to the disposal of the Vacuum business. 2009 amounts are related to the disposal of the Fractional Horsepower Motors activity (see Note 3).
(5) 2009 and 2010 consolidated income statements are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

177


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(In millions)    Notes      2011 (1)      2011      2010      2009  

Net income (loss) for the year

              U.S.$1,484         1,144         (292)         (504)   
Items to be subsequently reclassified to Income Statement               344         265         233         64   
Financial assets available for sale      (17)         (14)         (11)         (22)         13   
Cumulative translation adjustments               367         283         262         39   
Cash flow hedging      (29)         (9)         (7)         (12)         11   
Tax on items recognized directly in equity      (9)         -         -         5         1   
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to Income Statement               (1,342)         (1,034)         (75)         (637)   
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses      (26)         (1,470)         (1,133)         (70)         (582)   
Tax on items recognized directly in equity      (9)         128         99         15         (2)   
Other adjustments               -         -         (20)         (53)   
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the period               (998)         (769)         158         (573)   
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period               486         375         (134)         (1,077)   
Attributable to:                                             
Equity owners of the parent               358         276         (226)         (1,079)   
• Non-controlling interests               128         99         92         2   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.2973 on December 30, 2011.

 

178


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(In millions)

ASSETS

   Notes    December 31,
2011 (1)
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Non-current assets:                                         
Goodwill    (12)      U.S.$ 5,694         4,389         4,370         4,168   
Intangible assets, net    (13)      2,301         1,774         2,056         2,214   
Goodwill and intangible assets, net           7,995         6,163         6,426         6,382   
Property, plant and equipment, net    (14)      1,638         1,263         1,311         1,260   
Investment in net assets of equity affiliates    (16)      16         12         9         60   
Other non-current financial assets, net    (17)      676         521         400         392   
Deferred tax assets    (9)      2,535         1,954         948         836   
Prepaid pension costs    (26)      3,587         2,765         2,746         2,400   
Other non-current assets    (22)      384         296         257         314   

Total non-current assets

          16,831         12,974         12,097         11,644   
Current assets:                                         
Inventories and work in progress, net    (19) & (20)      2,562         1,975         2,295         1,902   
Trade receivables and other receivables, net    (19) & (21)      4,420         3,407         3,664         3,519   
Advances and progress payments    (19)      86         66         75         93   
Other current assets    (22)      1,267         977         885         960   
Current income taxes           167         129         168         157   
Marketable securities, net    (17) & (27)      1,218         939         649         1,993   
Cash and cash equivalents    (18) & (27)      4,585         3,534         5,040         3,577   
Current assets before assets held for sale           14,305         11,027         12,776         12,201   
Assets held for sale and assets included in disposal groups held for sale    (10)      262         202         3         51   

Total current assets

        14,567         11,229         12,779         12,252   

Total assets

          31,398         24,203         24,876         23,896   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.2973 on December 30, 2011.

 

179


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

(In millions)

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

   Notes    December 31,
2011 (1)
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Equity:                                         
Capital stock (2 nominal value: 2,325,383,328 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2011, 2,318,385,548 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2010 and 2,318,060,818 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2009)         U.S.$ 6,034         4,651         4,637         4,636   
Additional paid-in capital           21,739         16,757         16,726         16,689   
Less treasury stock at cost           (2,033)         (1,567)         (1,566)         (1,567)   
Accumulated deficit, fair value and other reserves           (21,452)         (16,536)         (15,139)         (14,518)   
Cumulative translation adjustments           (708)         (546)         (779)         (976)   
Net income (loss) - attributable to the equity owners of the parent           1,420         1,095         (334)         (524)   
Equity attributable to equity owners of the parent           5,000         3,854         3,545         3,740   
Non-controlling interests    (24f)      969         747         660         569   
Total equity    (24)      5,969         4,601         4,205         4,309   
Non-current liabilities:                                         
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefits    (26)      7,403         5,706         5,090         5,043   
Convertible bonds and other bonds, long-term    (25) & (27)      5,386         4,152         4,037         4,084   
Other long-term debt    (27)      179         138         75         95   
Deferred tax liabilities    (9)      1,319         1,017         1,126         1,058   
Other non-current liabilities    (22)      274         211         259         209   
Total non-current liabilities           14,561         11,224         10,587         10,489   
Current liabilities:                                         
Provisions    (28)      2,048         1,579         1,858         2,122   
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt    (27)      427         329         1,266         576   
Customers’ deposits and advances    (19) & (30)      765         590         803         639   
Trade payables and other payables    (19)      5,049         3,892         4,325         3,926   
Current income tax liabilities           170         131         137         72   
Other current liabilities    (22)      2,243         1,729         1,695         1,763   
Current liabilities before liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale           10,702         8,250         10,084         9,098   
Liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale    (10)      166         128         -         -   
Total current liabilities           10,868         8,378         10,084         9,098   
Total Equity and Liabilities           31,398         24,203         24,876         23,896   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.2973 on December 30, 2011.

 

180


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(In millions)    Notes    2011 (1)      2011      2010 (5)      2009 (5)  
Cash flows from operating activities                                         
Net income (loss) - attributable to the equity owners of the parent         U.S.$ 1,420         1,095         (334)         (524)   
Non-controlling interests           64         49         42         20   
Adjustments    (31)      (831)         (641)         439         212   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes    (31)      653         503         147         (292)   
Net change in current assets and liabilities (excluding financing):                                         
Inventories and work in progress    (19)      227         175         (381)         411   
Trade receivables and other receivables    (19)      498         384         155         873   
Advances and progress payments    (19)      13         10         21         12   
Trade payables and other payables    (19)      (623)         (480)         154         (742)   
Customers’ deposits and advances    (19)      (375)         (289)         (11)         (70)   
Other current assets and liabilities           31         24         88         (5)   
Cash provided (used) by operating activities before interest and taxes           424         327         173         187   
Interest received           74         57         47         71   
Interest paid (2)           (402)         (310)         (304)         (243)   
Taxes (paid)/received           (71)         (55)         (106)         (83)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities           25         19         (190)         (66)   
Cash flows from investing activities:                                         
Proceeds from disposal of tangible and intangible assets           64         49         30         24   
Capital expenditures      (13)&(14)      (724)         (558)         (673)         (669)   
Of which impact of capitalization of development costs    (13)      (323)         (249)         (251)         (267)   
Decrease (increase) in loans and other non-current financial assets           (13)         (10)         (27)         20   
Cash expenditures for obtaining control of consolidated companies or equity affiliates    (31)      -         -         -         6   
Cash proceeds from losing control of consolidated companies    (31)      (1)         (1)         93         128   
Cash proceeds from sale of previously consolidated and non-consolidated companies           10         8         107         1,632   
Cash proceeds from sale (Cash expenditure for acquisition) of marketable securities           (350)         (270)         1,392         (1,062)   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities           (1,014)         (782)         922         79   
Cash flows from financing activities:                                         
Issuance/(repayment) of short-term debt           3         2         340         (31)   
Issuance of long-term debt           1         1         522         1,056   
Repayment/repurchase of long-term debt           (1,134)         (874)         (384)         (1,214)   
Cash proceeds (expenditures) related to changes in ownership interests in consolidated companies without loss of control           -         -         (4)         -   
Capital increase (3)           19         15         -         -   
Dividends paid           (107)         (83)         (4)         (4)   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities           (1,218)         (939)         470         (193)   
Cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued operations    (10)      122         94         64         63   
Cash provided (used) by investing activities of discontinued operations    (10)      (21)         (16)         (19)         94   
Cash provided (used) by financing activities of discontinued operations    (10)      (104)         (80)         (46)         (54)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes           269         207         262         (31)   
Net Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (1,942)         (1,497)         1,463         (110)   
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period / year      6,538         5,040         3,577         3,687   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period / year (4)      4,585         3,534         5,040         3,577   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period / year classified as assets held for sale      11         9                     
Cash and cash equivalents including cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale at end of period      4,596         3,543                     

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.2973 on December 30, 2011.
(2) Of which 6 million related to interest on tax litigations for 2011.
(3) Of which 15 million related to stock options exercised during 2011 (see Note 24d).
(4) Includes 959 million of cash and cash equivalents held in countries subject to exchange control restrictions as of December 31, 2011 (1,044 million as of December 31, 2010 and 718 million as of December 31, 2009). Such restrictions can limit the use of such cash and cash equivalents by other group subsidiaries and the parent.
(5) 2009 and 2010 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

181


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(In millions of euros and number of shares)    Number of
shares (4)
     Capital
stock
    

Additional

paid-in
capital

     Accumulated
deficit
 
Balance at December 31, 2008 after appropriation      2,259,655,771         4,636         16,631         (12,874)   
Changes in equity for 2009                                    
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2009 (1)                                 (53)   
Capital increases      19,057                              
Share-based payments                        58            
Treasury stock      65,596                           (4)   
Equity component of Oceane 2015 issued in 2009, net of tax                                 128   
Dividends                                    
Other adjustments                                 4   
Appropriation of 2009 net income (loss)                                 (524)   
Balance at December 31, 2009 after appropriation      2,259,740,424         4,636         16,689         (13,323)   
Changes in equity for 2010                                    
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2010 (1)                                    
Capital increases      324,730         1                     
Share-based payments                        37            
Treasury stock      117,975                           (1)   
Dividends                                    
Other adjustments                                 (7)   
Appropriation of 2010 net income (loss)                                 (334)   
Balance at December 31, 2010 after appropriation      2,260,183,129         4,637         16,726         (13,665)   
Changes in equity for 2011                                    
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2011 (1)                                    
Capital increases (2)      6,997,780         14         2            
Share-based payments                        29            
Treasury stock      (17,525)                              
Dividends                                    
Other adjustments                                 (11)   
Balance at December 31, 2011 before appropriation      2,267,163,384         4,651         16,757         (13,676)   
Proposed appropriation (3)                                 1,095   
Balance at December 31, 2011 after appropriation      2,267,163,384         4,651         16,757         (12,581)   

 

(1) See consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
(2) Of which 6,877,148 shares issued related to stock options or restricted stock units (see Note 24)
(3) The appropriation is proposed by the Board of Directors and must be approved at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012 before being final.
(4) See Note 24.

 

182


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(In millions of euros and number of shares)   Fair value
and other
reserves
    Treasury
stock
    Cumulative
translation
adjustments
    Net
income
(loss)
   

Total
attributable

to the

owners of
the parent

    Non-controlling
interests
    TOTAL  
Balance at December 31, 2008 after appropriation     (1,164)        (1,566)        (1,030)        -        4,633        591        5,224   
Changes in equity for 2009                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2009 (1)     (556)        -        54        (524)        (1,079)        2        (1,077)   
Capital increases                                     -                -   
Share-based payments                                     58                58   
Treasury stock             (1)                        (5)                (5)   
Equity component of Oceane 2015 issued in 2009, net of tax                                     128                128   
Dividends                                     -        (5)        (5)   
Other adjustments     1                                5        (19)        (14)   
Appropriation of 2009 net income (loss)                             524        -                -   
Balance at December 31, 2009 after appropriation     (1,719)        (1,567)        (976)        -        3,740        569        4,309   
Changes in equity for 2010                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2010 (1)     (89)        -        197        (334)        (226)        92        (134)   
Capital increases                                     1                1   
Share-based payments                                     37                37   
Treasury stock             1                        -                -   
Dividends                                     -        (4)        (4)   
Other adjustments                                     (7)        3        (4)   
Appropriation of 2010 net income (loss)                             334        -                   
Balance at December 31, 2010 after appropriation     (1,808)        (1,566)        (779)        -        3,545        660        4,205   
Changes in equity for 2011                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2011 (1)     (1,052)                233        1,095        276        99        375   
Capital increases (2)                                     16                16   
Share-based payments                                     29                29   
Treasury stock             (1)                        (1)                (1)   
Dividends                                     -        (17)        (17)   
Other adjustments                                     (11)        5        (6)   
Balance at December 31, 2011 before appropriation     (2,860)        (1,567)        (546)        1,095        3,854        747        4,601   
Proposed appropriation (3)                             (1,095)                           
Balance at December 31, 2011 after appropriation     (2,860)        (1,567)        (546)        -        3,854        747        4,601   

 

(1) See consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
(2) Of which 6,877,148 shares issued related to stock options or restricted stock units (see Note 24)
(3) The appropriation is proposed by the Board of Directors and must be approved at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012 before being final.

 

183


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1

   SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES      185   

NOTE 2

   PRINCIPAL UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING THE USE OF ESTIMATES      198   

NOTE 3

   CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES      206   

NOTE 4

   CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY AND PRESENTATION      206   

NOTE 5

   INFORMATION BY OPERATING SEGMENT AND BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT      207   

NOTE 6

   REVENUES      210   

NOTE 7

   IMPAIRMENT LOSSES RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT      210   

NOTE 8

   FINANCIAL INCOME (LOSS)      211   

NOTE 9

   INCOME TAX      212   

NOTE 10

   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND LIABILITIES RELATED TO DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE      215   

NOTE 11

   EARNINGS PER SHARE      216   

NOTE 12

   GOODWILL      217   

NOTE 13

   INTANGIBLE ASSETS      220   

NOTE 14

   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT      223   

NOTE 15

   FINANCE LEASES AND OPERATING LEASES      225   

NOTE 16

   INVESTMENT IN NET ASSETS OF EQUITY AFFILIATES AND JOINT VENTURES      226   

NOTE 17

   FINANCIAL ASSETS      227   

NOTE 18

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS      229   

NOTE 19

   OPERATING WORKING CAPITAL      229   

NOTE 20

   INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS      230   

NOTE 21

   TRADE RECEIVABLES AND RELATED ACCOUNTS      231   

NOTE 22

   OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES      231   

NOTE 23

   ALLOCATION OF 2011 NET INCOME (LOSS)      231   

NOTE 24

   EQUITY      231   

NOTE 25

   COMPOUND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS      244   

NOTE 26

   PENSIONS, RETIREMENT INDEMNITIES AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS      247   

NOTE 27

   FINANCIAL DEBT      262   

NOTE 28

   PROVISIONS      268   

NOTE 29

   MARKET-RELATED EXPOSURES      270   

NOTE 30

   CUSTOMERS’ DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES      278   

NOTE 31

   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS      278   

NOTE 32

   CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND DISCLOSURES RELATED TO OFF BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS      280   

NOTE 33

   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS      285   

NOTE 34

   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES AND AUDIT FEES      286   

NOTE 35

   CONTINGENCIES      286   

NOTE 36

   EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE      290   

NOTE 37

   MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES      290   

NOTE 38

   QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)      291   

 

184


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Alcatel-Lucent (formerly called Alcatel) is a French public limited liability company that is subject to the French Commercial Code and to all the legal requirements governing commercial companies in France. On November 30, 2006, Alcatel changed its name to Alcatel-Lucent on completion of the business combination with Lucent Technologies Inc. Alcatel-Lucent was incorporated on June 18, 1898 and will be dissolved on June 30, 2086, unless its existence is extended or shortened by shareholder vote. Alcatel-Lucent’s headquarters are located at 3, avenue Octave Gréard, 75007, Paris, France. Alcatel-Lucent is listed principally on the Paris and New York stock exchanges.

The consolidated financial statements reflect the results and financial position of Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as well as its investments in associates (“equity affiliates”) and joint ventures. They are presented in Euros rounded to the nearest million.

The Group develops and integrates technologies, applications and services to offer innovative global communications solutions.

On February 8, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent’s Board of Directors authorized for issuance these consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011. The consolidated financial statements will be final once approved at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012.

NOTE 1    SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Due to the listing of Alcatel-Lucent’s securities on the Euronext Paris and in accordance with the European Union’s regulation No. 1606/2002 of July 19, 2002, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards), as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), as of the date when our Board of Directors authorized these consolidated financial statements for issuance.

IFRSs can be found at: www.ec.europa.eu/internal_market/accounting/ias/index_en.htm.

IFRSs include the standards approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), that is, International Accounting Standards (“IASs”) and accounting interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) or the former Standing Interpretations Committee (“SIC”).

As of December 31, 2011, all IFRSs that the IASB had published and that are mandatory are the same as those endorsed by the EU and mandatory in the EU, with the exception of:

 

 

IAS 39, which the EU only partially adopted. The part not adopted by the EU has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements.

As a result, the Group’s consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as published by the IASB.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group, that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of January 1, 2011, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendment to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation - Classification of Rights Issues” (issued October 2009);

 

 

IFRIC 19 “Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IFRIC 14 “IAS 19 - The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and Their Interactions - Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement” (issued November 2009);

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 1 “Limited Exemption from Comparative IFRS 7 Disclosures for First-time Adopters” (issued January 2010); and

 

 

Improvements to IFRSs (issued May 2010).

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations published that are not mandatory and that the EU has not endorsed

The IASB published the following standards and amendments prior to December 31, 2011 that are not mandatory:

 

 

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement of Financial Assets” (issued November 2009);

 

 

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement of Financial Liabilities” (issued October 2010);

 

185


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 1 “Severe Hyperinflation and Removal of Fixed Dates for First-time Adopters” (issued December 2010);

 

 

Amendment to IAS 12 “Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets” (issued December 2010);

 

 

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IAS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” (issued May 2011). IFRS 10 and IAS 27 supersede IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (as amended in 2008);

 

 

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” (issued May 2011). This IAS supersedes IAS 28 “Investments in Associates” (as revised in 2003);

 

 

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” (issued May 2011);

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income” (issued June 2011);

 

 

IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” (Revised and issued June 2011);

 

 

Amendments to IAS 32 “Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (issued December 2011);

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 7 “Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (issued December 2011); and

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 “Mandatory Effective Date and Transition Disclosures” (issued December 2011).

From the above list we have described below those new or revised accounting standards that may potentially impact our financial statements when they become mandatory in the EU.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”

Based on a preliminary study of this new standard, we have not identified any material impacts regarding the future application of this standard. However, our final assessment of the standard’s potential impacts is not yet complete.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements”

Alda Marine is the only entity that Alcatel-Lucent consolidates using proportionate consolidation. Alcatel-Lucent has a 51% interest in this entity and jointly controls it (as defined by IAS 31 – Interests in Joint Ventures) with Louis Dreyfus Armateurs, which holds the remaining 49% interest. Under IFRS 11, joint arrangements are to be accounted for either as a joint operation or as a joint venture. Alda Marine is viewed as a joint venture under IAS 31 and therefore this entity will be accounted for under the equity method from January 1, 2013 onwards because joint ventures no longer can be consolidated using the proportionate method. If we had accounted for this entity under the equity method as of December 31, 2011, it would have resulted in (i) a negative impact of 5 million on income from operating activities, (ii) a decrease in net financial debt of 24 million, and (iii) a decrease in property, plant and equipment of 31 million.

Based on a preliminary study of IFRS 11, we have not identified any other impacts regarding the future application of this standard. However, our final assessment of the standard’s potential impacts is not yet complete.

IAS 19 - Employee Benefits

On June 16, 2011, the IASB issued a revised IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” that is mandatory for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Even if earlier application is permitted, Alcatel-Lucent does not intend to apply the revised standard early. For Alcatel-Lucent, this revised standard mainly impacts the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs recognized in the “Other financial income (loss)” caption in the consolidated income statements. Currently, this financial component is determined as the net of the interest cost on the defined benefit obligation (based on the discount rate applied) and the expected income on plan assets (based on the expected rate of return on plan assets). In addition, the financial component for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans is updated every quarter using the defined benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter (the expected rate of return of plan assets is reviewed annually or upon the occurrence of a significant event such as a change in the asset allocation). Under the revised standard, the financial component will be called “net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset)” and will be measured as the sum of interest income on plan assets, interest cost on the defined benefit obligation and interest income (cost) on the effect of the asset ceiling; each of these interest amounts being computed using the defined benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets, the effect of the asset ceiling and the discount rate, each determined at January 1 without any quarterly update.

The following table compares the historical expected rates of return on plan assets used to determine the expected returns on plan assets based on the current standard, and the rates that would have been used, had the revised standard been applied. It also shows the actual rates of return on plan assets. The actual return on plan assets is based on our main pension plans (U.S., France,

 

186


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

Germany, United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Belgium) that represent 99.6% of Alcatel-Lucent’s plan asset fair values. For comparison purposes, all weighted average rates shown below are based on opening plan asset fair values.

 

      Discount rate
(revised IAS 19)
     Expected rate of return on plan
assets (current IAS 19)
     Actual rate of return
on plan assets
 
2007      5.61%         7.39%         11.49%   
2008      6.09%         7.07%         (7.94)%   
2009      6.12%         6.69%         10.93%   
2010      5.44%         6.55%         11.64%   
2011      4.88%         6.37%         10.57%   
5-year average      5.63%         6.82%         7.34%   

The application of this revised standard would have had a negative impact on “Other financial income (loss)” in our consolidated income statements (and therefore on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations) of approximately (281) million in 2009, (502) million in 2010 and (541) million in 2011. This negative impact, however, would have been offset by an identical positive impact in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. This revised standard, therefore, would have no impact on either income (loss) from operating activities or on Group equity. It would also have no impact on funding requirements.

Due to more precise guidance regarding the use of mortality tables, as required by IAS 19 revised paragraph 82, the mortality table used for U.S. plans was amended as of December 31, 2011 (see Note 2g).

No other material impacts have been identified regarding the future application of this revised standard.

The accounting policies and measurement principles adopted for the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 are the same as those used in the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010.

a/ Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs under the historical cost convention, with the exception of certain categories of assets and liabilities. The categories concerned are detailed in the following notes.

b/ Consolidation methods

Companies over which the Group has control are fully consolidated.

Companies over which the Group has joint control are accounted for using proportionate consolidation.

Companies over which the Group has significant influence (investments in “associates” or equity affiliates) are accounted for under the equity method. Significant influence is assumed when the Group’s interest in the voting rights is 20% or more.

In accordance with SIC 12 “Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities”, special purpose entities (SPE) are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the SPE indicates that the SPE is controlled by the Group.

All significant intra-group transactions are eliminated.

c/ Business combinations

Regulations governing first-time adoption: business combinations that were completed before January 1, 2004, the transition date to IFRSs, were not restated, as permitted by the optional exemption included in IFRS 1. Goodwill was therefore not recognized for business combinations occurring prior to January 1, 2004, which was previously accounted for in accordance with Article 215 of Regulation No. 99-02 of the “Comité de la Réglementation Comptable”. According to this regulation, the assets and liabilities of the acquired company are maintained at their carrying value at the date of the acquisition, adjusted for the Group’s accounting policies, and the difference between this value and the acquisition cost of the shares is adjusted directly against equity.

Business combinations after January 1, 2004: these business combinations are accounted for in accordance with the purchase method required by IFRS 3. Once control is obtained over a company, its assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair value at the acquisition date in accordance with IFRS requirements. Any difference between the fair value and the

 

187


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

carrying value is accounted for in the respective underlying asset or liability, including both the Group interest and non-controlling interests. Any excess between the purchase price and the Group’s share in the fair value of such net assets is recognized as goodwill (see intangible and tangible assets).

If the initial accounting for a business combination cannot be completed before the end of the annual period in which the business combination is effected, the initial accounting must be completed within twelve months of the acquisition date.

The accounting treatment of deferred taxes related to business combinations is described in Note 1l below.

The accounting treatment of stock options of companies acquired in the context of a business combination is described in Note 1s below.

Business combinations after January 1, 2010 (IFRS 3 revised and IAS 27 amended): compared to accounting for business combinations that the Group completed before January 1, 2010, the principal changes are:

 

 

for each business combination, the acquirer measures any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. Previously, only the latter was permitted;

 

 

the transitional provisions of revised IFRS 3 concerning income taxes could have a material impact on our future consolidated financial statements, because deferred tax assets recognized for the first time after the end of the business combination’s measurement period will be recognized in the income statement and no longer adjusted against goodwill, contrary to the accounting treatment prescribed in previous IFRS 3 (see Note 1n of the 2009 consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2009 20-F). In this respect, significant unrecognized income tax loss carry-forwards that relate to Lucent Technologies could materially impact the Group’s consolidated income statement in a positive way, if, in compliance with IAS 12 “Income Taxes”, the Group is able to recognize deferred tax assets in the future corresponding to these tax losses;

 

 

the acquirer is no longer permitted to recognize contingencies acquired in a business combination that is not a present obligation of the acquiree at the date of the business combination;

 

 

costs the acquirer incurs in connection with a business combination must be accounted for separately from the business combination, which usually means that they are recognized as expenses (rather than included in goodwill);

 

 

consideration transferred by the acquirer, including contingent consideration, is measured and recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as liabilities are recognized in accordance with IAS 39, IAS 37 or other IFRSs, as appropriate (rather than by adjusting goodwill); and

 

 

an acquirer must remeasure any equity interest it holds in the acquiree immediately before achieving control at its acquisition-date fair value and recognize the resulting gain or loss, if any, in profit or loss.

Non-controlling interests after January 1, 2010: compared to accounting for non-controlling interests before January 1, 2010, the principal changes are:

 

 

changes in Alcatel-Lucent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in loss of control are accounted for within equity; and

 

 

when Alcatel-Lucent loses control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities and related equity components of the former subsidiary are derecognized. Any gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. Any investment retained in the former subsidiary is measured at its fair value at the date when control is lost.

d/ Translation of financial statements denominated in foreign currencies

The statements of financial position of consolidated entities having a functional currency different from the euro are translated into euros at the closing exchange rate (spot exchange rate at the statement of financial position date), and the income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows of such consolidated entities are translated at the average period to date exchange rate. The resulting translation adjustments are included in equity under the caption “Cumulative translation adjustments”.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of a foreign entity are considered as assets and liabilities of that entity. They are therefore expressed in the entity’s functional currency and translated into euros using the closing exchange rate.

Regulations governing first-time adoption: in accordance with the option available under IFRS 1, the accumulated total of translation adjustments at the transition date was deemed to be zero. This amount was reversed against retained earnings, leaving the amount of equity unchanged. Translation adjustments that predate the IFRS transition will therefore not be included when calculating gains or losses arising from the future disposal of consolidated subsidiaries or equity affiliates existing as of the IFRS transition date.

 

188


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

e/ Translation of foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated at the rate of exchange applicable on the transaction date. At period-end, foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on that date. The resulting exchange gains or losses are recorded in the income statement in “other financial income (loss)”.

Exchange gains or losses on foreign currency financial instruments that represent an economic hedge of a net investment in a subsidiary whose functional currency is not the euro are reported as translation adjustments in equity under the caption “Cumulative translation adjustments” until the disposal of the investment. Refer to Note 1d above for information on the recognition of translation adjustments at the IFRS transition date.

f/ Research and development expenses and other capitalized development costs

In accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, research and development expenses are recorded as expenses in the year in which they are incurred, except for:

 

 

development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

 

  -  

the project is clearly defined, and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

 

  -  

the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

 

  -  

the ability to use or sell the products created during the project;

 

  -  

the intention exists to finish the project and use or sell the products created during the project;

 

  -  

a potential market for the products created during the project exists or their usefulness, in case of internal use, is demonstrated, leading one to believe that the project will generate probable future economic benefits; and

 

  -  

adequate resources are available to complete the project.

These development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the projects or the products they are incorporated within. The amortization of capitalized development costs begins as soon as the related product is released.

Specifically for software, useful life is determined as follows:

 

  -  

in case of internal use: over its probable service lifetime; and

 

  -  

in case of external use: according to prospects for sale, rental or other forms of distribution.

Capitalized software development costs are those incurred during the programming, codification and testing phases. Costs incurred during the design and planning, product definition and product specification stages are accounted for as expenses.

The amortization of capitalized software costs during a reporting period is the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product and (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the software or the product they are incorporated within.

The amortization of internal use software capitalized development costs is accounted for by function depending on the beneficiary function;

 

 

customer design engineering costs (recoverable amounts disbursed under the terms of contracts with customers), are included in work in progress on construction contracts.

With regard to business combinations, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to in-process research and development projects that may be significant. As part of the process of analyzing these business combinations, Alcatel-Lucent may make the decision to buy technology that has not yet been commercialized rather than develop the technology internally. Decisions of this nature consider existing opportunities for Alcatel-Lucent to stay at the forefront of rapid technological advances in the telecommunications-data networking industry.

The fair value of in-process research and development acquired in business combinations is usually based on present value calculations of income, an analysis of the project’s accomplishments and an evaluation of the overall contribution of the project, and the project’s risks.

The revenue projection used to value in-process research and development is based on estimates of relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by Alcatel-Lucent and its competitors. Future net cash flows from such projects are based on management’s estimates of such projects’ cost of sales, operating expenses and income taxes.

The value assigned to purchased in-process research and development is also adjusted to reflect the stage of completion, the complexity of the work completed to date, the difficulty of completing the remaining development, costs already incurred, and the projected cost to complete the projects.

 

189


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Such value is determined by discounting the net cash flows to their present value. The selection of the discount rate is based on Alcatel-Lucent’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted upward to reflect additional risks inherent in the development life cycle.

Capitalized development costs considered as assets (either generated internally and capitalized or reflected in the purchase price of a business combination) are generally amortized over 3 to 10 years.

Impairment tests are carried out using the methods described in Note 1g.

g/ Goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, only items whose cost can be reliably measured and for which future economic benefits are likely to flow to the Group are recognized as assets.

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, whenever events or changes in market conditions indicate a risk of impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, a detailed review is carried out in order to determine whether the net carrying amount of such assets remains lower than their recoverable amount, which is defined as the greater of fair value (less costs to sell) and value in use. Value in use is measured by discounting the expected future cash flows from continuing use of the asset and its ultimate disposal. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (such as trade names) are tested for impairment annually. If the recoverable value is lower than the net carrying value, the difference between the two amounts is recorded as an impairment loss. Impairment losses for property, plant and equipment or intangible assets with finite useful lives can be reversed if the recoverable value becomes higher than the net carrying value (but not exceeding the loss initially recorded).

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. This is done during the second quarter of the year. The impairment test methodology is based on a comparison between the recoverable amounts of each of the Group’s Business Divisions (considered as the grouping of cash generating units (“CGU”) at which level the impairment test is performed) and the Group Product Division’s net asset carrying values (including goodwill). Within Alcatel-Lucent’s reporting structure, Product Divisions are one level below the three operating segments (Networks, Software, Services and Solutions and Services). Such recoverable amounts are mainly determined using discounted cash flows over five years and a discounted residual value.

An additional impairment test is also performed when events indicating a potential decrease of the recoverable value of a Business Division occur. Goodwill impairment losses cannot be reversed.

Equity affiliate goodwill is included with the related investment in “share in net assets of equity affiliates”. The requirements of IAS 39 are applied to determine whether any impairment loss must be recognized with respect to the net investment in equity affiliates. The impairment loss is calculated according to IAS 36 requirements.

When the reporting structure is reorganized in a way that changes the composition of one or more Product Divisions to which goodwill was allocated, a new impairment test is performed on the goodwill for which the underlying Business Divisions have changed. Such reallocations were made on July 20, 2011, January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2009 using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Business Division.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets mainly include capitalized development costs and those assets acquired in business combinations, being primarily acquired technologies or customer relationships. Intangible assets, other than trade names, are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (i.e. 3 to 10 years). However, software amortization methods may be adjusted to take into account how the product is marketed. Amortization is taken into account within cost of sales, research and development costs (acquired technology, In-process research and development (“IPR&D”), etc.) or administrative and selling expenses (customer relationships), depending on the designation of the asset. Impairment losses are accounted for in a similar manner or in restructuring costs if they occur as part of a restructuring plan or on a specific line item if very material (refer to Note 1n). IPR&D amortization begins once technical feasibility is reached. Certain trade names are considered to have indefinite useful lives and therefore are not amortized.

Capital gains/losses from disposals of intangible assets are accounted for in the corresponding cost line items in the income statement depending on the nature of the underlying asset (i.e. cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses or research and development costs).

 

190


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are valued at historical cost for the Group less accumulated depreciation expenses and any impairment losses. Depreciation expense is generally calculated over the following useful lives:

 

Buildings and building improvements      5-50 years   
Infrastructure and fixtures      5-20 years   
Plant and equipment      1-10 years   

Depreciation expense is determined using the straight-line method.

Assets acquired through finance lease arrangements or long-term rental arrangements that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of the asset to the Group (tenant) are capitalized.

Residual value, if considered to be significant, is included when calculating the depreciable amount. Property, plant and equipment are segregated into their separate components if there is a significant difference in their expected useful lives, and depreciated accordingly.

Depreciation and impairment losses are accounted for in the income statement under cost of sales, research and development costs or administrative and selling expenses, depending on the nature of the asset or in restructuring costs if they occur as part of a restructuring plan or in a specific line item if very material (see Note 1n).

In addition, capital gains/losses from disposals of property, plant and equipment are accounted for in the corresponding cost line items in the income statement depending on the nature of the underlying asset (i.e. cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses, research and development costs or restructuring costs).

h/ Inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are valued at the lower of cost (including indirect production costs where applicable) or net realizable value.

Net realizable value is the estimated sales revenue for a normal period of activity less expected selling costs.

i/ Treasury stock

Treasury shares owned by Alcatel-Lucent or its subsidiaries are valued at cost and are deducted from equity. Proceeds from the sale of such shares are recognized directly in equity.

j/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

In accordance with the laws and practices of each country where Alcatel-Lucent is established, the Group participates in employee benefit plans.

For defined contribution plans, the Group expenses contributions as and when they are due. As the Group is not liable for any legal or constructive obligations under the plans beyond the contributions paid, no provision is made. Provisions for defined benefit plans and other long-term employee benefits are determined as follows:

 

 

using the Projected Unit Credit Method (with projected final salary), each period of service gives rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and each unit is measured separately to calculate the final obligation. Actuarial assumptions such as mortality rates, rates of employee turnover and projection of future salary levels are used to calculate the obligation.

The service cost is recognized in “income from operating activities” and the interest cost and expected return on plan assets are recognized in “financial income (loss)”. The impact of plan amendments is presented on a specific line item of the income statement if material (see Note 1n).

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan.

The Group has elected the option provided for in IAS 19 “Employee Benefits - Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures” (paragraphs 93A to 93D) that allows for the immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses and any adjustments arising from asset ceiling limitations, net of deferred tax effects, outside of the income statement in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

191


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Regulations governing first-time adoption

In accordance with the option available under IFRS 1, the accumulated unrecognized actuarial gains and losses at the transition date were recorded in equity.

Certain other post-employment benefits, such as life insurance and health insurance (particularly in the United States) or long-service medals (bonuses awarded to employees for extended service particularly in France and Germany), are also recognized as provisions, which are determined by means of an actuarial calculation similar to the one used for retirement provisions.

The accounting treatment used for employee stock options is detailed in Note 1s below.

k/ Provisions for restructuring and restructuring costs

Provisions for restructuring costs are made when restructuring programs have been finalized and approved by Group management and have been announced and committed before the date of the Group’s financial statements, resulting in an obligating event of the Group to third parties. Such costs primarily relate to severance payments, early retirement, costs for notice periods not worked, training costs of terminated employees, costs linked to the closure of facilities or the discontinuance of product lines and any costs arising from plans that materially change the scope of the business undertaken by the Group or the manner in which such business is conducted.

Other costs (removal costs, training costs of transferred employees, etc) and write-offs of fixed assets, inventories, work in progress and other assets, directly linked to restructuring measures, are also accounted for in restructuring costs in the income statement.

The amounts reserved for anticipated payments made in the context of restructuring programs are valued at their present value in cases where the settlement date is beyond the normal operating cycle of the company and the time value of money is deemed to be significant. The impact of the passage of time on the present value of the payments is included in “other financial income (loss)”.

l/ Deferred taxation and penalties on tax claims

Deferred taxes are computed in accordance with the liability method for all temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, including the reversal of entries recorded in individual accounts of subsidiaries solely for tax purposes. All amounts resulting from changes in tax rates are recorded in equity or in net income (loss) for the year in which the tax rate change is enacted.

Deferred tax assets are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

To assess the ability of the Group to recover deferred tax assets, the following factors are taken into account:

 

 

existence of deferred tax liabilities that are expected to generate taxable income, or limit tax deductions upon reversal;

 

 

forecasts of future tax results;

 

 

the impact of non-recurring costs included in income or loss in recent years that are not expected to be repeated in the future;

 

 

historical data concerning recent years’ tax results, and

 

 

if required, tax planning strategy, such as the planned disposal of undervalued assets.

As a result of a business combination, an acquirer may consider it probable that it will recover its own deferred tax assets that were not recognized before the business combination. For example, an acquirer may be able to utilize the benefit of its unused tax losses against the future taxable profit of the acquiree. In such cases, the acquirer recognizes a deferred tax asset, but does not include it as part of the accounting for the business combination, and therefore does not take it into account in determining the goodwill or the amount of any excess of the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over the cost of the combination.

If the potential benefit of the acquiree’s income tax loss carry-forwards or other deferred tax assets do not satisfy the criteria in IFRS 3 Revised for separate recognition when a business combination is initially accounted for, but are subsequently realized, the acquirer will recognize the resulting deferred tax income in profit or loss. If any deferred tax assets related to the business combination with Lucent are recognized in future financial statements of the combined company, the impact will be accounted for in the income statement (for the tax losses not yet recognized related to both historical Alcatel and Lucent entities).

Amounts of reduction of goodwill already accounted for in the purchase price allocation related to the acquisition of Lucent are disclosed in Note 9.

Penalties recognized on tax claims are accounted for in the “income tax” line item in the income statement.

 

192


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

m/ Revenues

Revenues include net goods, equipment, and services sales from the Group’s principal business activities and income due from licensing fees and from grants, net of value added taxes (VAT).

Most of the Group’s sales are generated from complex contractual arrangements that require significant revenue recognition judgments, particularly in the areas of the sale of goods and equipment with related services constituting multiple-element arrangements, construction contracts and contracts including software. Judgment is also needed in assessing the ability to collect the corresponding receivables.

The majority of revenues from the sale of goods and equipment are recognized under IAS 18 when persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, delivery has occurred, the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product have been transferred to the customer, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group. For arrangements in which the customer specifies formal substantive acceptance of the goods, equipment, services or software, revenue is deferred until all the acceptance criteria have been met.

Revenues from contracts that are multiple-element arrangements, such as those including products with installation and integration services, are recognized as the revenue for each unit of accounting is earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices or by deferring the fair value associated with undelivered elements. A delivered element is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and delivery or performance of the undelivered elements is considered probable and substantially under the Group’s control. If these criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the criteria described in the preceding paragraph.

The remaining revenues are recognized from construction contracts under IAS 11. Construction contracts are defined as contracts specifically negotiated for the construction of an asset or a combination of assets that are closely interrelated or interdependent in terms of their design, technology and function or their ultimate purpose of use (primarily those related to customized network solutions and network build-outs with a duration of more than two quarters). For revenues generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting in application of the above principles, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. Any probable construction contract losses are recognized immediately in cost of sales. If uncertainty exists regarding customer acceptance, or the contract’s duration is relatively short, revenues are recognized only to the extent of costs incurred that are recoverable, or on completion of the contract. Construction contract costs are recognized as incurred when the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably. In this situation, revenues are recognized only to the extent of the costs incurred that are probable of recovery. Work in progress on construction contracts is stated at production cost, excluding administrative and selling expenses. Changes in provisions for penalties for delayed delivery or poor contract execution are reported in revenues and not in cost of sales.

Advance payments received on construction contracts, before corresponding work has been carried out, are recorded in customers’ deposits and advances. Costs incurred to date plus recognized profits less the sum of recognized losses (in the case of provisions for contract losses) and progress billings are determined on a contract-by-contract basis. If the amount is positive, it is disclosed in Note 19 as an asset under “amount due from customers on construction contracts”. If the amount is negative, it is disclosed in Note 19 as a liability under “amount due to customers on construction contracts”.

When software is embedded in the Group’s hardware and the software and hardware function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, the transaction is considered a hardware transaction and guidance from IAS 18 is applied. For revenues generated from licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions or stand-alone software sales, the Group also applies the guidance from IAS 18 but requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate multiple software elements. In addition, if any undelivered element in these transactions is essential to the functionality of delivered elements, revenue is deferred until such element is delivered or the last element is delivered. If the last undelivered element is a service, revenue for such transactions is recognized ratably over the service period.

For arrangements to sell services only, revenue from training or consulting services is recognized when the services are performed. Maintenance service revenue, including post-contract customer support, is deferred and recognized ratably over the contracted service period. Revenue from other services is generally recognized at the time of performance.

For product sales made through retailers and distributors, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment to the distribution channel, if such sales are not contingent on the distributor selling the product to third parties and the distribution contracts contain no right of return. Otherwise, revenue is recognized when the reseller or distributor sells the product to the end user.

Product rebates or quantity discounts are deducted from revenues, even in the case of promotional activities giving rise to free products.

 

193


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Revenue in general is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received. Where a deferred payment has a significant impact on the calculation of fair value, it is accounted for by discounting future payments.

The assessment of the ability to collect is critical in determining whether revenue or expense should be recognized. As part of the revenue recognition process, the Group assesses whether it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group. If the Group is uncertain as to whether economic benefits will flow to the Group, revenue is deferred and recognized on a cash basis. However, if uncertainty arises about the ability to collect an amount already included in revenue, the amount in respect of which recovery has ceased to be probable is recognized as an expense in “cost of sales”.

n/ Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

Alcatel-Lucent has considered it relevant to the understanding of the Group’s financial performance to present on the face of the income statement a subtotal inside the income (loss) from operating activities.

This subtotal, named “Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments”, excludes those elements that are difficult to predict due to their nature, frequency and/or materiality.

Those elements can be divided in two categories:

 

 

elements that are both very infrequent and material, such as a major impairment of an asset, a disposal of investments, the settlement of litigation having a material impact or a major amendment of a pension or other post-retirement plan; and

 

 

elements that are by nature unpredictable in their amount and/or in their frequency, if they are material. Alcatel-Lucent considers that materiality must be assessed not only by comparing the amount concerned with the income (loss) from operating activities of the period, but also in terms of changes in the item from one period to another. For example, restructuring charges have shown significant changes from one period to another.

Income (loss) from operating activities includes gross profit, administrative and selling expenses and research and development costs (see Note 1f) and, in particular, pension costs (except for the financial component, see Note 1j), employee profit sharing, valuation allowances on receivables (including the two categories of vendor financing as described in Note 1r) and capital gains (losses) from the disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, and all other operating expenses or income regardless of their predictive value in terms of nature, frequency and/or materiality.

Income (loss) from operating activities is calculated before financial income (loss), which includes the financial component of retirement expenses, financing costs and capital gains (losses) from disposal of financial assets (shares in a non-consolidated company or company consolidated under the equity method and other non-current financial assets, net), and before reduction of goodwill related to realized unrecognized income tax loss carry forwards, share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates and income (loss) from discontinued operations.

o/ Finance costs and other financial income (loss)

Finance costs include interest charges relating to net consolidated debt, which consists of bonds, the liability component of compound financial instruments such as OCEANE and other convertible bonds, other long-term debt (including finance lease obligations) and interest income on all cash and similar items (cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities) and the changes in fair values of marketable securities accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

When tax law requires interest to be paid (received) on an underpayment (overpayment) of income taxes, this interest is accounted for in the “other financial income (loss)” line item in the income statement.

p/ Structure of consolidated statement of financial position

Most of the Group’s activities in the various business segments have long-term operating cycles, and, as a result, current assets and current liabilities include certain elements that are due after one year.

 

194


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

q/ Financial instruments

i. Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets include assets classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, assets at fair value through profit and loss, asset derivative instruments, loans and receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

Financial liabilities include borrowings, other financing and bank overdrafts, liability derivative instruments and payables.

The recognition and measurement of financial assets and liabilities is governed by IAS 39.

The Group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets and liabilities held for trading and financial assets and liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets and liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments as defined by IAS 39.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair value recognized in finance costs in the income statement.

Loans, receivables and borrowings

After initial measurement, loans, receivables and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate method (EIR), less contingent impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in other financial income in the income statement. The impairment of loans and receivables, which is represented by the difference between net carrying amount and recoverable value, is recognized in the income statement and can be reversed if recoverable value rises in the future.

Certain financial instruments that are part of financial debt contain both a liability and an equity component, including bonds that can be converted into or exchanged for new or existing shares and notes mandatorily redeemable for new or existing shares. The different components of compound financial instruments are accounted for in equity and in bonds and notes issued according to their classification, as defined in IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation”.

For instruments issued by historical Alcatel, the financial liability component was valued on the issuance date at the present value (taking into account the credit risk at issuance date) of the future cash flows (including interest and repayment of the nominal value) of a bond with the same characteristics (maturity, cash flows) but without any equity component. The portion included in equity on the issuance date was equal to the difference between the debt issue amount and the financial liability component.

The financial liability component of historical Lucent’s convertible bonds was computed at present value on the business combination closing date, using the method as described in the preceding paragraph, taking into account the contractual maturity dates. The difference between the fair value of the convertible bonds and the corresponding financial liability component was accounted for in equity.

In accordance with IAS 32 AG33 and AG34 requirements, the consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a compound financial instrument is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

Held-to-maturity investments

The Group did not have any held-to-maturity investments during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets include investments in non-consolidated companies.

After initial measurement, available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently measured at their fair value. The fair value for listed securities on an active market is their market price. If a reliable fair value cannot be established, securities are valued at cost. Fair value changes are accounted for directly in equity. When objective evidence of impairment of a financial asset exists (for instance, a significant or prolonged decline in the value of an asset), an irreversible impairment loss is recorded. This loss can only be released upon the sale of the securities concerned.

The portfolio of non-consolidated securities and other financial assets is assessed at each quarter-end for objective evidence of impairment.

 

195


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset as defined under IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” is totally derecognized (removed from the statement of financial position) when, for instance, the Group expects no further cash flow to be generated by it and transfers substantially all risks and rewards attached to it.

In the case of trade receivables, a transfer without recourse in case of payment default by the debtor is regarded as a transfer of substantially all risks and rewards of ownership, thus making such receivables eligible for derecognition under IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, on the basis that risk of late payment is considered marginal. A more restrictive interpretation of the concept of “substantial transfer of risks and rewards” could put into question the accounting treatment that has been adopted. The amount of receivables sold without recourse is given in Note 19.

ii. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to quoted market prices or dealer price quotations (bid price for long positions and ask price for short positions), without any deduction for transaction costs.

For financial instruments not traded in an active market, the fair value is determined using appropriate valuation techniques. Such techniques may include:

 

 

using recent arm’s length market transactions;

 

 

reference to the current fair value of another instrument that is substantially the same; and

 

 

a discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation models.

An analysis of fair values of financial instruments and further details as to how they are measured is provided in Note 29.

iii. Cash and Cash equivalents

In accordance with IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”, cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of cash flows include cash (cash funds) and cash equivalents (term deposits and short-term investments that are very liquid and readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are only subject to negligible risks of changes in value). Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows do not include investments in listed securities, investments with an initial maturity date exceeding three months and without an early exit clause, or bank accounts restricted in use, other than restrictions due to regulations applied in a specific country (exchange controls) or sector of activities.

Bank overdrafts are considered as financing and are also excluded from cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of financial position correspond to the cash and cash equivalents defined above.

iv. Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to hedge its foreign currency risks and interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken directly to the income statement, except for the effective portion of cash flow hedges, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

 

 

fair value hedges, when hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability;

 

 

cash flow hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction; and

 

 

hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

The Group did not have any derivatives qualified as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

 

196


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting are accounted for as described below.

Fair value hedges

The change in the fair value of a hedging derivative is recognized in the income statement. The change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged item and is also recognized in the income statement.

For fair value hedges relating to items carried at amortized cost, any adjustment to carrying value is amortized through the income statement over the remaining term of the hedge using the EIR method. EIR amortization may begin as soon as an adjustment exists and shall terminate when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

If the hedge item is derecognized, the unamortized fair value is recognized immediately in the income statement.

See Note 29 for more details.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in equity (other comprehensive income in the cash flow hedge reserve), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the income statement in “other financial income (loss)”.

Amounts recognized as other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as when the hedged financial income or financial expense is recognized or when a forecast sale occurs.

If the forecast transaction or firm commitment is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is transferred to the income statement. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, any cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income remains in other comprehensive income until the forecast transaction or firm commitment affects profit or loss.

Refer to Note 29 for more details.

r/ Customer financing

The Group undertakes two types of customer financing:

 

 

financing relating to the operating cycle and directly linked to actual contracts; and

 

 

longer-term financing (beyond the operating cycle) through customer loans, minority investments or other forms of financing.

Both categories of financing are accounted for in “Other current or non-current assets, net”.

Changes in these two categories of assets are included in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Furthermore, the Group may give guarantees to banks in connection with customer financing. These are included in commitments that are not in the statement of financial position.

s/ Stock options

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”, stock options granted to employees are included in the financial statements using the following principles: the stock option’s fair value, which is considered to be a reflection of the fair value of the services provided by the employee in exchange for the option, is determined on the grant date. It is accounted for in additional paid-in capital (credit) at grant date, with a counterpart in deferred compensation (debit) (also included in additional paid-in capital). During the vesting period, deferred compensation is amortized in the income statement.

Stock option fair value is calculated at grant date (i.e. date of approval of the plan by the Board of Directors) using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial model. This model permits consideration of the option’s characteristics, such as exercise price and expiry date, market data at the time of issuance, the interest rate on risk-free securities, share price, expected volatility at grant date and expected dividends, and behavioral factors of the beneficiary, such as expected early exercise. It is considered that a beneficiary will exercise his/her option once the potential gain becomes higher than 50% of the exercise price.

Only options issued after November 7, 2002 and not fully vested at January 1, 2005 and those issued after January 1, 2005 are accounted for according to IFRS 2.

The impact of applying IFRS 2 on net income (loss) is accounted for in “cost of sales”, “research and development costs” or “administrative and selling expenses” depending on the functions of the beneficiaries.

 

197


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

Outstanding stock options at the acquisition date of a company acquired by Alcatel-Lucent in a business combination are usually converted into options to purchase Alcatel-Lucent shares using the same exchange ratio as for the acquired shares of the target company. In accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” and IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment” requirements, the fair value of stock options acquired at the time of acquisition is accounted for in the caption “additional paid-in capital”. Unvested options at the acquisition date are accounted for at their fair value as deferred compensation in equity (included in additional paid-in capital). The sum of these two amounts (fair value of outstanding stock options less deferred compensation), equivalent to the fair value of vested options, is taken into account in the cost of the business combination.

Only acquisitions made after January 1, 2004 and for which unvested stock options as of December 31, 2004 existed at the acquisition date are accounted for as described above.

t/ Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

A non-current asset or disposal group (group of assets or a cash generating unit) to be sold is considered as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the asset must be available for sale and its sale must be highly probable. These assets or disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

A discontinued operation is a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations for the Group that is either being sold or is being held for sale. The net income (loss) and statement of cash flow elements relating to such discontinued operations are presented in specific captions in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

NOTE 2    PRINCIPAL UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING THE USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs requires that the Group makes a certain number of estimates and assumptions that are considered realistic and reasonable. In the context of the current global economic environment, the degree of volatility and subsequent lack of visibility remains particularly high as of December 31, 2011. Subsequent facts and circumstances could lead to changes in these estimates or assumptions, which would affect the Group’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

a/ Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Valuation allowances for inventories and work in progress are calculated based on an analysis of foreseeable changes in demand, technology or the market, in order to determine obsolete or excess inventories and work in progress.

The valuation allowances are accounted for in cost of sales or in restructuring costs depending on the nature of the amounts concerned.

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress on construction contracts      (455)         (436)         (500)   
      2011      2010      2009  
Impact of changes in valuation allowance on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (169)         (113)         (139)   

b/ Impairment of customer receivables

An impairment loss is recorded for customer receivables if the expected present value of the future receipts is below the carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss reflects both the customers’ ability to honor their debts and the age of the debts in question. A higher default rate than estimated or the deterioration of our major customers’ creditworthiness could have an adverse impact on our future results.

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Accumulated impairment losses on customer receivables      (123)         (153)         (168)   
      2011      2010      2009  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      3         (14)         (23)   

 

198


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

c/ Capitalized development costs, other intangible assets and goodwill

Capitalized development costs

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Capitalized development costs, net      560         569         558   

The criteria for capitalizing development costs are set out in Note 1f. Once capitalized, these costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the products concerned (3 to 10 years).

The Group must therefore evaluate the commercial and technical feasibility of these development projects and estimate the useful lives of the products resulting from the projects. Should a product fail to substantiate these assumptions, the Group may be required to impair or write off some of the capitalized development costs in the future.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, following the Group’s decision to cease any new WiMAX development on the existing hardware platform and software release, restructuring costs of 44 million were reserved.

An impairment loss of 11 million for capitalized development costs was accounted for in 2011.

Other intangible assets and Goodwill

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Goodwill, net      4,389         4,370         4,168   
Intangible assets, net (1)      1,774         2,056         2,214   
Total      6,163         6,426         6,382   
(1) Including capitalized development costs.

Goodwill amounting to 8,051 million and intangible assets amounting to 4,813 million were accounted for in 2006 as a result of the Lucent business combination, using market-related information, estimates (primarily based on risk adjusted discounted cash flows derived from Lucent’s management) and judgment (in particular in determining the fair values relating to the intangible assets acquired). The remaining outstanding amounts as of December 31, 2011 are 2,291 million of goodwill and 1,065 million of intangible assets.

No impairment loss on goodwill was accounted for during 2009, 2010 and 2011.

The carrying value of each group of Cash Generating Unit (which we consider to be each Product Division) is compared to its recoverable value. Recoverable value is the greater of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell.

The value in use of each Product Division is calculated using a five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a discounted residual value, corresponding to the capitalization to perpetuity of the normalized cash flows of year 5 (also called the Gordon Shapiro approach).

The fair value less costs to sell of each Product Division is determined based upon the weighted average of the Gordon Shapiro approach described above and the following two approaches:

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a Sales Multiple (Enterprise Value/Sales) to measure discounted residual value; and

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus an Operating Profit Multiple (Enterprise Value/Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization - “EBITDA”) to measure discounted residual value.

In the second quarter of 2011, the recoverable values of the groups of cash generating units that include our goodwill and intangible assets, as determined for the annual impairment tests performed by the Group, were based on key assumptions which could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Some of these key assumptions were:

 

 

discount rate;

 

 

a faster growth of our Group than our addressable market in 2011; and

 

 

a significant increase in profitability in 2011 with a segment consolidated operating income above 5% of 2011 revenues.

As indicated in Note 1g, in addition to the annual goodwill impairment tests that occur each year, impairment tests are carried out as soon as Alcatel-Lucent has indications of a potential reduction in the value of its goodwill or intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows and/or fair values of the net assets concerned. Changes in the market conditions or the cash flows initially estimated can therefore lead to a review and a change in the impairment losses previously recorded.

 

199


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

Following the revised 2011 outlook published on October 2011 and the increase of the discount rate from 10.0% to 11.0% between the date of the annual impairment test of goodwill and the end of the year, it was decided to perform an additional impairment test as at December 31, 2011.

The recoverable values of the groups of cash generating units that include our goodwill and intangible assets, as determined for the additional impairment test performed by the Group in the fourth quarter of 2011, were based on key assumptions which could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Some of these key assumptions were:

 

 

discount rate; and

 

 

acceleration of the overall actions taken to reduce the cost structure with contemplated additional savings.

The discount rate used for the additional impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2011 was the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of 11% and the discount rates for the annual impairment tests were also based on the Group’s WACC of 10%, 10% and 11% respectively. The discount rates used for both the annual and additional impairment tests are after-tax rates applied to after-tax cash flows. The use of such rates results in recoverable values that are identical to those that would be obtained by using, as required by IAS 36, pre-tax rates applied to pre-tax cash flows. A single discount rate is used on the basis that risks specific to certain products or markets have been reflected in determining the cash flows.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2011 recoverable value of the groups of cash generating units that include goodwill and intangible assets by 549 million and 627 million, respectively. An increase of 0.5% in the discount rate would have led to account for an impairment loss of 6 million as of December 31, 2011.

For one of our Product Divisions (Wireline Networks), the difference between the recoverable value and the carrying value of its net assets as of December 31, 2011 was slightly positive and the recoverable value was based upon a fair value less costs to sell of 378 million. Any material unfavorable change in any of the key assumptions used to determine the recoverable value (i.e. fair value less costs to sell) of this Product Division could therefore cause the Group to account for an impairment charge in the future. The carrying value of the net assets of this Product Division as of December 31, 2011 was 321 million, including goodwill of 183 million.

The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of this Product Division were the following:

 

 

Sales multiple and Operating profit multiple: based on spot data for a sample of comparable companies;

 

 

Discount rate of 11%; and

 

 

Perpetual growth rate of 1%.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase in the discount rate would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 13 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% decrease in the perpetual growth rate would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 5 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 10% decrease in the sales multiple would have decreased the 2011 recoverable value of this Product Division by 19 million but would not have led to account for any impairment loss as of December 31, 2011.

d/ Impairment of property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, when events or changes in market conditions indicate that tangible or intangible assets may be impaired, such assets are reviewed in detail to determine whether their carrying value is lower than their recoverable value, which could lead to recording an impairment loss (recoverable value is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell). Value in use is estimated by calculating the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the most reliable information available (such as market statistics and recent transactions).

When determining recoverable values of property, plant and equipment, assumptions and estimates are made, based primarily on market outlooks, obsolescence and sale or liquidation disposal values. Any change in these assumptions can have a significant effect on the recoverable amount and could lead to a revision of recorded impairment losses.

The planned closing of certain facilities, additional reductions in personnel and unfavorable market conditions have been considered impairment triggering events in prior years. No impairment losses on property, plant and equipment were accounted for in 2011 2010 or 2009.

e/ Provision for warranty costs and other product sales reserves

Provisions are recorded for (i) warranties given to customers on Alcatel-Lucent products, (ii) expected losses at contract completion and (iii) penalties incurred in the event of failure to meet contractual obligations. These provisions are calculated based on

 

200


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

historical return rates and warranty costs expensed as well as on estimates. These provisions and subsequent changes to the provisions are recorded in cost of sales either when revenue is recognized (provision for customer warranties) or, for construction contracts, when revenue and expenses are recognized by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity. Costs and penalties ultimately paid can differ considerably from the amounts initially reserved and could therefore have a significant impact on future results.

 

(In millions of euros)

Product sales reserves

  

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Related to construction contracts (1)      98         97         114   
Related to other contracts      439         482         482   
Total      537         579         596   

 

(1) See Notes 4, 19 and 28.

For more information on the impact on the 2011 net result of the change of these provisions, refer to Note 28.

f/ Deferred taxes

Deferred tax assets relate primarily to tax loss carry-forwards and to deductible temporary differences between reported amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The assets relating to the tax loss carry-forwards are recognized if it is probable that the Group will generate future taxable profits against which these tax losses can be set off.

 

(In millions of euros)

Deferred tax assets recognized

  

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

    

December 31,

2009

 
Related to the disposal of Genesys business (4)      363         -         -   
Related to the United States      1,294 (3)         277 (2)         206 (1)   
Related to other tax jurisdictions      297 (3)         671         630   
Total      1,954         948         836   

 

(1) Following the performance of the 2009 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes resulted in reducing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and increasing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2008.
(2) Following the performance of the 2010 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2010, resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2009.
(3) Following the performance of the 2011 goodwill impairment tests performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011, a reassessment of deferred taxes resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and reducing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2010.
(4) Represents estimated deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward as of December 31, 2011 that will be used to offset the taxable capital gains on the disposal of the Genesys business in 2012. These estimated deferred tax assets will be expensed in 2012, when the corresponding definitive capital gains are recorded. The impact of recognizing these deferred tax assets in 2011 is recorded in the income statement in the “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” line item for an amount of 338 million (U.S.$ 470 million). The amount of deferred tax assets accounted for as of December 31, 2011 is based on an estimated allocation of the selling price, which could differ in some respects from the definitive allocation. This could have an impact on the Group’s tax losses carried forward.
     On the other hand, deferred tax assets recognized as of December 31, 2010, which were based then on the future taxable net income of the Genesys business, were reduced in 2011, having regard to the future disposal of the Genesys business, by an amount of 96 million with a corresponding impact in the income statement in the “income tax (expense) benefit” line item.

Evaluation of the Group’s capacity to utilize tax loss carry-forwards relies on significant judgment. The Group analyzes past events and the positive and negative elements of certain economic factors that may affect its business in the foreseeable future to determine the probability of its future utilization of these tax loss carry-forwards, which also consider the factors indicated in Note 1l. This analysis is carried out regularly in each tax jurisdiction where significant deferred tax assets are recorded.

If future taxable results are considerably different from those forecast that support recording deferred tax assets, the Group will be obliged to revise downwards or upwards the amount of the deferred tax assets, which would have a significant impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s statement of financial position and net income (loss).

As a result of the business combination with Lucent, 2,395 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2006, resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as acquired technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. These deferred tax liabilities will be reduced in future Group income statements as and when such differences are amortized. The remaining deferred tax liabilities related to the purchase price allocation of Lucent as of December 31, 2011 are 591 million (691 million as of December 31, 2010 and 751 million as of December 31, 2009).

 

201


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

As prescribed by IFRSs, Alcatel-Lucent had a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation and to determine whether certain deferred tax assets related to the carry-forward of Lucent’s unused tax losses that had not been recognized in Lucent’s historical financial statements should be recognized in the combined company’s financial statements. If any additional deferred tax assets attributed to the combined company’s unrecognized tax losses existing as of the transaction date are recognized in future financial statements, the tax benefit will be included in the income statement from January 1, 2010 (see Note 1 Business combination after January 1, 2010).

g/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

Actuarial assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s results of operations include the impact of significant pension and post-retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including assumptions about discount rates, expected return on plan assets, healthcare cost trend rates and expected participation rates in retirement healthcare plans. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. In addition, discount rates are updated quarterly for those plans for which changes in this assumption would have a material impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s results or equity attributable to equity owners of the parent.

 

Weighted average rates used to determine the pension

and post-retirement expense

   2011      2010      2009  
Weighted average expected rates of return on pension and post-retirement plan assets      6.42%         6.57%         6.69%   
Weighted average discount rates used to determine the pension and post-retirement expense      4.85%         5.04%         5.84%   

The net effect of pension and post-retirement costs included in “income (loss) before tax and discontinued operations” was a 429 million increase in pre-tax income during 2011 (319 million increase in 2010 and 150 million increase in 2009). Included in the 429 million increase in pre-tax income during 2011 (319 million in 2010 and 150 million in 2009) was 67 million (30 million in 2010 and 253 million in 2009) booked as a result of certain changes to the management retiree pension plan and to the management retiree healthcare benefit plan, as described in Note 26f.

Discount rates

Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve, which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted by the discount rate for the applicable year listed in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years beyond the last year presented in the CitiGroup Curve for which we have expected benefit payments, we apply the discount rate of the last year presented in the Curve. After applying the discount rates to all future years’ benefits, we calculate a single discount rate that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s non U.S. plans are determined based on Bloomberg AA Corporate yields.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2011 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately (63) million and 67 million, respectively.

Expected return on plan assets

Expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined based on recommendations from our external investment advisor and our own experience of historical returns. Our advisor develops its recommendations by applying the long-term return expectations it develops for each of many classes of investments, to the specific classes and values of investments held by each of our benefit plans. Expected return assumptions are long-term assumptions and are not intended to reflect expectations for the period immediately following their determination. Although these assumptions are reviewed each year, we do not update them for small changes in our advisor’s recommendations. However, the pension expense or credit for our U.S. plans is updated every quarter using the fair value of assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter. The expected return on plan assets (accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”) for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans for the fourth quarter of 2011 is based on September 30, 2011 plan asset fair values. However, the expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s non U.S. plans for each quarter of 2011 is based on the fair values of plan assets at December 31, 2010.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the 2011 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately 133 million.

For its U.S. plans, Alcatel-Lucent recognized a US$41 million (29 million) increase in the net pension credit during the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2011, which is accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”. This increase corresponds to an increase in the expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans due to the increase in plan asset fair values and a lower interest cost due to a decrease in discount rates. On Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans, Alcatel-Lucent expects a

 

202


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

US$ 6 million (5 million) decrease in the net pension credit to be accounted for in “other financial income (loss)” between the 2011 fourth quarter and the 2012 first quarter. This decrease mainly corresponds to lower expected rates of return. Alcatel-Lucent does not anticipate a material impact outside its U.S. plans.

Healthcare inflation trends

Regarding healthcare inflation trend rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans, our actuaries annually review expected cost trends from numerous healthcare providers, recent developments in medical treatments, the utilization of medical services, and Medicare future premium rates published by the U.S. Government’s Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) as these premiums are reimbursed for some retirees. They apply these findings to the specific provisions and experience of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans in making their recommendations. In determining our assumptions, we review our recent experience together with our actuary’s recommendations.

Participation assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans allow participants to opt out of coverage at each annual enrollment period, and for almost all to opt back in at any future annual enrollment. An assumption is developed for the number of eligible retirees who will elect to participate in our plans at each future enrollment period. Our actuaries develop a recommendation based on the expected increases in the cost to be paid to a retiree participating in our plans and recent participation history. We review this recommendation annually after the annual enrollment has been completed and update it if necessary.

Mortality assumptions

As there are less and less experience data to develop our own experience mortality assumptions, starting December 31, 2011, these assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$ 128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of the Management Pension Plan and a U.S.$ 563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. Occupational pension plans. These effects were recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Plan assets investment

Pursuant to a decision of our Board of Directors at its meeting on July 29, 2009, the following modifications were made to the asset allocation of Alcatel-Lucent’s pension funds: the investments in equity securities were to be reduced from 22.5% to 15% and the investments in bonds were to be increased from 62.5% to 70%, while investments in alternatives (i.e., real estate, private equity and hedge funds) remained unchanged. At the same time, the investments in fixed income were modified to include a larger component of corporate fixed income securities and less government, agency and asset-backed securities. The impact of these changes was reflected in our expected return assumptions for year 2010.

At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s Management plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities is to be reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities is to be increased from 60% to 70 % and the portion invested in alternatives remains unchanged. These changes are expected to reduce the volatility of the funded status and reduce the expected return on plan assets by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change was made in the allocation concerning our Group’s occupational plans.

Plan assets are invested in many different asset categories (such as cash, equities, bonds, real estate and private equity). In the quarterly update of plan asset fair values, approximately 80% are based on closing date fair values and 20% have a one to three-month delay, as the fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments are not available in a short period. This is standard practice in the investment management industry. Assuming that the December 31, 2011 actual fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments were 10% lower than the ones used for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2011, and since the Management Pension Plan has a material investment in these asset classes (and the asset ceiling described below is not applicable to this plan), equity would be negatively impacted by approximately 261 million.

2010 U.S. health care legislation

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was signed into law; and on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA) that amended the PPACA was also signed into law. Under this legislation, the subsidy paid to Alcatel-Lucent by Medicare for continuing to provide prescription drug benefits to the Group’s U.S. employees and retirees that are at least equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D, will no longer be tax free after 2012. This change in law resulted in a write-down of our deferred tax assets, which caused a 76 million charge to the consolidated income statement and a 6 million profit to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010 (refer to Note 9). In addition, reductions in the Medicare payments to Medicare Advantage plans, such as our Private Fee For Service plan, which we offer to our U.S. management retirees, resulted in the need to change our related cost assumption, with an increase in our benefit obligation of 6 million recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as an actuarial

 

203


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note 26). One additional provision of the new health care law pertaining to the excise tax on high cost employer-sponsored health coverage may affect our post-retirement health care benefit obligations. An attempt was made by the actuary to assess the impact working with the very limited guidance available. Under the various considerations necessary due to the uncertainty associated with the appropriate methodology to be utilized, the impact was shown to be immaterial. As additional regulatory guidance is issued, this initial assessment will be revisited.

Asset ceiling

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan. Since Alcatel-Lucent has used and intends to use in the future eligible excess pension assets applicable to formerly union-represented retirees to fund certain retiree healthcare benefits for such retirees, such use is considered as a reimbursement from the pension plan when setting the asset ceiling.

The impact of expected future economic benefits on the pension plan asset ceiling is a complex matter. For formerly union-represented retirees, we expect to fund our current retiree healthcare obligation with Section 420 Transfers from the U.S. Occupational pension plan. Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code provides for transfers of certain excess pension plan assets held by a defined benefit pension plan into a retiree health benefits account established to pay retiree health benefits. We selected among numerous methods available for valuing plan assets and obligations for funding purposes and for determining the amount of excess assets available for Section 420 Transfers (see Note 26). Also, asset values for private equity, real estate, and certain alternative investments, and the obligation based on January 1, 2012 census data will not be final until late in the third quarter of 2012. Prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (or the PPA), Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code allowed for a Section 420 Transfer in excess of 125% of a pension plan’s funding obligation to be used to fund the healthcare costs of that plan’s retired participants. The Code permitted only one transfer in a tax year with transferred amounts being fully used in the year of the transfer. It also required the company to continue providing healthcare benefits to those retirees for a period of five years beginning with the year of the transfer (cost maintenance period), at the highest per-person cost it had experienced during either of the two years immediately preceding the year of the transfer. With some limitations, benefits could be eliminated for up to 20% of the retiree population, or reduced for up to 20% of the retiree population, during the five-year period. The PPA, as amended by the U.S. Troop readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year of assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The PPA also provided for collective bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period. Using the methodology we selected to value plan assets and obligations for funding purposes, we estimate that as of December 31, 2011, the excess of assets above 120% of the plan obligations is US$2.3 billion (1.7 billion), and the excess above 125% of plan obligations is US$ 1.8 billion (1.4 billion). However, deterioration in the funded status of the U.S. Occupational pension plan could negatively impact our ability to make future Section 420 Transfers.

h/ Revenue recognition

As indicated in Note 1m, revenue under IAS 18 accounting is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received when the Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product to the buyer.

For revenues and expenses generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. The determination of the stage of completion and the revenues to be recognized rely on numerous estimations based on costs incurred and acquired experience. Adjustments of initial estimates can, however, occur throughout the life of the contract, which can have significant impacts on future net income (loss).

Although estimates inherent in construction contracts are subject to uncertainty, certain situations exist whereby management is unable to reliably estimate the outcome of a construction contract. These situations can occur during the early stages of a contract due to a lack of historical experience or throughout the contract as significant uncertainties develop related to additional costs, claims and performance obligations, particularly with new technologies.

Contracts that are multiple element arrangements can include hardware products, stand-alone software, installation and/or integration services, extended warranty, and product roadmaps, as examples. Revenue for each unit of accounting is recognized when earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices. If the criteria described in Note 1m are met, revenue is earned when units of accounting are delivered. If such criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Significant judgment is required to allocate contract consideration to each unit of accounting and determine whether the arrangement is a single unit of accounting or a multiple element arrangement. Depending upon how such judgment is exercised, the timing and amount of revenue recognized could differ significantly.

For multiple element arrangements that are based principally on licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions, judgment is required as to whether such arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18 or IAS 11. Software arrangements requiring significant production, modification or customization are accounted for as a construction contract under IAS 11. All other

 

204


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

software arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18, in which case the Group requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate the multiple software elements. If VSOE of fair value is not available, revenue is deferred until the final element in the arrangement is delivered or revenue is recognized over the period that services are being performed if services are the last undelivered element. Significant judgment is required to determine the most appropriate accounting model to be applied in this environment and whether VSOE of fair value exists to allow separation of multiple software elements.

For product sales made through distributors, product returns that are estimated according to contractual obligations and past sales statistics are recognized as a reduction of sales. Again, if the actual product returns were considerably different from those estimated, the resulting impact on the net income (loss) could be significant.

It can be difficult to evaluate the Group’s capacity to recover receivables. Such evaluation is based on the customers’ creditworthiness and on the Group’s capacity to sell such receivables without recourse. If, subsequent to revenue recognition, the recoverability of a receivable that had been initially considered as likely becomes doubtful, a provision for an impairment loss is then recorded (see Note 2b above).

i/ Purchase price allocation of a business combination

In a business combination, the acquirer must allocate the cost of the business combination at the acquisition date by recognizing the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at fair value at that date. The allocation is based upon certain valuations and other studies performed with the assistance of outside valuation specialists. Due to the underlying assumptions made in the valuation process, the determination of those fair values requires estimations of the effects of uncertain future events at the acquisition date and the carrying amounts of some assets, such as fixed assets, acquired through a business combination could therefore differ significantly in the future.

As prescribed by IFRS 3 (revised), if the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of the reporting period in which the combination is effected, the acquirer must account for the business combination using those provisional values and has a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation. Any adjustment of the carrying amount of an identifiable asset or liability made as a result of completing the initial accounting is accounted for as if its fair value at the acquisition date had been recognized from that date. Detailed adjustments accounted for in the allocation period are disclosed in Note 3.

Once the initial accounting of a business combination is complete, only errors may be corrected.

j/ Accounting treatment of convertible bonds with optional redemption periods/dates before contractual maturity

Some of our convertible bonds have optional redemption periods/dates occurring before their contractual maturity, as described in Note 25. All the Alcatel-Lucent convertible bond issues were accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 requirements (paragraphs 28 to 32) as described in Note 1q. Classification of the liability and equity components of a convertible instrument is not revised when a change occurs in the likelihood that a conversion will be exercised. On the other hand, if optional redemption periods/dates occur before the contractual maturity of a debenture, a change in the likelihood of redemption before the contractual maturity can lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an issuer revises the estimates of payment due to reliable new estimates, it must adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of the remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or loss in the net income (loss).

As described in Notes 8, 25 and 27, such a change in estimates already occurred regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures. Similar changes in estimates are expected to occur in June 2012 regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures. A loss corresponding to the difference between the present value of the revised estimated cash flows and the carrying amount derived from the split accounting, as described in Note 1q, could impact “other financial income (loss)” as a result of any change in the Group’s estimate of redemption triggers. An approximation of the potential negative impact on “other financial income (loss)” is the carrying amount of the equity component, as disclosed in Notes 25 and 27 (estimated impact as of June 2012 is equal to 202 million).

k/ Insured damages

In 2008, Alcatel-Lucent experienced a fire in a newly-built factory containing new machinery. The cost of the physical damage and business interruption were insured and gave right to an indemnity claim, the amount of which was definitively settled as of September 30, 2009. Alcatel-Lucent received 33 million on its business interruption insurance, which was accounted for in other revenues during 2009, when the cash was received.

In December 2009, the roof and technical floor of Alcatel-Lucent Spain’s headquarters in Madrid partially collapsed for unknown reasons. Alcatel-Lucent Spain rents this building and the lease is accounted for as an operating lease. The damaged assets were derecognized as of December 31, 2009 with a negative impact of 1 million on income (loss) from operating activities. All costs

 

205


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3, NOTE 4

 

 

related to this incident (damaged assets, displacement and relocation costs, etc.) are insured subject to a 15 million deductible. Displacement and relocation costs below this threshold were accounted for as incurred in 2010. These costs represented a negative impact of 1 million on income (loss) from operating activities during the year 2010. The arbitration related to the lease agreement and its consequences on the 2010 consolidated financial statements are described in Note 34e of the consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F.

NOTE 3    CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES

No material change in consolidated companies occurred during 2011 except the agreement signed on October 19, 2011 to dispose of the Genesys business as indicated in note 10.

The main changes in consolidated companies for 2010 were as follows:

 

 

on October 20, 2010, Pace plc, a technology developer for the global payTV market, announced the completion of the acquisition of stock of 2Wire previously owned by a consortium including Alcatel-Lucent, AT&T, Telmex and Oak Investment Partners. Our 26.7% shareholding in 2Wire was previously accounted for under the equity method as disclosed in Note 16 of the 2010 audited consolidated financial statements included in the Group’s 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010. The disposal of these shares in the fourth quarter 2010 resulted in a capital gain of 33 million before tax included in our financial result (see Note 8); and

 

 

on December 31, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent sold its Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG, a world leader in the vacuum industry. The preliminary cash proceeds received were 197 million (of which 112 million pertained to the disposal of the shares in consolidated and non-consolidated entities and 85 million pertained to the repayment of debt of these entities). For the year ended December 31, 2010, a capital gain of 72 million was reflected in the income statement in the line item “Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities” (65 million) and in the financial result for 7 million (capital gain and impairment of financial assets related to the non-consolidated entities). The impact on the income (loss) from continuing operations of this disposal was 45 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This amount was subject to purchase price adjustments for a net amount as of December 31, 2011 of (1) million.

The main changes in consolidated companies for 2009 were as follows:

 

 

on November 23, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent announced an agreement to sell its electrical fractional horsepower motors and drives activities, Dunkermotoren GmbH, to Triton, a leading European private equity firm, for an enterprise value of 145 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2009 and the cash received was 128 million. The 2009 net capital gain of 99 million is presented in the line item “Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities” in the income statement. The initial purchase price was subject to a purchase price adjustment that occurred in the first six months of 2010 for an amount of (3) million;

 

 

on April 30, 2009, Bharti Airtel and Alcatel-Lucent announced the formation of a joint venture to manage Bharti Airtel’s pan-India broadband and telephone services and help Airtel’s transition to next generation network across India. A new legal entity was formed which was fully consolidated by Alcatel-Lucent from September 30, 2009 onwards;

 

 

the sale of our 20.8% stake in Thales was completed during the second quarter of 2009 with a capital gain of 255 million accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”. This capital gain takes into account 191 million corresponding to the remaining part of the capital gain that was accounted for in connection with the contribution of our railway signaling business and our integration and services activities for mission-critical systems sold in 2007, and which was eliminated as an intra-group transaction; and

 

 

the purchase price of 670 million paid to the Group by Thales for the disposal of the space business completed in 2007 was subject to adjustment in 2009. As a result, Thales was required to pay to the Group an additional 130 million (before fees), which was accounted for in “income from discontinued operations” and 118 million was received during the second quarter of 2009.

NOTE 4    CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY AND PRESENTATION

a/ Change in accounting policy

No change in accounting policy occurred in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

b/ Change in presentation

2011

No change in the presentation occurred in 2011.

2010

Since the Group’s adoption of IFRSs in 2004 for construction contracts, costs incurred to date plus recognized profits less the sum of recognized losses (in the case of provisions for contract losses) and progress billings were determined quarterly on a contract-by-contract basis. If the amount was positive, it was included in the statement of financial position as an asset under “amount due from customers on construction contracts”. If the amount was negative, it was included as a liability under “amount due to customers on construction contracts”. This presentation was based on our understanding of the requirements of IAS 11.

 

206


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5

 

In practice, however, disclosure of these amounts in the statement of financial position is not common. Instead, the information is commonly disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. For this reason, the Group decided to no longer present in the statement of financial position the asset and liability for amounts due from, and amounts due to, customers on construction contracts, respectively. Instead, the information is disclosed as a note in our annual consolidated financial statements. Inventories and work in progress-net, trade receivables and other receivables-net, product sales reserves and, occasionally, customers’ deposits and advances are items in the statement of financial position that are impacted by the new presentation.

2009

No material change in presentation occurred in 2009.

NOTE 5    INFORMATION BY OPERATING SEGMENT AND BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT

In accordance with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”, the information by operating segment comes from the business organization and activities of Alcatel-Lucent.

Starting with our July 20, 2011 organization announcement, we no longer organize our business according to the three former operating segments (also called business segments) - Networks, Applications, and Services, but according to the three operating segments, described hereunder:

 

 

Networks: this includes four main businesses - IP, Optics, Wireless and Wireline - that provide end-to-end communications networks and individual network elements. It also includes another smaller business, Radio Frequency Systems, which is part of our Wireless business. The operating segment Networks remains unchanged from its former organization;

 

 

Software, Services and Solutions: this includes two main businesses (a) Services, which designs, integrates, manages and maintains networks worldwide, and (b) Network Applications; and

 

 

Enterprise: this includes voice telephone and data networking business for enterprises. It also includes the Genesys contact center business. Genesys was not accounted for as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011 for segment reporting purposes and is therefore included in the segment information for 2009, 2010 and 2011 presented hereafter.

The former Applications Group and Services Group no longer exist as separate operating segments.

As part of the company’s continuing focus on applications and services, a new business group -Software, Services & Solutions- was formed by combining the (i) former Services operating segment, and (ii) the Network Applications division, which moved from the former Applications operating segment. The Enterprise operating segment is made up of the former Enterprise applications division, which was part of the former Applications Group. The disposal of the Genesys activity was completed by the end of January 2012 (refer to Note 10).

The tables below present information for the three operating segments described above, which reflect the updated organization as per our July 20, 2011 announcement. Results of operations for comparable 2010 and 2009 periods are presented according to the new organization structure in order to facilitate comparison with the current period.

The information reported for each of our three operating segments is the same as that presented to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (i.e. the Chief Executive Officer) and is used to make decisions on resource allocation and to assess performance. None of the three operating segments have been aggregated.

The information by operating segment follows the same accounting policies as those used and described in these consolidated financial statements. The information presented below in paragraph a/ also includes the Genesys activity (see above).

All inter-segment commercial relations are conducted on an arm’s length basis on terms and conditions identical to those prevailing for the supply of goods and services to third parties.

 

207


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5

 

 

a/ Information by operating segment

 

(In millions of euros)

2011

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Total
reportable
segments
     Other and
unallocated
amounts
    Total  
Revenues from external customers      9,638         4,451         1,143         15,232         464        15,696   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments      16         10         70         96         (96)        -   

Revenues from operating segments

     9,654         4,461         1,213         15,328         368        15,696   

Segment operating income (loss)

     263         227         108         598         12        610   
Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):                                                     

•    depreciation and amortization

     (458)         (84)         (66)         (608)         (41)        (649)   

•    material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

     -         -         -         -         -        -   

 

(In millions of euros)

2010 (re-presented)

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Total
reportable
segments
     Other and
unallocated
amounts
     Total  

Revenues from external customers

     9,603         4,523         1,127         15,253         743         15,996   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments      40         14         58         112         (112)         -   

Revenues from operating segments

     9,643         4,537         1,185         15,365         631         15,996   

Segment operating income (loss)

     187         30         83         300         (12)         288   

Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):

                                                     

•    depreciation and amortization

     (501)         (93)         (82)         (676)         (31)         (707)   

•    material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

     -         -         -         -         -         -   

 

(In millions of euros)

2009 (re-presented)

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Total
reportable
segments
    Other and
unallocated
amounts
     Total  
Revenues from external customers      9,047         4,303         1,098         14,448        709         15,157   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments      29         41         41         111        (111)         -   

Revenues from operating segments

     9,076         4,344         1,139         14,559        598         15,157   

Segment operating income (loss)

     (297)         162         36         (99)        43         (56)   
Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):                                                     

•    depreciation and amortization

     (513)         (89)         (72)         (674)        (26)         (700)   

•    material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

     -         -         -         -        -         -   

 

208


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5

 

b/ Reconciliation to consolidated financial statements

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Revenues from reportable segments      15,328         15,365         14,559   
Revenues from Other segment (1)      464         743         709   
Intersegment eliminations      (96)         (112)         (111)   
Genesys activity accounted for as discontinued operations      (369)         (338)         (316)   

Total Group revenues

     15,327         15,658         14,841   
Reportable segments operating income (loss)      598         300         (99)   
Operating income (loss) from Other segment and unallocated amounts (2)      12         (12)         43   

Segment operating income (loss)

     610         288         (56)   
PPA (3) adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)      (268)         (286)         (269)   
Genesys activity accounted for as discontinued operations      (91)         (72)         (59)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      251         (70)         (384)   
Restructuring costs      (203)         (371)         (598)   
Litigations      4         (28)         (109)   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      67         30         248   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      (2)         62         99   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     117         (377)         (744)   

 

(1) Other segment includes revenues from our non-core businesses as well as revenues from the following activities: Government, Bell Labs and Intellectual Property & Corporate Standards.
(2) Including 35 million of share-based payments that were not allocated to reportable segments in 2011 (39 million in 2010 and 58 million in 2009).
(3) PPA: purchase price allocation entries related to the Lucent business combination.

c/ Products and Services revenues

The following table sets forth revenues and other income by product and service for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
IP products      1,581         1,455         1,155   
Optics products      2,593         2,617         2,835   
Wireline products      1,391         1,534         1,591   
Wireless products (including Radio Frequency Systems)      4,073         3,997         3,466   
Services      3,953         3,996         3,741   
Network Applications      498         527         562   
Enterprise (excluding Genesys)      774         789         782   
Enterprise - Genesys      369         338         316   
Other      464         743         709   

Total

     15,696         15,996         15,157   

d/ Information by geographical segment

 

(In millions of euros)    France      Other
Western
Europe
     Rest of
Europe
     China     

Other
Asia

Pacific

     U.S.A.      Other
Americas
     Rest of
world
     Conso-
lidated
 
2011                                                                                 
Revenues by customer location      1,229         2,813         623         1,295         1,402         5,602         1,616         1,116         15,696   
Non-current assets (1)      500         246         33         272         64         1,885         63         14         3,077   
2010                                                                                 
Revenues by customer location      1,376         3,032         673         1,211         1,717         5,291         1,404         1,292         15,996   
Non-current assets (1)      549         262         37         248         68         2,115         69         19         3,367   
2009                                                                                 
Revenues by customer location      1,533         3,039         631         1,346         1,632         4,369         1,185         1,422         15,157   
Non-current assets (1)      500         338         28         200         62         2,222         98         26         3,474   

 

(1) Represents intangible and tangible assets including the Genesys activity.

 

209


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6, NOTE 7

 

 

e/ Concentrations

A few large telecommunications service providers account for a significant portion of our revenues. In 2011, Verizon and AT&T represented respectively 12% and 10% of our revenues (respectively 11% and 11% in 2010). No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenues in 2009.

NOTE 6    REVENUES

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Construction contract revenues      2,125         2,763         3,551   
Other product revenues      9,051         8,969         7,408   
Other service revenues      3,756         3,579         3,437   
License revenues      136         136         178   
Rental income and other income (1)      259         211         267   

Total

     15,327         15,658         14,841   

 

(1) Of which in 2011 83 million related to R&D tax credits (mainly in France) (93 million in 2010 and 93 million in 2009).

NOTE 7    IMPAIRMENT LOSSES RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT

 

(In millions of euros)

2011

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total
Group
 
Impairment losses on goodwill      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (1)         -         -         (10)         (11)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets      (1)         -         -         (3)         (4)   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets (2)      -         -         -         -         -   

Total - Net

     (2)         -         -         (13)         (15)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      -         -         -         2         2   

 

(In millions of euros)

2010

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total
Group
 
Impairment losses on goodwill      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (3)         -         -         -         (3)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets      (4)         (2)         -         -         (6)   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         (1)         (1)   
Impairment losses on financial assets (2)      -         (4)         -         (13)         (17)   

Total - Net

     (7)         (6)         -         (14)         (27)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   

 

(In millions of euros)

2009

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total
Group
 
Impairment losses on goodwill      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (4)         (16)         -         -         (20)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets (2)      -         -         -         (1)         (1)   

Total - Net

     (4)         (16)         -         (1)         (21)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      -         -         -         1         1   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2c and Note 13.
(2) Refer to Note 17.

 

210


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8

 

NOTE 8    FINANCIAL INCOME (LOSS)

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Interest at effective interest rate      (366)         (375)         (327)   
Interest on interest rate derivatives - hedging      13         18         13   
Interest on interest rate derivatives - trading      -         -         1   
Interest received on cash and cash equivalent      59         53         60   

Finance costs (net)

     (294)         (304)         (253)   
Dividends      2         1         3   
Provisions for financial risks      -         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets      -         (17)         (1)   
Net exchange gain (loss)      (5)         (45)         4   
Of which:                           

•    ineffective portion of hedge when hedge accounting is applied

     (1)         2         2   

•    non-hedged, and hedged transactions not qualifying for hedge accounting

     (4)         (47)         (7)   

•    trading

     -         -         5   
Financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs (1)      417         339         105   
Actual and potential capital gain/(loss) on financial assets (shares of equity affiliates or non-consolidated securities and financial receivables) and marketable securities (2)      10         82         295   
Other (3)      (65)         (4)         (153)   

Other financial income (loss)

     359         356         253   

Total financial income (loss)

     65         52         -   

 

(1) Change between 2011, 2010 and 2009 is mainly related to Lucent pension credit (refer to Note 26).
(2) 2010: of which a capital gain of 33 million related to the disposal of 2Wire shares in October 2010 and a capital gain of 10 million related to the disposal of non-consolidated entities’ shares in the Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business in December 2010.
     2009: of which a capital gain of 250 million related to the disposal of Thales shares in May 2009.
(3) 2011: mainly bank charges and costs related to the sale of receivables without recourse.
     2010: of which a loss of 1 million in the first quarter of 2010 related to the partial repurchase of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible bonds (see Note 27c) and a profit of 24 million in the second quarter of 2010 related to resuming the initial accounting treatment in respect of the outstanding Lucent 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures (see Notes 25 and 27c).
     2009: of which a gain of 50 million in the first quarter of 2009 related to the partial repurchase of Lucent’s 7.75% bonds due March 2017 (see Note 27c). In the second quarter 2009, a loss of 175 million related to a change of estimated future cash flows related to Lucent’s 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures (see Notes 24 and 26c) and a loss of 1 million and 2 million respectively in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 related to the partial repurchases of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible bonds and of Alcatel’s 4.75% Oceane due January 2011 (see Note 27c).

 

211


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9

 

 

NOTE 9    INCOME TAX

a/ Analysis of income tax benefit (expense)

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Current income tax (expense) benefit

     (42)         (78)         (57)   
Deferred taxes related to the purchase price allocation for the Lucent business combination (1)      114         124         115   
Deferred tax (charge) related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendments (2)      -         (12)         -   
Deferred taxes related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans (3) (4)      (87)         (136)         (35)   
Deferred taxes related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures (5)      -         (9)         65   
Other deferred income tax (expense) benefit, net (6)      559         97         (13)   

Deferred income tax benefit (expense), net

     586         64         134   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     544         (14)         77   

 

(1) Related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent.
(2) Related to the post-retirement plan amendments described in Note 26.
(3) Tax impact of the pension credit and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on temporary differences related to pension and other post-employment benefits, other than those recognized directly in equity as prescribed by the option of IAS 19 that the Group applies (see Note 1j and Note 26).
(4) The 2010 impact is mainly due to consequences of the recent Healthcare laws enacted in the U.S. These laws have one significant provision that impacted the Group involving the Medicare Part D tax free subsidy of about US$34 million annually that we receive from Medicare for continuing to provide our prescription drug benefits to Medicare-eligible active represented employees and formerly union-represented retirees. This legislation eliminates the deduction for expense allocable to the subsidy beginning in 2013, resulting in a reduction in our deferred tax asset and a corresponding income statement charge of about US$101 million (76 million) in 2010.
(5) Reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to Lucent’s 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures (see Notes 8, 25 & 27).
(6) The 2011 and 2010 impacts are mainly due to the re-assessment of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2011 and 2010 impairment tests of goodwill performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 and second quarter of 2010, respectively.
     2009 impact is mainly due to the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets recognized in connection with the 2009 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the second quarter.

b/ Disclosure of tax effects relating to each component of other comprehensive income

 

(In millions of euros)   2011     2010     2009  
     Value
before
taxes
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net of
tax
    Value
before
taxes
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net
of tax
    Value
before
taxes
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net of
tax
amount
 
Financial assets available for sale     (11)        -        (11)        (22)        5        (17)        13        1        14   
Cumulative translation adjustments     283        -        283        262        -        262        39        -        39   
Cash flow hedging     (7)        -        (7)        (12)        -        (12)        11        -        11   
Actuarial gains (losses)     (1,133)        99        (1,034)        (70)        15        (55)        (582)        (3)        (585)   
Other     -        -        -        (20)        -        (20)        (53)        1        (52)   
Other comprehensive income     (868)        99        (769)        138        20        158        (572)        (1)        (573)   

 

212


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9

 

c/ Effective income tax rate

The effective tax rate can be analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros except for percentage)    2011      2010      2009  
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      186         (311)         (743)   
Average income tax rate      32.9%         23.9%         32.9%   
Expected tax (charge) benefit      (60)         74         244   
Impact on tax (charge) benefit of:                           
• reduced taxation of certain revenues      12         41         -   
• permanent differences and utilization of previously unrecognized tax losses      546         203         49   
• adjustment to prior years’ current tax charge      (4)         -         9   
• recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets      1,052 (1)         95         198   
• deferred tax assets no longer recognized      (488) (2)         (17)         (127)   
• non-recognition of tax losses      (532) (2)         (417)         (332)   
• tax credits      20         16         29   
• other      (2)         (9)         1   

Actual income tax (charge) benefit

     544         (14)         77   

Effective tax rate

     (292.5)%         (4.5)%         10.3%   

 

(1) Mainly related to the United States (see note 2f).
(2) Mainly related to the French tax group.

Average income tax rate is the sum of income (loss) before taxes of each subsidiary, multiplied by the local statutory rate for each subsidiary, divided by consolidated income (loss) before taxes from continuing operations.

Changes in average income tax rate are due to differences in the contribution of each tax entity to income (loss) before tax and to the fact that some entities have a positive contribution and others have a negative one.

d/ Deferred tax balances

 

(In millions of euros)

Balances

   2011      2010      2009  
Deferred tax assets:                           
• deferred tax assets recognizable      12,973         12,706         11,958   
• of which not recognized      (11,019)         (11,758)         (11,122)   

Net deferred tax assets recognized

     1,954         948         836   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,017)         (1,126)         (1,058)   

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

     937         (178)         (222)   

Analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities by temporary differences

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2010
     Impact on
net income
(loss)
     Translation
adjustments
     Reclassification
and Other
     December 31,
2011
 
Fair value adjustments of tax assets and liabilities resulting from business combinations      (677)         124         (13)         (1)         (567)   
Provisions      338         (72)         -         4         270   
Pension reserves      1,555         77         53         6         1,691   
Prepaid pensions      (954)         (302)         (21)         318         (959)   
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets      1,144         (107)         26         8         1,071   
Temporary differences arising from other statement of financial position captions      257         5         5         106         379   
Tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits      9,917         315         151         (307)         10,077   

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), gross

     11 580         40         201         135         11,956   
Deferred tax assets not recognized      (11,758)         884         (107)         (38)         (11,019)   

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

     (178)         924         94         97         937   

 

213


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9

 

 

Change during the period

 

          Impact on net income (loss)                    
(In millions of euros)   December 31,
2010
    Income tax
benefit
(expense)
    Income loss
from
discontinued
operations
    Translation
adjustments
    Other      December 31,
2011
 
Deferred tax assets recognized     948        570        338        111        (13)        1,954   
Deferred tax liabilities     (1,126)        16        -        (17)        110        (1,017)   
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)     (178)        586        338        94        97        937   

Deferred taxes not recognized relating to temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries, equity affiliates and joint ventures were zero at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

As the Board of Directors does not intend to propose a dividend for 2011 at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (see Note 23), there will be no tax consequences.

e/ Tax losses carried forward and temporary differences

Total tax losses carried forward represent a potential tax saving of 10,056 million at December 31, 2011 (9,917 million at December 31, 2010 and 9,274 million at December 31, 2009). The increase in tax losses carried forward between 2010 and 2011 includes a foreign exchange impact of 349 million related to the United States. The potential tax savings relate to tax losses carried forward that expire as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Years

  Recognized     Unrecognized     Total  
2012     60        1        61   
2013     41        1        42   
2014     45        6        51   
2015     59        3        62   
2016     36        13        49   
2017 and thereafter     147        4,701        4,848   
Indefinite     73        4,891        4,964   

Total

    461        9,616        10,077   

In addition, temporary differences were 1,879 million at December 31, 2011 (1,663 million at December 31, 2010 and 1,626 million at December 31, 2009), of which 476 million have been recognized and 1,403 million have not been recognized ((398) million and 2,061 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and (687) million and 2,313 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009).

Recognized negative temporary differences mainly correspond to deferred tax liabilities that have been recorded resulting from the Lucent purchase accounting entries (in particular intangible assets).

 

214


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10

 

NOTE 10    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND LIABILITIES RELATED TO DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE

Discontinued operations for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

in 2011: On October 19, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent announced that it had received a binding offer of U.S. $1.5 billion from a company owned by the Permira funds for the acquisition of its Genesys business. The closing of the deal was completed on February 1, 2012. The Genesys business is presented in discontinued operations in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows for all periods presented. Assets and liabilities related to this business as of December 31, 2011 are classified in “assets held for sale and assets included in disposal groups held for sale” and “liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale” in the statement of financial position;

 

 

in 2010: settlements of litigations related to businesses disposed of in prior periods; and

 

 

in 2009: adjustment of the selling price related to the disposal of the space business to Thales that was sold in 2007.

Other assets held for sale concern real estate property sales in progress at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 

(In millions of euros)

Income statement of discontinued operations

   2011      2010      2009  
Revenues      369         338         316   
Cost of sales      (83)         (69)         (60)   
Gross profit      286         (269)         256   
Administrative and selling expenses      (142)         (138)         (137)   
Research and development costs      (53)         (59)         (59)   
Restructuring costs      -         (4)         (7)   
Net capital gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations (1)      (4)         (12)         132   
Income (loss) from operations      87         56         184   
Financial income (loss)      2         -         (5)   
Income tax (expense) benefit      325 (2)         (23)         (17)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      414         33         162   

 

(1) The 2009 impact includes 132 million from an adjustment of the purchase price related to the contribution of our interests in two joint ventures in the space sector to Thales in 2007.
(2) Including 338 million of deferred tax assets recognized in relation with the coming disposal of Genesys in 2012 (see Notes 2f and 9d).

 

(In millions of euros)

Statement of financial position

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Goodwill      67         -         -   
Operating working capital (1)      (12)         -         -   
Cash      9         -         -   
Other assets and liabilities      2         -         -   
Total assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale      66         -         -   
Assets of disposal groups held for sale      194         -         -   
Liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale      (128)         -         -   
Real estate properties and other assets held for sale      8         3         51   
Assets held for sale and assets included in disposal group held for sale      202         3         51   

Liabilities related to disposal group held for sale

     (128)         -         -   

 

(1) As defined in Note 19.

 

215


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11

 

 

The cash flows of discontinued operations are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Net income (loss)

     414         33         162   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital      108         91         77   
Other net increase (decrease) in net cash provided (used) by operating activities      (14)         (27)         (14)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities (A)      94         64         63   
Capital expenditures (B)      (16)         (19)         (22)   

Free cash flow: (A) + (B) (1)

     78         45         41   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities excluding capital expenditures (C)      -         -         116   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities (D)      (80)         (46)         (54)   

Total (A) + (C) + (D)

     (2)         (1)         103   

 

(1) Of which 81 million related to the Genesys Business in 2011 (45 million in 2010 and 41 million in 2009).

NOTE 11    EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed using the number of shares issued, after deduction of the weighted average number of shares owned by consolidated subsidiaries and the weighting effect of shares issued during the year.

In accordance with IAS 33 revised (paragraph 23), the weighted average number of shares to be issued upon conversion of bonds redeemable for shares is included in the calculation of basic earnings per share.

Diluted earnings per share takes into account share equivalents having a dilutive effect, after deducting the weighted average number of share equivalents owned by consolidated subsidiaries, but not share equivalents that do not have a dilutive effect. Net income (loss) is adjusted for after-tax interest expense relating to convertible bonds.

The dilutive effects of stock option and stock purchase plans are calculated using the “treasury stock method”, which provides that proceeds to be received from the exercise of options or purchase of stock are assumed to be used first to purchase shares at market price. The dilutive effects of convertible bonds are calculated on the assumption that the bonds and notes will be systematically redeemed for shares (the “if converted method”).

The tables below reconcile basic earnings per share to diluted earnings per share for the periods presented:

 

(In millions of euros)

Net income (loss)

     2011         2010         2009   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent - basic      1,095         (334)         (524)   
Adjustment for dilutive securities on net income: Interest expense related to convertible securities      119         -         -   
Net income (loss) - diluted      1,214         (334)         (524)   
Number of shares    2011      2010      2009  

Weighted average number of shares - basic

     2,265,024,193         2,259,877,263         2,259,696,863   
Dilutive effects:                           

•      Equity plans (stock options, RSU)

     35,686,744         -         -   

•      Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds (Oceane) issued on June 12, 2003 and on September 10, 2009

     309,597,523         -         -   

•      7.75% convertible securities

     -         -         -   

•      2.875% Series A convertible securities

     24,886,871         -         -   

•      2.875% Series B convertible securities

     230,735,668         -         -   
Weighted average number of shares - diluted      2,865,930,999         2,259,877,263         2,259,696,863   
Earnings per share, attributable to the owners of the parent (in euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Basic      0.48         (0.15)         (0.23)   
Diluted      0.42         (0.15)         (0.23)   

 

216


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

Ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares owned by consolidated subsidiaries of the Group    2011      2010      2009  
Number of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares (weighted average number)      58,220,040         58,281,560         58,351,371   
Number of Alcatel-Lucent share equivalents      -         -         -   

Shares subject to future issuance

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Number of stock options not exercised      175,729,780         196,702,252         212,292,704   

The following table summarizes the number of potential ordinary shares that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because the effect of including these potential shares was anti-dilutive:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
Equity plans (stock options, RSU)      -         14,023,726         7,624,288   
Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds (Oceane) issued on June 12, 2003 and on September 10, 2009      -         360,161,154         360,162,302   
7.75% convertible securities      37,557,287         37,557,287         37,557,287   
2.875% Series A convertible securities      -         32,895,828         196,117,249   
2.875% Series B convertible securities      -         304,989,763         325,813,655   

NOTE 12    GOODWILL

 

(In millions of euros)    Net  

Goodwill at December 31, 2008

     4,215   
Additions      7   
Disposals and discontinued operations      (4)   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (50)   
Other changes      -   

Goodwill at December 31, 2009

     4,168   
Additions      -   
Disposals and discontinued operations      -   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      202   
Other changes      -   

Goodwill at December 31, 2010

     4,370   
Additions      2   
Disposals and discontinued operations      (67)   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      79   
Other changes      5   

Goodwill at December 31, 2011

     4,389   

Main changes accounted for in 2011

No change related to new acquisitions during the period. No impairment loss was accounted for during 2011 (see below).

Main changes accounted for in 2010

No change related to new acquisitions during the period. No impairment loss was accounted for during 2010 (see below).

 

217


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

 

Main changes accounted for in 2009

No major change related to new acquisitions during the period. No impairment loss was accounted for during 2009 (see below).

Goodwill allocation

All goodwill recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was allocated to cash generating units by December 31 of the relevant year.

Due to the new organization effective July 20, 2011 (see note 5), goodwill was reallocated, at this date, to the new Business Divisions, corresponding to the groups of Cash Generating Units, at which level Goodwill is monitored and tested for impairment. In this context, an additional impairment test was performed during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Due to the new organization effective January 1, 2010, goodwill was reallocated, at this date, to the new Business Divisions, corresponding to the groups of Cash Generating Units, at which level Goodwill is monitored and tested for impairment. A specific impairment test triggered by this new organization was performed as of January 1, 2010.

Impairment tests of goodwill

2011 Annual impairment test and additional test performed in the fourth quarter 2011

The reassessment of the company’s outlook led to perform an additional impairment test of goodwill in December 2011. The 2011 annual impairment test of goodwill (performed in June 2011) and the additional impairment test (performed in December 2011) did not result in any impairment loss.

In those groups of Cash Generating Units (Note 1g) in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the additional goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

2011 Additional test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (2)
    

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount
rate
     Perpetual
growth
rate
     Valuation method  
Optics division      1,158         127         11.0%         1.0%         Fair value (1)   
Maintenance division      1,655         521         11.0%         1.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU      1,576                  11.0%         1 to 2%        
 
Discounted cash flows
and other data (3)
  
  
TOTAL NET      4,389                                       

 

(1) As defined in Notes 2c and 1g.
(2) At the date of the additional impairment test (performed at December 31, 2011).
(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between +1% and +2% depending on the Group’s CGU.

 

(In millions of euros)

2011 Annual test

  Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (2)
  

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount
rate
     Perpetual
growth
rate
     Valuation method  
Optics division   1,143      362         10.0%         1.0%         Fair value (1)   
Maintenance division   1,531      758         10.0%         1.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU   1,509               10.0%         1 to 2%        
 
Discounted cash flows
and other data (3)
  
  
TOTAL NET   4,183                                    

 

(1) As defined in Notes 2c and 1g.
(2) At the date of the annual impairment test (i.e. June 30, 2011).
(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between +1% and +2% depending on the Group’s CGU.

2010 Annual impairment test of goodwill

The 2010 annual impairment test of goodwill (performed in the second quarter 2010) did not result in any impairment loss.

There were no triggering events that would justify performing an additional impairment test as of December 31, 2010.

 

218


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

In those groups of Cash Generating Units (see Note 1g) in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the annual goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

2010 Annual test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (2)
    

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount rate      Valuation method  
Optics division      1,168         885         10.0%         Value in use (1)   
Maintenance division      1,808         842         10.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU      1,607         -         -        
 
Discounted cash flows
and other data (3)
  
  

Total net

     4,583                              

 

(1) Discounted cash flows for 5 years plus a terminal value determined with a perpetual growth applied to the normalized cash flow of year 5.
(2) At the date of the annual impairment test (i.e. June 30, 2010).
(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between 0% and +2.5% depending on the Group’s CGUs.

Specific impairment test as of January 1, 2010 in connection with the new organization

Due to the new organization of our reporting structure beginning January 1, 2010 (see Note 5), an additional impairment test was performed as of January 1, 2010 on the goodwill relating to the Product Divisions that changed. The remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2009 was reallocated to the new Product Divisions using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Product Division.

No impairment loss was accounted for in connection with this impairment test.

2009 Annual impairment test of goodwill

The 2009 annual impairment test of goodwill (performed in the second quarter 2009) did not result in any impairment loss.

Due to the change in the recent economic environment and the volatile behaviour of financial markets, the Group assessed whether as of December 31, 2009 there was any indication that any Business Division goodwill may be impaired at that date. The Group concluded that there were no triggering events that would justify performing an additional impairment test as of December 31, 2009.

The Group also checked and confirmed that the disposal of the Fractional Horsepower Motors activity on December 31, 2009 (see Note 3) was not a triggering event that would indicate any potential impairment of the goodwill of the related Business Division (ICD - Industrial Components Division) as of December 31, 2009, as the difference between the recoverable value of the remaining activities of this Division after the disposal and the corresponding net assets remained positive.

In those groups of Cash Generating Units in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the annual goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

2009 Annual test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill
    

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B) (3)

     Discount rate      Valuation method  
Optics division      1,145         269         11.0%        
 
Discounted cash flows
and other data (1)
  
  
Maintenance division      1,623         379         11.0%         Same as above (1)   
Other CGU      1,434         -         -         Same as above (1)   
Total net      4,202 (2)                              

 

(1) Discounted cash flows for 5 years plus a terminal value. Other data: multiples derived from market capitalizations.
     Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between 0% and +2.5% depending on the CGU.
(2) At the date of the annual impairment test (i.e. June 30, 2009).
(3) The recoverable amount is the value in use for the Business Divisions disclosed.

 

219


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13

 

 

Specific impairment test as of January 1, 2009 in connection with the new organization

Due to the new organization of our reporting structure beginning January 1, 2009 (see Note 5), an additional impairment test was performed as of January 1, 2009 on the goodwill relating to the Product Divisions that changed. The remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2008 was reallocated to the new Business Divisions using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Business Division.

No impairment loss was accounted for in connection with this impairment test.

NOTE 13    INTANGIBLE ASSETS

a/ Changes in intangible assets, gross

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  

At December 31, 2008

     1,985         5,225         7,210   
Capitalization      284         64         348   
Additions      -         13         13   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (12)         (12)   
Write-offs      (197)         (6)         (203)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (25)         (160)         (185)   
Other changes      -         4         4   

At December 31, 2009

     2,047         5,128         7,175   
Capitalization      266         67         333   
Additions      -         8         8   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (3)         (3)   
Write-offs      (148)         (49)         (197)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      65         363         428   
Other changes      (5)         (4)         (9)   

At December 31, 2010

     2,225         5,510         7,735   
Capitalization      262         43         305   
Additions      -         11         11   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (48)         (29)         (77)   
Write-offs      (49)         (3)         (52)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      48         163         211   
Other changes      -         1         1   

At December 31, 2011

     2,438         5,696         8,134   

Other intangible assets include primarily intangible assets acquired in business combinations (acquired technologies, in-process research and development and customer relationships), patents, trademarks and licenses.

 

220


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13

 

b/ Changes in amortization of intangible assets and impairment losses

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  

At December 31, 2008

     (1,407)         (3,236)         (4,643)   
Amortization      (276)         (355)         (631)   
Impairment losses      (20)         -         (20)   
Write-offs      197         6         203   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         12         12   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      17         106         123   
Other changes      -         (5)         (5)   

At December 31, 2009

     (1,489)         (3,472)         (4,961)   
Amortization      (274)         (363)         (637)   
Impairment losses      (3)         (6)         (9)   
Write-offs      148         49         197   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         3         3   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (42)         (238)         (280)   
Other changes      4         4         8   

At December 31, 2010

     (1,656)         (4,023)         (5,679)   
Amortization      (246)         (343)         (589)   
Impairment losses      (11)         (4)         (15)   
Write-offs      49         3         52   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      21         24         45   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (35)         (139)         (174)   
Other changes      -         -         -   

At December 31, 2011

     (1,878)         (4,482)         (6,360)   

 

221


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13

 

 

c/ Changes in intangible assets, net

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  

At December 31, 2008

     578         1,989         2,567   
Capitalization      284         64         348   
Additions      -         13         13   
Amortization      (276)         (355)         (631)   
Impairment losses      (20)         -         (20)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         -         -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (8)         (54)         (62)   
Other changes      -         (1)         (1)   

At December 31, 2009

     558         1,656         2,214   
Capitalization      266         67         333   
Additions      -         8         8   
Amortization      (274)         (363)         (637)   
Impairment losses      (3)         (6)         (9)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         -         -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      23         125         148   
Other changes      (1)         -         (1)   

At December 31, 2010

     569         1,487         2,056   
Capitalization      262         43         305   
Additions      -         11         11   
Amortization      (246)         (343)         (589)   
Impairment losses      (11)         (4)         (15)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (27)         (5)         (32)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      13         24         37   
Other changes      -         1         1   

At December 31, 2011

     560         1,214         1,774   

 

222


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14

 

NOTE 14    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

a/ Changes in property, plant and equipment, gross

 

(In millions of euros)    Land      Buildings      Plant,
equipment
and tools
     Other      Total  

At December 31, 2008

     163         1,105         2,836         570         4,674   
Additions      -         49         166         112         327   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (28)         (49)         (259)         (21)         (357)   
Write-offs      -         (7)         (49)         (7)         (63)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         4         6         3         13   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (2)         (17)         (17)         (1)         (37)   
Other changes      (1)         16         (104)         65         (24)   

At December 31, 2009

     132         1,101         2,579         721         4,533   
Additions      -         19         145         200         364   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (16)         (52)         (54)         (132)         (254)   
Write-offs      -         (17)         (32)         (7)         (56)   
Changes in consolidated group      (1)         (22)         (50)         (8)         (81)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      9         59         130         32         230   
Other changes      (1)         15         55         (68)         1   

At December 31, 2010

     123         1,103         2,773         738         4,737   
Additions      -         11         106         156         273   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (1)         (49)         (152)         (29)         (231)   
Write-offs      -         (1)         (8)         (3)         (12)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         4         4         3         11   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      3         25         56         11         95   
Other changes      1         (2)         105         (153)         (49)   

At December 31, 2011

     126         1,091         2,884         723         4,824   

 

223


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14

 

 

b/ Changes in accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment and impairment losses

 

(In millions of euros)    Land     Buildings     Plant,
equipment
and tools
    Other      Total  

At December 31, 2008

     (9)        (572)        (2,313)        (430)         (3,324)   
Depreciation charge      (1)        (100)        (232)        (34)         (367)   
Impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Write-offs      -        7        49        7         63   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -        14        170        102         286   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      -        4        15        2         21   
Other changes      (3)        181        21        (151)         48   

At December 31, 2009

     (13)        (466)        (2,290)        (504)         (3,272)   
Depreciation charge      (1)        (56)        (226)        (58)         (341)   
Impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Write-offs      -        17        32        7         56   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -        (16)        164        63         211   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (1)        (20)        (109)        (29)         (159)   
Other changes      3        6        124        (53)         80   

At December 31, 2010

     (12)        (535)        (2,305)        (574)         (3,426)   
Depreciation charge      -        (60)        (216)        (35)         (311)   
Impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -        -        -        -         -   
Write-offs      -        1        8        3         12   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -        39        146        27         212   
Changes in consolidated group      -        (5)        (3)        (3)         (11)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      -        (12)        (47)        (8)         (67)   
Other changes      -        6        28        (4)         30   
At December 31, 2011      (12)        (566)        (2,389)        (594)         (3,561)   

 

224


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15

 

c/ Changes in property, plant and equipment, net

 

(In millions of euros)    Land      Buildings      Plant,
equipment
and tools
     Other        Total  

At December 31, 2008

     154         533         523         140           1,351   
Additions      -         49         166         112           327   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (100)         (232)         (34)           (367)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (28)         (35)         (89)         81           (71)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         4         6         3           13   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (2)         (13)         (2)         1           (18)   
Other changes      (4)         197         (83)         (86)           24   

At December 31, 2009

     119         635         289         217           1,260   
Additions      -         19         145         200           364   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (56)         (226)         (58)           (341)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (16)         (68)         110         (69)           (43)   
Changes in consolidated group      (1)         (22)         (50)         (8)           (81)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      8         39         21         3           71   
Other changes      2         21         179         (121)           81   

At December 31, 2010

     111         568         468         164           1,311   
Additions      -         11         106         156           273   
Depreciation charge      -         (60)         (216)         (35)           (311)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -           -   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (1)         (10)         (6)         (2)           (19)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         (1)         1         -           -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      3         13         9         3           28   
Other changes      1         4         133         (157)           (19)   

At December 31, 2011

     114         525         495         129           1,263   

NOTE 15    FINANCE LEASES AND OPERATING LEASES

a/ Finance leases

Property, plant and equipment held under finance leases have a net carrying amount of 38 million at December 31, 2011 (38 million at December 31, 2010 and 42 million at December 31, 2009). Such finance leases relate primarily to IS/IT equipments sold and leased back in connection with the Hewlett Packard co-sourcing agreement (refer to Note 32).

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable finance leases are shown in Note 32a - Off balance sheet

commitments.

b/ Operating leases

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are shown in Note 32a - Off balance sheet commitments.

Future minimum sublease rental income expected to be received under non-cancellable operating subleases was 115 million at December 31, 2011 (126 million at December 31, 2010 and 143 million at December 31, 2009).

 

225


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16

 

 

Net lease payments under operating leases recognized as an expense in the income statement are analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Lease payments - minimum      249         229         224   
Lease payments - conditional      4         5         20   
Sublease rental income      (23)         (26)         (29)   

Total recognized in the income statement

     230         208         215   

NOTE 16    INVESTMENT IN NET ASSETS OF EQUITY AFFILIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

a/ Investment in net assets of equity affiliates

 

      Percentage owned      Value (In millions of euros)  
   2011      2010      2009      2011      2010      2009  
2Wire (1)      -         -         26.7%         -         -         34   
Other (less than 50 million each)      -         -         -         12         9         26   

Investment in net assets of equity affiliates

                                12         9         60   

 

(1) During the last quarter of 2010, Alcatel-Lucent sold its 26.7% stake in 2Wire (see Note 3).

b/ Change in investment in net assets of equity affiliates

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Carrying amount at January 1

     9         60         113   
Change in perimeter of equity affiliates       -         (55)         (33)   
Share of net income (loss)       4         15         1   
Net effect of exchange rate changes               5         (2)   
Other changes      (1)         (16)         (19)   

Carrying amount at December 31

     12         9         60   

c/ Summarized financial information for equity affiliates

Aggregated financial information for other equity affiliates as if those entities were fully consolidated.

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010 (1)      2009  
Total assets      305         294         895   
Liabilities (excluding equity)      285         278         873   
Equity      20         16         22   
Revenues      70         80         530   

Net income (loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent

     11         7         8   

 

(1) 2010 aggregated financial information excludes information for 2Wire, because Alcatel-Lucent had sold its interest in this equity affiliate during the last quarter of 2010 (see Note 3).

 

226


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17

 

d/ Aggregated financial information for joint ventures

Aggregated financial information for the Group’s share in the net assets of joint ventures proportionately consolidated (Alda Marine in 2011, 2010 and 2009) was as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Statement of financial position data

   2011      2010      2009  
Non-current assets      31         33         36   
Current assets      5         4         5   
Equity      9         6         4   
Non-current liabilities      12         19         25   
Current liabilities      15         11         12   

 

(In millions of euros)
Income statement data
   2011      2010      2009  
Revenues      -         -         -   
Cost of sales      5         8         6   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      5         8         6   

Net income (loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent

     4         7         4   

Cash flow statement data

                          
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities      5         4         9   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities      (1)         -         (1)   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities      (4)         (5)         (10)   

NOTE 17    FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(In millions of euros)   Other
non-current
financial
assets, net (1)
    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets, net (1)
    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets, net (1)
    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total  
Financial assets available for sale     317        144        461        301        156        457        305 (3)        271        576   
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss     -        795        795        -        493        493        -        1,722        1,722   
Financial assets at amortized cost     204        -        204        99                99        87                87   

Total

    521        939        1,460        400        649        1,049        392        1,993        2,385   

 

(1) Of which 203 million matures within one year as of December 31, 2011 (111 million as of December 31, 2010 and 78 million as of December 31, 2009).
   Of which 18 million of financial assets at amortized cost represented a loan to Alda Marine as of December 31, 2011 (24 million as of December 31, 2010 and 29 million as of December 31, 2009).
(2) All of which is current as of December 31, 2011, as of December 31, 2010 and as of December 31, 2009.
(3) Of which a decrease of 252 million (US$328 million) in 2009, including 223 million of reclassification against general risks reserves (see Note 28), during the first quarter related to the restricted cash on the Winstar litigation that was settled during the first quarter of 2009, representing a net positive impact in our cash provided by operating activities of 24 million.

No financial asset is considered as being held to maturity.

The cumulated fair value changes of financial assets available for sale represented a potential gain as of December 31, 2011 of 13 million that was booked directly in equity (24 million as of December 31, 2010 and 43 million as of December 31, 2009).

 

227


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17

 

 

a/ Financial assets available for sale

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(In millions of euros)   Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total  
Net carrying amount at January 1     301        156        457        305        271        576        585        253        838   
Additions/(disposals)     7        (8)        (1)        3        (137)        (134)        (39)        (6)        (45)   
Fair value changes     (2)        (9)        (11)        (36)        14        (22)        (11)        24        13   
Impairment losses (1)     (2)        2        -        (15)        (1)        (16)        (2)        1        (1)   
Change in consolidation group     -        -        -        -        -        -        (8)        -        (8)   
Other changes (2)     13        4        17        44        9        53        (220)        (1)        (221)   
Net carrying amount at December 31     317        144        461        301        156        457        305        271        576   
Of which:                                                                        
• at fair value (3)     8        131        139        17        143        160        51        223        274   
• at cost     309        13        322        284        13        297        254        48        302   

 

(1) Included in the amounts reported in Note 7.
(2) Of which in 2009 included a 223 million reclassification against general risks reserves (see Note 28), which related to the restricted cash on the Winstar litigation that was settled during the first quarter of 2009.
(3) Fair value hierarchy is presented in Note 29c.

Financial assets available for sale are stated at fair value, except for non-listed financial assets, which are stated at amortized cost, if no reliable fair value exists.

 

(In millions of euros)
Fair value changes:
   2011      2010      2009  
Fair value changes recognized directly in other comprehensive income      (6)         1         22   
Changes resulting from gains (losses) previously recognized in other comprehensive income now recognized in net income (loss) due to disposals      (5)         (23)         (9)   
Total      (11)         (22)         13   

b/ Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Net carrying amount at January 1      493         1,722         653   
Additions/(disposals)      282         (1,252)         1,075   
Fair value changes      -         -         -   
Other changes      20         23         (6)   
Net carrying amount at December 31      795         493         1,722   

c/ Financial assets at amortized cost

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Net carrying amount at January 1

     99         87         111   
Additions/(disposals)      130         25         (33)   
Impairment losses      -         (1)         -   
Change in consolidation group      -         -         -   
Other changes (reclassifications)      (25)         (12)         9   
Net carrying amount at December 31      204         99         87   

 

228


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18, NOTE 19

 

NOTE 18    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Cash      2,316         4,730         2,546   
Cash equivalents      1,218         310         1,031   
Of which Money market mutual funds      376         57         704   
Of which Other (certificates of deposit, treasury bills, etc)      842         253         327   
Cash and Cash Equivalents - excluding discontinued activities      3,534         5,040         3,577   
Cash in discontinued activities      9         -         -   
Cash and Cash Equivalents - including discontinued activities      3,543         5,040         3,577   

As of December 31, 2011, 9 million of cash was reclassified in asset held for sale due to the coming disposal of Genesys.

As of December 31, 2011, 959 million of cash and cash equivalents were held in countries subject to exchange control restrictions (mainly China) (1,044 million as of December 31, 2010 and 718 million as of December 31, 2009).

NOTE 19    OPERATING WORKING CAPITAL

Operating working capital

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009 (1)
 
Inventories and work in progress, net      1,975         2,295         1,902   
Trade receivables and other receivables, net      3,407         3,664         3,519   
Advances and progress payments      66         75         93   
Customers’ deposits and advances      (590)         (803)         (639)   
Trade payables and other payables      (3,892)         (4,325)         (3,926)   

Operating working capital, net

     966         906         949   

 

(1) Restated for the presentation of construction contracts as explained in Note 4.

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2010
     Cash
flow
     Cash flow of
discontinued
activities(1)
     Change in
consolidated
group(2)
    Translation
adjustments
and other
    December 31,
2011
 
Inventories and work in progress      2,731         (175)         -         (5)        (121)        2,430   
Trade receivables and other receivables      3,817         (384)         (4)         (46)        147        3,530   
Advances and progress payments      75         (10)         -         -        1        66   
Customers’ deposits and advances      (803)         289         (7)         47        (116)        (590)   
Trade payables and other payables      (4,325)         480         1         16        (64)        (3,892)   

Operating working capital, gross

     1,495         200         (10)         12        (153)        1,544   
Cumulated valuation allowances      (589)         -         -         2        9        (578)   

Operating working capital, net

     906         200         (10)         14        (144)        966   

 

(1) See Note 10.
(2) Mainly related to the Genesys business that was reclassified to “Discontinued activities” as of December 31, 2011 (see Note 10).

 

229


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20

 

 

Amounts due to / from customers on construction contracts

 

(In millions of euros)

Analysis of amounts due from/to customers on construction contracts

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Amounts due from customers on construction contracts      557         408         528   
Amounts due to customers on construction contracts      (57)         (28)         (66)   

Total

     500         380         462   
Work in progress on construction contracts, gross      257         246         306   
Work in progress on construction contracts, depreciation      (7)         (4)         (28)   
Accrued receivables on construction contracts      347         235         298   
Product sales reserves - construction contracts      (97)         (97)         (114)   

Total

     500         380         462   

Receivables sold without recourse

Balances

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Outstanding amounts of receivables sold without recourse (1)      952         776         612   

 

(1) Without recourse in case of payment default by the debtor. See accounting policy in Note 1s.

Changes in receivables sold without recourse

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Impact on cash flows from operating activities      176         164         (218)   

NOTE 20    INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS

a/ Analysis of net value

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Raw materials and goods      387         526         429   
Work in progress excluding construction contracts      874         1,006         825   
Work in progress on construction contracts, gross      257         245         306   
Finished products      912         954         842   

Gross value

     2,430         2,731         2,402   
Valuation allowance      (455)         (436)         (500)   

Total, net

     1,975         2,295         1,902   

b/ Change in valuation allowance

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

At January 1

     (436)         (500)         (654)   
(Additions)/ reversals      (170)         (113)         (139)   
Utilization      31         53         71   
Changes in consolidated group      1         4         -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes and other changes      119         120         222   

At December 31

     (455)         (436)         (500)   

 

230


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21, NOTE 22, NOTE 23, NOTE 24

 

NOTE 21    TRADE RECEIVABLES AND RELATED ACCOUNTS

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Receivables bearing interest      114         167         316   

Other trade receivables - excluding accrued receivables on construction contracts

     3,416         3,650         3,073   

Accrued receivables on construction contracts

     -         -         298   

Gross value

     3,530         3,817         3,687   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (123)         (153)         (168)   

Total, net

     3,407         3,664         3,519   

Of which due after one year on the net value

     95         72         111   

NOTE 22    OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

(In millions of euros)

Other assets

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Other current assets      977         885         960   
Other non-current assets      296         257         314   

Total

     1,273         1,142         1,274   
Of which:                           

• Currency derivatives

     65         54         35   

• Interest-rate derivatives - hedging

     36         44         44   

• Interest-rate derivatives - other

     1         23         235   

• Commodities derivatives

     -         -         -   

• Other tax receivables

     658         526         502   

• Other current and non-current assets

     513         495         458   

 

(In millions of euros)

Other liabilities

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
Other current liabilities      1,729         1,695         1,763   
Other non-current liabilities      211         259         209   

Total

     1,940         1,954         1,972   
Of which:                           

• Currency derivatives

     76         82         51   

• Interest-rate derivatives - hedging

     -         2         1   

• Interest-rate derivatives - other

     4         24         237   

• Commodities derivatives

     -         -         -   

• Other tax payables

     315         361         350   

• Accrued wages and social charges

     1,055         1,080         850   

• Other current and non-current liabilities

     490         405         483   

NOTE 23    ALLOCATION OF 2011 NET INCOME (LOSS)

Our Board of Directors will propose at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on June 8, 2012 not to distribute a dividend for the year ended December 31, 2011. No distribution of dividends for the years  2010 and 2009 were made.

NOTE 24    EQUITY

a/ Number of shares comprising the capital stock

 

Number of shares    2011      2010      2009  
Number of ordinary shares issued (share capital)      2,325,383,328         2,318,385,548         2,318,060,818   
Treasury shares      (58,219,944)         (58,202,419)         (58,320,394)   

Number of shares in circulation

     2,267,163,384         2,260,183,129         2,259,740,424   
Weighting effect of share issues (of which stock options exercised)      (2,139,095)         (226,725)         (12,584)   
Weighting effect of treasury shares      (96)         (79,141)         (30,977)   

Number of shares used for calculating basic earnings per share

     2,265,024,193         2,259,877,263         2,259,696,863   

 

231


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

b/ Capital stock and additional paid-in capital

At December 31, 2011, the capital stock consisted of 2,325,383,328 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 (2,318,385,548 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 at December 31, 2010 and 2,318,060,818 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 at December 31, 2009).

During 2011, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 16 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 6,877,148 shares for 15 million, as a result of the exercise of options and performance shares (including additional paid-in capital of 1 million);

 

 

conversion of 20,632 convertible bonds into Alcatel-Lucent shares generating a capital increase of 0 million (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million); and

 

 

redemption of 100,000 bonds mandatorily redeemable for Alcatel-Lucent shares (ORA) issued in connection with the acquisition of Spatial Wireless in 2004 to cover stock options, generating a capital increase of 1 million (including additional paid-in capital of 1 million).

During 2010, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 1 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 319,962 shares for 1 million, as a result of the exercise of options, RSU and warrants (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million); and

 

 

conversion of 4,768 convertible bonds into Alcatel-Lucent shares generating a capital increase of 0 million (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million).

During 2009, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 1 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 1,803 shares for 0 million, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million); and

 

 

conversion of 17,254 convertible bonds into Alcatel-Lucent shares generating a capital increase of 1 million (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million).

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group can adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders (see Note 23), or repurchase its own shares (see Note 24e) or issue new shares, or issue convertible bonds or similar instruments (see Note 25).

The Group is not party to any contract restricting the issuance of additional equity.

c/ Stock options

At December 31, 2011, stock option plans (excluding Lucent derived plans) were as follows, however only part of the outstanding stock options are in the scope of IFRS 2 (see Note 24d):

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   1999-2000 U.S. Plans  
   U.S.$21.40-U.S.$84.88  
Outstanding at December 31, 2008      7,641,471   
Exercised      -   
Forfeited      -   
Expired      (673,929)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     5,970,996   
Exercised      -   
Forfeited      -   
Expired      (5,642,321)   
Outstanding at December 31, 2010      328,675   
Exercised      -   
Forfeited      -   
Expired      (328,675)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     -   

 

232


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2003 Plans  
   6.70      6.70      7.60      8.10      9.30      10.90      11.20      11.10  
Exercise period                                                                        
From     

 

03/07/04

03/07/07

  

  

    

 

07/01/06

07/01/07

  

  

    

 

06/18/04

06/18/07

  

  

    

 

07/01/04

07/01/07

  

  

    

 

09/01/04

09/01/07

  

  

    

 

10/01/04

10/01/07

  

  

    

 

11/14/04

11/14/07

  

  

    

 

12/01/04

12/01/07

  

  

To     

 

03/06/11

03/06/11

  

  

    

 

06/30/07

06/30/08

  

  

    

 

06/17/11

06/17/11

  

  

    

 

06/30/11

06/30/11

  

  

    

 

08/31/11

08/31/11

  

  

    

 

09/30/11

09/30/11

  

  

    

 

11/13/11

11/13/11

  

  

    

 

11/30/11

11/30/11

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     12,241,658         -         213,452         5,001         121,363         48,318         7,300         65,238   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,057,691)         -         (12,450)         -         (1,600)         1,500         (2,300)         (4,750)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     11,183,967         -         201,002         5,001         119,763         46,818         5,000         60,488   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,142,002)         -         (13,000)         -         -         (3,800)         -         (15,250)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     10,041,965         -         188,002         5,001         119,763         43,018         5,000         45,238   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Expired      (10,041,965)                  (188,002)         (5,001)         (119,763)         (43,018)         (5,000)         (45,238)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2004 Plans  
   13.20      13.10      12.80      11.70      9.90      9.80      11.20      11.90  
Exercise period         
From     

 

03/10/05

03/10/08

  

  

    

 

04/01/05

04/01/08

  

  

    

 

05/17/05

05/17/08

  

  

    

 

07/01/05

07/01/08

  

  

    

 

09/01/05

09/01/08

  

  

    

 

10/01/05

10/01/08

  

  

    

 

11/12/05

11/12/08

  

  

    

 

12/01/05

12/01/08

  

  

To     

 

03/09/12

03/09/12

  

  

    

 

03/31/12

03/31/12

  

  

    

 

05/16/12

05/16/12

  

  

    

 

06/30/12

06/30/12

  

  

    

 

08/31/12

08/31/12

  

  

    

 

09/30/12

09/30/12

  

  

    

 

11/11/12

11/11/12

  

  

    

 

11/30/12

11/30/12

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     13,222,816         17,800         44,901         197,950         29,050         89,789         26,700         33,800   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (2,318,253)         (1,500)         (5,000)         (21,250)         -         (8,601)         (1,200)         (3,500)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     10,904,563         16,300         39,901         176,700         29,050         81,188         25,500         30,300   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,118,795)         -         -         (7,807)         (3,000)         (6,000)         (1,700)         (1,300)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     9,785,768         16,300         39,901         168,893         26,050         75,188         23,800         29,000   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (750,600)         -         (16,000)         (9,500)         (2,500)         (6,350)         -         (2,000)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     9,035,168         16,300         23,901         159,393         23,550         68,838         23,800         27,000   

 

233


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2005 Plans  
   11.41      10.00      8.80      9.80      10.20  
Exercise period                                             
From     

 

01/03/06

01/03/09

  

  

    

 

03/10/06

03/10/09

  

  

    

 

06/01/06

06/01/09

  

  

    

 

09/01/06

09/01/09

  

  

    

 

11/14/06

11/14/09

  

  

To     

 

01/02/13

01/02/13

  

  

    

 

03/09/13

03/09/13

  

  

    

 

05/31/13

05/31/13

  

  

    

 

08/31/13

08/31/13

  

  

    

 

11/13/13

11/13/13

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     360,357         13,109,995         139,081         56,512         31,500   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (33,468)         (966,029)         (18,446)         (6,262)         (7,016)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     326,889         12,143,966         120,635         50,250         24,484   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (17,000)         (1,805,614)         (6,750)         (11,000)         -   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     309,889         10,338,352         113,885         39,250         24,484   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (25,450)         (786,407)         (28,000)         (800)         (6,500)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     284,439         9,551,945         85,885         38,450         17,984   

(In number of options)

Exercise price

         2006 Plans  
      11.70      12.00      9.30      10.40  
Exercise period                                         
From          

 

03/08/07

03/08/10

  

  

    

 

05/15/07

05/15/10

  

  

    

 

08/16/07

08/16/10

  

  

    

 

11/08/07

11/08/07

  

  

To          

 

03/07/14

03/07/14

  

  

    

 

05/14/14

05/14/14

  

  

    

 

08/15/14

08/15/14

  

  

    

 

11/07/14

11/07/14

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

          14,171,791         100,994         286,250         96,600   
Exercised           -         -         -         -   
Forfeited           (837,631)         (6,052)         (8,864)         (8,000)   
Expired           -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

          13,334,160         94,942         277,386         88,600   
Exercised           -         -         -         -   
Forfeited           (1,189,860)         (9,000)         (13,636)         (23,779)   
Expired           -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

          12,144,300         85,942         263,750         64,821   
Exercised           -         -         -         -   
Forfeited           (1,653,596)         (11,000)         (14,700)         (33,333)   
Expired           -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

          10,490,704         74,942         249,050         31,488   

 

234


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2007 Plans  
   10.00      9.10      9.00      6.30  
Exercise period                                    
From     

 

03/11/08

03/11/11

  

  

    

 

03/28/08

03/28/11

  

  

    

 

08/16/08

08/16/11

  

  

    

 

11/15/08

11/15/08

  

  

To     

 

03/10/15

03/10/15

  

  

    

 

03/27/15

03/27/15

  

  

    

 

08/15/15

08/15/15

  

  

    

 

11/14/15

11/14/15

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     169,711         34,907,038         297,153         214,300   
Exercised      -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (2,958)         (2,309,056)         (30,274)         (1,126)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     166,753         32,597,982         266,879         213,174   
Exercised      -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (21,800)         (4,425,899)         (37,673)         (62,951)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     144,953         28,172,083         229,206         150,223   
Exercised      -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (12,000)         (2,524,534)         (30,749)         (11,000)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     132,953         25,647,549         198,457         139,223   

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2008 Plans  
   3.80      3.80      4.40      3.90      2.00  
Exercise period                                             
From     

 

03/25/09

03/25/12

  

  

    

 

04/04/09

04/04/12

  

  

    

 

07/01/09

07/01/12

  

  

    

 

09/17/09

09/17/12

  

  

    

 

12/31/09

12/31/12

  

  

To     

 

03/24/16

03/24/16

  

  

    

 

04/03/16

04/03/16

  

  

    

 

06/30/16

06/30/16

  

  

    

 

09/16/16

09/16/16

  

  

    

 

12/30/16

12/30/16

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     45,439,401         800,000         223,700         250,000         2,052,400   
Exercised      -         -         -         -            
Forfeited      (2,228,953)         (316,667)         (18,167)         -         (15,800)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     43,210,448         483,433         205,533         250,000         2,036,600   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         (11,091)   
Forfeited      (4,032,916)         -         (39,750)         -         (20,392)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     39,177,532         483,333         165,783         250,000         2,005,117   
Exercised      (1,355,248)         -         -         -         (232,476)   
Forfeited      (1,891,541)         -         (14,500)         -         (24,251)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     35,930,743         483,333         151,283         250,000         1,748,390   

 

235


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2009 Plans  
   2.00      2.00      2.90      2.50  
Exercise period                                    
From     

 

03/18/10

03/18/13

  

  

    

 

07/01/10

07/01/13

  

  

    

 

10/01/10

10/01/13

  

  

    

 

12/01/10

12/01/13

  

  

To     

 

03/17/17

03/17/17

  

  

    

 

06/30/17

06/30/17

  

  

    

 

09/30/17

09/30/17

  

  

    

 

11/30/17

11/30/17

  

  

Granted      52,387,510         443,500         282,500         108,400   
Exercised      (2,000)         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,971,000)         -         -         -   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     50,414,510         443,500         282,500         108,400   
Exercised      (204,623)         (3,873)         -         -   
Forfeited      (2,916,592)         (34,902)         (23,000)         (7,000)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     47,293,295         404,725         259,500         101,400   
Exercised      (4,123,201)         (12,334)         (15,829)         -   
Forfeited      (975,897)         (11,459)         (9,167)         (1,221)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     42,194,197         380,932         234,504         100,179   

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2010 Plans  
   2.40      2.20      2.30      2.20  
Exercise period                                    
From     

 

03/17/11

03/17/14

  

  

    

 

07/01/11

07/01/14

  

  

    

 

10/01/11

10/01/14

  

  

    

 

12/09/11

12/09/14

  

  

To     

 

03/16/18

03/16/18

  

  

    

 

06/30/18

06/30/18

  

  

    

 

09/30/18

09/30/18

  

  

    

 

12/08/18

12/08/18

  

  

Granted      18,734,266         721,000         851,000         125,500   
Exercised      -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (559,284)         (6,000)         (3,000)         -   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     18,174,982         715,000         848,000         125,500   
Exercised      (368,397)         (2,500)         -         -   
Forfeited      (476,167)         (33,501)         (55,500)         (2,000)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     17,330,418         678,999         792,500         123,500   

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2011 Plans  
   3.20      3.70      4.20      2.50      2.00  
Exercise period                                             
From     

 

03/01/12

03/01/15

  

  

    

 

03/16/12

03/16/15

  

  

    

 

06/01/12

06/01/15

  

  

    

 

09/01/12

09/01/15

  

  

    

 

12/01/12

12/01/15

  

  

To     

 

02/28/19

03/28/19

  

  

    

 

03/15/19

03/15/19

  

  

    

 

05/31/19

05/31/19

  

  

    

 

08/31/19

08/31/19

  

  

    

 

11/30/19

11/30/19

  

  

Granted      605,000         11,251,125         414,718         171,000         145,500   
Exercised      -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (12,000)         (304,463)         (6,000)         (6,000)         -   
Expired               -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     593,000         10,946,662         408,718         165,000         145,500   

The option plans of companies that were acquired by Alcatel provide for the issuance of Alcatel-Lucent shares or ADSs upon exercise of options granted under such plans in an amount determined by applying the exchange ratio used in the acquisition to the number of shares of the acquired company that were the subject of the options (see the following table).

 

236


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

The following table sets forth the U.S. companies (other than Lucent) that issued these plans, the range of exercise prices, the number of outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2011, the weighted average exercise price and the weighted average exercise period.

 

            Outstanding options      Exercisable options  
Company    Exercise price      Number
outstanding at
December 31,
2011 (1)
     Weighted
remaining
exercise
period (years)
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number
exercisable at
December 31,
2011 (1)
     Weighted
average
exercise price
 
Astral Point      9.95         10,579         0.04         9.95         10,579         9.95   
Telera      6.36         6,569         0.15         6.36         6,569         6.36   
TiMetra      0.92 - 7.97         951,636         1.47         7.43         951,636         7.43   
Spatial Wireless      0.48 - 9.10         212,457         2.25         4.30         212,457         4.30   

Total number of options

              1,181,241                           1,181,241            

 

(1) In number of Alcatel-Lucent shares.

Upon exercise, Alcatel-Lucent will issue new ADSs (and, consequently, shares).

Former Lucent stock-based awards

As indicated in the business combination agreement with Lucent, each outstanding option to purchase shares granted under Lucent’s compensation or benefit plans or agreements pursuant to which shares may be issued (excluding the Lucent 2001 employee stock purchase plan), whether vested or not vested, was converted into a right to acquire the number of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares determined by applying the exchange ratio used in the transaction. The exercise price is equal to the product of (a) the quotient of (i) the U.S. dollar exercise price per share otherwise purchasable pursuant to such Lucent stock option, divided by (ii) the exchange ratio, multiplied by (b) the euro exchange rate of 1.22.

Stock option activity for former Lucent plans is as follows:

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   Former Lucent plans  
   9.35      10.89      15.28  
Exercise period                           
From      11/01/07         12/01/06         12/01/06   
To      10/31/13         11/30/12         11/30/11   

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     3,710,010         3,454,818         6,464,771   
Exercised      -         -         -   
Forfeited      (427,337)         (401,399)         (757,041)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     3,282,673         3,053,419         5,707,730   
Exercised      -         -         -   
Forfeited      (381,860)         (368,644)         (618,843)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,900,813         2,684,775         5,088,887   
Exercised      -         -         -   
Forfeited      -         -         -   
Expired      (250,754)         (561,903)         (5,088,887)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     2,650,059         2,122,872         -   

 

237


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   Former Lucent plans  
   0.28 to 10.00      10.01 to 20.00      20.01 and more  
Exercise period                           
From      12/01/06         12/01/06         12/01/06   
To      12/03/06         12/01/06         12/01/06   
       05/03/14         12/01/14         01/05/12   

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     471,066         520,879         4,630,958   
Exercised      (3,526)         -         -   
Forfeited      (22,206)         (101,464)         (1,628,781)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     45,334         419,415         3,002,177   
Exercised      (3,620)         -         -   
Forfeited      (199,525)         (82,473)         (1,939,241)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     242,189         336,942         1,062,936   
Exercised      (20,632)         -         -   
Forfeited      (64,846)         (152,386)         -   
Expired      -         -         (457,472)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     156,711         184,556         605,464   

d/ Share-based payments

By simplification, for historical Alcatel plans, during the vesting period and as a result of employees leaving the Group, no share-based payment forfeitures are taken into account when determining compensation expense for share-based payments granted. During the vesting period and as a result of employees leaving the Group, the accounting impact of share-based payment forfeiture is recognized when the forfeiture is made. For share-based payments cancelled by forfeiture before the end of the vesting period, this can mean correcting the charge, recognized in prior accounting periods, in the period following the forfeiture.

During the vesting period, estimated annual forfeiture rates of 5% for share-based payments granted by Alcatel-Lucent since March 2007 are applied when determining compensation expense. The estimated forfeiture rate is ultimately adjusted to actual.

Share-based payments cancelled after the vesting period and share-based payments not exercised do not result in correcting charges previously recognized.

Stock options

Fair value

The fair value of stock options is measured at granting date using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial model. This allows behavioral factors governing the exercise of stock options to be taken into consideration and to consider that all options will not be systematically exercised by the end of the exercise period. The expected volatility is determined as being the implied volatility at the grant date.

Assumptions for the main plans are as follows:

 

 

expected volatility: 33% for the March 2007 plan, 45% for the March 2008 plan, 64% for the March 2009 plan, 45% for the March 2010 plan and 40% for the March 2011 plan;

 

 

risk-free rate: 4% for the March 2007 plan, 3.90% for the March 2008 Plan, 3.00% for the March 2009, March 2010 plans and March 2011 plans; and

 

 

distribution rate on future income: 0.8% per year.

Based on these assumptions, the fair values of Alcatel-Lucent options used in the calculation of compensation expense for share-based payments are as follows:

 

 

March 2007 plan with an exercise price of 9.10: fair value of 3.04;

 

 

March 2008 plan with an exercise price of 3.80: fair value of 1.50;

 

 

March 2009 plan with an exercise price of 2.00: fair value of 0.49;

 

 

March 2009 all employees plan with an exercise price of 2.00: fair value of 0.46;

 

 

March 2010 plan with an exercise price of 2.40: fair value of 0.95;

 

238


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

 

March 2011 plan with an exercise price of 3.70: fair value of 1.40; and

 

 

Other plans have fair values between 0.41 and 3.42 and a weighted average fair value of 1.25.

Impact on income (loss) from operating activities of share-based payments resulting from stock options, stock purchase plans and restricted stock and cash units

Compensation expense recognized for share-based payments in accordance with IFRS 2 is analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Compensation expense for share-based payments      35         39         59   
Presented in the income statement:                           

    cost of sales

     7         10         14   

    administrative and selling expenses

     20         18         27   

    research and development costs

     8         11         17   

    restructuring costs

              -         1   

Of which equity settled

     29         38         58   

Of which cash settled (1)

     6         1         1   

 

(1) Includes phantom share grants and French taxes paid at the grant date by Alcatel-Lucent for stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares granted from January 1, 2008 onwards.

Characteristics of subscription stock option plans or stock purchase plans recognized in compliance with IFRS 2.

Vesting conditions for options granted before May 2010 except for the March 2009 all employees plan granted after May 2008 to Management Committee members:

The following rules are applicable to all plans granted before May 2010 except for the March 2009 all employees plan and for options granted after May 2008 to Management Committee members:

 

 

vesting is gradual: options vest in successive portions over 4 years, for which 25% of the options are vested if the employee remains employed after 12 months and, for each month after the first year, 1/48 of the options are vested if the employee remains employed by the Group; and

 

 

exercise period depends on country: in some countries, stock options can be exercised as soon as they are vested; in other countries, stock options cannot be exercised during a four-year vesting period. Whatever the beginning of the exercise period is, stock options terminate 8 years after the grant date.

Vesting conditions for options granted after May 2008 and before December 2010 to Management Committee members:

The following rules are applicable to all plans granted after May 2008 and before December 2010 by Alcatel-Lucent to Management Committee members:

 

 

vesting is gradual: for employees with a French employment contract, options vest in successive portions over 4 years, for which 50% of the options are vested if the employee remains employed after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years. For other employees, options vest linearly over 4 years (25% per year); and

 

 

exercise period depends on country: in some countries, stock options can be exercised as soon as they vest; in other countries, stock options cannot be exercised during a four-year vesting period. Whatever the beginning of the exercise period is, stock options terminate 8 years after the grant date; and

 

 

in compliance with the commitment made by our Board of Directors at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held on May 30, 2008, 50% of options granted after this date to Management Committee members are also subject to an additional exercisability condition linked to the performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares. The share price of Alcatel-Lucent shares will be measured yearly in relation to a representative sample of 14 peer group companies that are solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (this figure may be revised in line with market changes). The number of vested stock options that will be exercisable will be measured annually in proportion to our stock price’s performance as compared to our peer group. This annual measurement will occur over a four-year period, beginning from the grant date. At the Board meeting closest to the end of each twelve month period, our Board, after consultation with the Compensation Committee, will determine whether or not the stock performance target has been met for the prior year, based on an annual study conducted by a third party consulting firm.

 

239


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

Vesting conditions for options granted after January 2011 to Management Committee members:

The following rules are applicable to all plans granted after January 2011 by Alcatel-Lucent to Management Committee members:

 

 

vesting is gradual: for employees with a French employment contract, options vest in successive portions over 4 years, for which 50% of the options are vested if the employee remains employed after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years. For other employees, options vest linearly over 4 years (25% per year); and

 

 

exercise period depends on country: in some countries, stock options can be exercised as soon as they vest; in other countries, stock options cannot be exercised during a four-year vesting period. Whatever the beginning of the exercise period is, stock options terminate 8 years after the grant date; and

 

 

in compliance with the commitment made by our Board of Directors at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held on May 30, 2008, 50% of options granted after this date to Management Committee members are also subject to an additional exercisability condition. Starting January 2011, this condition is linked to a financial criterion based on the “Free Cash Flow”. At the end of each period, depending on the performance level achieved, a coefficient of 100%, 75%, 50% or 0% is used to calculate the number of rights vested for each period.

Vesting conditions for the March 2009 all employees plan:

On March 18, 2009, our Board of Directors authorized the grant of 400 stock options to all of our employees, subject to compliance with the relevant laws of the countries where the beneficiaries work. The following rules are applicable:

 

 

these options will vest, subject to the service conditions, in two successive tranches, at 50% per year over two years; and

 

 

exercise period depends on country: in some countries, stock options can be exercised as soon as they vest; in other countries, stock options cannot be exercised during a four-year vesting period. Whatever the beginning of the exercise period is, stock options terminate 8 years after the grant date.

Vesting conditions for options granted after June 2010

The following rules are applicable to all plans granted after June 2010 by Alcatel-Lucent except for options granted to Management Committee members:

 

 

vesting is gradual: for employees with a French employment contract, options vest in successive portions over 4 years, for which 50% of the options are vested if the employee remains employed after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years. For other employees, options vest linearly over 4 years (25% per year); and

 

 

exercise period depends on country: in some countries, stock options can be exercised as soon as they are vested; in other countries, stock options cannot be exercised during a four-year vesting period. Whatever the beginning of the exercise period is, stock options terminate 8 years after the grant date.

Plans related to acquired companies

Certain plans that existed at companies acquired in business combinations were converted into historical Alcatel or Alcatel-Lucent subscription stock option plans or stock purchase plans. For plans of companies acquired, the vesting conditions and the option lives of the original plans remain in place.

For former Lucent stock options, vesting rules remain unchanged. Stock options usually vest linearly over a 4-year period (25% per year) and can be exercised as soon as they vest.

Conditions of settlement

All stock options granted by historical Alcatel, Lucent (prior to the business combination) or Alcatel-Lucent are exclusively settled in shares.

Number of options granted and changes in number of options

In the case of a business combination, outstanding stock options at the acquisition date of a company acquired by Alcatel-Lucent are usually converted into options to purchase Alcatel-Lucent shares using the same exchange ratio as for the acquired shares of the target company. Unvested options at the acquisition date are accounted for at their fair value as deferred compensation in equity (included in additional paid-in capital).

 

240


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

Stock option plans covered by IFRS 2 (excluding all Lucent plans) and the change in number of stock options generating compensation expense are:

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2007 Plans      2008 Plans  
   9.10     

6.30

to 10.0

     3.80     

2.00

to 4.40

 
Exercise period                                    
From     

 

03/28/08

03/28/11

  

  

    

 

03/01/08

11/15/11

  

  

    

 

03/25/09

03/25/12

  

  

    

 

04/04/09

12/31/12

  

  

To     

 

03/27/15

03/27/15

  

  

    

 

02/28/15

11/14/15

  

  

    

 

03/24/16

03/24/16

  

  

    

 

04/03/16

12/30/16

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     34,907,038         681,164         45,439,401         3,326,100   
Granted                                    
Exercised      -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (2,309,056)         (34,358)         (2,228,953)         (350,634)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     32,597,982         646,806         43,210,448         2,975,466   
Granted      -         -         -         -   
Exercised      -         -         -         (11,091)   
Forfeited      (4,425,899)         (122,424)         (4,032,916)         (60,142)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     28,172,083         524,382         39,177,532         2,904,233   
Granted      -         -         -         -   
Exercised      -         -         (1,355,248)         (232,476)   
Forfeited      (2,524,534)         (53,749)         (1,891,541)         (38,751)   
Expired      -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     25,647,549         470,633         35,930,743         2,633,006   

Of which could be exercised

     25,647,549         470,633         34,043,587         864,459   
Average share price at exercise during the period      -         -         4.20         3.40   

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2009 Plans      2010 Plans  
   2.00      2.00      2.00 to
2.90
     2.40     

2.20 to

2.30

 
Exercise period                                             
From     

 

03/18/10

03/18/13

  

  

    

 

03/18/10

03/18/13

  

  

    

 

07/01/10

12/01/13

  

  

    

 

03/17/11

03/17/14

  

  

    

 

07/01/11

12/09/14

  

  

To     

 

03/17/17

03/17/17

  

  

    

 

03/17/17

03/17/17

  

  

    

 

06/30/17

11/30/17

  

  

    

 

03/16/18

03/16/18

  

  

    

 

06/30/18

12/08/18

  

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     -         -         -         -         -   
Granted      30,656,400         21,731,110         834,400         -         -   
Exercised      (2,000)         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,971,000)         -         -         -         -   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     28,683,400         21,731,110         834,400         -         -   
Granted      -         -         -         18,734,266         1,697,500   
Exercised      (50,230)         (154,393)         (3,873)         -         -   
Forfeited      (1,638,782)         (1,277,810)         (64,902)         (559,284)         (9,000)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     26,994,388         20,298,907         765,625         18,174,982         1,688,500   
Granted      -         -         -         -         -   
Exercised      (2,407,670)         (1,715,531)         (28,163)         (368,397)         (2,500)   
Forfeited      (405,789)         (570,108)         (21,847)         (476,167)         (91,001)   
Expired      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     24,180,929         18,013,268         715,615         17,330,418         1,594,999   

Of which could be exercised

     24,180,929         11,295,613         411,050         7,075,131         264,209   
Average share price at exercise during the period      3.96         3.81         3.96         4.03         4.08   

 

241


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

 

(In number of options)

Exercise price

   2011 Plans          
   3.70      2.00 to
4.20
    

Total 2007 to

2011 plans

 
Exercise period                           
From     

 

03/16/12

03/16/15

  

  

    

 

03/01/12

12/01/15

  

  

        
To     

 

03/15/19

03/15/19

  

  

    

 

02/28/19

11/30/19

  

  

        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     -         -         84,353,703   
Granted      -         -         53,221,910   
Exercised      -         -         (2,000)   
Forfeited      -         -         (6,894,001)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     -         -         130,679,612   
Granted      -         -         20,431,766   
Exercised      -         -         (219,587)   
Forfeited      -         -         (12,191,159)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     -         -         138,700,632   
Granted      11,251,125         1,336,218         12,587,343   
Exercised      -         -         (6,109,985)   
Forfeited      (304,463)         (24,000)         (6,401,950)   
Expired      -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     10,946,662         1,312,218         138,776,040   

Of which could be exercised

     224,962         30,000         104,508,122   
Average share price at exercise during the period      -         -         3.95   

Performance shares

Fair value of Performance shares granted by Alcatel-Lucent

The fair value of performance shares with service conditions only is measured at granting date as being the Alcatel-Lucent share price discounted by the assumed distribution rate on future income, set at 0.8% per year. The fair value of other performance shares is measured at granting date using some stochastic models.

Based on this assumption, the fair values of Alcatel-Lucent performance shares used in the calculation of compensation expense for share-based payments are as follows:

 

 

September 17, 2008 plan: fair value of 3.05;

 

 

October 29, 2008 plan: fair value of 1.63;

 

 

March 18, 2009 plan: fair value of 1.19;

 

 

March 17, 2010 plan: fair value of 2.40; and

 

 

March 16, 2011 plan: fair value of 3.05.

Vesting conditions for Performance Shares granted in 2008, 2009 and 2010

The following rules are applicable to all performance share plans granted by Alcatel-Lucent in 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

 

service condition: For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office in France, his/her performance shares will vest at the end of a two-year vesting period. Such performance shares will be available following the expiration of a two-year holding period. For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office outside of France, the vesting period is four years, with no additional holding period; and

 

 

performance condition: Evaluation of the Group’s performance must be based on the same criteria as those used for the Global Annual Incentive Plan. For each of the criteria, quantified targets will be fixed at the start of each year for the current fiscal year. At the end of the two or four-year vesting periods, so long as the beneficiary has been an employee of the Group for two years (with limited exceptions) the number of performance shares that will vest will depend on the achievement, based on an average, of the annual Group performance targets set by our Board for the two or four-year periods.

 

242


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

Vesting conditions for Performance Shares granted in 2011

The following rules are applicable to all performance share plans granted by Alcatel-Lucent in 2011:

 

 

service condition: For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office in France, his/her performance shares will vest at the end of a two-year vesting period. Such performance shares will be available following the expiration of a two-year holding period. For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office outside of France, the vesting period is four years, with no additional holding period; and

 

 

performance condition: It is based on the Alcatel-Lucent share price performance measured over two years against a representative sample of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector. The sample was chosen to obtain Alcatel-Lucent’s ranking among the following issuers: F5 Networks, Ciena, Juniper, ZTE, Tellabs, Arris, Cisco, ADTRAN, Comverse, Nokia, Ericsson and Motorola Solutions Inc. This sample of providers may be revised as the companies included evolve (due to mergers, bankruptcies, etc). The reference share price is calculated on the basis of the opening price for Alcatel-Lucent shares on the Euronext Paris market for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period. The changes in the share price of Alcatel-Lucent and the other issuers in the sample are measured at the end of the two reference periods of one year, which each counts for 50% of the rights granted. Depending on Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance, a different coefficient is used to calculate the number of rights acquired during each period. The coefficient may be 100%, 70%, 50%, 20% and 0%, the latter corresponding to the case where Alcatel-Lucent is last in this ranking. The coefficient used for the second period applies to the balance of rights that are not acquired during the first period. For the purposes of determining the final number of vested performance shares at the expiration of the vesting period, with respect to the employees in Group companies having their registered office outside France, the performance of the Company’s share price and of the other issuers, who form part of the representative selection, will be calculated once again on the fourth anniversary date of the Grant Date. All issuers’ reference share prices at the Grant date will be compared to the average of all issuers’ reference share prices determined at each anniversary date of the Grant date during the 4-year vesting period, in order to establish a ranking of the Company and the other issuers in accordance with the performance of their share price for the whole four-year period. If the Company is not ranked in last position, the total number of performance shares as determined at the end of the second period will finally vest at the end of the vesting period.

Conditions of settlement:

All performance shares granted by Alcatel-Lucent are exclusively settled in shares.

Number of performance shares granted and changes in number of performance shares

Performance shares covered by IFRS 2 and the change in number of performance shares generating compensation expense are:

 

(In number of performance shares)

Grant date

   09/17/2008      10/29/2008      03/18/2009      03/17/2010      03/16/2011  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     100,000         250,000         -         -         -   
Granted      -         -         6,982,956         -         -   
Acquired      -         -         -         -         -   
Forfeited      -         -         -         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     100,000         250,000         6,982,956         -         -   
Granted      -         -         -         7,314,502         -   
Acquired      (100,000)         -         (375)         -         -   
Forfeited      -         -         (491,899)         (245,781)         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     -         250,000         6,490,682         7,068,721         -   
Granted      -         -         -         -         10,139,786   
Acquired      -         (250,000)         (514,001)         (1,078)         -   
Forfeited      -         -         (673,518)         (193,665)         (355,576)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     -         -         5,303,163         6,873,978         9,784,210   

e/ Treasury stock

Alcatel-Lucent established a buy-back program for the ordinary shares, which was renewed at the shareholders’ annual general meeting held on June 1, 2010, for the purpose of allocating those shares to employees of the Group under the terms provided by law, of honouring obligations arising from the issuance of securities conferring a right to the capital of the company or for use in an exchange or as payment for acquisitions. The purchases are limited to a maximum of 10% of the capital stock, and the authorization expires 18 months from the most recent shareholders’ general meeting at which authorization was given. As part of this program, no shares were purchased through December 31, 2011 (no shares were purchased in 2010 or 2009).

 

243


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

 

The carrying value of Alcatel-Lucent shares owned by Group consolidated subsidiaries was 1,567 million at December 31, 2011 (1,566 million at December 31, 2010 and 1,567 million at December 31, 2009). They are deducted at cost from retained earnings.

f/ Non-controlling interests

 

(In millions of euros)        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     591   
Other changes (1)      (42)   
Non-controlling interests in 2009 income      20   

Balance at December 31, 2009

     569   
Other changes (1)      49   
Non-controlling interests in 2010 income      42   

Balance at December 31, 2010

     660   
Other changes (1)      38   
Non-controlling interests in 2011 income      49   

Balance at December 31, 2011

     747   

 

(1) This amount primarily relates to net gains (losses) recognized directly in equity attributable to non-controlling interests.

NOTE 25    COMPOUND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Compound financial instruments (convertible bonds)

 

(In millions of euros)   Oceane 2015     Oceane 2011  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
Statement of financial position                                                
Equity component     139        177        211        -        -        23   

Equity

    139        177        211        -        -        23   
Convertible bonds - due after one year     861        823        789        -        -        815   
Convertible bonds - due within one year and interest paid and payable     26        25        16        -        857        39   

Financial debt

    887        848        805        -        857        854   

Income statement

                                               
Finance costs relating to gross debt     (88)        (84)        (25)        -        (42)        (53)   

 

(In millions of euros)

  7.75% Lucent     2.875% Series A, Lucent     2.875% Series B, Lucent  
     December
31, 2011
    December
31, 2010
    December
31, 2009
    December
31, 2011
    December
31, 2010
    December
31, 2009
    December
31, 2011
    December
31, 2010
    December
31, 2009
 
Statement of financial position                                                                        
Equity component     76        84        87        24        25        7        259        263        254   

Equity

    76        84        87        24        25        7        259        263        254   
Convertible bonds - due after one year     660        630        578        51        48        -        444        420        381   
Convertible bonds - due within one year and interest paid and payable     3        2        2        -        -        362        1        1        1   

Financial debt

    663        632        580        51        48        362        445        421        382   
Income statement                                                                        
Finance costs relating to gross debt     (60)        (62)        (58)        (3)        (13)        (31)        (28)        (29)        (27)   

 

244


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

a/ OCEANE (Obligations à option de conversion et/ou d’échange en actions nouvelles ou existantes) issued by Alcatel before the business combination

On June 12, 2003, historical Alcatel issued 63,192,019 bonds having a nominal value of 16.18 each, convertible into new or existing ordinary shares (OCEANE) for a total value of 1,022 million. These bonds matured on January 1, 2011 and bore interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum.

These bonds had a buy-back option that Alcatel-Lucent could exercise in the period from June 12, 2008 to December 31, 2010.

The OCEANE bonds were considered a compound financial instrument containing an equity component and a debt component. Early application of the buy-back option did not require any separate accounting, as the repurchase price was at nominal value and the buy-back option was a derivative closely linked to the debt issuance. The buy-back option was therefore included in the debt component of this compound financial instrument. At the time of issuance, the debt component was valued at 861 million, which corresponded to the present value of a similar bond issue but without any equity component. The equity component included in equity was valued at 161 million at the date of issuance.

The costs that relate to the issuance of a compound financial instrument are allocated to the component parts in proportion to the allocation of proceeds. The costs to be allocated to the debt component were valued at 13 million. Thus the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance was 848 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance, equal to 174 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

12,627,240 bonds were repurchased during the third and the fourth quarters of 2009 (see Note 26).

1,148 bonds were converted in December 2010 with a corresponding issuance of 1,148 new shares.

The remaining 50,563,631 bonds as of December 31, 2010 were redeemed on January 1, 2011 for an amount of 818 million.

b/ OCEANE issued by Alcatel-Lucent

On September 10, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent issued 309,597,523 bonds having a nominal value of 3.23 each, convertible into new or existing ordinary shares (OCEANE) for a total value of 1,000 million. These bonds mature on January 1, 2015 and bear interest at a rate of 5.00% per annum.

The bondholders may request that the bonds be converted and/or exchanged into new and/or existing shares of the Company at any time after October 20, 2009 and until the seventh business day preceding the maturity date or the relevant early redemption date.

Moreover, these bonds have a buy-back option that Alcatel-Lucent can exercise in the period from January 1, 2014 until the maturity date of the bonds, if the quoted price of the Company’s shares exceeds 130% of the par value of the bonds.

The OCEANE bonds are considered as a compound financial instrument containing an equity component and a debt component. Early application of the buy-back option does not require any separate accounting, as the repurchase price is at nominal value and the buy-back option is a derivative closely linked to the debt issuance. The buy-back option is therefore included in the debt component of this compound financial instrument. At the time of issuance, the debt component was valued at 800 million, which corresponded to the present value of a similar bond issue but without any equity component. The equity component included in equity was valued at 200 million at the date of issuance.

The costs to be allocated to the debt component were valued at 21 million. Thus the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance was 779 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance, equal to 221 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 10.45% including debt issuance costs.

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the debt component of the OCEANE bonds was 690 million (see Note 27h) and the market value of the OCEANE bonds was 753 million (900 million and 1,053 million respectively as of December 31, 2010, 829 million and 1,108 million as of December 31, 2009).

c/ Compound financial instruments issued by Lucent before the business combination

2.875% Series A and B Convertible Debentures

Alcatel-Lucent launched a joint solicitation of consent from holders of record as of December 14, 2006, of Lucent’s 2.75% Series A Convertible Senior Debentures due 2023 and 2.75% Series B Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (collectively, the “Debentures”) to amend the Indenture for the Debentures, in return for a full and unconditional guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent, which is unsecured and subordinated to its senior debt, a one-time adjustment to the conversion ratio, a further adjustment to the conversion ratios upon cash dividends or distributions on Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares in excess of 0.08 per share annually and a change of the interest rate to 2.875% from 2.75%.

 

245


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

 

The amendment allows Alcatel-Lucent to provide such information, documents and other reports that are required to be filed by Alcatel-Lucent pursuant to Sections 13 and 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to holders of the Debentures, instead of having to produce separate statements for Lucent after the completion of the business combination. The consent solicitation was completed on December 29, 2006. As a result, the terms of Lucent’s 2.75% convertible senior debentures were modified as follows:

 

     Series A      Series B  
      Old Terms      New Terms      Old Terms      New Terms  
Coupon rate      2.75%         2.875%         2.75%         2.875%   
Conversion ratio      58.4431         59.7015         62.5641         65.1465   

The debentures rank equal in priority with all of the existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of Lucent’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The terms governing the debentures limit the ability to create liens, secure certain indebtedness and merge with or sell substantially all of its assets to another entity.

As a result of the acquisition, the debentures are convertible into Alcatel-Lucent ADSs (American Depository Shares) and cash in lieu of fractional ADSs. The debentures are convertible into ADSs only if (1) the sale price of the ADSs for at least twenty trading days during the period of thirty consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 120% of the applicable conversion price, (2) the trading price of the debentures is less than 97% of the product of the sale price of the ADSs and the conversion rate during any five consecutive trading-day periods, (3) the debentures have been called for redemption by Lucent or (4) certain specified corporate actions occur.

At Lucent’s option, the debentures are redeemable for cash after certain dates (optional redemption periods) at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at Lucent’s option, the debentures are redeemable earlier (provisional redemption periods) if the sale price of the ADSs exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price. Under these circumstances, the redemption price would also include a make-whole payment equal to the present value of all remaining scheduled interest payments through the end of the optional redemption periods.

At the option of the holder, the debentures are redeemable on certain dates at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In these circumstances, Lucent may pay the purchase price with cash, ADSs (with the ADSs to be valued at a 5% discount from the then current market price) or a combination of both.

The following table summarizes the specific terms of these securities.

 

      Series A    Series B  
Amount outstanding as at December 31, 2011    U.S.$ 94,969,668      U.S.$ 880,500,000   
Conversion ratio    59.7015      65.1465   
Conversion price    U.S.$ 16.75      U.S.$ 15.35   
Redemption periods at the option of the issuer:              
Provisional redemption periods   

June 20, 2008

through June 19, 2010

    

 

June 20, 2009

through June 19, 2013

  

  

Optional redemption periods    After June 19, 2010      After June 19, 2013   
Redemption dates at the option of the holder    June 15, 2010, 2015 and 2020      June 15, 2013 and 2019   
Maturity dates    June 15, 2023      June 15, 2025   

In June 2009, we re-assessed the reliability of the future estimated cash flows from Lucent’s 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures. Based upon the remaining period until the next optional redemption date (i.e. June 15, 2010), the current and recent share price and other market data, we considered as a reliable estimate that bondholders would redeem the bonds on the optional redemption date. Therefore, the estimated future cash flows associated with this convertible debenture were changed and the accounting presentation was amended in accordance with IAS 39 requirements. The outstanding nominal value of the Series A convertible debentures was US$ 455 million just before June 15, 2010. By this date, a nominal value of US$ 360 million of Series A debentures had been presented for reimbursement. The US$ 360 million plus accrued interest was paid in cash to the bondholders. At June 30, 2010 and for the remaining US$ 95 million of bonds outstanding, we did not consider it possible to estimate reliably the future cash flows and the expected life of the remaining debentures. This is because the next optional redemption date of June 15, 2015 is too far in the future and too many uncertainties exist concerning Alcatel-Lucent’s share price and other market data to envisage the redemption of these debentures as of June 15, 2015. Thus, and as prescribed by IAS 39, we applied the initial accounting treatment and adjusted the carrying amount of the outstanding Series A convertible debentures, using the contractual cash flows up to the contractual maturity date of the debentures, that is June 15, 2023. A profit of US$ 32 million (24 million-see Note 8) was recognized in “Other financial income (loss)” in the second quarter of 2010, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the Series A convertible debentures.

 

246


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 6.79% for Series A and 6.83% for Series B.

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the debt component of the remaining convertible bonds (see Note 27h) was 53 million for Series A and 563 million for Series B (71 million and 578 million respectively as of December 31, 2010 and 350 million and 450 million respectively as of December 31, 2009) and the market value of the remaining convertible bonds was 53 million for Series A and 594 million for Series B (71 million and 621 million respectively as of December 31, 2010 and 350 million and 524 million respectively as of December 31, 2009).

7.75% Convertible Securities (Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities)

During fiscal year 2002, Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) sold 7.75% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities for an aggregate amount of U.S.$1.75 billion. The Trust used the proceeds to purchase Lucent Technologies Inc. 7.75% convertible subordinated debentures due March 15, 2017, which represent all of the Trust’s assets. The terms of the trust preferred securities are substantially the same as the terms of the debentures. Lucent Technologies Inc. (now known as Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.) owns all of the common securities of the Trust and as a result consolidates the Trust.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. may redeem the debentures, in whole or in part, for cash at premiums equal to 100.78 % at the end of 2011 (101.55% at the end of 2010) and which will equal 100.00% on March 20, 2012 and thereafter. To the extent Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. redeems debentures, the Trust is required to redeem a corresponding amount of trust preferred securities. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent Alcatel-Lucent Inc. makes payments on the debentures to the Trust.

The ability of the Trust to pay dividends depends on the receipt of interest payments on the debentures. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has the right to defer payments of interest on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. If payment of interest on the debentures is deferred, the Trust will defer the quarterly distributions on the trust preferred securities for a corresponding period. Deferred interest accrues at an annual rate of 9.25%. At the option of the holder, each trust preferred security is convertible into Alcatel-Lucent ADSs, subject to an additional adjustment under certain circumstances. The following table summarizes the terms of this security.

 

Conversion ratio      40.3306   
Conversion price      U.S.$24.80   
Redemption period at Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s option      After March 19, 2007   
Maturity date      March 15, 2017   

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 9.81%.

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the debt component of the remaining convertible bonds (see Note 27h) was 439 million and the market value of the remaining convertible bonds was 441 million (615 million and 617 million respectively as of December 31, 2010 and 490 million and 502 million respectively as of December 31, 2009).

NOTE 26    PENSIONS, RETIREMENT INDEMNITIES AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

In accordance with the laws and customs of each country, the Group provides to its employees pension plans, certain medical insurance and reimbursement of medical expenses. In France, Group employees benefit from a retirement indemnity plan. In other countries, the plans depend upon local legislation, the business and the historical practice of the subsidiary concerned.

In addition to state pension plans, the plans can be defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. In the latter case, such plans are wholly or partially funded by assets solely to support these plans (equity securities, bonds, insurance contracts or other types of dedicated investments).

State plans

In certain countries, and more particularly in France and Italy, the Group participates in mandatory social security plans organized at state or industry level, for which contributions expensed correspond to the contributions due to such state or equivalent organizations. Such plans are considered to be defined contribution plans. However, in certain countries, the element of social security contributions paid that relates to pension plans is not clearly identifiable.

 

247


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Other defined contribution plans

The benefits paid out depend solely on the amount of contributions paid into the plan and the investment returns arising from the contributions. The Group’s obligation is limited to the amount of contributions that are expensed.

Contributions made to defined contribution plans (excluding mandatory social security plans organized at state or industry level) were 119 million for 2011 (113 million for 2010 and 84 million for 2009).

Defined benefit plans

These plans have differing characteristics:

 

 

life annuity: the retirees benefit from receiving a pension during their retirement. These plans are to be found primarily in Germany, United Kingdom and the United States;

 

 

lump-sum payment on the employee’s retirement or departure. These plans are to be found primarily in France, Belgium and Italy; and

 

 

post-employment medical care during retirement. In the United States, Alcatel-Lucent reimburses medical expenses of certain retired employees and provides group life benefits to retired employees.

Pensions and retirement obligations are determined in accordance with the accounting policies presented in Note 1j.

For former Lucent activities, Alcatel-Lucent maintains defined benefit pension plans covering employees and retirees, a majority of which are located in the U.S., as well as other post-retirement benefit plans for U.S. retirees that include health care, dental benefits and life insurance coverage. The U.S. pension plans feature a traditional service-based program, as well as a cash balance program. The cash balance program was added to the defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees hired after December 31, 1998. No employees were transitioned from the traditional program to the cash balance program. Additionally, employees covered by the cash balance program are not eligible to receive company-paid post-retirement health and Group life coverage. U.S. management employees with less than 15 years of service as of June 30, 2001 are not eligible to receive post-retirement Group life and health care benefits. Starting January 1, 2008, no new entrants were allowed into the defined benefit plan for management retirees. On October 21, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. froze the US defined benefit management pension plan and the US supplemental pension plan effective January 1, 2010. For plan participants who continue to work for the Group, no additional benefits will accrue based on additional year of service in these plans after December 31, 2009.

a/ Actuarial assumptions

To determine actuarial valuations, actuaries have determined general assumptions on a country-by-country basis and specific assumptions (rate of employee turnover, salary increases) company by company. The assumptions for 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (the rates indicated are weighted average rates):

 

      2011      2010      2009  
Discount rate      3.88%         4.88%         5.41%   
Future salary increases      3.49%         3.48%         3.52%   
Expected long-term return on assets      6.42%         6.57%         6.69%   
Post-retirement cost trend rate      8.00% to 5.40%         7.70% to 5.90%         6.40% to 5.90%   

 

248


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

The above rates are broken down by geographical segment as follows for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

      Discount rate      Future salary
increases
     Estimated
long- term return on
assets
 
2009                        
France      5.00%         3.50%         5.40%   
Belgium      5.00%         3.50%         4.00%   
United Kingdom      5.75%         4.95%         5.93%   
Germany      5.00%         3.00%         3.00%   
Rest of Europe      4.45%         2.87%         4.19%   
United States of America      5.48%         3.73%         6.96%   
Other      5.24%         4.46%         3.96%   
2010                        
France      4.75%         3.50%         5.45%   
Belgium      4.75%         3.00%         4.00%   
United Kingdom      5.50%         4.95%         5.54%   
Germany      4.75%         3.00%         3.00%   
Rest of Europe      3.90%         2.77%         3.88%   
United States of America      4.92%         3.76%         6.85%   
Other      4.67%         3.71%         4.03%   
2011                        
France      3.75%         3.37%         5.45%   
Belgium      3.75%         3.00%         4.20%   
United Kingdom      4.50%         4.84%         5.15%   
Germany      3.75%         3.00%         4.00%   
Rest of Europe      3.32%         2.73%         3.39%   
United States of America      3.89%         3.77%         6.73%   
Other      4.65%         3.84%         3.53%   

The discount rates are obtained by reference to market yields on high quality bonds (government and prime-rated corporations - AA or AAA) in each country having maturity dates equivalent to those of the plans.

For the euro Zone and United Kingdom, the discount rates used are the Bloomberg Corporate AA yields and for the U.S. the “original” CitiGroup pension discount yield curve was used. These references comply with IAS 19 requirements and have been retained consistently by us for years.

The returns on plan assets are determined plan by plan and depend upon the asset allocation of the investment portfolio and the expected future performance.

b/ Components of net periodic cost of post-employment benefit

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Service cost      (65)         (63)         (126)   
Interest cost      (1,261)         (1,418)         (1,510)   
Expected return on plan assets      1,678         1,757         1,615   
Amortization of prior service cost      2         -         (3)   
Effect of curtailments and settlements      8         13         (79)   
Management pension and Non-represented healthcare plan amendment      67         30         253   

Net periodic benefit (cost)

     429         319         150   

Of which:

                          

    Recognized in Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (63)         (63)         (129)   

    Recognized in restructuring costs

     8         13         (79)   

    Management pension and non-represented healthcare plan amendment

     67         30         253   

    Recognized in other financial income (loss)

     417         339         105   

    Recognized in discontinued operations

     (0)         (0)         (0)   

 

249


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

c/ Change in the obligation recorded in the statement of financial position

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Change in benefit obligation

                          

Benefit obligation at January 1

     (28,054)         (25,910)         (25,498)   
Service cost      (65)         (63)         (126)   
Interest cost      (1,261)         (1,418)         (1,510)   
Plan participants’ contributions      (146)         (140)         (131)   
Amendments      70         18         253   
Business combinations      (2)         (1)         (9)   
Disposals      12         6         -   
Curtailments      2         15         (13)   
Settlements      179         5         7   
Special termination benefits      -         (2)         (65)   
Actuarial gains and (losses)      (2,965)         (1,277)         (1,990)   
Benefits paid      2,364         2,581         2,456   
Medicare Part D Subsidy      (22)         (28)         (16)   
Foreign currency translation and other      (954)         (1,840)         732   

Benefit obligation at December 31

     (30,843)         (28,054)         (25,910)   
Benefit obligation excluding effect of future salary increases      (30,555)         (27,760)         (25,639)   
Effect of future salary increases      (288)         (294)         (271)   

Benefit obligation

     (30,843)         (28,054)         (25,910)   
Pertaining to retirement plans      (27,334)         (24,719)         (22,846)   
Pertaining to post-employment medical care plans      (3,509)         (3,335)         (3,064)   

Change in plan assets

                          

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

     27,538         24,925         25,069   
Expected return on plan assets      1,678         1,757         1,615   
Actuarial gains and (losses)      1,105         1,244         1,033   
Employers’ contributions      168         188         171   
Plan participants’ contributions      146         140         131   
Amendments      -         -         -   
Business combinations      2         1         27   
Disposals      (8)         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -   
Settlements      (173)         -         (4)   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,323)         (2,520)         (2,388)   
Foreign currency translation and other      880         1,803         (729)   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

     29,013         27,538         24,925   
Present value of defined benefit obligations that are wholly or partly funded      (29,206)         (26,490)         (24,379)   
Fair value of plan assets      29,013         27,538         24,925   
Funded (unfunded) status of defined benefit obligations that are wholly or partly funded      (193)         1,048         546   
Present value of defined benefit obligations that are wholly unfunded      (1,637)         (1,564)         (1,531)   

Unfunded status

     (1,830)         (516)         (985)   
Unrecognized prior service cost      10         11            
Unrecognized surplus (due to application of asset ceiling and IFRIC14)      (1,121)         (1,839)         (1,658)   

Net amount recognized

     (2,941)         (2,344)         (2,643)   

Of which:

                          

•   prepaid pension costs

     2,765         2,746         2,400   

•   pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     (5,706)         (5,090)         (5,043)   

 

250


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Change in pension and post-retirement net asset (liability) recognized

 

    December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(In millions of euros)  

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total    

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total    

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total  
Net asset (liability) recognized at the beginning of the period     454        (2,798)        (2,344)        (139)        (2,504)        (2,643)        70        (2,579)        (2,509)   

Operational charge

    (60)        (3)        (63)        (60)        (3)        (63)        (125)        (4)        (129)   

Financial income (1)

    530        (113)        417        473        (134)        339        261        (156)        105   

Curtailment (2)

    8        -        8        13        -        13        (74)        (5)        (79)   
Management pension and non-represented healthcare plan amendment (3)     67        -        67        -        30        30        216        37        253   
Discontinued operations (Genesys business)     (0)        -        (0)        (0)        -        (0)        (0)        -        (0)   
Total recognized in profits (losses)     545        (116)        429        426        (107)        319        278        (128)        150   
Actuarial gains and (losses) for the period     (1,623)        (237)        (1,860)        218        (251)  (5)      (33)        (784)        (173)        (957)   
Asset ceiling limitation and IFRIC14 effect     727        -        727        (57)        -        (57)        375        -        375   
Total recognized in Statement of comprehensive income (4)     (896)        (237)        (1,133)        161        (251)        (90)        (409)        (173)        (582)   

Contributions and benefits paid

    179        7        186        201        25        226        179        47        226   

420 transfer

    (252)        252        -        (234)        234        -        (246)        246        -   

Change in consolidated companies

    3        -        3        5        -        5        -        -        -   
Other (reclassifications and exchange rate changes)     17        (99)        (82)        34        (195)        (161)        (11)        83        72   
Net asset (liability) recognized at the end of the period     50        (2,991)        (2,941)        454        (2,798)        (2,344)        (139)        (2,504)        (2,643)   

Of which:

                                                                       

•   Prepaid pension costs

    2,765        -        2,765        2,746        -        2,746        2,400        -        2,400   

•   Pension, retirement indemnities and post-retirement benefits liability

    (2,715)        (2,991)        (5,706)        (2,292)        (2,798)        (5,090)        (2,539)        (2,504)        (5,043)   

 

(1) This income is mainly due to the expected return on plan assets (refer to Note 8).
(2) Accounted for in restructuring costs.
(3) Accounted for on a specific line item “Post-retirement benefit plan amendment” in the income statement.
(4) The amounts recognized directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income indicated in the table above differ from those disclosed in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, due to the amounts related to discontinued activities, which are excluded in the above schedule.
(5) For 2010, includes a 6 million actuarial loss related to a change in the Private Fee For Service cost assumption due to the 2010 US Healthcare reform.

Funding requirements are usually determined for each individual plan, and as a result excess plan assets for overfunded plans cannot be used for underfunded plans. The underfunded status, which amounted to 1,830 million at December 31, 2011 (underfunded status amounted 516 million at December 31, 2010 and underfunded status amounted to 985 million at December 31, 2009) relates primarily to U.S. post-retirement benefits (see below) and to plans in France and Germany. Decisions on funding the benefit obligations are taken based on each country’s legal requirements and the tax-deductibility of the contributions made. In France and Germany, the funding of pension obligations relies primarily on defined contribution plans; setting up other funding arrangements is not common practice. Furthermore, in Germany, the benefits accruing to employees are guaranteed in the event of bankruptcy through a system of mutual insurance common to all companies involved in similar plans. See Note 26g below for information on U.S. plans.

 

251


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

The benefit obligation, the fair value of the plan assets and the actuarial gains (losses) generated for the current year and the previous years are as follows:

 

                          Experience adjustments generated
on the benefit obligation
     Experience adjustments
generated on the plan assets
 
(In millions of
euros)
   Benefit
obligation
     Plan assets      Funded
(unfunded)
status
     Amount      In percentage of the
benefit obligation
     Amount      In percentage of
the plan assets
 
2007      (25,425)         28,231         2,806         (166)         0.65%         1,072         3.80%   
2008      (25,498)         25,069         (429)         290         1.14%         (4,119)         16.43%   
2009      (25,910)         24,925         (985)         (142)         0.55%         1,033         4.14%   
2010      (28,054)         27,538         (516)         (51)         0.18%         1,244         4.52%   

2011

     (30,843)         29,013         (1,830)         124         0.40%         1,105         3.81%   

In respect of the medical care plans, a change of one percentage point in the assumed medical costs has the following impact:

 

(In millions of euros)    Increase of 1%      Decrease of 1%  

Impact on the current service cost and interest costs

     (4)         4   

Impact on the benefit obligation

     (110)         99   

The plan assets of retirement plans are invested as follows:

 

(In millions of euros and percentage)    Bonds      Equity
securities
     Private equity
and other
     Real estate      Total  

2009

     16,391         3,828         3,045         1,661         24,925   
       66%         15%         12%         7%         100%   

2010

     17,878         4,540         3,257         1,863         27,538   
       65%         16%         12%         7%         100%   

2011

     20,291         2,979         3,701         2,042         29,013   
       70%         10%         13%         7%         100%   

For historical Alcatel companies, the investment policy relating to plan assets within the Group depends upon local practices. In all cases, the proportion of equity securities cannot exceed 80% of plan assets and no individual equity security may represent more than 5% of total equity securities within the plan. The equity securities held by the plan must be listed on a recognized exchange. The bonds held by the plan must have a minimum “A” rating according to Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s rating criteria.

The expected contributions and benefits paid directly by the Group to retirees for 2012 are 196 million for the pension and other post-retirement benefit plans.

Expected benefit payments made to beneficiaries from defined benefit plans through 2021 are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Total

   Expected benefit
payments
 

2012

     2,303   

2013

     2,281   

2014

     2,219   

2015

     2,174   

2016

     2,123   

2017 - 2021

     9,816   

d/ Cumulative amounts for actuarial differences (before taxes) booked against the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  

Balance at January 1

     (1,771)         (1,738)         (781)   

Net actuarial (losses)/gains during the period (excluding asset ceiling)

     (1,860)         (33)         (957)   

Balance at December 31

     (3,631)         (1,771)         (1,738)   

Net actuarial (losses)/gains on asset ceiling during the period

     727         (57)         375   

Total net actuarial (losses)/gains during the period

     (1,133)         (90)         (582)   

 

252


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

e/ Funded status

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Benefit obligation

     (30,843)         (28,054)         (25,910)   

Fair value of plan assets

     29,013         27,538         24,925   

Funded (unfunded) status

     (1,830)         (516)         (985)   
Unrecognized prior service cost and surplus (due to application of asset ceiling and IFRIC14)      (1,111)         (1,828)         (1,658)   

Net amount recognized

     (2,941)         (2,344)         (2,643)   

f/ U.S. pension and healthcare plan amendments

2011 U.S. management pension plan amendment

Starting April 1, 2011, about 3,000 current active employees of the Management Pension Plan can opt to receive a lump sum when they retire. One of our actuarial assumptions is that, on average, future lump-sum amounts will be determined using a 6% conversion discount rate. Because the current IAS 19 discount rate is lower, that difference results in a one-time credit of 67 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This impact is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement.

2010 U.S. management healthcare plan amendment

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) of 2010 reduced funding for Medicare Advantage plans and eliminated the Medicare Advantage Private-Fee-For-Service arrangement (PFFS) effective January 1, 2011. As a result, our PFFS plan will be transitioned to another Medicare Advantage plan called the National Preferred Provider Organization (PPO). The impact of the reduced funding was reflected in the first quarter of 2010. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. amended its Medicare Advantage National PPO plan in the third quarter of 2010 with an effective date of January 1, 2011 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependents, which reduced the benefit obligation by 30 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This impact is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement.

2009 U.S. management pension plan amendment

On October 21, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. froze the US defined benefit management pension plan and the US Supplemental pension plan effective January 1, 2010. No additional benefits will accrue in these plans after December 31, 2009 for their 11,500 active U.S. – based participants who are not union-represented employees. As a result, a credit of 216 million before tax was booked during the fourth quarter of 2009 in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement. Also effective on January 1, 2010, the company changed its defined contribution 401(k) savings plan to provide for the company to make the same level of matching contributions for all of its 15,000 U.S. – based employees who are not union-represented employees, which increased the company’s annual cash contributions by U.S.$23 million in 2010.

This amendment had no impact on deferred tax.

2009 U.S. management healthcare plan amendment

Effective January 1, 2009, post-retirement medical benefits for Medicare eligible Management participants are provided through a fully insured Medicare Advantage Private Fee-For-Service (PFFS) Plan. Under this plan, the PFFS plan contracts directly with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services to provide all Medicare Parts A and B benefits for Medicare eligible management retirees. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. amended the PFFS in the third quarter of 2009 with an effective date of January 1, 2010 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependants, which reduced the benefit obligation by approximately 37 million in 2009. This impact is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement.

This amendment had no impact on deferred tax.

In 2009, a 5 million additional expense was recognized in the specific line item “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” concerning the Raetsch case (see Note 34e of the consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F).

 

253


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

g/ Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension and post-retirement obligations

The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, the plan assets and the funded status of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension and post-retirement benefit plans as well as the components of net periodic benefit costs, including key assumptions. The measurement dates for plan assets and obligations were December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. In addition, interim measurements were made to the major plans as of March 31, June 30, and September 30, to reflect the funded status of those plans in the financial statements at the end of those periods. These interim measurements impact the pension and post-retirement cost for the immediately succeeding period. All these data are included in the figures presented on a consolidated basis in Notes 26b, c, d and e.

 

(In millions)

2011

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Change in benefit obligation    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Benefit obligation at January 1, 2011      (28,070)         (21,008)         (4,456)         (3,334)   
Service cost      (7)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost      (1,338)         (961)         (193)         (139)   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         (194)         (139)   
Amendments      94         68         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Special termination benefits      -         -         -         -   
Actuarial gains (losses)      (3,283)         (2,358)         (307)         (221)   
Benefits paid      2,372         1,704         644         462   
Medicare Part D subsidy      -         -         (31)         (22)   
Foreign currency translations and other      -         (805)                  (113)   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2011

     (30,232)         (23,365)         (4,541)         (3,509)   

Change in plan assets

                                   
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2011      31,695         23,721         717         536   
Expected return on plan assets      2,109         1,515         35         25   
Actuarial gains (losses)      1,583         1,137         (22)         (17)   
Employers’ contributions      34         24         70         50   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         194         139   
Amendments      -         -         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,372)         (1,704)         (674)         (484)   
420 transfer      (351)         (252)         351         252   
Other (external transfer and exchange rate changes)      -         830         -         17   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2011

     32,698         25,271         671         518   
Funded status of the plan      2,466         1,906         (3,870)         (2,991)   
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)      -         -         -         -   
Unrecognized surplus due to asset ceiling      (1,327)         (1,026)         -         -   
Net asset (liability) recognized      1,139         880         (3,870)         (2,991)   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position                                    
Prepaid pension costs      2,552         1,972         -         -   
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations      (1,413)         (1,092)         (3,870)         (2,991)   

Net asset (liability) recognized

     1,139         880         (3,870)         (2,991)   

 

254


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

(In millions)

2010

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Change in benefit obligation    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Benefit obligation at January 1, 2010      (27,907)         (19,372)         (4,414)         (3,064)   
Service cost      (6)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost      (1,445)         (1,090)         (210)         (158)   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         (174)         (131)   
Amendments      -         -         40         30   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      5         4         1         1   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Special termination benefits      (2)         (2)         (1)         (1)   
Actuarial gains (losses)      (1,175)         (886)         (346)         (261)   
Benefits paid      2,460         1,855         702         530   
Medicare Part D subsidy      -         -         (38)         (28)   
Foreign currency translations and other      -         (1,512)         (12)         (249)   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2010

     (28,070)         (21,008)         (4,456)         (3,334)   
Change in plan assets                                
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2010      30,977         21,503         807         560   
Expected return on plan assets      2,131         1,608         32         24   
Actuarial gains (losses)      1,323         997         13         11   
Employers’ contributions      34         26         83         62   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         174         131   
Amendments      -         -         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,460)         (1,855)         (702)         (530)   
420 transfer      (310)         (234)         310         234   
Other (external transfer and exchange rate changes)      -         1,676         -         44   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2010

     31,695         23,721         717         536   
Funded status of the plan      3,625         2,713         (3,739)         (2,798)   
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)      -         -         -         -   
Unrecognized surplus due to asset ceiling      (2,187)         (1,637)         -         -   
Net asset (liability) recognized      1,438         1,076         (3,739)         (2,798)   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position                                    
Prepaid pension costs      2,630         1,968         -         -   
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations      (1,192)         (892)         (3,739)         (2,798)   

Net asset (liability) recognized

     1,438         1,076         (3,739)         (2,798)   

 

255


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Additional Information

 

(in millions)

December 31, 2011

   Obligations      Assets      Funded Status  
Pension Benefits    U.S.$           U.S.$           U.S.$       
U.S. management (1)      (19,613)         (15,158)         18,689         14,444         (924)         (714)   
U.S. occupational (1)      (10,155)         (7,849)         14,009         10,827         3,854         2,978   
Supplemental      (464)         (358)         -         -         (464)         (358)   

Total Pension Benefits

     (30,232)         (23,365)         32,698         25,271         2,466         1,906   

Post-retirement Benefits

                                                     
Non-represented health      (374)         (289)         -         -         (374)         (289)   
Formerly represented health      (2,459)         (1,900)         292         226         (2,167)         (1,675)   
Non-represented group life      (1,060)         (819)         311         239         (749)         (579)   
Formerly represented group life      (643)         (497)         68         53         (575)         (444)   
Other      (5)         (4)         -         -         (5)         (4)   
Total Post-retirement Benefits      (4,541)         (3,509)         671         518         (3,870)         (2,991)   

 

(in millions)

December 31, 2010

   Obligations      Assets      Funded Status  
Pension Benefits    U.S.$           U.S.$           U.S.$       
U.S. management (2)      (17,858)         (13,365)         17,104         12,801         (754)         (564)   
U.S. occupational (2)      (9,774)         (7,315)         14,591         10,920         4,817         3,605   
Supplemental      (438)         (328)         -         -         (438)         (328)   

Total Pension Benefits

     (28,070)         (21,008)         31,695         23,721         3,625         2,713   

Post-retirement Benefits

                                                     
Non-represented health      (441)         (330)         -         -         (441)         (330)   
Formerly represented health      (2,483)         (1,858)         274         205         (2,209)         (1,653)   
Non-represented group life      (899)         (673)         336         251         (563)         (422)   
Formerly represented group life      (627)         (470)         107         80         (520)         (390)   
Other      (6)         (3)         -         -         (6)         (3)   
Total Post-retirement Benefits      (4,456)         (3,334)         717         536         (3,739)         (2,798)   

 

(1) On December 1, 2011, we transferred about 10,300 beneficiaries from the U.S. occupational pension plans to the U.S. management pension plan. We transferred about U.S.$ 886 million in assets and U.S.$ 560 million in obligations determined in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards).
(2) On December 1, 2010, we transferred about 6,300 participants from the U.S. occupational pension plans to the U.S. management pension plan. We transferred about U.S.$ 790 million in assets and U.S.$ 530 million in obligations determined in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards).

 

256


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit (Cost)

 

(In millions)

2011

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Service cost      (7)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost on benefit obligation      (1,338)         (961)         (193)         (139)   
Expected return on plan assets      2,109         1,515         35         25   
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs      -         -         -         -   

Subtotal

     764         549         (162)         (117)   
Special termination benefits      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   

Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)

     764         549         (162)         (117)   
U.S. healthcare plan amendment      94         68         -         -   

Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)

     858         617         (162)         (117)   

 

(In millions)

2010

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Service cost      (6)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost on benefit obligation      (1,445)         (1,090)         (210)         (158)   
Expected return on plan assets      2,131         1,608         32         24   
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs      -         -         -         -   

Subtotal

     680         513         (182)         (137)   
Special termination benefits      (2)         (2)         (1)         (1)   
Curtailments      5         4         1         1   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   

Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)

     683         515         (182)         (137)   
U.S. healthcare plan amendment      -         -         40         30   

Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)

     683         515         (142)         (107)   

Key assumptions

 

Assumptions used to determine:    December 2011      December 2010  
Benefit obligations - discount rate                  
Pension      3.91%         4.97%   
Post-retirement health care and other      3.54%         4.38%   
Post-retirement life      4.11%         5.21%   
Rate of compensation increase      3.87%         3.85%   
Net benefit cost or credit - discount rate                  
Pension      4.74%         5.13%   
Post-retirement health care and other      4.24%         4.51%   
Post-retirement life      5.02%         5.36%   
Expected return on plan assets                  
Pension      6.74%         6.89%   
Post-retirement health care and other      4.12%         2.64%   
Post-retirement life      7.05%         6.23%   

 

257


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets that will be used to determine the calendar 2012 net periodic benefit cost is 6.32% for pensions, 3.65% for post-retirement health care benefits and 6.77% for post-retirement life insurance benefits.

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates                  
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year      8.00%         7.70%   
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year (excluding post-retirement dental benefits)      8.20%         7.80%   
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to      5.40%         5.90%   
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at      2021         2020   

The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

     1 percentage point  
(In millions)    Increase      Decrease  
Effect on total of service and interest cost components      (6)         5   
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation      (142)         128   

Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted by the corresponding value in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years not presented in the CitiGroup Curve, we use the value of the last year presented for benefit payments expected to occur beyond the final year of the Curve. Then a single discount rate is selected that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Rates are developed distinctly for each major plan; some very small plans are grouped for this process. The average durations of Alcatel-Lucent’s major pension obligations and post-retirement health care obligations were 10.03 years and 6.77 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 (9.78 years and 6.41 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and 9.59 years and 6.07 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2009).

Alcatel-Lucent considered several factors in developing its expected rate of return on plan assets, including its historical returns and input from its external advisors. Individual asset class return forecasts were developed based upon current market conditions, for example, price-earnings levels and yields and long-term growth expectations. The expected long-term rate of return is the weighted average of the target asset allocation of each individual asset class. Alcatel-Lucent’s long-term expected rate of return on plan assets included an anticipated premium over projected market returns received from its external advisors of 6.63% for its management plan and 5.70% for its occupational plans as of December 31, 2011 (7.44% for its management plan and 6.03 % for its occupational plans as of December 31, 2010). Its actual 10-year annual rate of return on pension plan assets was 8.41% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2011 (6.22% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2010 and 5.64% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2009).

Before December 31, 2011, the mortality assumptions for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans were based on actual recent experience of the participants in our management pension plan and our occupational pension plans. For the 2009 year-end valuation, we updated the mortality assumptions, again based on the actual experience of the two plans. This update had a U.S.$ 464 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the Management Pension Plan and a U.S.$ 100 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. Occupational pension plans. This effect was recognized in the 2009 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

As of December 31, 2011, the mortality assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$ 128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of the Management Pension Plan and a U.S.$ 563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. Occupational pension plans. This effect was recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 

258


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Plan Assets

The following table summarizes the target asset allocation ranges and our actual allocation of our pension and post-retirement trusts by asset category.

 

      Pension target
allocation range
     Percentage of
pension plan
assets
     Post-retirement
target allocation
     Percentage of
post-retirement
plan assets
 
December 31, 2009                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      12% - 19%         15%         28%         28%   
Fixed income securities      59% - 80%         68%         40%         40%   
Real estate      4% - 8%         6%         -         -   
Private equity and other      6% - 12%         11%         -         -   
Cash      -         -         32%         32%   
Total               100%                  100%   
December 31, 2010                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      12% - 19%         16%         30%         31%   
Fixed income securities      58% - 79%         67%         43%         42%   
Real estate      4% - 8%         6%         -         -   
Private equity and other      7% - 13%         11%         -         -   
Cash      -         -         27%         27%   
Total               100%                  100%   
December 31, 2011                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      7% - 13%         9%         28%         28%   
Fixed income securities      63% - 86%         74%         41%         41%   
Real estate      4% - 8%         6%         -         -   
Private equity and other      6% - 13%         11%         -         -   
Cash      -         -         31%         31%   
Total               100%                  100%   

The majority of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension plan assets are held in a master pension trust. Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement plan assets are held in two separate trusts in addition to the amount set aside in the master pension trust for retiree healthcare. Plan assets are managed by independent investment advisors with the objective of maximizing surplus returns with a prudent level of surplus risk. Alcatel-Lucent periodically completes asset-liability studies to assure that the optimal asset allocation is maintained in order to meet future benefit obligations. The Board of Directors formally approves the target allocation ranges every two to three years upon completion of a study by the external advisors and internal investment management. The overall pension plan asset portfolio reflects a balance of investments split about 26.0/74.0 between equity (which includes alternative investments for this purpose) and fixed income securities. Investment advisors managing plan assets may use derivative financial instruments including futures contracts, forward contracts, options and interest rate swaps to manage market risk. At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s Management plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities is to be reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities is to be increased from 60% to 70 % and the portion invested in alternatives remains unchanged. These changes are expected to reduce the volatility of the funded status and reduce the expected return on plan assets by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change is to be made in the allocation concerning our Group’s occupational plans.

Pension plan assets included U.S.$ 0.4 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 8.5 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2011 (U.S.$ 0.2 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 8.5 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2010 and U.S.$ 0.2 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 8.5 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2009).

Contributions

Alcatel-Lucent contributes to its pension and post-retirement benefit plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and to pre-fund some benefits by means of trust funds. For Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension plans, the funding policy is to contribute amounts to the trusts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as Alcatel-Lucent may determine to be appropriate. Contributions are made to benefit plans for the sole benefit of plan participants.

 

259


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

U.S. pension plan funding methods

Funding requirements for our major U.S. pension plans are determined by applicable statutes, namely the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and regulations (the “Code”) issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”) increased the funding target for determining required contributions, from 90% to 100% of the funding obligation, in 2% annual increments at each January 1 valuation date beginning in 2008 and ending with a 4% increment on January 1, 2011. The PPA was amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”) and provided additional alternative methods for determining the funding obligation and the value of plan assets which included look-back averaging periods of up to twenty-four months. The IRS provides a number of methods to use for measuring plan assets and for determining the discount rate. For measuring plan assets, we can choose between the fair market value at the valuation date or a smoothed fair value of assets (based on any prior period of time up to a maximum of 2 years, with the valuation date being the last date in the prior period). For determining the discount rate, we can opt for the spot discount rate at the valuation date (in effect the average yield curve of the daily rates for the month preceding the valuation date) or a 24-month average of the rates for each time segment (any 24-month period as long as the 24-month period ends no later than five months before the valuation date). To measure the 2010 funding valuation, we selected the 2-year asset fair value smoothing method for the U.S. Management and U.S. Occupational Pension plans, and the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ended September 30, 2009 for the U.S. Management Pension plan and the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ending December 31, 2009 for the U.S. Occupational Pension plans. As a result of these choices, we will not have to make any funding contributions for both the 2010 and 2011 funding valuations. With a few exceptions, we will be required to use these same methods for future funding valuations.

U.S. Section 420 Transfer

Prior to the PPA, Section 420 of the Code provided for the transfer of pension assets (“Section 420 Transfer”) in excess of 125% of a pension plan’s funding obligation to be used to fund the healthcare costs of that plan’s retired participants. The Code permitted only one transfer in a tax year with transferred amounts being fully used in the year of the transfer. It also required the company to continue providing healthcare benefits to those retirees for a period of five years beginning with the year of the transfer (cost maintenance period), at the highest per-person cost it had experienced during either of the two years immediately preceding the year of the transfer. With some limitations, benefits could be eliminated for up to 20% of the retiree population, or reduced for up to 20% for 100% of the retiree population, during the five year period. The PPA as amended by the U.S. Troop Readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year from assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The amendments also provided for collective bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period.

On November 2, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational pension plans in the amount of U.S.$ 343 million to fund healthcare benefits for formerly union-represented retirees for the period beginning October 1, 2009 through about September 30, 2010.

On December 10, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational pension plans in the amount of U.S.$ 310 million to fund healthcare benefits for formerly union-represented retirees for the period beginning October 1, 2010 through about September 15, 2011.

On December 5, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational pension plans in the amount of U.S.$ 351 million to fund healthcare benefits for formerly union-represented retirees for the period beginning September 16, 2011 through about September 30, 2012. Alcatel-Lucent expects to make another “collectively bargained” transfer during 2012 from the U.S. occupational pension plans to fund healthcare benefits for formerly union-represented retirees for the remainder of 2012 through the first nine months of 2013.

Contribution

The following table summarizes expected contributions (net of Medicare Part D subsidies) to its various pension and post-retirement plans through calendar 2021. Alcatel-Lucent does not have to make contributions to its qualified U.S. pension plans during calendar 2012. Although certain data, such as the December 31, 2011 private equity and real estate values and the January 1, 2012 census data, will not be final until the second quarter of 2012, Alcatel-Lucent does not expect to make any through early 2014. Alcatel-Lucent is unable to reliably estimate the expected contributions to its qualified U.S. pension plans (Management & Occupational pension plans) beyond calendar 2013. Actual contributions may differ from expected contributions,

 

260


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

due to various factors, including performance of plan assets, interest rates and potential legislative changes. The table below reflects the use of excess pension assets to fund 2012 healthcare costs for formerly union-represented retirees.

 

     Pension      Post-retirement  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)    Non-qualified
pension plans
     Formerly
union-
represented
retiree health
plans
    

Non-

represented
retiree
health
plans

     Other benefit
plans
 
2012      33         145 (1)         36         8   
2013      32         234 (2)         38         16   
2014      32         224         38         48   
2015      32         215         37         48   
2016      31         207         35         48   
2017 - 2021      150         830         140         339   

 

(1) Estimate takes into account the section 420 transfer made on December 5, 2011 but no additional section 420 transfer in 2012. If a section 420 transfer were to be made in 2012, estimated 2012 contribution would be nil.
(2) Estimate determined as if no section 420 transfer will be made in 2012. If a section 420 transfer were to be made in 2012, 2013 estimated contribution would be similar to the 2012 contribution.

Certain of the actuarial assumptions used to determine if pension plan funding is required differ from those used for accounting purposes in a way that becomes significant in volatile markets. While the basis of developing discount rates in both cases are corporate bond yields, for accounting purposes we use a yield curve developed by CitiGroup as of the close of the last business day of December, whereas the PPA allows either a daily average yield curve for the month of December or a two-year average yield curve. Also, available fair values of assets as of the close of the last business day of December must be used for accounting purposes, but the PPA provides for “asset smoothing” options that average fair values over periods as long as two years with limited expected returns being included in the averaging. Both of these sets of options minimize the impact of sharp changes in asset values and corporate bond yields in volatile markets. A preliminary evaluation of the funded status of the U.S. Management Pension Plan for regulatory funding valuation purposes indicates that this plan is over 100% funded at year-end. On the other hand, this plan was underfunded by U.S.$ 924 million on December 31, 2011 for accounting purposes. In addition, under the PPA transition target rules, we would only need to fund this plan if the funded ratio were to decline below 100%. Although certain data, such as the December 31, 2011 private equity and real estate values and the January 1, 2012 census data, will not be final until the second quarter of 2012, we do not expect any contributions being required through early 2014.

Regarding healthcare benefits, it is important to note that both management and formerly union-represented retirees’ benefits are capped for those who retired after February 28, 1990 (the benefit obligation associated with this retiree group approximated 42% of the total U.S. retiree healthcare obligation as of December 31, 2011); and Medicare is the primary payer (pays first) for those aged 65 and older, who make up almost all of uncapped retirees.

Benefit Payments

The following table summarizes expected benefit payments from U.S. Alcatel-Lucent various pension and post-retirement plans through calendar 2021. Actual benefit payments may differ from expected benefit payments. These amounts are reflected net of expected plan participant contributions and the annual Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately U.S.$38 million.

 

      Pension      Post-retirement  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)   

Qualified

U.S.
management
pension

plans

    

Qualified

U.S.
occupational
pension

plans

    

Non-

qualified
pension

plans

    

Formerly
union-
represented
retiree

health plans

    

Non-

represented
retiree

health plans

    

Other

benefit

plans

 
2012      1,518         836         33         436         36         95   
2013      1,496         816         32         234         38         96   
2014      1,463         797         32         224         38         98   
2015      1,428         777         32         215         37         98   
2016      1,391         756         31         207         35         99   
2017-2021      6,365         3,426         150         830         140         500   

 

261


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

NOTE 27    FINANCIAL DEBT

a/ Analysis of financial debt, net

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Marketable securities – short term, net      939         649         1,993   
Cash and cash equivalents      3,534         5,040         3,577   
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities      4,473         5,689         5,570   
(Convertible bonds and other bonds – long-term portion)      (4,152)         (4,037)         (4,084)   
(Other long-term debt)      (138)         (75)         (95)   
(Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt)      (329)         (1,266)         (576)   
(Financial debt, gross)      (4,619)         (5,378)         (4,755)   
Derivative interest rate instruments – other current and non-current assets      36         44         44   
Derivative interest rate instruments – other current and non-current liabilities      -         (2)         (1)   
Loan to joint venturer – financial asset (loan to co-venturer)      18         24         28   
Cash (financial debt), net before FX derivatives      (92)         377         886   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt – other current and non-current assets (1)      57         -         17   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt – other current and non-current liabilities (1)      (5)         (15)         -   
Cash (financial debt), net – excluding discontinued activities      (40)         362         903   
Cash (financial debt), net – assets held for sale      9         -         -   
Cash (financial debt), net – including discontinued activities      (31)         362         903   

 

(1) Foreign exchange (FX) derivatives are FX swaps (primarily U.S.$/) related to intercompany loans.

b/ Analysis of financial debt, gross – by type

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Convertible bonds      2,015         2,739         2,924   
Other bonds      2,236         2,286         1,521   
Bank loans, overdrafts and other financial debt      249         193         145   
Commercial paper      -         -         -   
Finance lease obligations      18         37         58   
Accrued interest      101         123         107   
Financial debt, gross      4,619         5,378         4,755   

 

262


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

c/ Bonds

Balances at December 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2011:

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2010
    Currency
translation
impact
     Other changes
during 2011
     December 31,
2011
 
Remaining amounts to be reimbursed                                   
Issued by Alcatel - Lucent:                                   

•    Oceane 5.00% - 1,000 m (4) due January 2015

     1,000        -         -         1,000   

•    Oceane 4.75% - 818 m (4) due January 2011 (1)

     818        -         (818)            

•    6.375% - 462 m (4) due April 2014 (1)

     462        -         -         462   

•    Floating rate 100 m (4) due  2011/2012 extendable to 2016 (5)

     200        -         (100)         100   

•    Senior Notes 8.50% - 500 m (4) due January 2016

     500        -         -         500   
Issued by Lucent:                                   

•    7.75% - US$931 m (4) due March 2017 (2)

     723        24         -         747   

•    2.875% - US$95 m (4) Series A due June 2023 (2) (3)

     73        2         -         75   

•    2.875% - US$881 m (4) Series B due June 2025 (2) (3)

     688        22         -         710   

•    6.50% - US$300 m (4) due January 2028

     202        7         -         209   

•    6.45% - US$1,360 m (4) due March 2029

     916        30         -         946   
Sub-total      5,582        85         (918)         4,749   
Equity component and issuing fees of Oceane 2015 issued by Alcatel – Lucent      (177)                38         (139)   
Equity component of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures      (25)        (1)         2         (24)   
Equity component of Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures      (263)        (7)         11         (259)   
Equity component of other convertible bonds issued by Lucent      (84)        (2)         10         (76)   
Fair value of interest rate instruments relating to bonds and expenses included in the calculation of the effective interest rate      (8)        -         8         -   
Carrying amount of bonds      5,025        75         (849)         4,251   

 

(1) Benefit from a full and unconditional subordinated guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.
(2) See Note 25 for details on redemption options.
(3) Benefit from a full and unconditional subordinated guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent.
(4) Face amounts outstanding as at December 31, 2011.
(5) The maturity dates of the notes are February 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million (25 million initially matured in February 2011 and were extended until 2012), May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million (those notes initially matured in May 2011 and were extended until 2012). Alcatel-Lucent may exercise an option to extend the maturity dates until February 2016 for a nominal amount of 50 million, and May 2016 for a nominal amount of 50 million. Notes for a nominal amount of 100 million matured during 2011 but Alcatel-Lucent did not exercise the option to extend the maturity dates of those notes.

Changes in 2011:

 

 

Extension or redemption:

In October 2010 and July 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued a series of notes for an aggregate 200 million in notional value (see below). The maturity dates of the bonds due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million and for bonds due in May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million were extended until February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million and until May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. The bonds due in August and November 2011 for a nominal amount of 100 million were not extended and were redeemed. After the extensions and after the repayments, the new maturity dates are February 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million and May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. These notes are reported for 100 million in the short-term debt line item in the analysis by maturity (see Note 27d).

 

 

Repayment:

Alcatel-Lucent’s Oceane 4.75% EUR bond due January 2011 was repaid in January 2011 for a nominal value of 818 million.

 

263


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

Changes in 2010:

 

 

Issuance of new debt:

In December 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 (the “Senior Notes”) with an 8.5% coupon for a total nominal value of 500 million. The proceeds were applied to partially refinance the 4.75% Oceane due January 1, 2011. The carrying value of the notes at the date of issuance was valued at 480 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the notes at the date of issuance, equal to 20 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

The Senior Notes include covenants restricting, among other things, the Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, buy back equity and make investments in minority interests, (iii) create or incur certain liens and (iv) engage in merger, consolidation or asset sales. These covenants, which are customary in the issuance of high yield bonds, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Those qualifications and exceptions generally afford Alcatel-Lucent the ability to conduct its operations, strategy and finances without significant effect.

In October 2010 and July 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued a series of notes for an aggregate 200 million in notional value. The notes are floating rate and due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million, May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million, August 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million, November 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million and February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million. At each maturity date, Alcatel-Lucent has an option to extend the maturity dates for one year or until 2016. These notes are reported for 175 million in the short-term debt line item in the analysis by maturity and for 25 million as due in 2012 (see Note 27b).

 

 

Repurchases (redemption before maturity date):

In the first quarter of 2010, US$75 million in nominal value of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were bought back for US$75 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, and then cancelled.

Nominal value repurchased:

Lucent convertible bond 2.875% Series A: US$75,000,000

The consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a convertible bond is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

A loss of 1 million related to these repurchases was recorded in “other financial income (loss)” in the first quarter of 2010 (see Note 8).

 

 

Redemption before maturity date due to the existence of an optional redemption date:

At the holder’s option, the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were redeemable at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest at June 15, 2010.

The outstanding nominal value of the Series A convertible debentures was equal to US$455 million just before June 15, 2010. At this date, US$360 million in nominal value of these debentures was redeemed for US$360 million in cash, plus accrued interest.

Nominal value redeemed:

Lucent convertible bond 2.875% US$ Series A: US$360,000,000

Because of the change in accounting treatment applied in the second quarter of 2009, the carrying amount of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures was equal to the nominal value of the debentures as of June 15, 2010. Therefore, no gain or loss related to the partial redemption was recorded.

Changes in 2009:

 

 

Issuance of new debt:

Alcatel-Lucent issued a 5.00% bond convertible into, or exchangeable for, new or existing Alcatel-Lucent shares due January 1, 2015 for a total value of 1,000 million.

The carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance was valued at 779 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance, equal to 221 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

 

 

Repurchases (redemption before maturity date):

Lucent convertible bond 7.75% US$ due March 2017 was subject to partial buy-back and cancellation in the first quarter of 2009, using US$28 million in cash, corresponding to a nominal value of US$99 million.

 

264


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

In the third quarter of 2009, US$25 million in nominal value of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were bought back for US$25 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, and then cancelled. In the fourth quarter of 2009, US$195 million in nominal value of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were bought back for US$193 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, and then cancelled.

Alcatel Oceane 4.75 % due January 2011 was subject to partial buy-back and cancellation in the third quarter of 2009, using 167 million in cash excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of 167 million and in the fourth quarter of 2009, using 37 million in cash excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of 37 million.

Nominal value repurchased:

 

 

Lucent convertible bond 7.75% US$ due March 2017: US$99,000,000

 

 

Lucent 2.875% US$ Series A convertible debentures: US$220,000,000

 

 

Alcatel Oceane 4.75 % due January 2011: 204,308,743

The consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a convertible bond is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

A gain of 50 million related to these repurchases was recorded in “other financial income (loss)” in the first quarter of 2009, a loss of 1 million in the third quarter of 2009 and a loss of 2 million during the fourth quarter of 2009 (see Note 8).

 

 

Repayments:

Alcatel-Lucent’s 4.375% EUR bond due February 2009 was repaid in February 2009 for a nominal value of 777 million.

d/ Analysis by maturity date

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Current portion of long-term debt (1) (2)      -         818         361   
Short-term debt (3)      329         448         215   
Financial debt due within one year      329         1,266         576   
Of which:                           

•   within 3 months

     204         1,010         137   

•   between 3 and 6 months

     90         126         403   

•   between 6 and 9 months

     18         67         18   

•   over 9 months

     17         63         18   
2011 (2)      -         -         874   
2012 (4)      -         49         10   
2013      458         438         389   
2014      585         496         486   
2015      926         883         2,420   
2016 and thereafter      2,321         2,246            
Financial debt due after one year (5)      4,290         4,112         4,179   
Total      4,619         5,378         4,755   

 

(1) Amount as of December 31, 2009 is related to the 2023 Lucent 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures, due to the existence of a put option exercisable as of June 15, 2010.
(2) Amount as of December 31, 2010 is related to the 4.75 % Oceane due January 2011 (815 million as of December 31, 2009).
(3) Amount as of December 31, 2011 includes the Alcatel-Lucent floating rate series of notes, issued in July 2010 and October 2010 for an aggregate nominal value of 100 million, due 2012 but extendable annually until 2016 or up to 2016 (170 million due in 2011 and 24 million due in February 2012 as of December 31, 2010).
(4) Amount as of December 31, 2010 includes the Alcatel-Lucent floating rate series of notes, issued in October 2010 for an aggregate nominal value of 25 million, due February 2012 but extendable annually until 2016 or up to 2016 for 24 million.
(5) The convertible securities may be retired earlier based on early redemption or buy back options. See Note 25. In case of optional redemption periods/dates occurring before the contractual maturity of the debenture, the likelihood of the redemption before the contractual maturity could lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an entity revises the estimates of payment, due to reliable new estimates, it shall adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or expense in profit or loss.

 

265


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

e/ Debt analysis by rate

 

(In millions of euros)    Amounts      Effective
interest rate
     Interest rate
after hedging
 
2009                        
Convertible bonds      2,924         7.96%         7.96%   
Other bonds      1,521         7.37%         6.64%   
Bank loans and overdrafts and finance lease obligations      203         4.98%         4.98%   
Commercial paper      -         -         -   
Accrued interest      107         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      4,755         7.46%         7.23%   
2010                        
Convertible bonds      2,739         8.14%         8.14%   
Other bonds      2,286         7.77%         7.07%   
Bank loans and overdrafts and finance lease obligations      230         4.18%         4.18%   
Commercial paper      -         -         -   
Accrued interest      123         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      5,378         7.63%         7.33%   
2011                        
Convertible bonds      2,015         8.47%         8.47%   
Other bonds      2,236         6.87%         6.41%   
Bank loans and overdrafts and finance lease obligations      267         4.18%         4.18%   
Commercial paper      -         -         -   
Accrued interest      101         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      4,619         7.42%         7.20%   

f/ Debt analysis by type of rate

 

      2011      2010      2009  
(In millions of euros)    Before
hedging
     After
hedging
     Before
hedging
     After
hedging
     Before
hedging
     After
hedging
 
Total fixed rate debt      4,478         4,018         5,161         4,701         4,729         4,269   
Total floating rate debt      141         601         217         677         26         486   
Total      4,619         4,619         5,378         5,378         4,755         4,755   

g/ Debt analysis by currency

 

      2011      2010      2009  
(In millions of euros)    Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

     Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

     Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

 
Euro      2,198         2,198         3,034         3,034         2,286         2,286   
U.S. Dollar      2,398         2,398         2,303         2,303         2,435         2,435   
Other      23         23         41         41         34         34   
Total      4,619         4,619         5,378         5,378         4,755         4,755   

h/ Fair value of debt

The fair value of Alcatel-Lucent’s debt is determined for each loan by discounting the future cash flows using a discount rate corresponding to bond yields, adjusted by the Group’s credit rate risk. The fair value of debt and bank overdrafts at floating interest rates approximates the net carrying amounts. The fair value of the financial instruments that hedge the debt is calculated in accordance with the same method, based on the net present value of the future cash flows.

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 4,054 million and the fair value of the debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 4,017 million.

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the fair value of debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 5,635 million and the fair value of the debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 5,593 million.

 

 

At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 4,906 million and the fair value of debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 4,863 million.

 

266


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

i/ Credit rating

Credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (ex Lucent) post business combination

At February 8, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent credit ratings were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Corporate
Family rating
    

Long-term

debt

    

Short-term

debt

     Outlook      Last update of
the rating
     Last update of
the outlook
 
Moody’s      B1         B2         Not Prime         Negative         November 10, 2011         November 10, 2011   
Standard & Poor’s      B         B         B         Stable         November 9, 2009         April 12, 2011   

At February 8, 2012, the credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. were as follows:

 

Rating Agency   

Long-term

debt

    

Short-term

debt

     Outlook     

Last update of

the rating

     Last update of
the outlook
 
Moody’s      B3 (1)         n.a         Negative         January 20, 2012         January 20, 2012   
Standard & Poor’s      B (2)         n.a         Stable         November 9, 2009         April 12, 2011   

 

(1) Ratings were withdrawn on January 20, 2012 for the Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. bonds and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent.
(2) Except for the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are rated CCC.

Moody’s: On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. which are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently Moody’s withdrew the ratings for the unguaranteed legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and for the trust preferred securities issued by Lucent Technologies Capital Trust Inc. that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent. The Negative outlooks were affirmed.

On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook to Negative from Stable. Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent as well as of its ratings of Alcatel Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Stable to Negative. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

On February 18, 2009, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family Rating, as well as the rating for senior debt of the Group, from Ba3 to B1. The trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were downgraded from B2 to B3. The Not-Prime rating for the short-term debt was confirmed. The negative outlook of the ratings was maintained.

Moody’s Corporate Family rating on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s debt was withdrawn on February 18, 2009, except the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I’s trust preferred notes and bonds continued to be rated.

The rating grid of Moody’s ranges from AAA, which is the highest rated class, to C, which is the lowest rated class. Alcatel-Lucent B1 rating is in the B category, which also includes B2 and B3 ratings. Moody’s gives the following definition of its B category: “obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.”

Standard & Poor’s: On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

On November 9, 2009, Standard & Poor’s lowered to B from B+ its long-term corporate credit ratings and senior unsecured ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. The B short-term credit rating of Alcatel-Lucent was affirmed. The rating on the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I was lowered from CCC+ to CCC. The negative outlook of the ratings was maintained.

The rating grid of Standard & Poor’s ranges from AAA (the strongest rating) to D (the weakest rating). Our B rating is in the B category, which also includes B+ and B- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the B category: “An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to non-payment than obligations rated “BB” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

The CCC rating for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I is in the CCC category, which also includes CCC+ and CCC- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the CCC category: “An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to non payment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

 

267


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 28

 

 

Rating clauses affecting Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. debt at December 31, 2011

Given its current short-term ratings and the lack of liquidity of the French commercial paper /”billets de trésorerie” market, Alcatel-Lucent has decided not to participate in this market for the time being.

Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s outstanding bonds do not contain clauses that could trigger an accelerated repayment in the event of a lowering of their respective credit ratings.

j/ Bank credit agreements

Alcatel-Lucent syndicated bank credit facility

On April 5, 2007, Alcatel-Lucent obtained a 1.4 billion multi-currency syndicated five-year revolving bank credit facility (with two one-year extension options). On March 21, 2008, 837 million of availability under the facility was extended until April 5, 2013.

The availability of this syndicated credit facility of 1.4 billion is not dependent upon Alcatel-Lucent’s credit ratings. Alcatel-Lucent’s ability to draw on this facility is conditioned upon its compliance with a financial covenant linked to the capacity of Alcatel-Lucent to generate sufficient cash to repay its net debt and compliance is tested quarterly when we release our consolidated financial statements. Since the 1.4 billion facility was established, Alcatel-Lucent has complied every quarter with the financial covenant that is included in the facility. The facility was undrawn at the date of approval by Alcatel-Lucent’s Board of Directors of these 2011 financial statements.

NOTE 28     PROVISIONS

As explained in Note 4, the presentation of the working capital items related to construction contracts was amended from January 1, 2010 onwards.

a/ Balance at closing

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Provisions for product sales      537         579         596   
Provisions for restructuring      294         413         459   
Provisions for litigation      180         208         240   
Other provisions      568         658         827   
Total (1)      1,579         1,858         2,122   
(1) Of which: portion expected to be used within one year      1,065         1,081         1,303   

   Portion expected to be used after one year

     514         777         819   

 

268


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 28

 

b/ Change during 2011

 

(In millions of euros)   December 31,
2010
    Appropriation     Utilization     Reversals     Change in
consolidated
companies
    Other     December 31,
2011
 
Provisions for product sales  (1)     579        528        (419)        (168)        -        17        537   
Provisions for restructuring     413        242        (345)        (36)        -        20        294   
Provisions for litigation     208        31        (61)        (13)        -        15        180   
Other provisions     658        92        (58)        (130)        -        6        568   

Total

    1,858        893        (883)        (347)        -        58        1,579   
Effect on the income statement:              

•    Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post - retirement benefit plan amendments

            (617)                254                        (363)   

•    Restructuring costs

            (238)                36                        (202)   

•    Litigations (2)

            (1)-                3                        2   

•    Post - retirement benefit plan amendments

            -                -                        -   

•    Other financial income (loss)

            (20)                22                        2   

•    Income taxes

            (16)                31                        15   

•    Income (loss) from discontinued operations

            (1)                1                        -   

Total

            (893)                347                        (546)   

 

(1) Including provisions for product sales on construction contracts which are no longer accounted for in amounts due to/from customers on construction contracts (see Note 4).
(2) Related to material litigations (see Note 1n): the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid disclosed in Note 34e of the consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F (for an income statement impact of 0 million in 2011, (22) million in 2010 and remaining outstanding balance of 12 million), the FCPA litigation disclosed in Note 35b (for an income statement impact excluding hedging impact of (1) million in 2011, (7) million in 2010 and 93 million in 2009 and a remaining outstanding balance of 51 million as of December 31, 2011) and the Fox River litigation disclosed in Note 35 (Lucent’s separation agreements for an income statement impact of 3 million in 2011, 4 million or U.S.$5 million in 2010 and 16 million or U.S.$22 million in 2009 and a remaining outstanding balance of 17 million as of December 31, 2011).

At year-end, contingent liabilities exist with regards to ongoing tax disputes and other pending litigations. Neither the financial impact nor the timing of any cash payment that could result from an unfavorable outcome for certain of these disputes can be estimated at present and therefore nothing was reserved as of December 31, 2011.

c/ Analysis of restructuring provisions

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Opening balance

     413         459         595   
Utilization during period      (345)         (377)         (561)   
Restructuring costs (social costs and other monetary costs)      202         369         517   
Reversal of discounting impact (financial loss)      5         6         12   
Effect of acquisition (disposal) of consolidated subsidiaries      -         -         -   
Cumulative translation adjustments and other changes      19         (44)         (104)   

Closing balance

     294         413         459   

 

269


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

d/ Restructuring costs

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Social costs - Restructuring reserves      (113)         (240)         (363)   
Other monetary costs - Restructuring reserves      (29)         (46)         (118)   
Other monetary costs - Payables      (60)         (79)         (30)   
Valuation allowances or write-offs of assets      (1)         (6)         (87)   

Total restructuring costs

     (203)         (371)         (598)   

NOTE 29    MARKET-RELATED EXPOSURES

The Group has a centralized treasury management in order to minimize the Group’s exposure to market risks, including interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and counterparty risk. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage and reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Alcatel-Lucent’s debt is issued in euros and in U.S. dollars. Interest-rate derivatives are used primarily to convert fixed rate debt into floating rate debt.

Estimated future cash flows (for example, firm commercial contracts or commercial bids) are hedged by forward foreign exchange transactions.

a/ Interest rate risk

Derivative financial instruments held at December 31, 2011 are intended to reduce the cost of debt and to hedge interest rate risk. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, outstanding interest-rate derivatives have the following characteristics:

i. Outstanding interest-rate derivatives at December 31

Analysis by type and maturity date

 

      2011              2010      2009  
    

Contract notional amounts

Maturity date

                                           
(In millions of euros)    Less
than one
year
     1 to
5 years
     After
5 years
     Total      Market
value
     Total      Market
value
     Total      Market
value
 
Interest-rate swaps                                                                                 
Pay fixed rate      -         8         13         21         (1)         836         (26)         6,584         (240)   
Pay floating rate      -         460         -         460         37         1,259         67         6,958         281   
Caps                                                                                 
Buy      -         -         -         -         -         -         -                  -   
Sell      -         -         -         -         -         -         -                  -   
Options on interest rate
swaps U.S.$ Libor
                                                                                
Buy      -         -         -         -         -         -         -                  -   
Sell      -         -         -         -         -         -         -                  -   

Total market value

                                         36                  41                  41   

Analysis by accounting category

 

     Market value  
(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Fair value hedges      37         42         43   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      (1)         (1)         (2)   

Total

     36         41         41   

 

270


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

Analysis by market value and maturity date

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After
5 years
     Total  

Market Value of derivatives as assets

                                   
Fair value hedges      -         37         -         37   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      -         -         -         -   

Total

     -         37         -         37   

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After
5 years
     Total  

Market Value of derivatives as liabilities

                                   
Fair value hedges      -         -         -         -   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      -         -         (1)         (1)   

Total

     -         -         (1)         (1)   

ii. Interest rate sensitivity

Interest rate sensitivity in terms of financial cost

An immediate increase in interest rates of 1%, applied to financial liabilities of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would increase interest expense by 6 million for 2011 (7 million for 2010 and 5 million for 2009).

An immediate increase in interest rates of 1%, applied to financial assets of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would decrease interest expense by 40 million for 2011 (55 million for 2010 and 49 million for 2009).

Financial assets are mainly short-term, and we assume that they are reinvested in assets of the same nature.

Interest rate sensitivity in terms of mark-to-market

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to marketable securities of which the impact is accounted for in equity after taking into account the hedging instruments, would decrease equity by 4 million for 2011 (4 million in 2010 and 6 million in 2009).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to marketable securities of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would have a negative impact of 2 million in 2011 (not significant in 2010 and 2009).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to interest-rate derivatives qualified as a fair value hedge, would have a negative impact of 12 million in 2011 (16 million in 2010 and 19 million in 2009).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to the hedged debt qualified as a fair value hedge, would have a corresponding positive impact of 12 million in 2011 (16 million in 2010 and of 19 million in 2009).

The impact on income statement would be zero.

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to interest rate derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, would not have a significant impact on the income statement.

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to financial debt after taking into account hedging instruments, would have a positive impact of 119 million on its market value for 2011 (204 million in 2010 and 213 million in 2009). However, this impact would not be accounted for, as the debt is reassessed to its fair value only when it is hedged. As a result, it would have an impact neither on the income statement nor on equity.

 

271


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

(In millions of
euros)
  2011     2010     2009  
 

Booked

value

   

Fair

value

   

Fair

value

change if
rates fall

by 1% (1)

   

Fair

value

change if
rates rise

by 1%

   

Booked

value

   

Fair

value

   

Fair

value

change if
rates fall

by 1%

   

Fair

value

change if
rates rise

by 1%

   

Booked

value

    Fair
value
    Fair
value
change if
rates fall
by 1%
    Fair
value
change if
rates rise
by 1%
 

Assets

                                                                                               
Marketable securities     939        939        6        (6)        649        649        4        (4)        1,993        1,993        10        (10)   
Cash & cash equivalents (2)     3,534        3,534        -        -        5,040        5,040        -        -        3,577        3,577        -        -   

Subtotal

    4,473        4,473        6        (6)        5,689        5,689        4        (4)        5,570        5,570        10        (10)   

Liabilities

                                                                                               
Convertible bonds     (2,015)        (1,812)        (39)        37        (2,739)        (3,151)        (114)        106        (2,924)        (3,309)        (150)        143   
Non convertible bonds     (2,236)        (1,874)        (104)        94        (2,286)        (2,131)        (126)        114        (1,521)        (1,287)        (98)        89   
Other financial debt     (368)        (368)        -        -        (353)        (353)        -        -        (310)        (310)        -        -   

Subtotal

    (4,619)        (4,054)        (143)        131        (5,378)        (5,635)        (240)        220        (4,755)        (4,906)        (248)        232   
Interest rate derivatives     36        36        12        (12)        42        42        16        (16)        43        43        19        (19)   
Loan to co-venturer-financial asset     18        18        -        -        24        24        -        -        28        28        -        -   

Debt/cash position before FX derivatives

    (92)        473        (125)        113        377        120        (220)        200        886        735        (219)        203   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other current and non-current assets     57        57        -        -        -        -        -        -        17        17        -        -   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other current and non-current liabilities     (5)        (5)        -        -        (15)        (15)        -        -        -        -        -        -   

Debt/cash position

    (40)        525        (125)        113        362        105        (220)        200        903        752        (219)        203   

 

(1) If the interest rate is negative after the decrease of 1%, the sensitivity is calculated with an interest rate equal to 0%.
(2) For cash & cash equivalents, the carrying value is considered as a good estimate of the fair value.

b/ Currency risk

i. Outstanding currency derivatives at December 31

Analysis by type and currency

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
  

U.S.

dollar

    

British

pound

     Other      Total     

Market

value

     Total     

Market

value

     Total     

Market

value

 

Buy/Lend foreign currency

                                                                                
Forward exchange contracts      135         163         173         471         4         1,058         (18)         657         4   
Short-term exchange swaps      2,294         426         145         2,865         63         1,955         (14)         1,663         23   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                                                                 

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -                  -   

Total

     2,429         589         318         3,336         67         3,013         (32)         2,320         27   

Sell/Borrow foreign currency

                                                                                
Forward exchange contracts      722         96         51         869         (35)         1,203         (4)         700         (10)   
Short-term exchange swaps      821         81         287         1,189         (43)         1,237         8         1,452         (33)   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                                                                 

•   Sell call

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

•   Buy put

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Total

     1,543         177         338         2,058         (78)         2,440         4         2,152         (43)   

Total market value

                                         (11)                  (28)                  (16)   

 

272


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

Analysis by type and maturity

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  

Buy/Lend

                                   
Forward exchange contracts      471         -         -         471   
Short-term exchange swaps      2,865         -         -         2,865   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                    

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -   

Total

     3,336         -         -         3,336   

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  

Sell/Borrow

                                   
Forward exchange contracts      869         -         -         869   
Short-term exchange swaps      1,189         -         -         1,189   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                    

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -   

Total

     2,058         -         -         2,058   

Analysis by market value and maturity date

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Total market value of derivatives as assets      65         -         -         65   

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Total market value of derivatives as liabilities      (76)         -         -         (76)   

Analysis by accounting category

 

     Market value  
(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Fair value hedges      8         (12)         (20)   
Cash flow hedges      (16)         (7)         4   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      (3)         (9)         -   

Total

     (11)         (28)         (16)   

ii. Exchange rate sensitivity

The most used cross currencies in the Group are U.S.$ against EUR, GBP against EUR and GBP against U.S.$. The sensitivity is calculated by increasing or decreasing the value of the U.S.$ by 6% against other currencies.

An increase of foreign currency exchange rates versus EUR of 6%, applied to foreign exchange derivatives, would have a positive impact of 44 million in 2011 (against a positive impact of 17 million in 2010 and a negative impact of 18 million in 2009). This impact would affect the income statement only for foreign exchange derivatives, which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

 

273


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

For foreign exchange derivatives qualified as a fair value hedge, an increase of 6% in the foreign currency exchange rate would have a positive impact of 84 million in 2011 (against a negative impact of 8 million in 2010 and a negative impact of 32 million in 2009). However, this positive effect would be offset by a negative impact due to the re-evaluation of the underlying items. The impact on income statement would therefore be zero.

For foreign exchange derivatives qualified as a cash flow hedge, a 6% increase in the foreign currency exchange rate would have a negative impact of 28 million on equity in 2011 (against a positive impact of 16 million in 2010 and a positive impact of 15 million in 2009).

 

    2011     2010     2009  
(In millions of euros)  

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

   

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

   

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

 
Outstanding foreign exchange derivatives                                                                        
Fair value hedges     8        (82)        84        (12)        (10)        8        (20)        32        (32)   
Cash flow hedges     (16)        28        (28)        (7)        (17)        16        4        (15)        15   
Derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting     (3)        11        (12)        (9)        7        (7)        -        1        (1)   
Total outstanding derivatives     (11)        (43)        44        (28)        (20)        17        (16)        18        (18)   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on financial result     (3)        11        (12)        (9)        7        (7)        -        1        (1)   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on income (loss) from operating activities     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on equity     (16)        28        (28)        (7)        (17)        16        4        (15)        15   

iii. Reclassification to income statement of gains or losses on hedging transactions that were originally recognized in equity

 

(In millions of euros)        

Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2008

     -   
Changes in fair value      (9)   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      15   

Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2009

     6   
Changes in fair value      1   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      (13)   

Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2010

     (6)   
Changes in fair value      (11)   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      4   

Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2011

     (13)   

 

(1) The amounts recognized directly in equity indicated in this table differ from those disclosed in the Statement Of Comprehensive Income, due to the amounts related to discontinued activities and commodities derivatives, which are excluded in the above table.

c/ Fair value hierarchy

The amendment to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures - Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments” concerns assets and liabilities measured at fair value and requires to classify the fair value measures into three levels. The levels of the fair value hierarchy depend on the type of input used for the valuation of the instruments:

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included under Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable input).

 

274


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

    2011     2010     2009  
(In millions of euros)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Assets

                                                                                               
Financial assets available for sale at fair value (1)     3        129        7        139        13        134        14        161        3        223        48        274   
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (1)     -        795        -        795        -        493        -        493        -        1,722        -        1,722   
Currency derivatives (2)     -        65        -        65        -        54        -        54        -        35        -        35   
Interest-rate derivatives -hedging (2)     -        36        -        36        -        44        -        44        -        44        -        44   
Interest-rate derivatives -other (2)     -        1        -        1        -        23        -        23        -        235        -        235   
Cash equivalents (3)     376        842        -        1,218        -        -        -        310        -        -        -        1,031   

Total

    379        1,868        7        2,254        13        748        14        775        3        2,259        48        3,341   

Liabilities

                                                                                               
Currency derivatives (2)     -        (76)        -        (76)        -        (82)        -        (82)        -        (51)        -        (51)   
Interest-rate derivatives -hedging (2)     -        -        -        -        -        (2)        -        (2)        -        (1)        -        (1)   
Interest-rate derivatives -other (2)     -        (4)        -        (4)        -        (24)        -        (24)        -        (237)        -        (237)   

Total

    -        (80)        -        (80)        -        (108)        -        (108)        -        (289)        -        (289)   

 

(1) See Note 17.
(2) See Note 22.
(3) See Note 18. Actively traded money market funds are measured at their net asset value (“NAV”) and classified as Level 1. The Company’s remaining cash equivalents are classified as Level 2 and measured at amortized cost, which is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short time between the purchase of the instrument and its expected realization.

 

(In millions of euros)        

Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2009

     48   
Additions / (disposals)      2   
Fair value changes through equity      (36)   
Impairment losses      (2)   
Change in consolidation group      -   
Other changes      2   

Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2010

     14   
Additions / (disposals)      (7)   
Fair value changes through equity      -   
Impairment losses      -   
Change in consolidation group      -   
Other changes      -   

Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2011

     7   

d/ Stock market risk

Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries are not engaged in speculative trading in the stock markets. Subject to approval by Alcatel-Lucent, subsidiaries may make equity investments in selected companies.

 

275


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

e/ Credit risk

i. Maximum exposure to credit risk

The Group considers that its exposure is as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Trade receivables and other receivables(1)      3,407         3,664         3,221   
Marketable securities(2)      939         649         1,993   
Cash and cash equivalents(3)      3,534         5,040         3,577   
Other financial assets(2)      521         400         392   
Foreign exchange derivative assets (4)      65         54         35   
Interest-rate derivative assets (4)      37         67         279   
Other assets (4)      1,171         1,021         960   
Financial guarantees and off balance sheet commitments (5)      11         555         318   

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     9,685         11,450         10,775   

 

(1) See Note 21.
(2) See Note 17.
(3) See Note 18.
(4) See Note 22.
(5) See Note 32.

ii. Credit risk concentration

Due to the diversification of its customers and their geographical dispersion, management considers that there is no significant credit risk concentration. The credit risk for the top five customers does not exceed 30% of trade receivables.

iii. Outstanding financial assets not impaired

 

                   Of which amounts not impaired but overdue
at closing date
        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2011
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      114         114         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      3,416         2,990         117         107         47         32         303   

Gross value

     3,530         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Valuation allowance      (123)         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Net value

     3,407         3,104         117         107         47         32         303   

 

                   Of which amounts not impaired but overdue
at closing date
        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2010
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      167         167         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      3,650         3,130         144         146         46         31         367   

Gross value

     3,817         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Valuation allowance      (153)         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Net value

     3,664         3,297         144         146         46         31         367   

 

276


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

 

                  

Of which amounts not impaired but overdue

at closing date

        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2009
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      316         316         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      3,073         2,479         161         170         57         38         426   

Gross value

     3,389         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Valuation allowance      (168)         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Net value

     3,221         2,795         161         170         57         38         426   

We do not consider other financial assets that are overdue but not impaired to be material.

iv. Changes to trade receivable valuation allowances

 

(In millions of euros)    Amounts  

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2008

     (207)   
Net result impact      (23)   
Write-offs      34   
Translation adjustments      -   
Other changes      28   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2009

     (168)   
Net result impact      (14)   
Write-offs      23   
Translation adjustments      (9)   
Other changes      15   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2010

     (153)   
Net result impact      3   
Write-offs      19   
Translation adjustments      -   
Other changes      8   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2011

     (123)   

v. Credit risk on marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments

The Group is exposed to credit risk on its marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments if the counterparty defaults on its commitments. The Group diversifies the counterparties in order to dilute the credit risk. This risk is followed daily, with strict limits based on the counterparties’ rating. All counterparties are classified in the investment grade category as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The exposure, with regard to each counterparty, is calculated by taking into account the fair value of the marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments.

f/ Liquidity risk

i. Liquidity risk on the financial debt

The Group considers that its available marketable securities, cash and cash equivalents and the available syndicated bank credit facility (refer to Note 27) are sufficient to cover its operating expenses and capital expenditures and its financial debt requirements for the next twelve months.

ii. Liquidity risk on foreign exchange derivatives

The mark-to-market of foreign exchange derivatives (see part b/, paragraph i. Outstanding currency derivatives at December 31) appropriately conveys the liquidity risk.

Assets and liabilities related to foreign exchange derivatives are given in Note 22 Other assets and liabilities.

 

277


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30, NOTE 31

 

 

iii. Liquidity risk on guarantees and off balance sheet commitments

See Note 32 Contractual obligations and disclosures related to off balance sheet commitments.

NOTE 30    CUSTOMERS’ DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Advance payments received on construction contracts      126         175         173   
Other deposits and advances received from customers      464         628         466   

Total customers’ deposits and advances

     590         803         639   
Of which:                           

•   portion due within one year

     571         775         622   

•   portion due after one year

     19         28         17   

NOTE 31    NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

a/ Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010 (1)      2009 (1)  

Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent

     1,095         (334)         (524)   

Non-controlling interests

     49         42         20   
Adjustments:                           

•   Depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets

     895         969         945   
Of which impact of capitalized development costs      243         262         266   

•   Impairment of assets

     -         -         -   

•   Post-retirement benefit plan amendment

     (67)         (30)         (247)   

•   Changes in pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, net

     (540)         (502)         (201)   

•   Provisions, other impairment losses and fair value changes

     (245)         (115)         (95)   

•   Repurchase of bonds and change of estimates related to Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures (2)

     -         (24)         124   

•   Net (gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (45)         (166)         (401)   

•   Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates (net of dividends received)

     (3)         (14)         16   

•   (Income) loss from discontinued operations

     (414)         (33)         (162)   

•   Finance costs

     294         304         254   

•   Share-based payments

     28         36         56   

•   Taxes

     (544)         14         (77)   

Sub-total of adjustments

     (641)         439         212   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes      503         147         (292)   

 

(1) 2009 and 2010 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).
(2) See Notes 8, 25 and 27.

 

278


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 31

 

b/ Free cash flow

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010 (1)      2009 (1)  
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and income taxes      503         147         (292)   
Change in operating working capital      (200)         (62)         484   
Other current assets and liabilities      24         88         (5)   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before interest & taxes

     327         173         187   
Of which                           
- restructuring cash outlays      (344)         (373)         (556)   
- contribution and benefits paid on pensions & OPEB      (185)         (226)         (226)   
Interest received/(paid)      (253)         (256)         (172)   
Taxes received/(paid)      (55)         (107)         (83)   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     19         (190)         (68)   
Capital expenditures      (558)         (673)         (669)   

Free cash flow – Excluding Genesys business

     (539)         (863)         (737)   
Free cash flow Genesys business      81         45         41   

Free cash flow – Including Genesys business

     (458)         (818)         (696)   

 

(1) 2009 and 2010 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

c/ Cash (expenditure) / proceeds from obtaining / losing control of consolidated entities

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010 (1)      2009 (1)  

Obtaining control of consolidated entities

                          
Cash (expenditure) on acquisition of newly consolidated entities      -         -         (7)   
Cash and cash equivalents of newly consolidated entities      -         -         13   

Total - net impact on cash flows of obtaining control

     -         -         6   
Losing control of consolidated entities                           
Cash proceeds from disposal of formerly consolidated entities      (1)         109         128   
Cash and cash equivalents of formerly consolidated entities      -         (16)         -   

Total - net impact on cash flows of losing control

     (1)         93         128   

 

(1) 2009 and 2010 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

279


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

 

NOTE 32    CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND DISCLOSURES RELATED TO OFF BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

a/ Contractual obligations

The following table presents minimum payments that the Group will have to make in the future under contracts and firm commitments as of December 31, 2011. Amounts related to financial debt, finance lease obligations and the equity component of Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds are fully reflected in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

(In millions of euros)    Payment deadline          

 

Contractual payment obligations

    
 
 
Before
December 31,
2012
  
  
  
     2013-2014         2015-2016         2017 and After         Total   

Financial debt (excluding finance leases)

     315         1,040         1,415         1,831         4,601   

Finance lease obligations (1)

     14         3         1         -         18   

Equity component of convertible bonds

     -         259         164         76         499   
Sub-total - included in statement of financial position      329         1,302         1,580         1,907         5,118   

Finance costs on financial debt (2)

     293         526         335         1,007         2,161   

Operating leases

     223         316         202         195         936   

Commitments to purchase fixed assets

     35         -         -         -         35   

Unconditional purchase obligations (3)

     575         542         285         370         1,772   
Sub-total - commitments not included in statement of financial position      1,126         1,384         822         1,572         4,904   

Total contractual obligations (4)

     1,455         2,686         2,402         3,479         10,022   

 

(1) Of which 13 million related to a finance leaseback arrangement concerning IT infrastructure assets sold to Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”). See “Outsourcing Transactions” below.
(2) To compute finance costs on financial debt, all put dates have been considered as redemption dates. For debentures with calls but no puts, call dates have not been considered as redemption dates. Further details on put and call dates are given in Note 25. If all outstanding debentures at December 31, 2011 were not redeemed at their respective put dates, an additional finance cost of approximately 252 million (of which 73 million would be incurred in 2013-2016 and the remaining part in 2017 or later) would be incurred until redemption at their respective contractual maturities.
(3) Of which 1,416 million relate to commitments made to HP pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement and the IT outsourcing transaction entered into with HP, described in “Outsourcing Transactions below”. Other unconditional purchase obligations result mainly from obligations under multi-year supply contracts linked to the sale of businesses to third parties.
(4) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table (refer to Note 26).

b/ Off balance sheet commitments - commitments given

During the first half of 2011, we provided a letter of Indemnity (“LOI”) in favour of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs (“LDA”), our co-venturer in the jointly-controlled entity Alda Marine, agreeing to indemnify them in respect of any losses arising out of exposure of concerned crews to radiation from the nuclear power plant at Fukushima, Japan, in connection with the repairs conducted by us during the second quarter of 2011 on a submarine cable system, which required the use of vessels managed by LDA.

Our aggregate potential liability under this LOI may not exceed 50 million, as increased annually by the lower of (i) 5% and (ii) the percentage rate of revaluation of crew salaries awarded by LDA. This LOI expires on April 15, 2081.

As the level of radiation measured during the repairs was always below the critical level as defined by the IRSN (Institut de Radioprotection et de Sûreté Nucléaire), the risk of payment pursuant to the indemnity is considered as remote as of December 31, 2011.

Off balance sheet commitments of the Group were primarily related to guarantees given to the Group’s customers for contract execution (performance bonds, guarantees on advances received issued by financial institutions). Alcatel-Lucent does not rely on special purpose entities to deconsolidate these risks.

 

280


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

Guarantees given in the normal course of the Group’s business are presented below. For guarantees given for contract performance, only those issued by the Group to back guarantees granted by financial institutions are presented below:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Guarantees given on contracts made by entities within the Group and by non-consolidated subsidiaries      1,210         1,107         1,096   

Discounted notes receivable with recourse (1)

     1         2         2   

Other contingent commitments (2)(3)

     834         1,044         675   

Sub-total - contingent commitments

     2,045         2,153         1,773   

Secured borrowings (4)

     11         15         22   

Cash pooling guarantee (5)

     -         540         296   

Total (6)

     2,056         2,708         2,091   

 

(1) Amounts reported in this line item are related to discounting of receivables with recourse only. Total amounts of receivables discounted without recourse are disclosed in Note 19.
(2) The increase between 2009 and 2010 is mainly explained by guarantees given on funding requirements of U.K. pension’s plans (94 million) and guarantees given to French custom and tax authorities in the context of the creation of ALU International (218 million). In 2011 an amount of 244 million in guarantees given to French custom and tax authorities was released.
(3) Excluding the guarantee given to Louis Dreyfus Armateurs described below.
(4) Excluding the subordinated guarantees described below on certain bonds.
(5) The cash pooling guarantee was granted to the banks operating the Group’s cash pooling until December 31, 2011. This guarantee covered the risk involved in any overdrawn position that could remain outstanding after the many daily transfers between Alcatel-Lucent’s Central Treasury accounts and those of its subsidiaries.
(6) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table. Refer to Note 26 for a summary of our expected contribution to these plans.

Contingent commitments at December 31, 2011

 

(In millions of euros)    Maturity date         
Contingent commitments    Less than
one year
     2 to 3 years      4 to 5 years     

After

5 years

     Total  
Guarantees on Group contracts (1)      799         273         13         36         1,121   
Guarantees on third-party contracts      32         44         1         12         89   
Discounted notes receivable and other      1         -         -         -         1   
Other contingent commitments      474         157         119         84         834   

Total

     1,306         474         133         132         2,045   

Counter guarantees received

                                         337   

 

(1) Reflected in statement of financial position: 185 million.

The amounts reflected in the preceding tables represent the maximum potential amounts of future payments (undiscounted) that the Group could be required to make under current guarantees granted by the Group. These amounts are not reduced by any amounts that may be recovered under recourse, collateralization provisions in the guarantees or guarantees given by customers for the Group’s benefit, which are included in the “counter-guarantees received” line.

Commitments related to product warranties, pension, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefits are not included in the preceding table. These commitments are fully reflected in the financial statements. Contingent liabilities arising out of litigation, arbitration or regulatory actions are not included in the preceding table with the exception of those linked to Group construction contracts. For more information concerning contingencies, see Note 35.

Guarantees given on Group construction contracts consist of performance bonds issued by financial institutions to customers and bank guarantees given to secure advance payments received from customers (excluding security interests and restricted cash which are included in the table below “Guarantees granted on debt, advance payments received, contingencies and security interests granted at December 31, 2011” of this note). Alcatel-Lucent gives guarantees related to advances and payments received from customers, or commits to indemnify the customer, if the contractor does not perform the contract in compliance with the terms of the contract. In the event that, due to occurrences, such as delay in delivery or litigation related to failure in performance on the underlying contracts, it becomes likely that Alcatel-Lucent will become liable for such guarantees, the estimated risk is reserved for on the consolidated statement of financial position under the caption “provisions” (see Note 28) or in inventory reserve. The amounts concerned are given in the preceding table in the specific caption “(1) Reflected in statement of financial position”.

Commitments, which are related to contracts that have been cancelled or interrupted due to the default or bankruptcy of the customer, are included in the above-mentioned “Guarantees on Group contracts” as long as the legal release of the guarantee has not been obtained.

Additionally, most of the performance guarantees given to Group customers are insured. The evaluation of risk related to guarantees takes into account the insurance proceeds that may be received in case of a claim.

 

281


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

 

Guarantees given on third-party construction contracts could require the Group to make payments to the guaranteed party based on a non-consolidated company’s failure to perform under an agreement. The fair value of these contingent liabilities, corresponding to the premiums received by the guarantor for issuing the guarantees, was 1 million at December 31, 2011 (1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2 million at December 31, 2009).

Alcatel-Lucent licenses to its customers software and rights to use intellectual property that might provide the licensees with an indemnification against any liability arising from third-party claims of patent, copyright or trademark infringement. Alcatel-Lucent cannot determine the maximum amount of losses that Alcatel-Lucent could incur under this type of indemnification, because Alcatel-Lucent often may not have enough information about the nature and scope of an infringement claim until it has been submitted.

Alcatel-Lucent indemnifies its directors and certain of its current and former officers for third-party claims alleging certain breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. Certain costs incurred for providing such indemnification may be recovered under various insurance policies. Alcatel-Lucent is unable to reasonably estimate the maximum amount that could be payable under these arrangements, since these exposures are not capped, due to the conditional nature of its obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement. Historically, payments made under these agreements have not had a material effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Guarantees granted on debt, advance payments received, contingencies and security interests granted at December 31, 2011

 

(In millions of euros)    Maturity date            Total of the
statement  of
financial
position
caption
    % of the
statement of
financial
position
caption
 
Guarantees on borrowings and
advance payments received
  

Less than

one year

    

2 to

3 years

    

4 to

5 years

    

After

5 years

     Total      
Security interests granted      -         -         -         1         1       
Other guarantees given      -         6         4         -         10                   

Total

     -         6         4         1         11                   
Net book value of assets given in guarantee:                                                             

•   intangible assets

                                                 1,774        0.00%   

•   tangible assets

                                                 1,263        0.00%   

•   financial assets

                                1         1        521        0.19%   

•   inventories and work in progress

                                                 1,975        0.00%   

Total

                                1         1                   

Guarantee on cash pooling

A cash pooling guarantee was granted to the banks operating the Group’s cash pooling until December 31, 2011. This guarantee covered the risk involved in any overdrawn position that could remain outstanding after the many daily transfers between Alcatel-Lucent’s Central Treasury accounts and those of its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, this guarantee was terminated (0.5 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 0.3 billion as of December 31, 2009).

Outsourcing transactions

Outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard

During 2009, Alcatel-Lucent entered into a major IT outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”) which it implemented in 2010 (Alcatel-Lucent also signed and implemented other outsourcing transactions in 2009 and 2010 with other service providers concerning payroll and certain R&D and business process activities.)

The IT outsourcing transaction provides for HP to transform and manage a large part of Alcatel-Lucent’s IT infrastructure. As part of an initial 18-month transition and transformation phase, HP is investing its own resources to transform Alcatel-Lucent’s global IT/IS platforms. As a result, Alcatel-Lucent is committed to restructuring its IT/IS operations, which is estimated to cost 200 million over ten years. These restructuring costs, which include severance costs and the costs of transferring certain legal entities and resources to HP, are being recognized as incurred, starting in 2010. 22 million of these restructuring costs were incurred during 2011 (28 million in 2010).

As part of the transfer of resources, in 2010, Alcatel-Lucent sold to HP IT infrastructure assets under a sale and finance leaseback arrangement, the payment obligations for which are included in “Finance lease obligations” in the contractual payments obligations table above representing a total amount of 13 million of finance lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 (34 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

282


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

Also as part of the overall arrangement with HP, Alcatel-Lucent committed to purchase approximately 451 million of HP goods and services. Of this amount, 249 million represents Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect annual purchases over the four-year period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014 in an annual amount equal to approximately 62 million, which is the annual amount spent by Alcatel-Lucent for HP goods and services from November 1, 2008 through October 31, 2009, and 202 million represents Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect incremental purchases over the same four-year period of HP goods and services to be used in the context of customer networks. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining total commitment was 276 million. The finance lease obligations and the unconditional purchase commitments related to this agreement are included in the contractual payment obligations table, presented above in the lines “Finance lease obligations” and “Unconditional purchase obligations”.

The two following commitments were included in the HP agreement:

 

 

a minimum value commitment regarding the amount of IT Managed services to be purchased or procured by Alcatel-Lucent from HP and/or any HP affiliates over ten years, for a total amount of 1,408 million (which amount includes 120 million of the 200 million restructuring costs mentioned above and with a remaining commitment of 976 million as of December 31, 2011 (1,206 million as of December 31, 2010)); and

 

 

a commitment to make certain commercial efforts related to the development of sales pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement, including through the establishment of dedicated teams, representing a minimum investment of 298 million over ten years (with a remaining commitment of 164 million as of December 31, 2011 (227 million as of December 31, 2010)).

These two commitments are included in the contractual payment obligations table above in the line “Unconditional purchase obligations” for the remaining balance as of December 31, 2011.

Other Commitments - Contract Manufacturers /Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) providers

Alcatel-Lucent outsources a significant amount of manufacturing activity to a limited number of electronic manufacturing service (EMS) providers. The EMS’s manufacture products using Alcatel-Lucent’s design specifications and they test platforms in line with quality assurance programs, and standards established by Alcatel-Lucent. EMSs are required to procure components and sub-assemblies that are used to manufacture products based on Alcatel-Lucent’s demand forecasts from suppliers in Alcatel-Lucent’s approved supplier lists.

Generally, Alcatel-Lucent does not own the components and sub-assemblies purchased by the EMS and title to the products is generally transferred from the EMS providers to Alcatel-Lucent upon delivery. Alcatel-Lucent’s records the inventory purchases upon transfer of title from the EMS to Alcatel-Lucent. Alcatel-Lucent establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical trends and future expected demand. This analysis includes excess and obsolete inventory owned by EMSs that is manufactured on Alcatel-Lucent’s behalf, and excess and obsolete inventory that will result from non-cancellable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) component and sub-assembly orders that the EMSs have with their suppliers for parts meant to be integrated into Alcatel-Lucent products.

Alcatel-Lucent generally does not have minimum purchase obligations in its contract-manufacturing relationships with EMS providers and therefore the contractual payment obligations table presented above under the heading “Contractual Obligations”, does not include any commitments related to EMS providers.

Letter of Indemnity in favour of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs.

During the first half of 2011 we provided a letter of Indemnity (“LOI”) in favour of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs (“LDA”), our co-venturer in the jointly-controlled entity Alda Marine agreeing to indemnify them in respect of any losses arising out of exposure of crews to radiation from the nuclear power plant at Fukushima, Japan, in connection with the repairs conducted by us during the second quarter of 2011 on a submarine cable system, which required the use of vessels managed by LDA.

Our aggregate potential liability under this LOI may not exceed 50 million, as increased annually by the lower of (i) 5% and (ii) the percentage rate of revaluation of crew salaries awarded by LDA. This LOI expires on April 15, 2081.

As the level of radiation measured during the repairs were always below critical level as defined by the IRSN (Institut de Radioprotection et de Sûreté Nucléaire), the risk of payment pursuant to the indemnity is considered remote as of December 31, 2011.

Subordinated guaranties provided in respect of some Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (ex Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent”)) public bonds

Alcatel-Lucent guaranty of Lucent Technologies Inc. 2.875% Series A & B Convertibles

On December 29, 2006, Alcatel-Lucent provided its full and unconditional guaranty in respect of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A Convertible Senior Debentures due 2023 and of Lucent’s 2.875% Series B Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025. These

 

283


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

 

guarantees were delivered as part of a joint solicitation of consent from the holders of such debentures and are unsecured and subordinated to Alcatel-Lucent’s senior debt.

Lucent guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent public bonds

On March 27, 2007, Lucent provided its full and unconditional guaranty in respect of the Alcatel-Lucent’s 6.375% EUR due April 2014

These guarantees are unsecured and subordinated to Lucent’s senior debt.

Specific commitments

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Separation Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to various agreements that were entered into in connection with the separation of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and former affiliates, including AT&T, Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere Systems, before its merger with LSI corporation in April 2007) and NCR Corporation. Pursuant to these agreements, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the former affiliates agreed to allocate certain liabilities related to each other’s business, and have agreed to share liabilities based on certain allocations and thresholds. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2009, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. recorded an additional provision of U.S.$22 million for an indemnity claim asserted by NCR Corporation against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent relating to NCR Corporation’s liabilities for the environmental clean up of the Fox River in Wisconsin, USA. In 2010, a reversal of 4 million was accounted for based upon NCR Corporation’s reduction of the amount of the claim it has asserted against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent. Future developments in connection with the Fox River claim may warrant additional adjustments of existing provisions. We are not aware of any material liabilities to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s former affiliates as a result of the separation agreements that are not otherwise reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Nevertheless, it is possible that potential liabilities for which the former affiliates bear primary responsibility may lead to contributions by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. beyond amounts currently reserved.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Guarantees and Indemnification Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. divested certain businesses and assets through sales to third-party purchasers and spin-offs to the other common shareowners of the businesses spun off. In connection with these transactions, certain direct or indirect indemnifications were provided to the buyers or other third parties doing business with the divested entities. These indemnifications include secondary liability for certain leases of real property and equipment assigned to the divested entity and specific indemnifications for certain legal and environmental contingencies, as well as vendor supply commitments. The durations of such indemnifications vary but are standard for transactions of this nature.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. remains secondarily liable for approximately U.S.$59 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 (U.S.$72 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2010 and U.S.$86 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2009), that were assigned to Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere) and purchasers of other businesses that were divested. The remaining terms of these assigned leases and the corresponding guarantees range from one month to 10 years. The primary obligor of the assigned leases may terminate or restructure the lease before its original maturity and thereby relieve Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. of its secondary liability. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. generally has the right to receive indemnity or reimbursement from the assignees and we have not reserved for losses on this form of guarantee.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to a tax-sharing agreement to indemnify AT&T and is liable for tax adjustments that are attributable to its lines of business, as well as a portion of certain other shared tax adjustments during the years prior to its separation from AT&T. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has similar agreements with Avaya and LSI Corporation. Certain proposed or assessed tax adjustments are subject to these tax-sharing agreements. We do not expect that the outcome of these other matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or near-term liquidity.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent public bonds

On March 27, 2007, Lucent issued full and unconditional guaranties of Alcatel-Lucent’s 6.375% notes due 2014 (the principal amount of which was 462 million on each of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009). The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s senior debt and is pari passu with Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations.

c/ Off balance sheet commitments - commitments received

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Guarantees received or security interests received on lendings      144         22         28   
Counter-guarantees received on guarantees given on contracts      63         66         59   
Other commitments received      130         135         150   

Total

     337         223         237   

Commitments received on financial debt and bank credit agreements

The commitment received in connection with the syndicated bank credit facility is described in Note 27j.

 

284


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

On December 15, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent Italia received from the European Investment Bank a commitment related to the potential issuance of a bond for an amount of 90 million available during a period of 18 months (i.e. up to June 15, 2012). This bank term loan facility has, among others, the following terms and conditions:

 

 

the maturity of the loan will be either 3 years from disbursement, if the entire principal and interest is repaid at once, or 5 years from disbursement in case of equal yearly (half-yearly or quarterly) repayments;

 

 

existence of a security package including first demand guarantees and a pledge of the Alcatel-Lucent Italy shares owned by Alcatel-Lucent NV; and

 

 

some covenants are associated with this loan once drawn, the main one being a mandatory repayment if Alcatel-Lucent is downgraded by Standard & Poor’s from B to B- or by Moody’s from B1 to B3.

This bank credit facility was not drawn as of February 8, 2012.

NOTE 33    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related parties are mainly:

 

 

shareholders of Alcatel-Lucent;

 

 

jointly controlled entities (consolidated using proportionate consolidation);

 

 

investments in associates (accounted for using equity method);

 

 

non-consolidated entities; and

 

 

key management personnel.

To the Group’s knowledge, no shareholder held more than 5% of the parent company’s share capital as of December 31, 2011.

Transactions with related parties (as defined by IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures”) during 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Revenues                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      19         46         30   
Joint ventures      -         -         -   
Equity affiliates      8         2         2   
Cost of sales                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      (67)         (93)         (37)   
Joint ventures      (24)         (29)         (28)   
Equity affiliates      (5)         (2)         (1)   
Research and development costs                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      (13)         (13)         (6)   
Joint ventures      -         -         -   
Equity affiliates      -         -         (5)   

Outstanding balances arising from related party transactions at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2011     2010     2009  
Other assets                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      8        5        24   
Joint ventures      3        3        -   
Equity affiliates      8        4        3   
Other liabilities                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      (10)        (4)        (4)   
Joint ventures      -        -        -   
Equity affiliates      -        (1)        (1)   
Cash (financial debt), net                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      -        -        (4)   
Joint ventures      18 (1)      24 (1)      28 (1) 
Equity affiliates      -        -        -   

 

(1) Loan to a co-venturer (refer to Notes 17 and 27a).

 

285


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 34, NOTE 35

 

 

Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Group’s executive committee are those present during the year and listed in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, compensation, benefits and social security contributions attributable to members of the Board of Directors and to the executive committee members (“Key management personnel”) were as follows:

Recorded expense in respect of compensation and related benefits attributable to Key management personnel during the year

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Short-term benefits                           
Fixed remuneration      9         11         8   
Variable remuneration (1)      4         4         2   
Directors’ fees      1         1         1   
Employer’s social security contributions      2         2         2   
Termination benefits and retirement indemnities      3         -         3   
Other benefits                           
Post-employment benefits      3         3         2   
Share-based payments      8         4         4   
Total      30         25         22   

 

(1) Including retention bonuses.

NOTE 34    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES AND AUDIT FEES

a/ Employee benefit expenses

 

(In millions of euros)    2011      2010      2009  
Wages and salaries (1)      5,086         5,208         5,191   
Restructuring costs (2)      113         240         363   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendment (3)      (67)         (30)         (253)   
Financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs (4)      (417)         (339)         (105)   
Net employee benefit expenses      4,715         5,079         5,196   

 

(1) Including social security expenses and operational pension costs. This is reported in Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments.
(2) See Note 28d.
(3) See Note 26f.
(4) See Note 8.

b/ Audit fees

The unaudited amount of audit fees is disclosed in Section 11.4 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F, which is available on the Internet (http://alcatel-lucent.com).

NOTE 35    CONTINGENCIES

In addition to legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business (including employment-related collective actions in France and the United States) which management believes are adequately reserved against in the financial statements or will not result in any significant costs to the Group, Alcatel-Lucent is involved in the following legal proceedings.

ACTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS

a/ Costa Rican Actions

Beginning in early October 2004, Alcatel-Lucent learned that investigations had been launched in Costa Rica by the Costa Rican prosecutors and the National Congress, regarding payments made by consultants allegedly on behalf of Alcatel CIT, a French subsidiary now called Alcatel-Lucent France (“CIT”), or other Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries to various public officials in Costa Rica, two political parties in Costa Rica and representatives of Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (ICE), the state-owned telephone company, in connection with the procurement by CIT of several contracts for network equipment and services from ICE. Upon learning of these allegations, Alcatel commenced an investigation into this matter.

 

286


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 35

 

In connection with the Costa Rica allegations, on July 27, 2007, the Costa Rican Prosecutor’s Office indicted eleven individuals, including the former president of Alcatel de Costa Rica, on charges of aggravated corruption, unlawful enrichment, simulation, fraud and others. Three of those individuals have since pled guilty. Shortly thereafter, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office and ICE, acting as victims of this criminal case, each filed amended civil claims against the eleven criminal defendants, as well as five additional civil defendants (one individual and four corporations, including CIT) seeking compensation for damages in the amounts of U.S.$52 million (in the case of the Attorney General’s Office) and U.S.$20 million (in the case of ICE). The Attorney General’s claim supersedes two prior claims, of November 25, 2004 and August 31, 2006. On November 25, 2004, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office commenced a civil lawsuit against CIT to seek pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to the people and the Treasury of Costa Rica, and for the loss of prestige suffered by the Nation of Costa Rica (social damages). The ICE claim, which supersedes its prior claim of February 1, 2005, seeks pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to ICE and its customers, for the harm to the reputation of ICE resulting from these events (moral damages), and for damages resulting from an alleged overpricing it was forced to pay under its contract with CIT. During preliminary court hearings held in San José during September 2008, ICE filed a report in which the damages allegedly caused by CIT are valued at U.S.$71.6 million. The trial of the criminal case, including the related civil claims, started on April 14, 2010.

Alcatel-Lucent settled the Attorney General’s social damages claims in return for a payment by CIT of approximately U.S.$10 million. ICE’s claims are not included in the settlement with the Attorney General. ICE took them to trial with the criminal claims. On April 5, 2011, the trial was closed by the Tribunal. The Tribunal rendered its verdict on April 27, 2011, and declined on procedural grounds to rule on ICE’s related civil claims against Alcatel-Lucent, which were dismissed. The criminal court issued its full written ruling on May 25, 2011. The corresponding reserve previously booked for an amount of 2 million was fully reversed during the second quarter 2011.

Additionally, in August 2007, ICE notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to terminate the 2001 contract for CIT to install 400,000 GSM cellular telephone lines (the “400KL GSM Contract”), in connection with which ICE is claiming compensation of U.S.$59.8 million for damages and loss of income. By March 2008, CIT and ICE concluded negotiations of a draft settlement agreement for the implementation of a “Get Well Plan,” in full and final settlement of the above-mentioned claim. This settlement agreement was not approved by ICE’s Board of Directors which resolved, instead, to resume the aforementioned administrative proceedings to terminate the operations and maintenance portion of the 400KL GSM Contract, claim penalties and damages in the amount of U.S.$59.8 million and call the performance bond. CIT was notified of the termination by ICE of this portion of the 400 KL GSM Contract on June 23, 2008. ICE has made additional damages claims and penalty assessments related to the 400KL GSM Contract that bring the overall exposure under the contract to U.S.$78.1 million in the aggregate, of which ICE has collected U.S.$5.9 million.

In June 2008, CIT filed an administrative appeal against the termination mentioned above. ICE called the performance bond in August 2008, and on September 16, 2008 CIT was served notice of ICE’s request for payment of the remainder amount of damages claimed, U.S.$44.7 million. On September 17, 2008, the Costa Rican Supreme Court ruled on the appeal filed by CIT stating that: (i) the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to be reimbursed to CIT and (ii) the U.S.$44.7 million claim is to remain suspended until final resolution by the competent court of the case. Following a clarification request filed by ICE, the Court finally decided that the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to remain deposited in an escrow account held by the Court, until final resolution of the case. On October 8, 2008, CIT filed a claim against ICE requesting the court to overrule ICE’s partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract and claiming compensation for the damages caused to CIT. In January 2009, ICE filed its response to CIT’s claim. At a court hearing on March 25, 2009, ICE ruled out entering into settlement discussions with CIT. On April 20, 2009, CIT filed a petition to the Court to recover the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount and offered the replacement of such bond with a new bond that will guarantee the results of the final decision of the Court. CIT appealed the Court’s rejection of such petition and the appeal was resolved on March 18, 2010 in favor of CIT. As a consequence of this decision, CIT will collect the aforementioned U.S.$15.1 million amount upon submission to the Court of a bank guarantee for an equivalent amount. A hearing originally scheduled for June 1, 2009 was suspended due to ICE’s decision not to present to the Court the complete administrative file wherein ICE decided the partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract. The case is expected to be set for trial in July 2012 and to continue for approximately six months.

On October 14, 2008, the Costa Rican authorities notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to ban CIT from government procurement contracts in Costa Rica for up to 5 years. The administrative proceeding was suspended on December 8, 2009 pending the resolution of the criminal case mentioned above. In March 2010, CIT was notified of a new administrative proceeding whereby ICE seeks to ban CIT from procurement contracts, as a consequence of alleged material breaches under the 400KL GSM Contract (in particular, in connection with failures related to road coverage and quality levels).

If the Costa Rican authorities conclude criminal violations have occurred, CIT may be banned from participating in government procurement contracts within Costa Rica for a certain period. Alcatel-Lucent generated US$ 4.5 million in revenue from Costa Rican contracts in 2011 and expects to generate approximately US$ 5.6 million of revenues in 2012. Based on the amount of revenue expected from these contracts, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe a loss of business in Costa Rica would have a material adverse effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole. However, these events may have a negative impact on the reputation of Alcatel-Lucent in Latin America.

Alcatel-Lucent has recognized a provision in connection with the various ongoing proceedings in Costa Rica when reliable estimates of the probable future outflow were available.

 

287


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 35

 

 

b/ U.S. Prosecutions and Cases

The United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) conducted an investigation into possible violations by Alcatel-Lucent of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and federal securities laws. In connection with that investigation, the DOJ and the SEC requested information regarding Alcatel-Lucent’s operations in multiple countries.

Alcatel-Lucent engaged in settlement discussions with the DOJ and the SEC with regard to the FCPA investigations. These discussions resulted in filed settlement agreements with the DOJ and the SEC. Final judgment has been entered in the SEC case, according to which, Alcatel-Lucent neither admits nor denies the allegations in the SEC’s complaint, and is permanently restrained and enjoined from future violations of U.S. securities laws.

The settlement agreement with the DOJ was accepted by the court on June 1, 2011. Under the DOJ agreement, Alcatel-Lucent entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) for violations of the internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA in connection with conduct in Costa Rica, Honduras, Malaysia, Taiwan, Kenya, Nigeria, Bangladesh, Ecuador, Nicaragua, Angola, Ivory Coast, Burkina Faso, Uganda, and Mali. If Alcatel-Lucent fully complies with the terms of the DPA, the DOJ will dismiss the charges upon conclusion of the three-year term. Alcatel-Lucent paid an amount of US$ 25 million as the first installments of the criminal fine of U.S.$ 92 million – fully reserved the amounts still owed and payable over the course of three years. Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica each pled guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions. Pursuant to the agreements with both the DOJ and SEC, Alcatel-Lucent has engaged for the next three years a French anticorruption compliance monitor to evaluate the effectiveness of Alcatel-Lucent’s internal controls, record-keeping and financial reporting policies and procedures. In February 2011, Alcatel-Lucent paid the full US$ 45.4 million in civil fines and disgorgement to the SEC.

ICE attempted to intervene in the criminal settlement as an alleged victim of Alcatel-Lucent’s conduct, and filed a claim for restitution. On June 1, 2011, the court denied ICE’s claim for restitution and held that ICE was not a victim. ICE subsequently filed a petition for mandamus seeking reversal of the district court’s order, but the petition was denied. ICE has indicated it may seek review of that decision by the U.S. Supreme Court. ICE also filed a direct appeal of the district court’s decision.

On April 30, 2010, ICE filed a civil RICO claim in state court in Miami, Florida (USA). ICE claimed that several different Alcatel-Lucent entities, along with a former employee, were engaged in a worldwide scheme of bribery and corruption, during which they made payments to senior officials of the Costa Rican government and ICE. ICE claimed it was damaged by this conduct and sought treble damages, disgorgement, and other damages and relief. On January 18, 2011, the court granted the Alcatel-Lucent defendants’ motion to dismiss on forum non conveniens grounds, and directed ICE to file its claim in Costa Rica. ICE appealed that decision. On December 21, 2011, Florida’s Court of Appeal summarily affirmed the trial court’s decision to dismiss ICE’s case.

c/ Investigations in France

French authorities are carrying out investigations into certain conduct by Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries in Costa Rica, Kenya, Nigeria, and French Polynesia.

With respect to Costa Rica, French authorities are investigating CIT’s payments to consultants in the Costa Rica matter described above.

With respect to Kenya, the authorities are conducting an investigation to ascertain whether inappropriate payments were received by Kenyan public officials as a result of consultant payments that CIT made in 2000 in connection with a supply contract between CIT and a privately-owned company in Kenya.

With respect to Nigeria, French authorities have requested that Alcatel-Lucent produce further documents related to payments made by its subsidiaries to certain consultants in Nigeria. Alcatel-Lucent has responded to the request and is continuing to cooperate with the investigating authorities.

The investigation with respect to French Polynesia concerns the conduct of Alcatel-Lucent’s telecommunication submarine system subsidiary, Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks (“ASN”), and certain former or current employees of Alcatel-Lucent in relation to a project for a telecommunication submarine cable between Tahiti and Hawaii awarded to ASN in 2007 by the state-owned telecom agency of French Polynesia (“OPT”). On September 23, 2009, four of those former employees were charged (“mis en examen”) with aiding and abetting favoritism in connection with the award by OPT of this public procurement project. On November 23, 2009, ASN was charged with benefitting from favoritism (“recel de favoritisme”) in connection with the same alleged favoritism. Alcatel-Lucent commenced, and is continuing, an investigation into this matter. In March 2011, several current or former public officials of French Polynesia and a former consultant of ASN were charged with either favoritism or aiding and abetting favoritism.

Alcatel-Lucent is unable to predict the outcome of these investigations and their potential effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business. In particular, if ASN were convicted of a criminal violation, the French courts could, among other things, fine ASN and/or ban it from participating in French public procurement contracts for a certain period. ASN generated approximately 17 million of revenues from French public procurement contracts in 2011 and expects to generate approximately 3.6 million of revenues in 2012.

 

288


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 35

 

Accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe that a loss of business as a result of such a ban would have a material effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole.

d/ Malaysia

Malaysian authorities conducted an investigation following disclosure of events in Malaysia that occurred between 2004 and 2006 involving certain conduct by former employees of an Alcatel-Lucent subsidiary in Malaysia that were described in the public court filings by the DOJ and SEC referred to above. The investigation was focused on payments totaling approximately U.S.$15,000 made to employees of a government controlled customer in exchange for non-public information. The authorities decided not to press charges against the Alcatel-Lucent subsidiary. However, as a result of the conduct in 2004 through 2006 described in said public court filings, two customers in Malaysia have suspended Alcatel-Lucent from obtaining new business for a period of 12 months commencing in January 2011 and February 2011 respectively.

Intellectual Property Cases

Each of Alcatel-Lucent, Lucent and certain other entities of the Group is a defendant in various cases in which third parties claim infringement of their patents, including certain cases where infringement claims have been made against its customers in connection with products the applicable Alcatel-Lucent entity has provided to them, or challenging the validity of certain patents.

Microsoft

Lucent, Microsoft and Dell have been involved in a number of patent lawsuits in various jurisdictions. In the summer of 2003, certain Dell and Microsoft lawsuits in San Diego, California, were consolidated in federal court in the Southern District of California. The court scheduled a number of trials for groups of the Lucent patents, including two trials held in 2008. In one of these trials, on April 4, 2008, a jury awarded Alcatel-Lucent approximately U.S.$357 million in damages for Microsoft’s infringement of the “Day” patent, which relates to a computerized form entry system. On June 19, 2008, the Court entered judgment on the verdict and also awarded prejudgment interest exceeding U.S.$140 million. The total amount awarded Alcatel-Lucent relating to the Day patent exceeded U.S.$497 million.

On December 15, 2008, Microsoft and Alcatel-Lucent executed a settlement and license agreement whereby the parties agreed to settle the majority of their outstanding litigations, with the exception of Microsoft’s appeal of the Day patent verdict to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. This settlement included dismissing all pending patent claims in which Alcatel-Lucent is a defendant and provided Alcatel-Lucent with licenses to all Microsoft patents-in-suit in these cases. Also, on May 13, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent and Dell agreed to a settlement and dismissal of the appeal issues relating to Dell from the April 2008 trial.

On September 11, 2009, the Federal Circuit issued its opinion affirming that the Day patent is both a valid patent and infringed by Microsoft in Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Money, and Windows Mobile products. However, the Federal Circuit vacated the jury’s damages award and ordered a new trial in the District Court in San Diego to re-calculate the amount of damages owed to Alcatel-Lucent for Microsoft’s infringement. On November 23, 2009, the Federal Circuit denied Microsoft’s en banc petition for a rehearing on the validity of the Day patent.

On February 22, 2010, Microsoft filed a Petition for a Writ of Certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking the Supreme Court to review the Federal Circuit’s September 11, 2009 decision to affirm the District Court’s finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent. On April 23, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Brief in Opposition and the Supreme Court denied Microsoft’s Petition on May 24, 2010. Starting July 14, 2011, a trial was held in the U.S. District Court in San Diego to determine the amount of compensation owed to Alcatel-Lucent by Microsoft for its infringement of the Day patent, and on July 29, 2011, the jury returned a verdict finding that Microsoft owes Alcatel-Lucent US$ 70 million in damages before interest.

On November 10, 2011, the Court entered Judgment as a Matter of Law lowering the jury award to Alcatel-Lucent for Microsoft’s infringement of the Day Patent from US$ 70 million to US$ 26.3 million. On November 16, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Notice of Appeal with the Federal Circuit. On December 29, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent USA and Microsoft agreed to a settlement and dismissal of the Day Patent litigation. This matter is now settled.

Effect of the Various Proceedings

Governmental investigations and legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties and the outcomes thereof are difficult to predict. Consequently, Alcatel-Lucent is unable to estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters. Because of the uncertainties of government investigations and legal proceedings, one or more of these matters could ultimately result in material monetary payments by Alcatel-Lucent beyond those to be made by reason of the various settlement agreements described in this Note 35.

 

289


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 36, NOTE 37

 

 

Except for these governmental investigations and legal proceedings and their possible consequences as set forth above, the Company is not aware, as of the date this document is being published, of any legal proceeding or governmental investigation (including any suspended or threatened proceeding) against Alcatel-Lucent and/or its subsidiaries that could have a material impact on the financial situation or profitability of the Group.

No significant new litigation has been commenced since December  31, 2010.

NOTE 36     EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE

There were no events that have a material impact on the financial status that occurred between the statement of financial position date and February 8, 2012, the date when the Board of Directors authorized the consolidated financial statements for issue.

NOTE 37    MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES

 

Company    Country      % interest      Consolidation
method
Alcatel-Lucent (2) (3)    France              Parent company
Operating companies (1)                       
Alcatel-Lucent Australia Limited      Australia                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Austria AG      Austria                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Bell NV      Belgium                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Brasil S/A      Brazil                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Canada Inc.      Canada                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Deutschland AG      Germany                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Enterprise      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent España S.A.      Spain                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent France      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent India Limited      India                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent International      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Italia S.p.A.      Italy                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Mexico S.A. de C.V.      Mexico                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Nederland B.V.      The Netherlands                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Polska Sp Z.o.o.      Poland                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Portugal, S.A.      Portugal                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Schweiz AG      Switzerland                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd      China         50       Full consolidation  (4)
Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Telecom Limited      U.K.                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.      U.S.A.                Full consolidation
Alda Marine      France         51       Proportionate (5)
Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc.      U.S.A.                Full consolidation
LGS Innovations LLC      U.S.A.                Full consolidation

Holdings

                      
Financial Holdings                       
Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc.      U.S.A.                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent N.V.      The Netherlands                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Participations      France                Full consolidation
Coralec      France                Full consolidation
Florelec      France                Full consolidation
Financial Services                       
Electro Banque      France                Full consolidation
Electro Ré      Luxemburg                Full consolidation

 

(1) Percentages of interest equal 100% unless otherwise specified.
(2) Publicly traded.
(3) The activities of Alcatel-Lucent, as the parent company, are included under the business segment “Other”.
(4) Entity fully controlled by the Group holding 50% plus one share.
(5) Entity jointly controlled with Louis Dreyfus Armateurs holding the 49% remaining shares

 

290


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 38

 

NOTE 38    QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Consolidated income statements

 

(In millions of euros – except per share information)

2011

   Q1 (1)      Q2 (1)      Q3 (1)      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,656         3,817         3,704         4,150         15,327   

Cost of sales

     (2 364)         (2 485)         (2,396)         (2,722)         (9,967)   

Gross profit

     1,292         1,332         1,308         1,428         5,360   
Administrative and selling expenses      (709)         (676)         (635)         (622)         (2,642)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (655)         (620)         (599)         (598)         (2,472)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      8         (14)         9         2         5   
Research and development costs      (647)         (634)         (590)         (596)         (2,467)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (64)         22         83         210         251   
Restructuring costs      (31)         (50)         (57)         (65)         (203)   
Litigations      4         0         0         -         4   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      4         (2)         (4)         -         (2)   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      69         (2)         (1)         1         67   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (18)         (32)         21         146         117   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (87)         (91)         (84)         (91)         (353)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      15         15         15         14         59   
Finance costs      (72)         (76)         (69)         (77)         (294)   
Other financial income (loss)      91         95         63         110         359   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      -         2         -         2         4   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      1         (11)         15         181         186   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      (8)         37         178         337         544   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (7)         26         193         518         730   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      2         32         26         354         414   

Net income (loss)

     (5)         58         219         872         1,144   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     (10)         43         194         868         1,095   

• Non-controlling interests

     5         15         25         4         49   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

     0.00         0.02         0.09         0.38         0.48   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     0.00         0.02         0.08         0.29         0.42   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.08         0.23         0.30   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.07         0.18         0.28   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.01         0.15         0.18   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.01         0.11         0.14   

 

(1) Q1, Q2 and Q3 2011 consolidated income statements are re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

291


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 38

 

 

 

(In millions of euros -except per share information)

2010 (1)

   Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,174         3,729         3,992         4,763         15,658   

Cost of sales

     (2,173)         (2,413)         (2,679)         (3,091)         (10,356)   

Gross profit

     1,001         1, 316         1,313         1,672         5,302   
Administrative and selling expenses      (658)         (719)         (684)         (709)         (2,769)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (604)         (646)         (659)         (684)         (2,593)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      (8)         (8)         4         2         (10)   
Research and development costs      (612)         (654)         (655)         (682)         (2,603)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (269)         (56)         (26)         281         (70)   
Restructuring costs      (134)         (109)         (70)         (58)         (371)   
Litigations      (6)         (10)         10         (22)         (28)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      (3)         -         -         65         62   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      -         -         30         -         30   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (412)         (175)         (56)         266         (377)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (86)         (92)         (86)         (93)         (357)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      15         15         10         13         53   
Finance costs      (71)         (77)         (76)         (80)         (304)   
Other financial income (loss)      25         58         139         134         356   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      1         7         4         2         14   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (457)         (187)         11         322         (311)   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      (43)         (1)         25         5         (14)   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (500)         (188)         36         327         (325)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      (7)         5         10         25         33   

Net income (loss)

     (507)         (183)         46         352         (292)   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     (515)         (184)         25         340         (334)   

• Non-controlling interests

     8         1         21         12         42   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

     (0.23)         (0.08)         0.01         0.15         (0.15)   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (0.23)         (0.08)         0.01         0.13         (0.15)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     (0.22)         (0.09)         0.01         0.14         (0.16)   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     (0.22)         (0.09)         0.01         0.12         (0.16)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     (0.01)         (0.01)         0.00         0.01         0.01   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     (0.01)         (0.01)         0.00         0.01         0.01   

 

(1) 2010 consolidated income statement is re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

292


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 38

 

 

(In millions of euros - except per share information)

2009 (1)

   Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,524         3,825         3,608         3,884         14,841   

Cost of sales

     (2,448)         (2,595)         (2,437)         (2,505)         (9,986)   

Gross profit

     1,076         1,230         1,171         1,379         4,855   
Administrative and selling expenses      (730)         (729)         (667)         (650)         (2,776)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (674)         (639)         (595)         (557)         (2,465)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      (1)         (1)         1         2         1   
Research and development costs      (675)         (640)         (594)         (555)         (2,464)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (329)         (139)         (90)         174         (384)   
Restructuring costs      (78)         (123)         (129)         (268)         (598)   
Litigations      -         -         -         (109)         (109)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      -         -         -         99         99   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (2)         1         38         211         248   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (409)         (261)         (181)         107         (744)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (84)         (74)         (72)         (83)         (313)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      23         16         8         13         60   
Finance costs      (61)         (58)         (64)         (70)         (253)   
Other financial income (loss)      48         96         51         58         253   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      (9)         3         2         5         1   
Income (loss) before income tax, related reduction of goodwill and discontinued operations      (431)         (220)         (192)         100         (743)   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      7         89         11         (30)         77   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (424)         (131)         (181)         70         (666)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      2         133         2         25         162   

Net income (loss)

     (422)         2         (179)         95         (504)   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     (402)         14         (182)         46         (524)   

• Non-controlling interests

     (20)         (12)         3         49         20   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

     (0.18)         0.01         (0.08)         0.02         (0.23)   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (0.18)         0.01         (0.08)         0.02         (0.23)   
Net income (loss) (before discontinued operations) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings (loss) per share

     (0.18)         0.00         (0.08)         0.01         (0.30)   

•   Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (0.18)         0.00         (0.08)         0.01         (0.30)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.00         0.06         0.00         0.01         0.07   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.00         0.05         0.00         0.01         0.07   

 

(1) 2009 consolidated income statement is re-presented to reflect the impacts of discontinued operations (see Note 10).

 

293